Download:
pdf |
pdfU.S. DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION
National Policy
ORDER
8000.95C
Effective Date:
09/21/23
SUBJ: Designee Management Policy
This order is a comprehensive publication establishing policy and procedures for managing all
aspects of certain representatives of the Administrator including selection, appointment,
orientation, training, oversight, suspension, and termination.
This order represents a consolidation of existing policies across the following Aviation Safety
services and offices: Aircraft Certification Service, Flight Standards Service, and the Office of
Aerospace Medicine, as well as new policies within the Air Traffic Safety Oversight Service.
This order also establishes the Designee Management System, which is a web-based tool
designed to standardize the management of designees.
David H. Boulter
Associate Administrator for Aviation Safety
Distribution: Electronic Only
Initiated By: AVS-60
09/21/23
8000.95C
Table of Contents
Chapter
Page
VOLUME 1. COMMON DESIGNEE POLICY ....................................................................... 1-1
Chapter 1. General Information ........................................................................................... 1-1
Chapter 2. Application Process............................................................................................ 1-7
Chapter 3. Selection and Evaluation of a Designee Applicant .......................................... 1-10
Chapter 4. Designee Appointment..................................................................................... 1-12
Chapter 5. Responsibilities and Obligations of a Designee............................................... 1-13
Chapter 6. Oversight and Management of a Designee ...................................................... 1-15
Chapter 7. Training ............................................................................................................ 1-23
Chapter 8. Annual Request for Extension of a Designee’s Designation ........................... 1-24
Chapter 9. Termination of a Designation........................................................................... 1-26
Chapter 10. Suspension of a Designation ........................................................................... 1-31
Chapter 11. Other Designee Management Functions ......................................................... 1-33
Chapter 12. Administrative Information............................................................................. 1-35
VOLUME 2. AME DESIGNEE POLICY................................................................................. 2-1
Chapter 1. Introduction ........................................................................................................ 2-1
Chapter 2. Application Process............................................................................................ 2-2
Chapter 3. Selection and Evaluation of a Designee Applicant ............................................ 2-5
Chapter 4. Designee Appointment....................................................................................... 2-7
Chapter 5. Responsibilities and Obligations of a Designee............................................... 2-10
Chapter 6. Oversight and Management of a Designee ...................................................... 2-13
Chapter 7. Training ............................................................................................................ 2-19
Chapter 8. Annual Request for Extension of a Designee’s Designation ........................... 2-22
Chapter 9. Termination of a Designation........................................................................... 2-23
Chapter 10. Suspension of a Designation ........................................................................... 2-26
Chapter 11. Other Designee Management Functions ......................................................... 2-27
VOLUME 3. DPE, SAE, AND ADMIN PE DESIGNEE POLICY ......................................... 3-1
Chapter 1. General Information ........................................................................................... 3-1
Chapter 2. Application Process.......................................................................................... 3-11
Chapter 3. Selection and Evaluation of a Designee Applicant .......................................... 3-23
Chapter 4. Designee Appointment..................................................................................... 3-27
Chapter 5. Responsibilities and Obligations of a Designee............................................... 3-29
Chapter 6. Oversight and Management of a Designee ...................................................... 3-35
Chapter 7. Training ............................................................................................................ 3-51
Chapter 8. Annual Request for Extension of a Designee’s Designation ........................... 3-55
Chapter 9. Termination of a Designation........................................................................... 3-56
Chapter 10. Suspension of a Designation ........................................................................... 3-57
Chapter 11. Other Designee Management Functions ......................................................... 3-58
VOLUME 4. DADE DESIGNEE POLICY .............................................................................. 4-1
Chapter 1. General Information ........................................................................................... 4-1
Chapter 2. Application Process............................................................................................ 4-5
ii
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 3. Selection and Evaluation of a Designee Applicant ............................................ 4-8
Chapter 4. Designee Appointment..................................................................................... 4-14
Chapter 5. Responsibilities and Obligations of a Designee............................................... 4-16
Chapter 6. Oversight and Management of a Designee ...................................................... 4-22
Chapter 7. Training ............................................................................................................ 4-34
Chapter 8. Annual Request for Extension of a Designee’s Designation ........................... 4-39
Chapter 9. Termination of a Designation........................................................................... 4-40
Chapter 10. Suspension of a Designation ........................................................................... 4-41
Chapter 11. Other Designee Management Functions ......................................................... 4-42
VOLUME 5. DME, DPRE, AND DAR-T DESIGNEE POLICY ............................................ 5-1
Chapter 1. General Information ........................................................................................... 5-1
Chapter 2. Application Process.......................................................................................... 5-13
Chapter 3. Selection and Evaluation of a Designee Applicant .......................................... 5-23
Chapter 4. Designee Appointment..................................................................................... 5-27
Chapter 5. Responsibilities and Obligations of a Designee............................................... 5-30
Chapter 6. Oversight and Management of a Designee ...................................................... 5-37
Chapter 7. Training ............................................................................................................ 5-55
Chapter 8. Annual Request for Extension of a Designee’s Designation ........................... 5-58
Chapter 9. Termination of a Designation........................................................................... 5-59
Chapter 10. Suspension of a Designation ........................................................................... 5-60
Chapter 11. Other Designee Management Functions ......................................................... 5-61
VOLUME 6. APD DESIGNEE POLICY ................................................................................. 6-1
Chapter 1. General Information ........................................................................................... 6-1
Chapter 2. Application Process............................................................................................ 6-7
Chapter 3. Selection and Evaluation of a Designee Applicant ............................................ 6-9
Chapter 4. Designee Appointment..................................................................................... 6-13
Chapter 5. Responsibilities and Obligations of a Designee............................................... 6-15
Chapter 6. Oversight and Management of a Designee ...................................................... 6-19
Chapter 7. Training ............................................................................................................ 6-28
Chapter 8. Annual Request for Extension of a Designee’s Designation ........................... 6-31
Chapter 9. Termination of a Designation........................................................................... 6-32
Chapter 10. Suspension of a Designation ........................................................................... 6-33
Chapter 11. Other Designee Management Functions ......................................................... 6-34
VOLUME 7. TCE DESIGNEE POLICY.................................................................................. 7-1
Chapter 1. General Information ........................................................................................... 7-1
Chapter 2. Application Process............................................................................................ 7-8
Chapter 3. Selection and Evaluation of a Designee Applicant .......................................... 7-13
Chapter 4. Designee Appointment..................................................................................... 7-18
Chapter 5. Responsibilities and Obligations of a Designee............................................... 7-20
Chapter 6. Oversight and Management of a Designee ...................................................... 7-26
Chapter 7. Training ............................................................................................................ 7-38
Chapter 8. Annual Request for Extension of a Designee’s Designation ........................... 7-43
Chapter 9. Termination of a Designation........................................................................... 7-44
Chapter 10. Suspension of a Designation ........................................................................... 7-45
iii
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 11. Other Designee Management Functions ........................................................ 7-46
VOLUME 8. DMIR AND DAR-F DESIGNEE POLICY ........................................................ 8-1
Chapter 1. General Information ........................................................................................... 8-1
Chapter 2. Application Process............................................................................................ 8-2
Chapter 3. Selection and Evaluation of a Designee Applicant .......................................... 8-14
Chapter 4. Designee Appointment..................................................................................... 8-17
Chapter 5. Responsibilities and Obligations of a Designee............................................... 8-21
Chapter 6. Oversight and Management of a Designee ...................................................... 8-23
Chapter 7. Training ............................................................................................................ 8-33
Chapter 8. Annual Request for Extension of a Designation .............................................. 8-35
Chapter 9. Termination of a Designation........................................................................... 8-36
Chapter 10. Suspension of a Designation ........................................................................... 8-37
Chapter 11. Other Designee Management Functions ......................................................... 8-39
VOLUME 9. DER DESIGNEE POLICY ................................................................................. 9-1
Chapter 1. General Information ........................................................................................... 9-1
Chapter 2. Application Process............................................................................................ 9-6
Chapter 3. Selection and Evaluation of a Designee Applicant .......................................... 9-18
Chapter 4. Designee Appointment..................................................................................... 9-21
Chapter 5. Responsibilities and Obligations of a Designee............................................... 9-24
Chapter 6. Oversight and Management of a Designee ...................................................... 9-25
Chapter 7. Training ............................................................................................................ 9-33
Chapter 8. Annual Request for Extension of a Designee’s Designation ........................... 9-35
Chapter 9. Termination of a Designation........................................................................... 9-36
Chapter 10. Suspension of a Designation ........................................................................... 9-37
Chapter 11. Other Designee Management Functions ......................................................... 9-38
VOLUME 10. DCTO-E DESIGNEE POLICY....................................................................... 10-1
Chapter 1. General Information ......................................................................................... 10-1
Chapter 2. Application Process.......................................................................................... 10-2
Chapter 3. Selection and Evaluation of a Designee Applicant .......................................... 10-4
Chapter 4. Designee Appointment..................................................................................... 10-6
Chapter 5. Responsibilities and Obligations of a Designee............................................... 10-7
Chapter 6. Oversight and Management of a Designee ...................................................... 10-9
Chapter 7. Training .......................................................................................................... 10-16
Chapter 8. Renewal of Designee Appointment................................................................ 10-19
Chapter 9. Termination of a Designation......................................................................... 10-20
Chapter 10. Suspension of a Designation ......................................................................... 10-21
Chapter 11. Other Designee Management Functions ....................................................... 10-22
APPENDIX A. DEFINITIONS ................................................................................................. A-1
APPENDIX B. ACRONYM LIST .............................................................................................B-1
iv
09/21/23
8000.95C
List of Tables
Table
Page
Table 1-1. Offices Responsible for Designee Policy ................................................................ 1-2
Table 1-2. Overall Performance Result .................................................................................. 1-18
Table 3-1. Types of Designees
........................................................................................... 3-2
Table 3-2. Certificate Level Testing/Checking Authorizations................................................ 3-3
Table 3-3. Aircraft Category/Class/Privileges Testing/Checking Authorizations.................... 3-5
Table 3-4. Administrative Authorizations ................................................................................ 3-7
Table 3-5. Specific Eligibility Requirements for Designation as a PE and/or a CE............... 3-15
Table 3-6. Specific Eligibility Requirements for Designation as an LAE, a CIRE, an ATPE, a
PPE, and/or a Type Rating Examiner.............................................................................. 3-16
Table 3-7. Specific Eligibility Requirements for Designation as an SPE............................... 3-17
Table 3-8. Specific Eligibility Requirements for Designation as a VAE, VFEE, and EAE... 3-19
Table 3-9. DPE and SAE PIC Experience Requirements....................................................... 3-32
Table 3-10. Initial Training Requirements for Each Designee ............................................... 3-51
Table 5-1. Standard Airworthiness Certification Function Codes............................................ 5-2
Table 5-2. Standard Airworthiness Certification Function Codes—Primary and Restricted
Categories.......................................................................................................................... 5-3
Table 5-3. Limited Category Function Codes........................................................................... 5-4
Table 5-4. Experimental Category for the Purposes of Market Survey, R&D, or Crew Training
Function Codes.................................................................................................................. 5-4
Table 5-5. Experimental Category for the Purposes of Exhibition and/or Air Racing Function
Codes ................................................................................................................................. 5-5
Table 5-6. Experimental Category for the Purposes of Operating Amateur-Built Aircraft
Function Codes.................................................................................................................. 5-6
Table 5-7. Light-Sport Category and Experimental Category for the Purpose of Operating
Light-Sport Aircraft Function Codes ................................................................................ 5-7
Table 5-8. Export Approvals Function Codes .......................................................................... 5-8
Table 5-9. Domestic Approval of Engines, Propellers, and Articles Function Codes.............. 5-8
Table 5-10. Other Authorizations Function Codes ................................................................... 5-9
Table 6-1. Certificate Level Testing Authorizations ................................................................ 6-2
Table 6-2. Aircraft Category and Class Authorizations............................................................ 6-2
Table 6-3. Administrative Authorizations ................................................................................ 6-3
Table 6-4. Special Authorizations
...................................................................................... 6-3
Table 6-5. FAA-Conducted Training and Meeting Requirements ......................................... 6-29
Table 7-1. Certificate Level Testing and Checking Authorizations ......................................... 7-2
Table 7-2. Aircraft Category and Class Authorizations............................................................ 7-3
Table 7-3. Administrative Authorizations ................................................................................ 7-4
Table 7-4. Special Authorizations............................................................................................. 7-5
Table 7-5. TCE Training Requirements.................................................................................. 7-39
Table 7-6. FAA-Conducted Training and Meeting Requirements ......................................... 7-41
Table 8-1. Minimum Qualification Requirements.................................................................... 8-6
Table 8-2. Schedule a DO Based on the Highest Risk from this Table.................................. 8-24
Table 10-1. FAA-Conducted Training and Meeting Requirements ..................................... 10-17
Table A-1. Designee Management Definitions—Common..................................................... A-1
v
09/21/23
8000.95C
Table A-2. Designee Management Definitions—AME........................................................... A-3
Table A-3. Designee Management Definitions—DPE, Admin PE, and SAE......................... A-4
Table A-4. Designee Management Definitions—DADE ........................................................ A-6
Table A-5. Designee Management Definitions—DME, DPRE, and DAR-T ......................... A-6
Table A-6. Designee Management Definitions—APD ........................................................... A-8
Table A-7. Designee Management Definitions—TCE............................................................ A-8
Table A-8. Designee Management Definitions—DMIR and DAR-F ..................................... A-9
Table A-9. Designee Management Definitions—DER ......................................................... A-12
List of Figures
Figure
Page
Figure 3-1. High-Level Selection Process Flow ..................................................................... 3-23
Figure 3-2. High-Level Appointment Process Flow............................................................... 3-27
Figure 4-1. High-Level Selection Process Flow ....................................................................... 4-8
Figure 4-2. High-Level Appointment Process Flow............................................................... 4-14
Figure 4-3. DADE Checklist................................................................................................... 4-20
Figure 4-4. Sample Designated Aircraft Dispatcher Examiner Surveillance Checklist ......... 4-33
Figure 4-5. Sample Annual Meeting—Combined Safety Standardization Meeting, FAA
Briefing, and Recurrent Training Agenda ....................................................................... 4-37
Figure 5-1. High-Level Selection Process Flow ..................................................................... 5-23
Figure 5-2. High-Level Appointment Process Flow............................................................... 5-27
Figure 5-3. Designee Post-Activity Attachments ................................................................... 5-54
Figure 6-1. High-Level Selection Process Flow ....................................................................... 6-9
Figure 6-2. High-Level Appointment Process Flow............................................................... 6-13
Figure 7-1. High-Level Selection Process Flow ..................................................................... 7-13
Figure 7-2. High-Level Appointment Process Flow............................................................... 7-18
Figure 8-1. High-Level Selection Process Flow ..................................................................... 8-14
Figure 8-2. High-Level Appointment Process Flow............................................................... 8-17
Figure 8-3. Performance Measures and Oversight Activity Results....................................... 8-26
Figure 10-1. High-Level Selection Process Flow ................................................................... 10-4
Figure 10-2. High-Level Appointment Process Flow............................................................. 10-6
Figure 10-3. Performance Measures and Oversight Activity Results................................... 10-13
vi
09/21/23
8000.95C
VOLUME 1. COMMON DESIGNEE POLICY
Chapter 1. General Information
Section 1. Introduction
1. Purpose of This Order. This order establishes policy for integrated designee management
across the Office of Aerospace Medicine (AAM), Aircraft Certification Service (AIR), Flight
Standards Service (FS), and Air Traffic Safety Oversight Service (AOV), as well as the use of
the Designee Management System (DMS), which is a web-based tool designed to standardize the
management of designees.
a. This order consolidates orders across Aviation Safety (AVS) services and offices (S/O)
and establishes a common policy section for all designees and provides respective volumes for
the specific designee types. These policy changes are global in nature and, therefore, are not
listed individually.
b. All users of this order must familiarize themselves with its contents and comply with the
instructions and guidance contained herein. Many of the procedural functions are not included in
the order since they are now incorporated into the functionality of DMS.
2. Audience. The primary audience for this order are AVS designees, Federal Aviation
Administration (FAA) managing specialists, and FAA personnel who may interact with
designees or designee programs, including FAA management, operational, and administrative
employees, as appropriate. The secondary audience is persons seeking to become designees.
3. Where You Can Find This Order. You can find this order on the MyFAA employee
website at https://employees.faa.gov/tools_resources/orders_notices and the Dynamic Regulatory
System (DRS) at https://drs.faa.gov. Operators and the public can find this order on the
FAA’s website at https://www.faa.gov/regulations_policies/orders_notices and DRS.
4. What This Order Cancels. This order cancels FAA Order 8000.95B, Designee
Management Policy, dated April 12, 2022.
5. How This Order Is Organized. This order contains ten volumes. Volume 1 contains
common policy applicable to all AVS designee types. Volumes 2 through 10 contain policy
applicable to specific designee types. Together, these volumes represent the designee
management policy for AVS designees, excluding holders of Organization Designation
Authorization (ODA).
6. Implementation. Compliance with this order will be phased in by designee type(s) and
achieved in accordance with the implementation plans established by each S/O for their
respective designee types. Implementation will involve transition from existing management and
information systems and designee management policies to the DMS policy and automation.
Affected employees and designees will be notified through directive/memo or other means of
communication when each implementation will begin and end, as well as when full compliance
with this policy is required. FAA employee access and designee login credentials and
1-1
09/21/23
8000.95C
instructions will be provided at the beginning of each implementation. Timing for release and
completion of each implementation plan will depend upon:
a. Availability of the DMS policy and automation for the respective designee type.
b. Completion of transition training in the electronic Learning Management System (eLMS)
by the managing specialist and their respective management officials, if required.
7. Conflicts With Other FAA Orders. The guidance in this order may conflict with that in
other FAA orders and directives. This situation may arise inadvertently or because it is
impractical to revise all orders simultaneously. Because FAA Order 8000.95, Designee
Management Policy, encompasses all aspects of individual designee management, this order
takes precedence over other orders containing conflicting information. If the guidance in this
order conflicts with a statute or regulation, the statute or regulation controls.
8. Authority to Change This Order. The AVS Organization Designation Authorization
(ODA) Office (AVS-60) has the authority to revise or cancel material in this order. AVS-60 is
responsible for coordinating and managing order revisions. AVS-60 is responsible for the
content of Volume 1, and the service offices identified in Table 1-1 below are responsible for the
content of Volumes 2 through 10. Specific changes requested by service offices must be
provided to AVS-60, which will then coordinate with the other organizations to ensure
consistency and alignment with DMS policy.
9. Deviations to This Order. Requests to deviate from Volume 1 of this order must be sent to
AVS-60 for review and approval/disapproval. Requests to deviate from Volumes 2 through 10 of
this order will be sent to the responsible service office identified in Table 1-1 below for review
and approval/disapproval. Deviation requests affecting more than one organization or that may
require changes to DMS automation must be coordinated across the affected organizations and
with AVS-60. When a deviation is requested to Volume 1 of this order, AVS-60 will coordinate
with all responsible policy offices before issuance. Service offices may grant deviations to
Volumes 2 through 10 of this order, as appropriate. Such deviations do not require precoordination with AVS-60. Once a deviation is granted, the issuing office must provide an
electronic copy of the deviation memorandum and a copy of the initiating request to AVS-60.
10. Responsible Offices/Divisions for Designee Policy.
Table 1-1. Offices Responsible for Designee Policy
Designee Type
Aviation Medical Examiner (AME)
Administrative Pilot Examiner (Admin PE)
Designated Pilot Examiner (DPE)
Specialty Aircraft Examiner (SAE)
Volume
Volume 2
Volume 3
Office/Division
AAM-400
AFS-600
Designated Aircraft Dispatcher Examiner (DADE)
Volume 4
AFS-600
Designated Airworthiness Representative – Maintenance (DAR-T)
Designated Mechanic Examiner (DME)
Designated Parachute Rigger Examiner (DPRE)
Volume 5
AFS-600
1-2
09/21/23
8000.95C
Designee Type
Aircrew Program Designee (APD)
Training Center Evaluator (TCE)
Designated Airworthiness Representative—Manufacturing (DAR-F)
Designated Manufacturing Inspection Representative (DMIR)
Designated Engineering Representative (DER)
Designated Control Tower Operator Examiner (DCTO-E)
Volume
Volume 6
Office/Division
AFS-600
Volume 7
Volume 8
AFS-600
AIR-600
Volume 9
Volume 10
AIR-600
AOV-200
11. Directive and Guidance Information.
a. Directive Information.
(1) This type of information is directive in nature and contains terms such as “shall,”
“will,” or “must.” These words indicate that the actions are mandatory. “Shall not” prohibits the
action.
(2) The use of these terms does not allow for flexibility.
b. Guidance Information.
(1) This type of information is considered guidance and contains terms such as “should,”
“can,” or “may.”
(2) These terms indicate actions that may not be mandatory; however, they are strongly
encouraged, permissive, and allow flexibility.
12. Designation of a Designee Authorization.
a. Power to Delegate. Title 49 of the United States Code (49 U.S.C.) § 44702 empowers
the Administrator to “...delegate to a qualified private person, or to an employee under the
supervision of that person, a matter related to the examination, testing, and inspection necessary
to issue a certificate under this chapter; and issuing the certificate.”
b. Designation Authority. Title 14 of the Code of Federal Regulations (14 CFR) Part 183,
Representatives of the Administrator, prescribes the requirements for designating a private
person or an organization to act as a representative of the Administrator.
13. Employee Status. A designee is not considered an employee of the U.S. Government and is
not federally protected for the work performed or the decisions made as a designee.
14. Role of DMS. DMS will collect, store and process data and information associated with
designees and the designee management processes in accordance with FAA recordkeeping
requirements. DMS may utilize information from other FAA systems where appropriate and
other FAA systems may utilize information from DMS where appropriate.
15. Technical Support. For questions regarding the operation of DMS, contact the AVS
National IT Service Desk at 844-322-6948 or via email at [email protected]. For
1-3
09/21/23
8000.95C
non-system-related questions, please visit the DMS web page to find the email addresses for
various designee types.
Section 2. Designee Overview
1. Legal Authority. Title 49 U.S.C. § 44702(d) is the statutory authority to delegate private
persons to perform certain authorized functions on behalf of the FAA. These persons are called
designees. The designee’s function is vital to enhancing the FAA’s public service role and
improving overall safety in the National Airspace System (NAS). The FAA appoints designees
to provide airman and aircraft certifications and other services to the public in accordance with
FAA policy, guidance, and regulations.
2. Vision of Delegation Management Programs. The FAA delegation programs leverage
agency resources; respond to changes in workloads and aviation industry needs in a dynamic
environment; demand the highest technical and ethical standards from designees; and ensure
public, governmental, and industry confidence in aviation safety through strict compliance with
certification policies and regulations.
3. Designation Principles. The FAA bases the designation programs on the following
principles, which are implicit in the day-to-day management of these programs:
a. Privilege. Designation is a privilege, not a right. The FAA may rescind a designation at
any time for any reason the Administrator considers appropriate.
b. Conduct. Designees must not conduct themselves in a manner that casts doubt on their
integrity, honesty, moral judgement or character at any time, or conduct any actions that bring
discredit to the FAA.
c. Knowledgeable. Designees must be knowledgeable, qualified, and competent.
d. Risk-Based Approach. Management of designation programs must employ a risk-based
approach.
e. Essential. Designation programs are essential.
f. Need and Ability. A need for and ability to manage a designee must exist for all
designees.
4. Designee Types Covered by This Order. Specific designee types covered by this order
include:
a. AAM. AME.
b. FS.
(1) Air Transportation Designated Examiner (ATDE).
1-4
09/21/23
8000.95C
(a) APD. 1
(b) DADE.
(c) TCE.
(2) Airworthiness Certification and Airman Examiner.
(a) DAR-T.
(b) DME.
(c) DPRE.
(3) General Aviation Pilot Examiner.
(a) Admin PE.
(b) DPE.
(c) SAE.
c. AIR.
(1) Airworthiness Designee.
(a) DAR-F.
(b) DMIR.
(2) DER.
(a) Company (DER-Y).
(b) Consultant (DER-T).
d. AOV. DCTO-E.
5. Risk-Based Principles.
a. Risk-Based Management. Risk-based management is a continuous process of
identifying, analyzing, evaluating, controlling, and monitoring risks that exist with the designee
program. DMS captures and manages the data, including the substantiation and documentation of
the decisions.
b. Risk Management Strategy (RMS). RMS provides the managing specialist with a
methodology for managing hazards and the associated risks related to designee performance.
For purposes of this order, the term “Aircrew Program Designee” encompasses “aircrew designated examiners” in
14 CFR part 121.
1
1-5
09/21/23
8000.95C
DMS provides the managing specialist with a means to document and track the performance of a
designee utilizing the oversight module. The oversight module allows the managing specialist to
review and evaluate the disposition of any risks associated with discrepancy findings. This
methodology may include the following:
(1) Identifying the discrepancy and determining the hazard;
(2) Analyzing and assessing the risk;
(3) Making a decision;
(4) Implementing the decision; and
(5) Monitoring the effectiveness of the decision.
c. Oversight. Throughout the oversight process for each designee, there are both automated
and manual entries within DMS that may trigger specific actions by the managing specialist.
Using risk-based principles provides a comprehensive method of managing designees.
Section 3. Minimum Qualifications Overview
1. Minimum Qualifications of Managing Specialists. The minimum qualifications for
managing specialists are established by the responsible offices for designee policy. See
Chapter 1, General Information, of each volume of the designee type-specific volumes for
details.
1-6
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 2. Application Process
1. Purpose. This chapter describes the designee application process. This chapter and the
corresponding designation type-specific volumes constitute the application process policy.
2. General.
a. Application Information. To learn about the designee program and/or initiate the
designee application process, qualified individuals should access the FAA Designee website at
https://www.faa.gov/other_visit/aviation_industry/designees_delegations/dms/.
b. Eligibility. Anyone may apply to be a designee; however, the following persons are not
eligible for appointment:
(1) Current FAA employees.
(2) Former designees who have been terminated for cause.
c. Multiple Designee Types.
(1) The FAA may appoint an individual to more than one type of designation. Once
appointed, any designee holding multiple designations will have only one designee number.
(2) Designee applicants must complete a separate application for each designation type
sought. Each designation is a separate appointment.
d. References. The applicant may provide the following:
(1) Three verifiable character references to substantiate that the applicant possesses
integrity and sound judgment.
(2) Three verifiable technical references to substantiate that the applicant possesses the
required technical expertise for the designation sought. These references may be the same
individuals used as character references.
3. Qualifications. In addition to the requirements in subparagraph 2b above, applicants may
also have additional eligibility and qualification requirements which can be found in the
appropriate designation type-specific volumes of this order.
a. Minimum Qualifications. The designee applicant must:
(1) Meet FAA English language standards as described in Advisory Circular (AC) 60-28,
FAA English Language Standard for an FAA Certificate Issued Under 14 CFR Parts 61, 63, 65,
and 107; and
(2) Be at least 23 years of age
1-7
09/21/23
8000.95C
b. Character. At all times, the designee applicant must:
(1) Have a high degree of integrity, even when not exercising their delegated authority;
(2) Have a cooperative attitude;
(3) Be able to exercise sound judgment;
(4) Be engaged in the aviation industry;
(5) Have a reputation for dependability and professionalism; and
(6) Be able to maintain the highest degree of objectivity while performing authorized
functions.
c. Technical Experience. The applicant must have up-to-date extensive knowledge and
experience that is pertinent to the designation being sought.
d. FAA Interaction. Any previous working relationship the applicant had with the FAA
must have been positive.
4. Disqualifiers. Applicants will be disqualified for any of the following reasons:
a. Terminated for Cause. See Chapter 9, Termination of a Designation, for details.
b. Convictions and Felonies. Having, within the past 7 years:
(1) Been convicted of any violation of any local, state, or Federal law pertaining to drugs
or alcohol.
(2) Been convicted of any felony offenses. A felony offense is considered a conviction
where the punishment could have been greater than 1 year regardless of the sentence.
(3) Been imprisoned, been on probation, or is on parole because of a felony conviction
(including civilian or military felonies, firearms, or explosive violations).
(4) Been other than “honorably” discharged from the military.
(5) Had an airman certificate (other than medical), rating, or authorization (or foreign
equivalent) suspended, revoked, or paid a civil penalty as a result of a violation of any FAA or
other Civil Aviation Authority (CAA) regulations (foreign or domestic).
c. Current Disqualifiers. Is currently under investigation, charged indictments, or has a
pending action for the items described in subparagraph 4b of this chapter.
1-8
09/21/23
8000.95C
5. Privilege, Not a Right. Successfully meeting the minimum qualifications does not guarantee
appointment as a designee. During the application process in DMS, the designee applicant will
be required to acknowledge the following in DMS:
a. Designation is a privilege, not a right.
b. The FAA can terminate any designation at any time, for any reason the Administrator
considers appropriate.
6. Post-Application.
a. Retention of Application Data. DMS saves all application data in accordance with FAA
Order 1350.14, Records Management.
b. Notification. DMS will automatically notify designee applicants regarding the status of
their application by sending a generic email to check the DMS message center. This email is sent
to the email address provided during the registration/application process.
c. Updating Applications. Applicants must update their applications whenever information
changes and they must validate and verify the application data at least every 12 calendar-months.
Failure to maintain up-to-date information may affect selection eligibility and appointment as a
designee. An application that is updated will remain active in DMS until the applicant is selected
or cancels the application.
d. Cancellation. A designee applicant may cancel an application at any time in DMS.
1-9
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 3. Selection and Evaluation of a Designee Applicant
1. Purpose. This chapter describes the common policy related to the selection and evaluation of
a designee applicant. This chapter and the corresponding designation type-specific volumes
constitute the policy for the selection and evaluation of a designee applicant.
2. General. Selection refers to the identification of qualified designee applicants that best meet
the FAA’s needs. Evaluation refers to the FAA’s responsibility to determine if an applicant is the
best qualified for appointment.
a. Qualified Applicants. DMS will provide a list of qualified applicants that meet the needs
identified by the requesting FAA office.
b. Selection Timeframe. Once DMS presents a list of qualified applicants, the selecting
official (SO) should complete the selection action within 30 calendar-days.
3. Need and Ability to Manage. The FAA must show the need for specific functions to be
delegated and, subsequently, the ability to manage a designee performing those functions before
an applicant can be appointed. The managing FAA office, within its sole discretion, determines
the need for and ability to manage a designee. The SO at the managing FAA office must validate
the need and ability to manage an additional designee by answering a series of questions during
the selection process in DMS.
a. Considerations for Determining Specific Need.
(1) The FAA cannot support the certification work and need with existing designees.
(2) The activity in the office has increased or is forecasted to increase and cannot be
supported with existing designees.
(3) The FAA has lost an employee or designee resource.
(4) The need for a new designee is driven by the needs of the public and not by the
impact on other existing designees or entities.
b. Considerations for Determining Ability to Manage.
(1) The managing office staff has the technical skills and knowledge to manage the
designee.
(2) The existing and/or projected office workload allows the office to effectively manage
the designee.
(3) Adequate funds (e.g., travel allocation) exist to oversee the additional or existing
designee.
1-10
09/21/23
8000.95C
4. Requesting Qualified Applicants.
a. List of Qualified Applicants. Once the FAA establishes the need and ability to manage a
designee, the SO can request a list of qualified applicants from DMS. DMS will search active
applicants to identify applicants that most closely match the specified criteria.
b. Deviation from Minimum Qualifications. For most designee types, if no qualified
applicants are available within DMS, a managing office may request a deviation from the
minimum qualification requirements if:
(1) The FAA demonstrates a significant need for the appointment, and
(2) The applicant meets an equivalent qualification or possesses equivalent experience.
(See the appropriate designee type-specific volume for more information.)
5. Evaluation. The following tasks are part of the evaluation process:
a. Evaluating Applications. Once DMS has generated a list of applicant(s) based on the
search criteria, the SO may choose to review the applications prior to assigning personnel to
evaluate the applicant’s qualifications. Determining which applicants will be evaluated for
appointment is at the sole discretion of the SO.
b. Assigning Evaluation Panel. Once the SO determines which applicant(s) will be
evaluated for appointment, DMS will prompt the SO to assign a panel of individuals to conduct
an evaluation of the applicant based on designee type-specific policies.
c. Reviewing Application for Minimum Qualifications. For each applicant, the personnel
assigned to evaluate the application will review the application for completeness to ensure that
all minimum qualifications have been met.
d. Completing Evaluation Checklist. The evaluation panel lead, depending on the
designee type-specific policies, completes an evaluation checklist in DMS for each applicant
being evaluated. See Chapter 3 in each designee type-specific volume for more information.
1-11
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 4. Designee Appointment
1. Purpose. This chapter describes the common policy associated with the appointment of a
selected qualified applicant. This chapter and the corresponding designation type-specific
volumes constitute the policy for designee appointment.
2. General.
a. Identity Verification. Prior to appointment, the managing office must verify the identity of
the designee applicant. Such identification must include an official government-issued identification
with a photograph of the applicant, the applicant’s signature, and the applicant’s residential address,
if different from the mailing address. This information may be presented in more than one form of
identification.
b. Designee Number. During the application process, DMS assigns a unique nine-digit
identification number known as the designee number. However, this number is not known to
applicants and only visible to the designee once appointed. This designee number is used in
documentation to identify the activities completed by the designee when authorized by the
Administrator.
c. Certificate Letter of Authority (CLOA). For each appointment, DMS generates and
stores a CLOA that serves as the letter of authority, certificate of authority, certificate of
designation, and identification card (applicable to AME only). The CLOA provides a detailed
description of the designee’s authorities, limitations, and associated expiration as contained
within DMS. A CLOA is available to the designee for each type of designation held and serves
as the record of the designee’s authority. Authorized users can view a designee’s authority in
DMS. A designee may print a copy of the CLOA but is not required to do so.
3. Appointment Duration. Appointment duration is 1 year from the appointment date. See
Volume 1, Chapter 8, Annual Request for Extension of a Designee’s Designation, and the
designee type-specific policy for considerations to extend the designation beyond the expiration
date.
1-12
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 5. Responsibilities and Obligations of a Designee
1. Purpose. This chapter describes the common policy associated with the responsibilities and
obligations of a designee. This chapter and the corresponding designation type-specific volumes
constitute responsibilities and obligations of a designee.
2. Responsibilities. A designee must:
a. Represent the Administrator in a Positive Manner. Each designee must represent the
Administrator in a manner that reflects positively on the FAA at all times.
b. Conduct Approved Activities. Each designee must conduct only those activities
approved in DMS.
c. Follow Guidance. Designees must follow all requirements found in regulations, orders,
and other guidance related to the functions they perform.
d. Maintain Skills and Knowledge. Designees must maintain technical skill and
knowledge of subject matter specific to the designation held.
e. Exhibit Sound Judgment. Designees must display sound judgment.
f. Exhibit Integrity. Designees must show a high degree of integrity, responsibility, and
professionalism.
Note: Any designee conduct that casts doubt on the designee’s judgement,
integrity or character at any time could lead to an investigation and be grounds for
termination.
3. Ongoing Requirements. In addition to maintaining minimum qualifications as specified in
this and the designee type-specific volumes, all designees must continue to meet the following
requirements:
a. Use DMS. Designees must use DMS as directed in this order. Designees have the
responsibility to read and respond to DMS messages and provide requested information within
DMS, as directed, in a timely manner.
b. Maintain Contact Information. Designees must update their DMS profile when
changes occur and review their profile at least annually.
c. Access to Internet. Designees must have access to DMS and email through the internet.
(1) The designee is responsible for accessing DMS and checking DMS messages,
notifications, and email on a regular and recurring basis.
(2) The designee is responsible for scanning and uploading documents required for
designation.
1-13
09/21/23
8000.95C
d. Attend Required Training. Designees must comply with minimum training
requirements.
e. Attend Required Meetings. Designees must comply with meeting requirements.
4. Other. Designees must maintain other requirements deemed necessary by the appointing
office.
1-14
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 6. Oversight and Management of a Designee
1. Purpose. This chapter describes the common policy associated with the oversight and
management of a designee. This chapter and the corresponding designation type-specific
volumes constitute the policy for oversight and management of a designee.
2. General.
a. Oversight Principles.
(1) Promote Safety. A primary responsibility of the FAA is to promote safety through
systematic oversight of industry stakeholders, including designees. Information generated from
oversight programs permits the FAA to identify safety hazards, mitigate risk, and enhance
aviation safety. In order for oversight programs to be effective, they must be carefully planned
and executed during the conduct of specific inspection activities.
(2) Evaluate Performance. The objective of an oversight program is to ensure that the
designee performs to the standards and expectations set forth by the FAA in its policies and
regulations. Oversight is not merely an isolated event or series of activities. Oversight results
should be considered in total to provide a high-level perspective of a designee’s performance
over time.
b. Managing Office and Managing Specialist.
(1) Designation Type. Designees have a managing office and managing specialist for
each designation type. If the designee holds more than one type of designation, a designee may
have more than one managing office and more than one managing specialist.
(2) Area of Responsibility. The FAA expects designees to perform a sufficient number of
their functions within the bounds of their managing office’s area of responsibility to support
required oversight, unless otherwise noted in the designee type-specific volume.
(3) Regulatory Oversight Responsibility. Managing specialists have regulatory oversight
responsibility of designees and must monitor them to ensure that they continue to meet the
requirements of their designations. A comprehensive oversight plan enables managing specialists
to:
(a) Determine the designee’s compliance with regulatory requirements, guidance,
policy, and safe operating practices;
(b) Validate any corrective actions;
(c) Detect changes as they occur in the operational environment; and
(d) Detect the need for regulatory, managerial, and operational changes.
1-15
09/21/23
8000.95C
c. Oversight and DMS. The FAA uses DMS to record the outcomes of oversight activities
for a designee which may vary depending on the designee type. By documenting oversight
activity in DMS, the FAA can make an overall assessment of the designee’s performance.
(1) Oversight Characteristics. In DMS, oversight activities have the following
characteristics:
(a) A definite beginning and a definite end;
(b) Defined procedures;
(c) Specific objectives; and
(d) A required report of findings.
(2) DMS Oversight and Management Activities. The following activities are available in
DMS for most designee types:
(a) Direct observation;
(b) Counseling;
(c) Record feedback;
(d) Training record;
(e) Overall performance evaluation (OPE).
(f) Suspend; and
(g) Terminate.
d. Performance Measures. For many of the oversight activities, the managing specialist
should use the following performance measures to determine designee performance:
(1) Technical. The designee demonstrates sufficient knowledge, skill, and ability to
conduct authorized tasks within established guidance and standards. The designee possesses an
expert level of knowledge and skill, understands and uses appropriate terminology, uses the
correct equipment, applies appropriate standards, and accurately interprets results.
(2) Procedural. The designee demonstrates the ability to complete administrative
functions correctly. The designee accurately completes and issues appropriate documentation,
submits required data, follows established procedures, and complies with all regulations, orders,
and directives.
(3) Professional. The designee conducts activities in an ethical, courteous, and
conscientious manner reflecting highly on the Administrator. The designee presents a
cooperative attitude and demonstrates integrity, tact, and diplomacy when dealing with industry
1-16
09/21/23
8000.95C
and the FAA. The designee communicates effectively in a manner that reflects positively on the
FAA, both orally and written.
3. Oversight Actions. Managing specialists may use DMS to plan but must use DMS to
document the outcome of oversight activities.
a. Planning an Oversight Activity. DMS allows managing specialists to plan and record
oversight activities.
(1) Managing specialists should use risk management principles when planning
oversight.
(2) Managing specialists should review the designee’s previous oversight outcomes as
well as current activities, records, and policy as part of the planning.
b. Oversight Activity. For a list and explanation of oversight activities applicable to a
specific designee type, see Chapter 6, Oversight and Management of a Designee, in the
respective designee type-specific volume.
c. Outcomes of Oversight Activities.
(1) For some oversight activities, the managing specialist must select from three general
categories in DMS for the overall ranking of the oversight activity: Satisfactory, Needs
Improvement, and Unsatisfactory. If the designee’s oversight outcome results in “Needs
Improvement” or “Unsatisfactory,” the managing specialist must enter descriptive text in the
appropriate performance measure category(ies).
(2) Additionally, if the designee’s oversight outcome results in “Needs Improvement” or
“Unsatisfactory,” the managing specialist must also determine and record appropriate followup
action(s). For more detail on followup actions, see Table 1-2, Overall Performance Result, and
Paragraph 4, Followup Actions, in this chapter, as well as the performance evaluation
information in Chapter 6 of each designee type-specific volume.
d. Overall Performance Evaluation (OPE). In addition to normally-scheduled oversight,
managing specialists will complete an assessment of the designee’s OPE over a set period of
time by reviewing the designee’s record in DMS.
(1) Managing specialists should perform at least one OPE within the first year after initial
designee appointment. After that the schedule is set by the managing specialist. See Chapter 6 in
the respective designee type-specific volumes for more information.
(2) During each OPE period, the managing specialist conducts a consolidated review of
the designee’s documented oversight activity and other data available in DMS.
(3) Based on an analysis of the information and considering risk-based elements, the
managing specialist selects an OPE rating (Satisfactory, Unsatisfactory, or Needs Improvement)
and any followup actions, if required. See Table 1-2 below.
1-17
09/21/23
8000.95C
(4) Unless otherwise noted in the designee type-specific volumes, if the OPE rating is
“Needs Improvement” or “Unsatisfactory,” the next performance evaluation must be completed
within 6 calendar-months from the previous performance evaluation date. If the performance
evaluation result is “Satisfactory,” the due date for the next performance evaluation is between
12 and 36 calendar-months.
(5) If the OPE rating requires a 6-month followup, the next performance evaluation of the
designee must be a “Satisfactory” rating or the designee will be terminated.
Table 1-2. Overall Performance Result
Overall Performance Result
The managing specialist will choose the overall rating that best represents the overall performance
result of the designee during the performance period:
Required Action Against
Performance Evaluation
Overall Rating
Followup Actions
Designee Authority
Required w/in 6 Months?*
Satisfactory None
None
No
See designee
Plan and execute an
Yes
Needs
type-specific volume,
oversight activity
Improvement
as applicable
Suspend*
Plan and execute a
Yes
corrective action activity
Reduce/Restrict Authority Change authority, plan Yes
Unsatisfactory
and execute oversight
activity
Terminate
Terminate
N/A
* Requires description of planned followup activity.
e. Followup Actions. Depending on the issues involved, additional followup or oversight
may be needed to ensure that the deficiency has been corrected. The intent of the followup
action is to correct the deficiency using the most appropriate method. The following options
are available to provide support for designee management:
Note: If suspension or termination is required, please see the designee
type-specific “Suspension of a Designation” and “Termination of a Designation”
chapters for more information. For “Reduce Authority” decisions, see
subparagraph 5b below.
f. Counseling. Managing specialists may use counseling as a type of corrective action to
follow up from a specific event, an oversight activity, or to address specific performance issues.
The managing specialist must record the results of the counseling session in DMS.
g. Additional Training.
(1) Managing specialists may prescribe additional training to correct a deficiency related
to a specific event, an oversight activity, or to address specific performance issues.
1-18
09/21/23
8000.95C
(2) If the deficiency is such that the designee is unable to perform authorized functions
correctly, the managing specialist may initiate the suspension process to suspend the designation
or specific authority until the designee completes the training.
4. Designee Management Functions. Designee management includes the comprehensive
evaluation, oversight, and monitoring of a designee’s activities. DMS provides a group of
management functions designed to manage the designee’s authorities, limitations, performance
and conduct throughout the lifecycle of the designee.
a. Request for Additional Authorizations or Limitations.
(1) Authorities can be expanded and limitations changed on an existing designation only.
(2) When designees believe that they are qualified to perform additional authorized tasks
within their designee type, other than those that the FAA currently authorizes, they may request
the change through DMS.
Note: In some cases, the managing specialist may also initiate this process
in DMS.
(3) The appointing official (AO) must approve all requests for additional authorizations
or limitations in DMS. In order for the AO to approve the request, the designee must meet all
requirements, and the FAA must have the need and ability to manage the designee. In some
cases, an evaluation panel will be convened to review the designee’s qualifications for the
additional authorizations. Refer to the designee type-specific volumes for specific instructions.
(4) If approved, DMS will automatically update the authority and CLOA as appropriate,
notifying both the designee and the managing specialist. A designee shall not exercise any
expanded authority until the request has been approved and official notification has been made.
b. Reduce Authority. A managing specialist may initiate a reduction in a designee’s
authority for a specific designation through DMS, or a designee can request a reduction of
authority through the managing specialist.
(1) DMS requires the managing specialist to enter a justification for reducing a
designee’s authority.
(2) In order for the request to be approved, the FAA must consider whether the need and
ability to manage the designation still exists given the reduction in authority. If there is no longer
a need or ability to manage the designee with reduced authority, the managing specialist will
initiate the termination (not for cause) process.
(3) An AO must approve all requests to reduce authority in DMS. If approved, DMS will
automatically update the designee’s authorities and CLOA, as appropriate.
c. Investigations. The FAA may determine an investigation of a designee is warranted.
Investigations can be initiated based on information discovered during oversight, internal or
external feedback, complaints, allegations of misconduct, inappropriate behavior, misuse of
1-19
09/21/23
8000.95C
authority granted to a designee or other matters the FAA becomes aware of warranting further
investigation. This may include investigating actions not directly related to a designee’s activity,
but raise questions or concerns about the designee’s ability to continue to act as a Representative
of the Administrator. If termination for cause is a possible outcome, the managing specialist will
initiate an investigation to determine the appropriate course of action.
Note: Investigations as defined in this policy are intended to address issues with
designee performance and/or conduct and are not related to investigations as
defined in FAA Order 2150.3, FAA Compliance and Enforcement Program.
(1) Purpose. The purpose of the investigation is to determine the appropriate outcome
through analysis and assessment. Successful completion will result in a decision on the
appropriate management action(s) related to the designee.
(2) Investigation Process. The investigation process may vary depending on designee
type. Refer to each designee type-specific volume for additional guidance. At a minimum, the
investigation will include the following elements:
(a) The reason(s) for the investigation, to include any complaints or allegations.
(b) Collection of evidence related to the investigation.
(c) A review of the facts and circumstances surrounding the case.
(d) A review of the designee’s record in DMS and any relevant background
information in the appropriate FAA databases to determine if there is a pattern of inappropriate
behavior or misconduct.
(e) If the FAA notifies the designee of the investigation and the designee chooses to
respond, a review of the designee’s response and any documentation provided by the designee.
(f) A decision on the appropriate course of action based on the results of the
investigation.
(g) Recording the results in DMS, to include at a minimum:
1. The specific reason(s) for the decision;
2. Any additional designee management actions taken;
3. The designee’s response, if any;
4. Any associated documentation.
(3) Suspension During an Investigation. The managing specialist may suspend a
designee during an investigation depending on the type of designation and authority the designee
holds. Refer to each designee type-specific volume for more information.
1-20
09/21/23
8000.95C
(4) Designee’s Ability to Respond. If suspended, the designee may request a release
from suspension as outlined in Chapter 10 of this volume in order to respond to the investigation.
Managing specialists must provide sufficient information within the suspension to allow the
designee to respond to the investigation, but must not release sensitive information or data that is
not publicly available. The MS may review the designee’s response without releasing the
suspension.
(5) Results of the Investigation. Based on the outcome of the investigation, the
managing specialist will recommend to the AO one of three courses of action in DMS to resolve
the investigation:
(a) No Action Required. If the investigation reveals no further action is required, the
managing specialist will document the outcome in DMS. If the designee is under suspension, the
managing specialist will remove the suspension.
(b) Additional Action Required. If the investigation reveals additional action is
required such as counseling, corrective action, training or additional oversight, the managing
specialist will document the outcome in DMS and initiate the additional action(s).
(c) Termination of a Designation. If the investigation reveals termination of the
designation is warranted, the managing specialist will begin the termination process
immediately. If terminating for cause, the AO will initiate a termination for cause review panel
as outlined in Chapter 9 of this volume.
(6) Suspected Criminal Activity. If the investigation reveals suspected criminal activity,
the managing specialists will consult with their management for referral to the appropriate Law
Enforcement Agency.
d. Inquiries. The FAA will provide support to any official inquires by other government
agencies regarding a designee. An inquiry could result in an FAA investigation.
e. Record Note. Managing specialists can create a personal note or reminder in DMS. This
note is the digital equivalent of a sticky note; it is not part of the designee’s official record, and
only the author can view the note. Managing specialists should not use this feature to record
performance-related issues or other oversight-related information.
f. Send Message to Designee.
(1) Managing specialists can use DMS to send a message to one or more of their assigned
designees.
(2) DMS will store the message and record the date the message is sent, along with the
date the message is opened by the designee.
(3) DMS users can view these messages. Designees are required to monitor DMS for new
messages.
1-21
09/21/23
8000.95C
g. Record Feedback or an Interaction Regarding a Designee.
(1) Interaction can be verbal and/or written communication between the designee, FAA,
and industry.
(2) Feedback should be provided promptly following the activity to which it references.
While the managing specialist has management responsibility for the designee, any FAA
employee working with a designee or designee’s work product has the responsibility to provide
feedback regarding the designee’s performance or activity. Any FAA employee with access to
DMS can enter feedback on a designee. If the user providing the feedback is not the managing
specialist, DMS will send a notification to the managing specialist.
(3) Types of feedback or interactions that should be recorded in DMS include, but are not
limited to, the following:
(a) Corrective—intended to correct an error;
(b) Evaluative—intended to detail specific positive feedback;
and
(c) Instructional—intended to provide information about the quality of performance;
(d) Compliments, critiques, and suggestions.
1-22
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 7. Training
1. Purpose. This chapter describes the common policy associated with training of designee
applicants, designees, and FAA personnel. This chapter and the corresponding designation
type-specific volumes constitute the policy for training.
2. General. Designees and FAA personnel must develop and maintain the technical skills,
knowledge, ability, and proficiency to effectively perform their duties and roles.
3. Designee Training Requirements.
a. Initial Training. Prior to the FAA appointing an individual as a designee, the individual
must participate in and successfully complete the initial training program.
b. Recurrent Training. A designee must regularly attend and successfully complete
recurrent training.
c. Specialized Training. Specialized training covers specific authority not held by the
majority of designees of a particular type, or covers new concepts, processes, and delegation
authority. These topics are not normally covered in the initial or recurrent training for those
designee types and are therefore addressed outside of this normal training environment.
Specialized training is typically web-based and addresses those areas where specialized
experience and authority is required. Where applicable, a designee must complete any
specialized training that is required for the specific authority requested or held. This specialized
training must be completed prior to appointment or adding the special authority and in some
cases must be repeated at the interval specified.
4. FAA Managing Specialist Training Requirements. Managing specialists should complete
relevant initial training prior to being assigned as a managing specialist. If an individual cannot
complete the relevant initial training prior to being assigned as a managing specialist, they
should enroll in relevant training that takes place within 6 calendar-months of assignment. The
managing office may assign another managing specialist (either from the managing office or
another office) to manage the designee(s) until the desired managing specialist completes
training.
5. Other FAA Employee Training Requirements. Managers of DMS users who have
assigned DMS roles should complete AVS training associated with designee management within
6 calendar-months of being assigned that role.
1-23
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 8. Annual Request for Extension of a Designee’s Designation
1. Purpose. This chapter describes the common policy associated with the FAA’s extension of
a designee’s designation from the current expiration date. This chapter and the corresponding
designation type-specific volumes constitute the policy for extending a designee’s expiration
date.
2. General. Extension of the designee’s expiration date is the responsibility of the designee.
Since designee oversight requirements have defined intervals, extension of a designation is not
contingent upon completion of a particular oversight activity. As long as a designee is in good
standing and continues to meet the requirements of the designation, the designee will be given a
one-year extension of their expiration date upon completion of the annual request to extend
expiration date action in DMS.
3. Annual Request to Extend Expiration Date.
a. Timeframe. The action item to extend the expiration date will appear on the designee’s
home page 60 days prior to the expiration date. If a designee does not complete the action item in
DMS prior to the expiration date, DMS changes the designee’s status to “expired.” Designees in
an expired status are no longer authorized to perform any duties related to the expired
designation and will have limited access to DMS. The designee can return to an active status by
completing the action item.
b. Extension Workflow. The extension workflow in DMS requires the designee to verify
basic designation information such as designee location, personal profile, and the eligibility
requirements to maintain the specific designation. Additionally, the designee must:
•
•
•
•
•
Be in good standing;
Have no violation history;
Be current on all required training;
Have no arrests or convictions; and
Have not had an airman certificate (other than medical), rating, or authorization (or
foreign equivalent) suspended or revoked; or have not had to pay a civil penalty as a
result of a violation of any FAA or other CAA regulations (foreign or domestic).
4. Updated Expiration Date. Once the annual request to extend the expiration date has been
successfully submitted, the expiration date will be extended 12 months to the last day of the
month.
Note: Designees in a suspended status may qualify for extension of the
expiration date, but they must be in an active status in order to submit the annual
request to extend expiration date.
5. Termination—Nonsubmittal. If a designee fails to submit the annual request to extend
expiration date, the FAA will initiate the termination process. See Chapter 9 for additional
information. Designees terminated for nonsubmittal of an extension are considered terminated
“not for cause” and may reapply or be reinstated where designee-specific policy allows.
1-24
09/21/23
8000.95C
6. Reminders. The designee is responsible for accessing DMS on a regular basis to check DMS
message center notifications and action required items. The designee has the sole responsibility
to extend their expiration date upon receipt of the action item in DMS.
7. Surrender. A designee who does not intend to extend a designation is encouraged to
voluntarily surrender the designation in DMS prior to expiration.
8. Expansion of Authority. The designee may not seek an expansion of authority using the
expiration date extension process. See Chapter 6, Subparagraph 5a, Request for Additional
Authorizations and Limitations.
9. Privilege, Not a Right. During the annual request to extend expiration date, the designee
will acknowledge that the designation is a privilege, not a right, and the FAA Administrator can
terminate the designation at any time, for any reason.
10. Disqualifiers. See the list in Volume 1, Chapter 2, Application Process.
1-25
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 9. Termination of a Designation
1. Purpose. This chapter describes the common policy associated with the termination of a
designation. This chapter and the corresponding designation type-specific volumes constitute the
policy for termination of a designation.
2. General. There are two methods used to terminate a designation: voluntary surrender and
FAA-initiated termination.
3. Voluntary Surrender.
a. Voluntarily Surrendering a Designation. A designee may voluntarily surrender a
designation.
(1) Designees must surrender each designation separately. The voluntary surrender
process applies only to a single designation at a time.
(2) A voluntary surrender of a designation does not preclude the individual from applying
to be a designee in the future.
(3) Once DMS notifies a designee of the suspension based on a pending termination for
cause action, the designee may not submit a voluntary surrender request in DMS.
b. Possible Reasons for Voluntary Surrender of a Designation.
(1) Retirement;
(2) Employment termination;
(3) Lack of business activity;
(4) Difficulty in meeting requirements;
(5) Dissatisfied with being a designee; or
(6) Personal reasons.
c. Voluntary Surrender Process.
(1) To begin the voluntary surrender process, a designee must submit a voluntary
surrender request in DMS.
(2) The managing specialist will review the voluntary surrender request in DMS and
indicate whether or not the designee is considered “in good standing.” This determination is
helpful should the designee choose to reapply at a later date.
(3) DMS will limit access to DMS functionality as appropriate for the designation being
terminated. The designee is no longer authorized to perform any duties related to the designation.
1-26
09/21/23
8000.95C
4. FAA-Initiated Termination. Designees are selected, appointed, and trained to serve the
needs of the FAA in fulfilling its safety mission, allowing the FAA to leverage its resources.
Therefore, the FAA can rescind a designation at any time for any reason considered appropriate
by the Administrator. Designees who are performing poorly, who are representing the
Administrator in a negative manner, or who require excessive resources to manage must have
their designations terminated to ensure continued effectiveness of the designee system.
a. Terminating a Designation.
(1) The FAA must document termination decisions in DMS and include the specific
reason(s) for the termination.
(2) When applicable, the FAA should review feedback from individuals who have
observed the designee’s activities outside of the designee’s managing office.
(3) Only managing specialists assigned to the designee can initiate the termination
process in DMS.
b. Types of Termination. There are two types of termination: “for cause” and “not for
cause.”
(1) For Cause. Examples of “for cause” reasons include:
sources;
(a) Performance deficiencies found during oversight activities or identified by other
(b) Lack of integrity (e.g., making false statements, misrepresenting information,
failing to disclose pertinent information, exhibiting behavior that reflects poorly on the
Administrator, etc.);
(c) Misconduct (e.g., purposefully not following prescribed procedures for gain,
participating in unethical or illegal activity, etc.);
(d) Inability to work constructively with the FAA or public (e.g., failure to return
phone calls, follow guidance, exhibit a cooperative attitude, etc.);
(e) Improper representation of the FAA (e.g., using designee number for
inappropriate purposes, etc.); and
(f) Other. Any other reason that the FAA Administrator considers appropriate.
Note: DMS sends termination notifications to all managing specialists assigned
responsibilities for a given designee. The AO will initiate a termination for cause
review panel per subparagraph 4.f. below.
(2) Not For Cause. Examples of “not for cause” reasons include any reason other than
“for cause.” A designee terminated not for cause may reapply for designation. Examples of
termination other than “for cause” include:
1-27
09/21/23
8000.95C
(a) Lack of FAA Need.
1. Activity in the office decreased, or is forecasted to decrease, eliminating the
need for the designee.
designee.
designees.
2. The FAA plan for delegated work changed, eliminating the need for the
3. The FAA can support the certification work or need with other existing
(b) FAA is Unable to Manage.
1. The existing and projected office workload does not allow the office to
effectively manage the designee.
2. The FAA does not have the ability to provide authorization, testing, and/or
additional training needed for its employees to oversee the designee. Adequate funds (for
example, travel allocation) are not available to oversee the designee.
designee.
3. FAA staff does not have the technical skills and knowledge to oversee the
(c) Other.
1. Designee no longer meets minimum qualifications;
2. Designee does not meet training requirements;
3. Designee is physically unable to perform designee duties;
4. Designee did not extend designation before expiration;
5. Designee’s authority expired while suspended; or
6. Designee is deceased.
c. Termination Process.
(1) When it has been determined termination is warranted, the managing specialist should
begin the process immediately. Termination decisions must be formally documented in DMS, to
include the specific reason(s). The AO must approve or deny the termination recommendation in
DMS.
(2) Once the termination process has begun, DMS will prevent the designee from
conducting new work under the designation being terminated. The status of the designee’s
authority will change to “suspended” during the termination process. The designee must
immediately cease exercising designee privileges for the designation being terminated.
1-28
09/21/23
8000.95C
(3) Upon completion of the termination process, the designee’s status will be changed to
“terminated.” DMS will send an electronic termination notice to the designee.
d. Termination For Cause Investigation. If termination for cause is a possible outcome,
the managing specialist will initiate an investigation to determine the appropriate course of
action. See Investigations in Chapter 6 of this volume.
e. Designee Response to Termination For Cause. If the termination for cause
investigation determines termination for cause is the appropriate course of action, once the
managing specialist initiates the termination for cause process, the designee may respond in
DMS. To respond to a possible termination for cause action, the designee must respond in DMS
within 15 calendar days of the termination for cause action being initiated.
f. Termination For Cause Review Panel.
(1) During the termination for cause process, the AO will initiate a termination for cause
review panel to determine if termination is appropriate. There are two types of panels. Only one
panel will be conducted, depending on the designee:
(a) Designee with One Designation. When a designee who only holds one
designation is being terminated for cause, the members required for the review panel depend on
the specific designee type being terminated. Refer to each designee type-specific volume for
instructions.
(b) Designee with Multiple Designations. When a designee with multiple
designations is being terminated for cause, the AO associated with the designation from the
office that initiated the investigation will establish the review panel to determine if the
termination is appropriate and if the additional designation(s) should be terminated. In this case,
the review panel will consist of:
1. The AO associated with the designation from the office that initiated the
termination process. This individual will be the panel point of contact (POC).
2. Each AO associated with the additional designation(s) that may be terminated.
3. A representative from the associated policy office(s).
(2) The review panel will review the facts and circumstances surrounding the termination
for cause decision, including all documentation and the designee’s record in DMS, and provide a
recommendation to the AO(s) responsible for making the decision. The review panel will
determine the following:
•
•
•
Was a thorough investigation performed?
Was the designee provided an opportunity to respond to the investigation?
Is termination justified?
(3) The review panel will complete the review process and submit a recommendation
within 45 calendar-days of the termination for cause process being initiated.
1-29
09/21/23
8000.95C
(4) All documentation associated with the review panel (e.g., outcome, members of the
review panel, communication with the designee or the associated office) should be included in
the designee’s DMS file.
(5) The AO will make the decision to either terminate the designee or reject the
termination and reinstate the designee’s privileges. For a designee with multiple designations, the
AO for each designation will determine whether to terminate the designee or reject the
termination. Each AO’s decision is final and concludes the process.
1-30
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 10. Suspension of a Designation
1. Purpose. This chapter describes the common policy associated with the suspension of a
designation. This chapter and the corresponding designation type-specific volumes constitute the
policy for suspension of a designation.
2. General. Suspension is a management process that allows the FAA to temporarily remove a
designee’s privileges without terminating the designation. If an individual holds multiple
designations, suspension of one designation may or may not impact other designations held. The
impact of the suspension on other designations, if held, is determined by the respective managing
specialist.
a. DMS Actions. During the suspension process, DMS will change the designee’s status to
“suspended.” In suspended status, DMS:
(1) Notifies the designee of suspension and denies access to initiate new work for the
designation being suspended;
(2) Cancels all previously approved activities, as applicable; and
(3) Allows the designee to submit post-activity entries for up to 7 calendar-days after the
date of suspension.
b. Designee Action While Suspended. The designee must immediately stop exercising
authorized duties for the designation being suspended.
c. Suspension Release. If suspended designees believe they have met all of the
requirements to release the suspension, they may submit a suspension release request in DMS.
d. Length of Suspension. Designees will remain in a suspended status until they have
corrected the deficiency or until the designation expires. If the deficiency has not been corrected
within 180 calendar-days of the suspension being initiated, DMS will notify the managing
specialist to remove the suspension and initiate termination.
3. FAA-Initiated Suspension. The FAA may suspend a designation for the following reasons:
a. Lapse in Minimum Qualifications. The designee no longer meets the minimum
qualifications.
(1) The designee loses a required certificate, rating, or license.
(2) The designee fails to maintain required currency, knowledge or proficiency.
b. Failure to Attend a Required Meeting. The designee fails to attend a required meeting.
c. Failure to Maintain Currency With Training Requirements. If a designee fails to
maintain their currency with training requirements, they should be moved to suspended status
until they complete their training.
1-31
09/21/23
8000.95C
(1) Deadline Passes for Required Training. The designee fails to successfully complete
required training within the specified timeframe.
(2) Failed Test for Required Training. The designee fails a test that is part of required
training, regardless of the due date of that training.
d. Poor Performance. The designee demonstrates an unsatisfactory level of performance
for the designation.
e. Under Investigation. The FAA investigates allegations or findings that the designee has
been acting contrary to regulations or policy. This may include investigations not related to
designee activity.
f. Other. Any other reason that the FAA Administrator considers appropriate.
4. Followup Actions. The FAA may require the designee to complete certain followup actions
to remove the suspension. FAA followup actions may include additional training, counseling,
and requalification. The designee should propose a plan of action and timeline to meet
requirements. The managing specialist should follow up with the designee to ensure that any
requirements are completed. Based on the results of the followup actions, the managing
specialist will remove the suspension or initiate termination.
1-32
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 11. Other Designee Management Functions
1. Purpose. This chapter describes the common policy associated with other designee
management functions in DMS. This chapter and the corresponding designation type-specific
volumes constitute the policy for other designee management functions in DMS.
2. Assign DMS Roles.
a. General. The primary purpose of this process is to authorize a qualified FAA employee
to have appropriate access to functionality within DMS.
(1) DMS roles allow users the ability to access DMS and perform functions within each
process, including apply, select, appoint, etc., as described in this order. DMS roles control
specific user access within DMS. The FAA may assign users more than one role within DMS.
(2) DMS roles are assigned based on the office needs and in accordance with the
designation type-specific volumes of this order.
(3) The term “DMS role” does not convey an official position or title.
b. Master Role Assigner (MRA). MRAs ensure FAA personnel are assigned appropriate
roles within DMS to carry out assigned duties.
(1) “Designee Applicant” and “Designee” are roles but are not assigned via the MRA
process. DMS automatically assigns designee roles during the appointment process.
(2) The MRA function may be given at different levels within each service or office. It is
the responsibility of the MRA to add roles for their office or remove roles for individuals who
have moved offices, retired, or no longer need a role in DMS.
3. DMS Message Center. DMS provides a method to send messages between the managing
specialist and the designee through the message center.
4. Impact of Updates to Information. Depending on the designation type, updates to certain
information in the designee record, such as a change in designation location or qualifications,
may affect the designation.
a. Change of Designation Location. A change of designation location may cause the FAA
to review need and ability to manage considerations. DMS will notify the current managing
specialist if there has been a change of physical address, and the managing specialist will
determine if the new address will initiate a change in the managing office. A change in
designation location may require the FAA to initiate a designee transfer to the new location.
Note: The FAA is under no obligation to transfer the designee to a new
overseeing office.
b. Additional Information. Additional information can be found in the appropriate
type-specific volumes for guidance on the types of changes and their impact.
1-33
09/21/23
8000.95C
5. Designee Records.
a. DMS Electronic Records. Once a designee is appointed in DMS, DMS becomes the
electronic system of record for all designee information.
b. Prior Designee Records. The FAA must maintain any records associated with the
designee prior to appointment in DMS in accordance with the recordkeeping requirements of
FAA Order 1350.14.
6. Document Upload. DMS provides the ability to upload documents in support of designee
management functions. This capability should not be used to upload designee files associated
with the designee prior to DMS appointment.
1-34
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 12. Administrative Information
1. Distribution. This order will be distributed to:
a. The division level within AAM, including the Civil Aerospace Medical Institute (CAMI)
and Regional Flight Surgeons (RFS).
b. The division level within FS; all Flight Standards District Offices (FSDO), Certificate
Management Offices (CMO), and International Field Offices (IFO).
c. The Washington Headquarters (HQ) branch levels within AIR; all responsible AIR
offices; all Certification Branches; the Integrated Certificate Management Division (AIR-500);
Policy & Standards Division (AIR-600); the Compliance & Airworthiness Division (AIR-700);
the System Oversight Division (AIR-800); Certificate Management Branches (CMBs), and
Certificate Management Section (CMS).
d. The division level within the AOV.
e. The Office of the Chief Counsel (AGC).
f. The FAA Academy branches.
g. All individual designees.
2. Directive Feedback Information. For your convenience, you may use FAA Form 1320-19,
Directive Feedback Information (which is found on the last page of this order), to submit
suggested changes or comments. Please use the “Other Comments” block on FAA Form 1320-19
to provide a complete explanation of why the suggested change is necessary. You may correct,
as necessary, a copy of the pertinent policy language, or provide a handwritten note for
consideration.
1-35
09/21/23
8000.95C
VOLUME 2. AME DESIGNEE POLICY
Chapter 1. Introduction
1. Purpose of This Volume. This volume supplements the common designee policy by
providing specific guidance for the administration of the Aviation Medical Examiner (AME)
designee management program not otherwise given in detail in the common designee policy.
2. Audience. The primary audience of this volume is the Manager/Appointing Official
(MGR/AO) of the Aerospace Medical Education Division (AMED), Regional Flight
Surgeons/Appointing Officials (RFS/AO), AME Program Analysts/Managing Specialists
(AME PA/MS), AME Surveillance Program Analysts (SPA), and AMEs.
2-1
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 2. Application Process
1. Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the application of AME designees. This
designation type-specific policy and Volume 1, Common Designee Policy, constitute the overall
policy for an individual applying for designation authority.
2. General.
a. Application Information.
DMS.
(1) Candidates for initial designation as an AME must submit an application through the
(2) Contact information for RFSs is located on the FAA website at
https://www.faa.gov/licenses_certificates/medical_certification/rfs/.
(3) The FAA advises all AME applicants to read the selection information in this chapter
to ensure that they meet all of the selection criteria before applying for designation as an AME.
b. Multiple Site Authorizations. The RFS/AO or MGR/AO, AMED may approve, upon
request, two authorized work locations within reasonable proximity of one another and within
the same region, as appropriate. If a third designation location is desired, within the same region,
it must be approved by the senior RFS. Locations in multiple regions are not permitted.
c. Special Considerations.
(1) The RFS may give special consideration for designation to those applicants who are
pilots, have been military flight surgeons, have special training expertise in aviation medicine, or
were previously designated, but have relocated to a new geographic area.
3. Minimum Qualifications.
a. Minimum Qualifications. Applicants for designation as an AME must:
(1) Be in good standing and possess a Doctor of Medicine (M.D.) or Doctor of
Osteopathic Medicine (D.O.) degree from an accredited university.
(2) All applicants (foreign and domestic) shall possess a current and unrestricted license
to fully practice medicine in the state.
(3) Demonstrate past professional performance and personal conduct suitable for a
position of responsibility and trust.
(4) Be able to read, write, speak, and understand the English language.
(5) Be knowledgeable of the principles of aerospace medicine.
(6) Be thoroughly familiar with instructions as to techniques of examination, medical
assessment, and certification of airmen.
2-2
09/21/23
8000.95C
(7) Abide by the policies, rules, and regulations of the FAA.
b. Methods for Seeking Designees. The FAA expects that all AAM physicians will
proactively seek qualified AME applicants using all available forums to advertise needs,
requirements, and the application process, including:
(1) Aerospace Medical Association or other aerospace medicine meetings;
(2) Briefings to military flight surgeons and aerospace medicine residency groups; and
(3) The FAA AAM website: https://www.faa.gov/about/office_org/headquarters_offices/
avs/offices/aam/.
(4) Social Media and Web Services.
c. Credentials. At the time of initial application for designation, the physician shall submit
to DMS the following documents or copies (translated into English if in another language):
(1) Medical school diploma.
(2) Certificate of any postgraduate professional training (e.g., internship, residency,
fellowship).
(3) Certificate of Good Standing by all medical licensing bodies from which the applicant
has active medical licenses, proving there are no restrictions or limitations to practice medicine.
This requirement is for International applicants only.
(a) These may be obtained by the region in written form or electronically, or the
regional office may request the applicant instruct the licensing body to send certifications to the
regional office.
(b) Under no circumstances should a Certificate in Good Standing be accepted
directly from the applicant.
(4) Notice of certification by an American specialty board, if applicable.
(5) A current curriculum vitae.
4. Disqualifiers. The FAA will disqualify an AME applicant for certain personal or
professional deficiencies and intentional misrepresentations, including:
a. False Statements. In connection with completion of FAA Form 8500-8, AMEs are
subject to Title 18 of the United States Code (18 U.S.C.) §§ 1001 and 3571, which indicate that
whoever in any matter within the jurisdiction of any department or agency of the United States
knowingly and willfully falsifies, conceals, or covers up by any trick, scheme, or device a
material fact, or who makes any false, fictitious, or fraudulent statements or representations, or
entry, may be fined up to $250,000 or imprisoned not more than 5 years, or both
2-3
09/21/23
8000.95C
b. Medical License History. Any past or present adverse action against the medical license
of the AME is subject to review by the RFS for suitability or selection.
5. Privilege, Not a Right. See Volume 1.
6. Post-Application. See Volume 1.
7. Maintaining an Active Designee Application. All AMEs or prospective AMEs must
immediately update their record in DMS when there is a change in status of licensure to practice
medicine or adverse action or warning issued by a state licensing authority.
2-4
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 3. Selection and Evaluation of a Designee Applicant
1. Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the selection and evaluation of an AME
designee applicant. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1 constitute the overall
policy for the selection and evaluation of an AME applicant.
2. General.
a. Selection Process. The general process of selection consists of three steps: DMS
determines if system-defined minimum qualifications are met; the selecting official (SO)
determines if need and ability requirements are met; and an MS is then assigned to further review
the applicant’s qualifications and abilities.
b. Selection Considerations.
(1) DMS is the sole source from which to obtain a list of qualified applicants.
(2) An evaluation panel, determined by the SO, will then be established to review and
evaluate the list of viable applicants identified through DMS.
3. Need and Ability to Manage. The RFS/AO or MGR/AO, AMED, shall determine whether a
need exists for an AME in a particular geographic area based on adequacy of coverage related to
the pilot population or other factors. The RFS/AO or MGR/AO, AMED, will consider other
variables, such as rural versus urban geographic locations and aviation activity levels, when
assessing the local needs for designation of additional AMEs.
4. Requesting Qualified Applicant. See Volume 1.
5. Selection & Evaluation.
a. Selection Process. Once DMS provides a list of applicant(s) based on the search criteria,
each applicant for consideration must be further evaluated.
(1) The MS must review the application for completeness and ensure that minimum
qualifications are met for each applicant.
(2) The MS must complete the evaluation checklist in DMS for each applicant being
evaluated.
(3) The MS must determine what training a prospective AME will require prior to
appointment, which is a key part of the selection process. The regional office will follow the
guidance in the training section to determine the initial training requirement and notify the
applicant of these requirements.
b. Selection Panel. The evaluation panel consists of an RFS/AO or MGR/AO, AMED, and
an AME PA/MS.
2-5
09/21/23
8000.95C
c. Evaluation Process.
(1) The regional office must conduct a review of the applicant’s qualifications and
supporting documentation.
(2) The AME PA/MS may contact the applicant for more information regarding the
application, if needed.
(3) The FAA will not consider for designation an applicant that has been previously
terminated for cause.
d. Record Results. The AME PA/MS must record results of the evaluation in DMS.
e. Make Recommendation. After reviewing the Evaluation Panel's findings, the AME
PA/MS will formulate appointment recommendation in accordance with this order.
order:
(1) The AME PA/MS submits the findings and recommendations in accordance with this
(a) Recommend appointment.
(b) Do not recommend appointment.
(2) The RFS/AO or MGR/AO, AMED will review the appointment recommendation
made by AME PA/MS, via DMS. This will include the follow information:
(a) The designee candidate’s application form;
(b) Information regarding equipment and facilities; and
(c) Any other pertinent information, references, or recommendations.
f. Selection Notification. DMS will:
(1) Notify all applicants of their application status;
(2) Maintain the data for the Certificate Letter of Authority (CLOA).
2-6
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 4. Designee Appointment
1. Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the appointment of AME designees,
referred to collectively in this chapter as designees. This designation type-specific policy and
Volume 1 constitute the overall policy for the appointment of AMEs.
2. General.
a. Procedures for Initial Designation. Prior to designation, each AME applicant will
provide a signed statement confirming that:
(1) Designation is a privilege, not a right.
(2) Designations may be terminated any time the FAA determines it is in the agency’s
best interest.
(3) There are no past or current restrictions of medical practice, and there are no adverse
actions proposed or pending that would limit medical practice by any state licensing board, the
Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA), any medical society, any hospital staff, or by any
other local, state, or Federal organization that may have licensing or certification authority.
(4) There are no known investigations, charged indictments, or pending actions in any
local, state, or Federal court.
b. Training Requirement Prior to Appointment. After receiving a favorable
recommendation to become an AME, applicants must first successfully complete all required
DOT/FAA initial training as required in Chapter 7 before their appointment can be confirmed.
c. Notification. The FAA will notify all applicants of the status of their designations via the
Message Center in DMS. DMS will hold their certificate of designation and all necessary forms
and supplies.
d. RFSs/AOs. RFSs/AOs act as the SO or AO for AMEs who conduct FAA medical
examinations within the geographic boundaries of their regions. The RFS/AO may delegate SO
responsibilities to the AME PAs/MSs. This delegation only authorizes the SO to make a
recommendation. The Deputy Regional Flight Surgeon (DRFS), while acting for the respective
RFS, can perform AO duties.
e. The MGR/AO, AMED. The MGR/AO, AMED, acts as the SO or AO for AMEs who
are U.S. military flight surgeons, medical officers at Federal agencies, and for those who are
located in foreign countries or areas not under the jurisdiction of one of the domestic regional
medical offices. In this capacity, the manager functions as the RFS/AO for the international,
military, Federal, or official AMEs. The MGR/AO, AMED, may delegate SO responsibilities to
the international, military, Federal, or official AME PA/MS. This delegation only authorizes the
SO to make a recommendation.
f. Designation of Military Flight Surgeons. Management of military flight surgeon AMEs
is the same as for any other designee with a few exceptions. Military AMEs are restricted to
2-7
09/21/23
8000.95C
Class 2 & Class 3 medical certificates. An exception to the policy may be requested by a Service
Surgeon General or DHA Director to meet extenuating military need. Additionally, pilots who
receive their Class 2 medical certificate from a military AME may not request an upgrade to
Class 1 by later supplying an electrocardiogram (ECG) to Aerospace Medical Certification
Division (AMCD). All administrative functions pertaining to active military AMEs will be
handled by the MGR/AO, AMED.
g. Procedures for Dual AME Designations in Civilian and Governmental Capacities.
Procedures for Dual AME Designations in Civilian and Governmental Capacities. Civilian
AMEs who function as United States Military Reserve/Guard component flight surgeons may
request “dual location” from the appropriate civilian RFS/AO to perform AME duties at their
military location.
(1) Civilian AMEs are most likely to perform more examinations in their civilian practice
than in a military setting; therefore, the civilian RFS/AO will perform all oversight activity, and
performance information from both practices will be combined for reporting purposes.
(2) If a Guard or Reserve AME is seeking civilian designation and is approved by the
civilian RFS/AO, oversight of their activity will be transferred from the military region to the
gaining civilian region.
(3) AMEs who have been designated to function with civilian and military capacity shall
only be assigned a single AME number, normally retaining the number from their initial
designation.
(4) The same principle of single regional management shall apply if an AME seeks dual
designation as a civilian and Federal AME.
(5) No military AME will be designated as a Senior AME for performance of FAA
examinations while in a military status without a written request from the appropriate Services
Surgeon General and concurrence of the MGR/AO, AMED or FAS; however, dually designated
AMEs may hold a senior AME rating in their capacity as a civilian AME.
h. Designations of Physicians in Foreign Countries. Many foreign countries do not have a
medical licensing system similar to that of the United States, so it is often difficult to obtain
reliable information about an applicant’s status as a physician. If a country does not have a
“Certificate of Good Standing” or equivalent, like those of Canada and the United Kingdom, the
international AME PA/MS must request the appropriate U.S. embassy or consulate complete a
professional background check.
i. Authority to Perform First-Class Examinations.
(1) To obtain designation as a senior AME, the physician shall demonstrate compliance
with the requirements for continued service as an AME and have an acceptable record
performing second- and third-class examinations for at least three years.
Note: Only senior AMEs have the authority to perform first-class examinations.
2-8
09/21/23
8000.95C
(2) Exceptions to the 3-year requirement may be granted by the RFS/AO or MGR/AO
and are based on the AME’s prior military experience as a flight surgeon, residency training in
aerospace medicine, previous AME experience, or an immediate exceptional need in a particular
locality.
(3) International AMEs are always immediately designated as senior AMEs, given that
their designation is in response to the need for AMEs to be conveniently located to examine
U.S.-certified pilots who are based overseas and who require first-class certificates.
3. CLOA. The certificate of designation and designation letter are combined and represented by
the CLOA.
a. Affirm Statement. Each AME applicant will affirm in DMS that there are no past or
current restrictions of medical practice, and no adverse actions proposed or pending that would
limit medical practice by any state licensing board, the DEA, any medical society, any hospital
staff, or by any other local, state, or Federal organization that may have licensing or certification
authority.
4. Appointment Duration. Designations of physicians as AMEs are effective for 1 year, as
recorded in DMS, unless terminated by the FAA prior to the end of the 1-year term or
resignation.
2-9
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 5. Responsibilities and Obligations of a Designee
1. Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the responsibilities and obligations of
AME designees, referred to collectively in this chapter as designees. This designation
type-specific policy and Volume 1 constitute the overall policy for the responsibilities and
obligations of an AME.
2. Designee Responsibilities.
a. AMEs Must:
issues;
(1) Serve as aviation safety experts within their communities, advising on aeromedical
(2) Ensure that medical certificates are issued only to applicants who meet the FAA’s
standards for medical certification; and
(3) Use acceptable equipment and adequate facilities in order to carry out the prescribed
examinations.
b. AMEs Should:
(1) Maintain familiarity with general medical certification;
(2) Maintain familiarity with general medical knowledge applicable to aviation in order
to properly discharge the duties associated with these responsibilities;
(3) Have detailed knowledge and understanding of FAA rules, regulations, policies, and
procedures related to the medical certification of airmen;
(4) Charge reasonable fees that are customary for a comparable medical examination
service in the geographic area where the AME is located; and
(5) Refrain from performing tests that are not required by the Guide for Aviation Medical
Examiners or not medically indicated by history or physical findings.
c. Facilities and Equipment.
(1) The applicant must be engaged in the practice of medicine at an established office
address that the RFS/AO or MGR/AO, AMED, has approved. Any change of office location
must be reported to FAA and approved by RFS.
(2) The AME applicant must have adequate facilities in order to perform the required
examinations and possess the following equipment prior to conducting any FAA examinations:
(a) Vision testing equipment. The required equipment is listed in the current Guide
for Aviation Medical Examiners. This online guide may be viewed from the FAA website,
https://www.faa.gov, by typing Guide for Aviation Medical Examiners in the search box and
selecting the appropriate link.
2-10
09/21/23
8000.95C
(b) Medical diagnostic instruments. Equipment and aids necessary to conduct a
physical examination, including strips to test urine for sugar and protein.
(c) Electrocardiograph equipment. International senior AMEs must have access to
electrocardiographic equipment to perform an electrocardiograph and be able to send a PDF of
the ECG test to the AMCD attaching it within the Aerospace Medical Certification Subsystem
(AMCS) as part of the Class I exam requirements. All AMEs, if necessary, can attach an ECG
PDF within AMCS as part of an exam for transmission to the AMCD.
(d) Audiometric equipment. All AMEs must have access to audiometric testing
equipment or the capability of referring airmen and air traffic control (ATC) applicants and ATC
employees for audiometric testing. The audiometer must be calibrated annually to ANSI
S3.6-2004-Audiometers.
d. AMCS Requirements. All AMEs are required to use AMCS to record, validate, and
transmit airman medical certification data.
(1) Regions may consider corrective action for AMEs unable to consistently transmit
examination information within the 14 calendar-days following the date the examination was
initiated by the AME.
(2) The RFS/AO or MGR/AO, AMED, will consider the termination of designation of an
AME who transmits more than 60 calendar-days after the examination date.
(3) The AME is responsible for notifying the AMCS Online Support Desk if staff
changes have occurred for an individual with AMCS privileges and if the employment status no
longer requires AMCS access.
(4) The FAA will take an adverse action against an AME's designation if it is determined
the AME failed to comply with the staff validation requirements.
e. Privileges. An AME is delegated the authority, in accordance with 14 CFR part 67, to:
(1) Accept applications for physical examinations necessary for issuing medical
certificates.
(2) Issue or deny FAA Airman Medical Certificates, following the policies and
procedures in the Guide for Aviation Medical Examiners, subject to reconsideration by
responsible FAA official(s).
(3) Defer a medical certification decision to the FAA when the AME does not have
sufficient information, is unsure of whether the individual should be issued a medical certificate,
or if deferral is recommended by agency policy or the Guide for Aviation Medical Examiners.
3. Ongoing Requirements of a Designee. In addition to maintaining minimum qualifications
in DMS and ongoing requirements as outlined in Volume 1, a designee must meet the following
obligations:
2-11
09/21/23
8000.95C
a. Proficiency Standards. All designees must meet proficiency standards of performing at
least 10 FAA examinations per year.
b. Need. When there is an operational and/or geographic need for AME availability, AME
designation may be continued, despite the AME not meeting a minimum proficiency of 10 FAA
exams per year. The RFS must adequately document this circumstance to continue AME
designation. If the AME volume is very low, the AME will be put into mentoring.
c. Examination Requirements.
(1) AMEs must personally perform medical examinations at the established office
address approved by the appropriate RFS/AO or MGR/AO, AMED.
(2) Paraprofessional medical personnel (e.g., nurses, nurse practitioners, and physician
assistants) may perform limited parts of the examinations (measure visual acuity, hearing,
phorias, blood pressure, pulse, weight, urine testing, and electrocardiography) under the
supervision of the AME. These individuals are permitted to review the clinical history; however,
they may not perform the physical examination required by the FAA.
(3) When completing FAA Form 8500-8, the AME shall personally review the medical
history answers provided by the airman (especially 18V) and provide definitive comments in
item 60 on all positive entries and all physical findings (i.e., provide more than “no change” or
“previously reported” notations). The AME must sign the FAA forms electronically.
(4) In all cases, the AME shall review and assume responsibility for the accuracy and
completeness of the total examination report, even if data entry was performed by someone else.
(5) All examinations must be electronically transmitted to the agency within 2 calendarweeks from the day the application is imported into AMCS. Mailing examinations may be
permitted for a very limited time to cover some extenuating circumstances that do not permit
electronic transmission.
(6) AMEs may not perform self-examinations for issuance of a medical certificate to
themselves or issue a medical certificate to themselves or to an immediate family member.
d. Other. Designees must meet other requirements deemed necessary by the Administrator.
4. Aeronautical Center (AC) Forms and Supplies. The FAA will provide the Certification
Envelope (AC Form 1360-47) and Near Vision Acuity Card (FAA Form 8500-1), which may be
obtained from the MGR/AO, AMED, by online request or by download. The use of any locally
designed forms or certificates in lieu of official FAA forms and certificates is prohibited.
5. FAA Form 8520-4. The Aviation Medical Examiner Identification (AME ID) card is a
controlled document governed by FAA Order 1600.25, Federal Aviation Administration (FAA)
Official Credentials. The need to ensure the integrity of the AME ID card necessitates that the
FAA institute strict controls to prevent fraudulent issuance, improper use, or alteration of the
AME ID cards. FAA Order 1600.25 governs safeguarding the AME ID card.
2-12
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 6. Oversight and Management of a Designee
1. Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the oversight and management of AME
designees, referred to collectively in this chapter as designees. This designation type-specific
policy and Volume 1 constitute the overall policy for the oversight and management of an AME.
2. General Oversight and Management Considerations.
a. Oversight Principles.
(1) The FAA continually evaluates the performance of each AME. Risk management
principles will be used by RFSs/AOs and MGR/AO, AMED, to determine which AMEs require
a higher level of monitoring or counseling following an analysis of all performance factors.
(2) The AAM is the organizational element within the FAA responsible for oversight and
management of the AME system. The director of the office, the Federal Air Surgeon (FAS),
develops and establishes policies, plans, procedures, standards, and regulations governing the
AME designee.
b. Oversight Responsibilities. The FAS delegates to the MGR/AO, AMED, the following
responsibilities:
(1) Monitor the AME system; oversee AME performance by developing and
administering evaluation procedures to supply RFSs/AOs with data to assist them in renewing
only those physicians who have demonstrated satisfactory performance; and continue to show an
interest in the AME program.
AMEs.
(2) Plan, develop, administer, and evaluate medical education programs for training
(3) Determine standards for initial and refresher training and develop special courses to
meet training needs on a case-by-case basis. The RFS/AO assists in the planning, development,
administration, and evaluation of medical education programs for training of AMEs.
(4) Prepare appropriate reports for the FAS and RFSs/AOs to evaluate the performance
of their AMEs.
c. Oversight and DMS. Designee oversight includes the managing, monitoring, and
tracking of a designee’s activities and performance. In addition to an oversight plan developed
by the regional office and/or the AME PA/MS, the objective of an oversight program is to assure
that the designee performs to the standards and expectations set forth by the FAA in its policies
and regulations.
(1) Oversight feedback is considered in total to provide a high-level perspective of a
designee’s performance over a specific period. (See Volume 1, Chapter 6, subparagraph 2c.)
(2) The AME PA/MS must conduct regular performance evaluations predicated on the
outcome of oversight activities. The results of individual oversight activities should be
2-13
09/21/23
8000.95C
recordedin DMS. However, a formal evaluation must be recorded in DMS at least once every
12 calendar-months, generally completed during the designee’s annual anniversary month. A
formal performance evaluation is required prior to the renewal of a designee’s authority.
d. Performance Measures. There are three categories of performance measures. The FAA
uses these criteria to gain insight into the designee’s performance. DMS provides appropriate
fields to record the details for performance measures.
(1) Technical. The designee demonstrates sufficient knowledge, skill, and ability to
conduct authorized tasks within established guidance and standards. The designee possesses an
expert level of knowledge and skill, understands and uses appropriate terminology, uses the
correct equipment, applies appropriate standards, and accurately interprets results.
(a) Knowledge and Understanding. Does the designee understand the terminology
contained in FAA orders and other reference material used in conducting the certification
activity?
(b) Interpretation and Application. Does the designee correctly interpret and apply the
technical performance standards defined by the order or regulation?
(c) Equipment and Materials. Does the designee possess, select, and/or use the
appropriate equipment, reference material, etc., when conducting certifications?
(2) Procedural. The designee demonstrates the ability to complete administrative
functions correctly. The designee accurately completes and issues appropriate documentation,
submits required data, follows established procedures, and complies with all regulations, orders,
and directives.
(a) Qualifying Applicants. Does the designee follow the correct procedure when
accepting applications and determining applicant eligibility?
(b) Submittal of Information and Data to the FAA. Does the designee properly submit
information, documents, and/or data to the FAA as required by FAA orders?
(c) Conducting Evaluations, Tests, and Certifications. Does the designee follow the
correct procedure when conducting certifications?
(d) Issuing Certificate, Approval, Authorization, or Results to Applicant. Does the
designee follow the correct procedure when completing and issuing certificates and approvals,
authorizations, or results to the applicant upon completion of the certification activity?
(3) Professional. The designee conducts activities in an ethical, courteous, and
conscientious manner reflecting highly on the Administrator. The designee presents a
cooperative attitude, and demonstrates integrity, tact, and diplomacy when dealing with industry
and the FAA. The designee communicates effectively in a manner that reflects positively on the
FAA, both orally and written.
2-14
09/21/23
8000.95C
(a) Oral and Written Communication. Does the designee effectively communicate
either in writing or in conversation with the FAA or general public? Does the designee provide
feedback to the FAA with ways to improve the designee system?
(b) Professional Representation of the FAA With Public Sector. Does the designee
demonstrate a positive reflection on the FAA and a willingness to comply with FAA policy and
managing office instruction?
(c) Cooperative Attitude with the FAA. Is the designee easy to work with and do
they present a positive attitude when interacting with the FAA? Is the designee responsive to the
FAA and reasonably accessible to the FAA as required?
(d) Ethics and Judgment. Does the designee maintain high ethical standards and
demonstrate good judgment in the conduct of authorized activities?
e. Regional Role in AME Oversight.
(1) The FAS delegates responsibility to the RFSs/AOs and MGR/AO, AMED, to:
(a) Monitor. Monitor the AME system within their geographic areas of responsibility
and oversee the AME’s performance to ensure that the individual properly performs all duties
and meets all requirements and conditions of the designations held.
(b) Establish Mentoring Program. Establish a mentoring program for all newly
designated AMEs in their region. Under this program, the RFS/AO will provide certification
review and direct mentorship for each new AME for up to 2 years, based on the judgment of
performance by the RFS/AO.
(c) Update AME Information. Update AME information contained in DMS and take
appropriate disciplinary action against AMEs who do not provide timely notification of any
changes to the regions.
(d) Establish Quality Management System (QMS) Program. The senior RFS, through
the Regional Flight Surgeon Working Group (RFSWG), ensures the establishment of an
appropriate QMS program for the regions to use when monitoring an AME’s performance.
(2) New AME offices shall be evaluated by regional SPAs within 1 year of designation.
Problem AME offices will also be visited as soon as practical after a deficiency necessitating a
site visit has been determined (this visit may be unannounced). The goal of the national site visit
is to survey every AME’s office at least once every 5 years. Virtual site visits (VSV) using
remote means are acceptable to inspect the office site and may be followed by standard live site
visits if determined by the RFS/AO or MGR/AO, AMED. Military AMEs are not subject to
onsight live visits or virtual site visits. Military AMEs must submit change of address requests in
DMS and submit required forms.
(3) SPAs will judge the adequacy of the documentation and the decision making of the
AME for rejected, issued medical certificates. These rejected, issued medical certificates are
identified by the Document and Imaging Workflow System (DIWS), an AAM medical
2-15
09/21/23
8000.95C
information system for airman medical applications. DIWS assigns a reject code when
applications meet certain review parameters (e.g., medical conditions or prescribed medications)
and the application is forwarded to the DIWS Surveillance Queue to be reviewed by an SPA
assigned to the appropriate RFS office.
(4) Any airman medical examination that the SPA determines has a questionable medical
history and/or a medical condition may require an additional administrative medical review by
the AMCD reviewer, surveillance physician, or RFS/AO.
(5) The determination by the SPA to forward medical examinations to the AMCD
reviewer should be made as they relate to the issuance of the current medical examination being
reviewed, not on documentation existing in past examinations. If evidence of poor decision
making or inadequate documentation on past examinations is uncovered while reviewing the
current issued rejected examination, the SPA should send these findings to the appropriate
Certification PA in the AMCD or the regional airman medical certification analyst in the
appropriate RFS/AO’s office for resolution.
(6) The Certification PA in the AMCD may refer the case back to a region for further
AME corrective or disciplinary action.
(7) The Manager, AMCD, shall identify AMEs committing serious certification errors
and notify the appropriate RFS/AO and the MGR/AO, AMED, to ensure that appropriate action
is taken.
3. Oversight Actions.
a. Planning an Oversight Activity. SPAs will contact AME offices before performing a
site visit, unless the AME is identified as a problem AME and an unannounced visit is warranted.
b. Oversight Activities.
(1) Direct Observation. Direct observation does not apply to AME designees.
(2) Review of Documentation.
(a) The AMED QMS will detail the information to be collected for AME
performance reports for use by each RFS/AO and MGR/AO to monitor the performance of all
AMEs. The content of these reports will be determined by the MGR/AO, AMED, in consultation
with the RFSs/AOs, as part of the AMED and RFS/AO QMSs.
(b) DMS will generate a Consolidated AME Summary Performance Report to
compare regional oversight performance. In addition, AMED staff will provide the appropriate
RFS/AO and MGR/AO, AMED, with any reports from local, state, and Federal law enforcement
agencies and court systems.
(c) The AMED staff will request the Federation of State Medical Board perform
continual medical license reviews of all AMEs and report significant/abnormal findings to the
RFS/AO and MGR/AO, and AMED offices as soon as possible.
2-16
09/21/23
8000.95C
c. Outcomes of Oversight Activities.
(1) The FAA uses various oversight methods to manage designees and all oversight
results should be recorded in DMS using the Overall Performance Evaluation (OPE). The results
of many, but not all, of the oversight activities are determined primarily by the overall
assessment of the three performance measures described above. Managing Specialists should
perform the OPE at least once per year. The AME PA/MS identifies deficiencies as detailed in
the performance measures and then reviews the findings and determines the outcome of the
oversight activity. The AME PA/MS can select from:
(a) Satisfactory;
(b) Needs Improvement;
(c) Unsatisfactory—Suspend; and
(d) Unsatisfactory—Terminate.
(2) If the AME PA/MS determines that the designee falls into the category of “Needs
Improvement,” “Unsatisfactory—Terminate,” or “Unsatisfactory—Suspended,” then appropriate
followup activity must be determined and recorded in DMS.
4. Followup Actions. A deficiency can often be remedied with FAA guidance provided either
formally or informally. In such cases, a designee’s authorization may be continued depending on
circumstances and the judgment of the AME PA/MS.
a. Counseling. In certain situations where non-compliance has been determined, the
designee may be suspended from conducting authorized activities until formal counseling has
been completed and the AME PA/MS is assured that the issue has been corrected. In any event,
the counseling must lead to a satisfactory performance rating.
b. Additional Training. The AME PA/MS may determine that appropriate followup action
could be conducted in the form of additional training. This is a rare event since AMEs receive a
significant amount of training prior to designation and through recurrent training events. If
additional training is needed, validation of the effectiveness of the training is required. Typically,
events that may be appropriate for the use of additional training as a followup action include:
(1) Performance deficiency found during oversight evaluation, and
(2) Training to prevent a deficiency after an extended absence.
5. Management Functions.
a. Expand Authorities or Change Limitations.
(1) After three years, a designee can request a designation as a Senior AME.
(2) Change of limitations is not applicable to AME designees.
2-17
09/21/23
8000.95C
b. Reduce Authority. Reduction of authority is not applicable to AME designees.
c. Record Note. The AME PA/MS may insert a “note” into the designee’s DMS record as a
reminder of an upcoming event or an action to be taken.
d. Send Message to Designee. The AME PA/MS, RFS/AO, and SPA may use this tool to
document an event or an action required on the part of the designee. This function provides a
permanent record of the correspondence with the designee.
e. Record Feedback or Interaction With a Designee. Important written correspondence
and memoranda, PDF files of FAA orders, and other hard copy documents can be uploaded into
DMS and transmitted to designees.
2-18
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 7. Training
1. Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the training of AME designees, referred
to collectively in this chapter as designees. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1
constitute the overall policy for the training for AMEs.
2. General. Designees must develop and maintain the technical skills, knowledge, ability, and
proficiency to effectively perform their duties and roles. The Aerospace Medical Education
Division (AAM-400) will document training in DMS.
3. AME Training Requirements.
a. Applicant Initial Training.
(1) After receiving a recommendation for becoming an AME Designate, an applicant
must successfully complete the distance learning courses: Medical Certification Standards and
Procedures Training (MCSPT) and Clinical Aerospace Physiology Review for AMEs
(CAPAME) before initial designation, and prior to attending a Basic AME Seminar. If the
applicant fails both courses, the RFS/AO should stop the designation process and determine if
the applicant is suitable.
(2) An AME applicant must also attend and pass a Basic AME Seminar, unless the
applicant has had prior aerospace medicine training and has received approval from the
appropriate SO to substitute a Refresher AME Seminar instead.
(3) Authorization to attend a Basic AME Seminar will not be given until MCSPT and
CAPAME have both been completed and passed with a score of at least 70 percent. The AME
must attend all lecture sessions or have an excused absence from the course director and
remediate any missed lectures to the course director’s satisfaction. The AME is responsible for
ensuring that all travel arrangements permit complete seminar attendance.
(4) If the applicant successfully completes the seminar, the RFS/AO may proceed with
the designation unless there are other concerns regarding the suitability of the applicant.
(5) After initial designation, the AME is not required to repeat the MCSPT, CAPAME, or
attend another Basic AME Seminar unless an RFS/AO determines a need for remedial training or
the AME chooses to attend a Basic AME Seminar again.
b. AME Staff Member Training. The AME is responsible for ensuring that staff members
processing FAA forms are knowledgeable of FAA policies and procedures related to the use of
these materials. The FAA recommends that any staff member who assists with the electronic
transmission of FAA examinations into AMCS complete MCSPT.
(1) AMEs are accountable for the quality and content of any examination transmitted on
their behalf, regardless of who actually transmits the examination.
(2) Just like the AME, any staff member who will be transmitting examinations is
required first to obtain a unique username and password for AMCS. AMEs or staff members
2-19
09/21/23
8000.95C
must never allow anyone else to use their username and password to transmit examinations,
since these are the equivalent of an electronic signature.
c. AME Refresher Training.
(1) An AME must attend a Refresher AME Seminar, or equivalent training as determined
by the MGR/AO, AMED, every 3 years as a requirement for continued designation. As an
option, an AME may alternate the Multimedia Aviation Medical Examiner Refresher Course
(MAMERC) in lieu of attending an FAA seminar, but no more than 6 years
(72 calendar-months) should elapse between AME seminar attendance, or more than 3 years
(36 calendar-months) between seminar attendance and MAMERC completion.
(2) If an AME fails to comply with training requirements, suspension of the AME’s
designation will be automatically imposed, which will lead to the loss of access to AMCS, and
no certificate can be issued by the AME until the suspension is lifted. Deviations from the
seminar attendance policy, when the online MAMERC course is not an option, shall be based on
an AME’s individual circumstances. A request for such a deviation from FAA Order 8000.95
policy, following AAM RFS 300-005 Aviation Medical Examiner Program, may be submitted if
requested by the RFS to the Manager, AMED, for consideration.
(3) The AME PA/MS must ensure that all training deviations and suspension actions are
fully documented in DMS. All AME seminar sessions defined as required by AMED must be
attended in their entirety, and seminar tests must be completed and passed for seminar credit to
be given.
(4) Continuing Medical Education (CME) credit may be awarded, when appropriate, at
the discretion of the MGR/AO, AMED, on an hour-per-hour basis according to the Accreditation
Council for Continuing Medical Education (ACCME) guidance for lectures attended at a
seminar, irrespective of whether or not sufficient sessions were attended to receive seminar
credit.
(5) The AME is responsible for ensuring that all travel arrangements permit complete
seminar attendance. The AME must attend all lecture sessions or have an excused absence from
the course director and remediate any missed lectures to the course director’s satisfaction.
4. AAM Employee Training.
a. Medical Assessors. Medical assessors, which include RFSs/AOs and AAM medical
officers, are technically not AMEs because they are FAA employees and not designees.
However, they are still expected to maintain familiarization with current aeromedical
certification practices. Their training and proficiency requirements are not within the scope of
Order 8000.95.
b. AME PAs/MSs. It is recommended that AME PAs/MSs attend a Basic AME Seminar to
familiarize themselves with the AME program as soon as possible after their employment has
begun
2-20
09/21/23
8000.95C
c. SPAs. In addition to the AME PAs’ training, SPAs must attend a one-week
familiarization course at the Civil Aerospace Medical Institute (CAMI) to learn the fundamentals
and processing procedures necessary to do issued rejected examination reviews before beginning
to conduct these reviews. SPAs will also receive annual refresher training conducted by the
AMCD. The regional offices are responsible for training SPAs to do site visits before having
them visit AMEs’ offices.
2-21
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 8. Annual Request for Extension of a Designee’s Designation
Note: See Volume 1, Chapter 8, Annual Request for Extension of a Designee’s
Designation.
1. Requirements.
a. The AME must maintain all necessary medical credentials, including the appropriate state
medical license and medical equipment.
b. In the event of an office relocation or change in practice, the AME must request a Change
of Designation Location Request in DMS authorizing the change of the location to perform FAA
physical examinations. If a relocation results in a move to a different region, the present
designation may be transferred to the gaining regional office, if it has been determined that there
is a need for an AME at the new location. New statements from the physician’s local or state
medical society, osteopathic association, or state, Federal, and foreign licensing authority may be
required following practice relocation.
2. Privilege, Not a Right. See Volume 1.
3. Declination of AME Authorization Extension. AMEs who do not wish to remain
designated must voluntarily surrender their designation in DMS. See Chapter 9 for information
on voluntary surrender.
2-22
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 9. Termination of a Designation
1. Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the termination of AME designees,
referred to collectively in this chapter as designees. This designation type-specific policy and
Volume 1 constitute the overall policy for the termination of an AME designation.
2. General. AME PAs/MSs and AOs should ensure that documentation relating to designee
deficiencies substantiate the termination, and that those documents are included in the designee’s
DMS file.
3. AME Voluntary Surrender of Designation.
a. Reasons for Voluntary Surrender. AMEs may voluntarily resign their designation. The
AME who has decided to “voluntarily surrender” a designation must use DMS.
b. In Lieu of Termination. An RFS/AO or the MGR/AO, AMED, must never permit
voluntary surrender in lieu of an “FAA Decision to Terminate a Designation,” if a termination
decision has already been made.
4. Termination Investigation For Cause Termination
a. Panel Members. For an AME that holds no other designation(s), the RFS/AO will
convene a termination for cause panel comprising of the Deputy Federal Air Surgeon (DFAS),
an RFS/AO from a region other than the region of residence of the AME, MGR/AO AMED and
one additional FAA physician.
Note: For designees with multiple designations, refer to Volume 1 for
appropriate termination for cause review panel procedures.
b. Termination For Cause Review Panel Responsibilities. See Volume 1.
c. Review of Decision. The review panel will review the termination decision and make a
final decision within 45 calendar-days.
d. Final Decision. The review panel’s decision is final.
e. Documentation. All documentation associated with the review panel (e.g., outcome,
members of the panel, communication with the designee) should be included in the designee’s
DMS file.
5. FAA-Initiated Termination of AME.
a. Terminating a Designation. An RFS/AO or the MGR/AO, AMED, can make a decision
to involuntarily terminate an AME’s designation either “for cause” or “not for cause.”
(1) As soon as a proposed action to terminate or not renew has been made, the AME will
be notified promptly to suspend exercising all AME privileges and discontinue performing FAA
medical certification examinations.
2-23
09/21/23
8000.95C
(2) The AME must be notified electronically within 15 calendar-days of the reason(s) for
the termination or nonrenewal action.
orders.
(a) The reason(s) shall be specific and shall cite applicable regulations, policies, and
(b) If notification of termination or suspension by electronic means fails, no further
attempts to contact the AME are needed and the FAA may begin termination.
(3) The investigation shall be conducted expeditiously and termination action or removal
of suspension will be done immediately, as indicated by the results of the investigation.
b. For Cause Termination. The following substandard performance reasons “for cause”
include:
(1) Disregard of or failure to demonstrate knowledge of FAA rules, regulations, policies,
and procedures.
(2) Careless or incomplete reporting of the results of medical certification examinations.
(3) Unprofessional performance of examinations.
(4) Failure to promptly send medical examination reports to the FAA.
(5) Failure to promptly transmit FAA examinations using AMCS.
(6) Failure by a senior AME to transmit ECGs for first-class medical certification
examinations to the AMCD, by means approved by the AMCD, unless approval has first been
obtained from the AMCD or the responsible regional office.
(7) Any other performance-based reason the FAA deems appropriate.
(8) Unprofessional office maintenance and appearance.
(9) Movement of the location of practice and/or an addition of a practice location without
prior approval in writing from the regional office.
(10) Failure to personally perform FAA physical examinations.
(11) Failure to notify the RFS/AO or MGR/AO, AMED of a substantial change in practice
availability.
(12) Performance of FAA physical examinations at an unapproved or nondesignated
location.
(13) Failure to respond to RFS/AO, MGR/AO, AMED, or AMCD communications within
15 calendar-days.
2-24
09/21/23
8000.95C
(14) Integrity, misconduct, or inability to work constructively with the FAA or the public,
including:
(a) Arrest, indictment, or conviction for violation of a law;
(b) Misrepresentation of the information submitted in a medical certification
examination; and
(c) Any action that compromises public trust or interferes with the AME’s ability to
carry out the designation responsibilities.
c. Not For Cause Termination. The following substandard performance reasons “not for
cause” include:
(1) Lack of FAA need for an AME in the requested location.
(2) No longer meets minimum qualifications, including:
(a) No examinations performed within 12 calendar-months of initial designation.
(b) Performance of an insufficient number of examinations to maintain proficiency.
Note: The number of examinations considered sufficient is 10 per year;
however, an RFS/AO or MGR/AO, AMED, may accept fewer examinations as
evidence of proficiency for experienced AMEs or when geographic coverage
dictates.
Note: Any decision by a regional office to permit an AME performing fewer
than 10 examinations per year to remain designated must be fully documented in
DMS.
Note: The documentation in DMS is unnecessary if the AME has been classified
as “Official” by the MGR/AO, AMED. The “Official” category is to be reserved
for those AMEs whose value to the FAA is determined to supersede a need to
demonstrate proficiency by the number of examinations performed.
(c) Loss, restriction, or limitation of a license or equivalent to practice medicine.
(d) Failure to comply with the mandatory AME training requirements.
(e) Any illness, medical condition, or other disability that may affect the physician’s
sound professional judgment or ability to adequately perform examinations.
2-25
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 10. Suspension of a Designation
1. Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the suspension of AME designees,
referred to collectively in this chapter as designees. This designation type-specific policy and
Volume 1 constitute the overall policy for the suspension of an AME designation.
2. General. The suspension of a designee is a significant change in status and occurs because
DMS or the AME PA/MS identifies an elevated level of risk in managing the designee.
a. AME Suspension Considerations.
(1) An AME can be suspended if there is a lapse in minimum qualifications and it is
anticipated that the condition can be rectified in a reasonable period of time, such as a lapse in
state medical license or overdue training. An AME may be suspended for a maximum of 180
days.
(2) Circumstances in which an AME is under investigation for criminal activity, fraud, or
any other activity for which immediate action is necessary, but where there is not enough
evidence to base an outright termination action.
(a) In these cases, the FAA will notify the AMEs electronically as we would for
termination actions, informing them of the reason(s) for the suspension and instructing them to
cease all examinations pending an FAA investigation.
(b) The investigation shall be conducted expeditiously and termination action or
removal of suspension will be done immediately, as indicated by the results of the investigation.
2-26
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 11. Other Designee Management Functions
1. Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to other designee management functions of
AME designees, referred to collectively in this chapter as designees. This designation
type-specific policy and Volume 1 constitute the overall policy for other designee management
functions for AMEs.
2. Assign DMS Roles. A role within DMS is not a position description of an employee. A role
as it relates to DMS defines the functions that an individual will have available in DMS.
3. Send Message to AME PA/MS. The designee may use this tool to communicate with AME
PAs/MSs. The message will remain a permanent record within the designee’s file.
4. Annual Request to Extend Expiration Date. Designees must complete the request to
extend expiration date task on an annual basis. If the designee no longer meets minimum
qualifications, DMS will suggest that the AME PA/MS initiate suspension of the designee.
2-27
09/21/23
8000.95C
VOLUME 3. DPE, SAE, AND ADMIN PE DESIGNEE POLICY
Chapter 1. General Information
Section 1. Overview
1. Purpose of This Volume. This volume supplements Volume 1, Common Designee Policy,
by providing specific guidance for the designee management program of Designated Pilot
Examiners (DPE), Administrative Pilot Examiners (Admin PE), and Specialty Aircraft
Examiners (SAE) not otherwise provided in detail in Volume 1.
2. Audience. The primary audience for this volume is DPEs, Admin PEs, SAEs, their FAA
managing specialists, and FAA personnel with oversight responsibilities of designee programs,
including FAA management, operational, and administrative employees, as appropriate.
3. Supplemental Information. This volume is organized to provide general policy and
instructions related to DMS management. It is supplemented by DMS Job Aids for
designees/applicants and FAA personnel.
a. Applicant and Designee DMS Job Aid and Mailbox Support Location:
https://www.faa.gov/other_visit/aviation_industry/designees_delegations/dms/support/.
b. FAA Internal DMS Job Aid Location:
https://my.faa.gov/org/linebusiness/avs/offices/air/div_dir/air600/dms.html.
Section 2. Designee Types
1. Types of DPE Designees. A designee is an individual appointed in accordance with 14 CFR
part 183, § 183.23. Most designees will be issued authorizations that are based on the type of
designee, certificate level they are authorized testing/checking, and category/class or privileges
that they are authorized to conduct. For example, a DPE with airline transport pilot (ATP) testing
privileges in a multiengine land airplane would get the following authorization:
DPE-ATPE-AMEL. The privileges associated with each part of each authorization are explained
in the tables below. Administrative authorizations, Vintage Flight Engineer Examiner (VFEE)
authorizations, and Vintage Aircraft Examiner (VAE) group authorizations may be a two-part
authorization (e.g., VFEE-TJET).
2. Temporary Authorization.
a. Qualified and Current Designee. If a designee is qualified and current in a specific
make, model, and type (if applicable) of aircraft for which designee services are rarely requested
and the designee holds a current DPE authorization for a comparable aircraft in the same
category and class, the managing FAA office may issue the designee a temporary authorization
for testing privileges in that aircraft. The request is made by a designee through the preapproval
process. All preapprovals using a temporary authorization revert to manual approval, and must
be approved by the managing specialist. Each request must be made and approved for each
individual testing/checking event. If an office finds that they are approving numerous temporary
3-1
09/21/23
8000.95C
authorizations for a specific authorization, every attempt should be made to appoint a designee
that is qualified for that specific authorization.
b. No Qualified and Current Designee. In the event that there is no designee current
and/or qualified in the aircraft, the managing office may grant a temporary authorization to an
existing designee provided they have conducted a thorough risk analysis and have determined
that the test/check can be conducted safely. When conducting a risk analysis, the applicable
Safety Risk Management Policy should be used, and the risk analysis must be documented in
DMS. This type of authorization should be used only as a last resort to get testing/checking
accomplished, and must be evaluated on a case-by case basis.
Table 3-1. Types of Designees 1
DPE
SAE
*VAE
*EAE
*VFEE
Designated Pilot
Examiner
A DPE is an individual who meets the general and DPE-specific
qualification requirements in Chapter 2. A DPE may be authorized
to test/check in airplanes and/or rotorcraft helicopters (not listed as
vintage or requiring an experimental authorization), gliders, or
lighter-than-air (LTA) balloons at the Sport Pilot Examiner (SPE),
Private Pilot Examiner (PE), Commercial Pilot Examiner (CE), ATP
Examiner (ATPE), or Flight Instructor Examiner (FIE) certificate
levels as authorized on their Certificate Letter of Authority (CLOA).
They may also be authorized administrative functions. DPEs are
designated for specific testing functions and may perform only the
functions authorized by their CLOA.
Specialty Aircraft SAEs are authorized to conduct tests and checks leading to
Examiner
certificates and/or ratings or operating privileges in aircraft that
require specialized experience. Listed below are the sub-types of
SAEs that exist as of the current date of this order. Should the
need arise for an additional type of SAE, the Regulatory Support
Division (AFS-600) has the authority to define the new type of SAE,
eligibility requirements, as well as privileges and limitations of the
new SAE sub-type. SAEs may issue pilot certificates at the
certificate levels authorized by their CLOA.
Vintage Aircraft
A VAE may conduct practical tests for type ratings or conduct
Examiner
14 CFR part 61, § 61.58 proficiency checks in specifically
authorized makes and models of aircraft, or authorized groups of
aircraft, as shown in the VAE Groups and Type Rating
Designations document at
https://www.faa.gov/licenses_certificates/vintage_experimental/.
Experimental
An EAE may conduct practical tests for the issuance of an FAA
Aircraft Examiner authorization, and conduct § 61.58 proficiency checks, in
specifically authorized makes and models of experimental aircraft
that require an FAA-issued authorization to act as pilot in command
(PIC), as listed at
https://www.faa.gov/licenses_certificates/vintage_experimental/.
Vintage Flight
A VFEE conducts tests and/or checks in large, vintage aircraft
Engineer Examiner requiring a flight engineer (FE), which are no longer in significant
commercial service. These examiners may be authorized to
conduct FE certification tests, FE recurrent checks required by 14
Where issuance of certificates are addressed in this volume, they are temporary certificates pending issuance of the
airmen certificate by the Civil Aviation Registry Division (AFB-700).
1
3-2
09/21/23
*SPE
*LAE
Admin PE
8000.95C
CFR part 91, § 91.529, or the VFEE may be authorized for both. A
VFEE may also be authorized to endorse FAA Form 8060-7,
Airman’s Authorization for Written/Knowledge Test.
Sport Pilot
An SPE conducts testing only in aircraft that meet the definition of
Examiner
light-sport aircraft (LSA). An SPE may issue a sport pilot certificate,
as authorized. An SPE may also issue private pilot certificates for
Powered Parachute (PPC), Weight Shift Control (WSC), Rotorcraft
Gyroplane (RG), and LTA airships, as authorized. Additionally, an
SPE may issue a Commercial Pilot Certificate for rotorcraft
gyroplane and LTA balloon when authorized.
Limited Aircraft
An LAE conducts practical tests and § 61.58 proficiency checks in
Examiner
limited production (including new production) type certificated (TC)
aircraft, to reduce demands on the Flight Standards Inspector
Resource Program (FSIRP).
Administrative Pilot Admin PEs review applicant records, knowledge test reports, and
Examiner
logbooks, as applicable, and issue pilot certificates at various
certificate levels as authorized. Currently, Admin PEs may be
issued only the ACR-141 or ACR-FIRC authorizations. Admin PEs
do not conduct certification practical tests.
*SAE sub-type.
Table 3-2. Certificate Level Testing/Checking Authorizations
SPE
PE
CE
CIRE
ATPE
SPFIE
FIE
FIEI
Sport Pilot
Examiner
Private Pilot
Examiner
Commercial Pilot
Examiner
An SPE conducts sport pilot certification tests and additional
aircraft rating test as specifically authorized.
A PE conducts private and recreational pilot certification tests and
additional aircraft rating tests as specifically authorized.
A CE conducts commercial pilot certification tests in rotorcraft,
gliders, and LTA aircraft and additional aircraft rating tests, as
specifically authorized.
Commercial and
A CIRE conducts commercial pilot certification tests, instrument
Instrument Rating rating practical tests, and additional aircraft rating tests as
Examiner
specifically authorized for airplanes, powered lift, and rotorcraft
helicopters.
Airline Transport
An ATPE conducts ATP practical tests for the original issuance of
Pilot Examiner
an ATP Certificate and additional ratings as authorized. ATPEs
must hold category, class, and, if appropriate, type ratings on their
pilot certificates pertinent to the tests to be conducted.
Sport Pilot Flight
An SPFIE conducts practical tests for the initial issuance, renewal,
Instructor Examiner and reinstatement of sport pilot flight instructor certificates, only in
aircraft that meet the definition of LSA.
Flight Instructor
An FIE conducts practical tests for the renewal and reinstatement
Examiner
of flight instructor certificates and additional ratings. An FIE is
authorized to issue flight instructor renewals, reinstatements, and
additional ratings on the basis of practical tests only. An FIE does
not conduct practical tests for initial issuance of flight instructor
certificates.
Flight Instructor
An FIEI conducts practical tests for the initial issuance, renewal,
Examiner Initial
and reinstatement of flight instructor certificates and additional
ratings. An FIEI is authorized to issue initial flight instructor
certificates, renewals, reinstatements, and additional ratings on the
basis of practical tests only.
3-3
09/21/23
PPE
TYPE
8000.95C
Pilot Proficiency
Examiner 2
Type Rating
Examiner
A PPE conducts the PIC proficiency checks required by § 61.58
for airmen who act as PIC of an aircraft that is type certificated for
more than one required pilot flight crewmember or is
turbojet-powered, and operated under regulations other than
14 CFR parts 91 subpart K (part 91K), 121, 125, 133, 135, or 137.
A PPE does not conduct certification practical tests. The make and
model of authorized aircraft will be included in the designee’s
authorization (e.g., DPE-PPE-GIV).
For PPEs limited to checking in flight simulation training devices
(FSTD) for any make and model of aircraft, the CLOA will contain
the limitation “limited to FSTD” for that make and model of aircraft.
A type rating examiner conducts practical tests in aircraft that
require the PIC to hold a type rating for a specific make and model
of aircraft, as authorized, at all certificate levels. The designee
must hold the type rating(s) on their pilot certificates pertinent to
the tests to be conducted. The make and model of authorized
aircraft will be a part of the designee’s authorization (e.g., DPETYPE-LRJET).
To be authorized for a particular make and model of aircraft, the
examiner must have logged at least 50 hours of PIC flight time in
that aircraft type (25 hours for each additional aircraft type).
However, in the case of an SAE, when authorized a group of
aircraft, the designee needs only to hold authorization in the group
of aircraft shown on their CLOA (no minimum PIC experience
requirement).
For examiners who are authorized to administer practical tests in
an FSTD that is representative of an aircraft that requires the PIC
to hold a pilot type rating, the examiner’s CLOA must list the
phrase “[Aircraft type]-FSTD only”.
2
The FAA uses the DMS to authorize individuals to conduct pilot proficiency checks under § 61.58(d)(1).
3-4
09/21/23
8000.95C
Table 3-3. Aircraft Category/Class/Privileges Testing/Checking Authorizations
ASEL
Airplane
Single-Engine Land
AMEL
Airplane
Multiengine Land
ASES
Airplane
Single-Engine Sea
AMES
Airplane
Multiengine Sea
PLFT
Powered-Lift
RH
Rotorcraft Helicopter This authorizes a designee to conduct practical tests in
helicopters. For testing in multiengine helicopters, the specific
make and model of helicopter must be listed on their CLOA. For
testing in single-engine helicopters, “single-engine reciprocating”
or “single-engine turbine” must be listed on the CLOA. The
designee must have logged at least 5 hours of PIC flight time in
each specific make and model of helicopter in which that
examiner conducts tests.
Rotorcraft Gyroplane This authorizes a designee to administer practical tests in
rotorcraft gyroplanes.
Glider
This authorizes a designee to administer practical tests in gliders.
Designees must meet the requirements of CFR 61.31(j)(2) or
show experience and demonstrate skill in at least one of the
following launch procedures, for which they have a logbook
endorsement: aero tow, ground tow, and self-launch. The
designee is then authorized to conduct examining activity for all
launch procedures for which they have a logbook endorsement.
RG
GL
This authorizes a designee to administer practical tests in small
piston-powered single-engine land airplanes or small
turbopropeller single-engine land airplanes that do not require the
PIC to hold a pilot type rating. Prior to administering practical
tests in a single-engine airplane that is turbine-powered, the DPE
must have logged at least 5 hours of PIC flight time in that singleengine make and model (emphasis added: turbine-powered
single-engine airplane).
This authorizes a designee to administer practical tests in small
piston-powered multiengine land airplanes or small turbopropeller
multiengine land airplanes that do not require the PIC to hold a
pilot type rating. Prior to administering a practical test in a small
multiengine land airplane, the DPE must have logged at least 5
hours of PIC flight time in that multiengine airplane make and
model.
This authorizes a designee to administer practical tests in small
piston-powered single-engine sea airplanes or small
turbopropeller single-engine sea airplanes that do not require the
PIC to hold a pilot type rating. Prior to administering practical
tests in a single-engine airplane that is turbine powered, the DPE
must have logged at least 5 hours of PIC flight time in that singleengine sea airplane make and model (emphasis added:
turbine-powered single-engine airplane).
This authorizes a designee to administer practical tests in small
piston-powered multiengine sea airplanes or small turbopropeller
multiengine sea airplanes that do not require the PIC to hold a
pilot type rating. Prior to administering a practical test in a small
multiengine sea airplane, the DPE must have logged at least
5 hours of PIC flight time in that multiengine sea airplane make
and model.
This authorizes a designee to administer practical tests in
powered-lift aircraft.
3-5
09/21/23
LTAB
LTAA
WSCL
WSCS
PPCL
PPCS
TPRP
TJET
RECP
SMFT
8000.95C
Lighter-than-Air
Balloon
This authorizes a designee to administer practical tests in
balloons. Designees may have flight time in gas balloons, hot air
balloons, or a combination of the two in order to meet the flight
time requirements for designation. If the examiner’s pilot
certificate is restricted to balloons with airborne heater or gas
balloons only, the examiner may conduct practical tests only in
that kind of balloon (e.g., hot air or gas balloon). This limitation
must be listed on the designee’s CLOA.
Lighter-than-Air
This authorizes a designee to administer practical tests in
Airship
airships.
Weight Shift Control This authorizes a designee to administer practical tests in weightLand
shift-control land aircraft.
Weight Shift Control This authorizes a designee to administer practical tests in weightSea
shift-control sea aircraft.
Powered Parachute This authorizes a designee to administer practical tests in
Land
powered parachute land aircraft.
Powered Parachute This authorizes a designee to administer practical tests in
Sea
powered parachute sea aircraft.
Turboprop
This authorizes a VFEE to conduct tests or checks in
turboprop-powered aircraft.
Turbojet
This authorizes a VFEE to conduct tests or checks in
turbojet-powered aircraft.
Reciprocating
This authorizes a VFEE to conduct tests or checks in
reciprocating engine powered aircraft.
Special Medical
This authorizes a designee to conduct an applicant’s special
Flight Test
medical flight test. SMFTs may or may not involve a flight. Testing
privileges limited to ground only must be listed on the designee’s
CLOA.
3-6
09/21/23
8000.95C
Table 3-4. Administrative Authorizations
FPE
Foreign Pilot
Examiner
An FPE reviews applicants’ records, verifies computer test reports for the
foreign pilot instrument knowledge tests, and may issue private pilot
certificates and ratings at the private pilot certification level on the basis
of the applicant’s foreign license qualification in accordance with § 61.75.
An FPE may also issue a private pilot, commercial pilot, or ATP
certificate on the basis of a Bilateral Aviation Safety Agreement (BASA)
Implementation Procedures for Licensing (IPL) in accordance with §
61.71(c). An FPE may also convert a European Union Part-Flight Crew
Licensing (EU Part-FCL) pilot license to an FAA pilot certificate using the
FAA/European Union Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) Technical
Implementation Procedures—Licensing (TIP-L). Certificates issued will
be at the private pilot certification level.
MCE
Military Competency The MCE reviews a military pilot’s records, verifies computer test reports
Examiner
of the military competency knowledge test, and issues Commercial Pilot
Certificates and ratings to qualified military pilot applicants as authorized
(e.g., § 61.73). The MCE may issue or upgrade pilot certificates bearing
type ratings based on the applicant’s military pilot qualifications. The
MCE may accept applications for a flight instructor certificate and
appropriate ratings from current and former U.S. military instructor pilots
or U.S. military pilot examiners who meet the eligibility requirements as
set forth in § 61.73(g) and 61.199(a)3.
GIE
Ground Instructor
Examiner
A GIE reviews applications and knowledge test results, and issues
ground instructor certificates for the basic, advanced, or instrument
ratings, as specifically authorized (as per § 61.213).
FIRE
Flight Instructor
Renewal Examiner
RPE
Remote Pilot
Examiner
An FIRE is authorized by the managing Flight Standards office to accept
applications for renewal of a flight instructor certificate that is still current
and for which the renewal process is merely administrative (i.e., a
practical test is not required for renewal of the applicant’s flight instructor
certificate) in accordance with § 61.197(a)(2)(i), (ii), (iii) and (iv). The
FIRE must identify himself/herself as a FIRE on FAA Form 8710-1,
Airman Certificate and/or Rating Application, when processing flight
instructor renewals.
An RPE reviews an applicant’s knowledge test report, training course
completion certificate, pilot certificate, and logbook, as applicable, for the
issuance of a Remote Pilot Certificate, as specifically authorized (as per
14 CFR part 107, §§ 107.61 and 107.63).
ACR-141
Airman Certification An ACR-141 accepts applications for airman certificates and/or ratings
Representative for a from the graduates of a pilot school that holds examining authority under
Part 141 Pilot School 14 CFR part 141.
With Examining
Authority
ACR-FIRC
Airman Certification
Representative for a
Flight Instructor
Refresher Course
An ACR-FIRC reviews applicants’ attendance/training records and
determines applicants’ eligibility for the renewal of a current flight
instructor certificate based on attendance of a flight instructor refresher
course (FIRC).
BAE
Basic Administrative
Examiner
A BAE reviews an applicant’s knowledge test, training records, log
books, course completion certificates (as applicable) for Second in
Command (SIC), Supervised Operating Experience (SOE) limitation
removal, Night Vision Goggles (NVG) and Special Federal Aviation
Regulations (SFAR) activity that is administrative only. Each BAE
authorized activity must be listed in the limitations section of the CLOA.
3-7
09/21/23
8000.95C
Note: Administrative authorizations may be given to DPEs and SAEs in addition
to their other testing and checking authorizations. At the office manager’s
discretion, existing designees that no longer meet initial designation medical
requirements, may be authorized administrative privileges only.
Note: Designees preparing to conduct authorized activities should follow the
procedures set forth in FAA Order 8900.1, Volume 5, Airman Certification, as
applicable. Specific sections that limit activities to an aviation safety inspector
(ASI) also include properly trained and authorized designees.
Section 3. Roles and Responsibilities
1. FAA Personnel Roles and Responsibilities.
a. Flight Standards Office Managers.
(1) Flight Standards office managers are responsible for the personnel, training, and
budget resources necessary to accomplish the management and oversight of designees.
(2) Flight Standards office managers should anticipate changes in personnel requirements
as a result of the “need and ability” standard.
(3) Flight Standards office managers are responsible for continually evaluating the
effectiveness of the designee program and managing specialists.
(4) Flight Standards office managers are required to ensure that ASIs and office
management are assigned appropriate roles within DMS to carry out their assigned duties.
b. MRA. MRAs are typically office managers, but may be Front Line Managers (FLM).
MRAs ensure inspectors and supervisory staff are assigned appropriate roles within DMS to
carry out assigned duties.
c. Appointing Official (AO). AOs are typically office managers, but may be FLMs.
d. Selecting Official (SO). SOs are typically FLMs, but may be office managers.
e. Managing Specialists. The managing specialist is an ASI primarily responsible for the
management of a specific designee(s).
(1) Managing specialists must ensure that designees are prepared to perform their duties,
including the completion of required training and the maintenance of the minimum qualifications
for designation as prescribed in Chapter 2, Application Process.
(2) Designee management must consider potential risks and hazards to safety. Managing
specialists should remain constantly vigilant for such risks and hazards. These ASIs should
review data and other resources, such as Safety Performance Analysis Systems (SPAS), to focus
oversight on potential problem areas.
3-8
09/21/23
8000.95C
(3) The managing specialists must be experienced FAA ASIs whose specialty is General
Aviation (GA) Operations. They must have completed the GA Operations indoctrination courses,
or equivalent, and have completed or have a scheduled course start date to complete the required
training. Training requirements can be found in Chapter 7 of this volume.
f. Aviation Safety Inspectors (ASI). This role allows any ASI access into DMS to record
specific oversight and other activities, as well as accessing information on any designee in DMS.
g. Office Administrator (OA). The OA role allows certain FAA administrative office
personnel limited MS functionality to submit administrative DMS entries such as training and
meetings. The OA is typically an aviation safety assistant (ASA) or aviation safety technician
(AST), but may also be an ASI.
h. Reporting. The reporting role allows the user to access DMS reports to view designee
data and assess risk.
Note: DMS user roles determine which activities an FAA user can access in
DMS. The DMS Management Action Links and DMS job aids should be
reviewed for detailed information: https://my.faa.gov/content/myfaa/en/org/
linebusiness/avs/offices/air/div_dir/air600/dms.html.
i. Proxy. The proxy function allows an office to assign a surrogate or backup in DMS to a
person holding a primary DMS role for offices with a large number of designees or for when the
person holding the primary role will be unavailable.
(1) Proxies should meet the same qualifications required to hold the primary role.
(2) Proxies may be assigned for a defined amount of time or indefinitely.
(3) Only the AO, SO, and managing specialist roles may be proxied.
(4) An AO or SO may have only one proxy. Only an AO may assign an AO proxy. Only
an AO or SO may assign a SO proxy.
(5) Each designee may have only one managing specialist and up to three managing
specialist proxies. An AO, SO, and the managing specialist who will be proxied may assign a
managing specialist proxy.
proxy.
(6) Proxy candidates must accept the proxy request in DMS in order to be assigned a
(7) Primary role holders and proxies should coordinate designee-related activities outside
of DMS to prevent duplicate efforts or entries in DMS.
j. Designee Focal Point. In order to enhance designee oversight, each responsible Flight
Standards office manager should appoint an operations focal point within that office to support
the oversight of DPEs and SAEs managed by that office.
3-9
09/21/23
8000.95C
Note: For offices with a high volume of designee surveillance responsibilities,
the responsible office manager may appoint more than one focal point.
(1) Designee focal points serve as resources for other inspectors in the area of designee
oversight and surveillance. Focal points provide guidance to and answer questions from other
inspectors in the office who have responsibility for designee management.
(2) Designee focal points work with the MSs to take action necessary to correct
performance issues and communicating performance issues with the national program office,
when necessary.
(3) Designee focal points address issues relating to designee training, duties, and
surveillance and they ensure the designee annual meeting requirements are met and properly
documented for each designee.
Note: Plan and conduct the annual meeting with input from the national program
office and the office MSs to ensure any critical issues have been addressed.
(4) Designee focal points keep all personnel in the office aware of current designee
issues, such as:
•
•
•
Changes to the policies or processes regarding designees,
National issues regarding designees, and
Areas of emphasis related to designees.
(5) The MSs and ASIs should coordinate with the office focal point for all issues that
arise related to designee oversight.
(6) To be appointed as a designee focal point, they must be a current or former MS who
meet the current training requirements for Designee Oversight.
Note: Offices must maintain a current list of office focal points, and forward any
changes to the list to AFS-650 at: [email protected], when changes
occur.
3-10
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 2. Application Process
1. Purpose. This chapter and the corresponding chapter in Volume 1 describe the policy related
to the application process for individuals applying for the authority to function as a DPE, SAE,
or Admin PE. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1 constitute the overall policy
for the application process for a DPE, SAE, or Admin PE applicants.
2. General.
a. Application Information. Candidates for initial designation as a DPE, SAE, or Admin
PE must submit an application through DMS.
b. FAA Tracking Number (FTN). DPE, SAE, and Admin PE applicants must enter their
FTN as part of their application in DMS. The FTN is an essential link between DMS and the
Integrated Airman Certification and Rating Application (IACRA) that verifies designee
authorizations and allows activity and certification records to align between systems. Applicants
can locate their FTN by logging into IACRA.
c. Citizenship. U.S. citizenship is not a requirement for appointment.
3. Reinstatement. A former designee whose privileges were terminated “not for cause” may be
reinstated only at the managing office where last assigned. This provision may only be exercised
at the discretion of the previous managing office, and only when the following provisions are
met:
a. The former designee meets the requirements and procedures for an original issuance of
designation and was previously authorized in DMS.
b. The designation was terminated not more than 12 calendar-months prior to application
for reinstatement.
c. The applicant meets the recurrent training requirement for the designee type.
d. The managing office determines that the former designee is still competent to perform the
authorized activities.
Note: If the provisions are met, the CLOA is reissued with the original
designation number used for reinstatement.
4. Former Designee Appointment. Except as stated in paragraph 3 above, former designees
who wish to reapply for previously held authorizations that have been terminated “not for cause”
must reapply through DMS as an initial applicant.
5. Relocation. Designees may relocate to a different FSDO if the receiving FAA office agrees
to the transfer. Any change in location, change of managing office, or change of managing
specialist is conducted through DMS. This change is effected through DMS by the receiving
managing specialist.
3-11
09/21/23
8000.95C
6. Minimum Qualifications.
a. Minimum Qualifications for DPE, SAE, and Admin PE Applicants.
(1) In addition to the general minimum qualifications and disqualifiers depicted in this
chapter, candidates for designation as a DPE must be technically qualified and must hold all
pertinent category, class, and type ratings for each aircraft for which designation is sought. All
DPEs must meet the requirements of §§ 61.56 and 61.57. If applying to administer tests in an
aircraft that requires a type rating, the DPE must also be current in accordance with § 61.58.
(2) For designations requiring a medical certificate, the examiner must maintain at least a
third class medical certificate throughout the duration of the designation. Examples of designees
not requiring a medical certificate are those whose authorizations are limited to examinations in
balloons, gliders, or FSTDs for which no medical certificate is required. An SPE must maintain a
current FAA flight instructor certificate, and a valid U.S. driver’s license or an airman medical
certificate.
(3) Any required flight instructor certificate must be kept current for the duration of the
designation.
b. Minimum Qualifications for DPE Applicants. Except for SAEs and Admin PEs, all
DPE applicants must meet the following in addition to the specific eligibility requirements listed
in this chapter. Within the three years prior to application, the DPE applicant must have met at
least one of the following:
(1) Served as a chief instructor, assistant chief instructor, or check instructor in a school
certificated under part 141, for a minimum of 12 calendar-months;
(2) Served as a check airman authorized under part 121 and/or part 135, for a minimum
of 12 calendar-months;
(3) Served as an APD authorized under part 121, for a minimum of 12 calendar-months;
(4) Served as a TCE authorized under 14 CFR part 142, for a minimum of 12 calendarmonths;
(5) Served as a military instructor pilot or examiner with checking/testing responsibilities
in an aircraft, for a minimum of 12 calendar-months;
(6) Served as an FAA ASI with checking/testing responsibilities in aircraft, for a
minimum of 12 calendar-months;
(7) Held an FAA pilot examiner designation (that was not terminated for cause) with
authorization to conduct practical tests and/or proficiency checks in flight; or
3-12
09/21/23
8000.95C
(8) Provided at least the following hours of flight instruction to airmen which led to the
issuance of a pilot certificate or rating as applicable to the categories sought.
For Authorization In:
Hours in Category
Airplanes
200
Rotorcraft
200
Gliders
100
LTA
50
Weight Shift Control
100
Powered Parachute
50
Note: Military instructor pilots or examiners must provide a record that shows
they passed a U.S. Armed Forces instructor pilot or pilot examiner proficiency
check in a manned aircraft within the preceding 24 calendar-months from the date
of application. This copy must be included with the supplemental information
sheet.
c. SAE. An SAE must meet the requirements of all applicable regulations, including §
61.58, to conduct a practical test from the pilot seat of a vintage airplane.
d. Former ASIs (Operations). Former ASIs (Operations) applying for DPE or SAE
authority are required to successfully complete the same application procedures, training, and
evaluations as required for all other examiner candidates. However, for PIC experience
requirements in the past 12 calendar-months, former ASIs meet the experience requirements
provided the following requirements are met:
(1) FAA Flight Program. Within the last 12 calendar-months, the former ASI has been
current and qualified in the FAA’s flight program.
(2) General Activity. Within the preceding 12 calendar-months, a former ASI
(Operations) must have conducted a combination of at least 10 tests or checks of any of the
following:
part 61.
(a) Pilot certification/additional aircraft rating practical tests administered under
(b) Proficiency checks administered under part 121, 125, or 135.
(c) Proficiency tests administered to a chief instructor, assistant chief instructor, or
check instructor under part 141.
(d) Stage checks and end-of-course tests administered under part 141.
Note: A former ASI that has been out of FAA service for more than
12 calendar-months must meet all requirements for initial designation.
3-13
09/21/23
8000.95C
7. Specific Eligibility Requirements. Designee applicants must meet all specific eligibility and
experience requirements for the specific designation sought. If a designee applicant does not
meet all of the appropriate eligibility and experience requirements in this order, they must obtain
a written recommendation from the manager of the managing FAA office. The AO for the
managing office must request a deviation from the National Policy Office (NPO). The designee
applicant may contact the managing Flight Standards office for additional information.
a. Eligibility. A designee applicant must hold the appropriate level of certificate(s) and
ratings that would allow the individual to provide flight instruction in that category, class, and
type (if applicable) of aircraft. For example, a designee applicant who was applying for
designation in helicopters would be required to hold at least a Commercial Pilot Certificate with
rotorcraft and helicopter ratings as well as a flight instructor certificate with rotorcraft and
helicopter ratings. A designee applicant who was applying for designation in balloons would be
required to hold a Commercial Pilot Certificate with LTA and balloon ratings. A designee must
not administer a test for a higher grade of certificate than they hold or for a rating that is not held
by the designee. For example, a designee who holds a Commercial Pilot Certificate with
rotorcraft category and helicopter class ratings would not be eligible to be designated as an
ATPE in helicopters, but may be designated as a CE.
b. Specific Eligibility Requirements for Designees With PPE Authorizations.
A designee, when exercising the PPE authorization:
(1) Must be willing to serve the public outside the examiner’s geographic area upon
reasonable request by an applicant.
(2) Must hold an ATP Certificate or a Commercial Pilot Certificate with an instrument
rating and, for a PPE authorization in aircraft, a type rating for the type of aircraft authorized.
(3) Must hold PIC privileges for the type of aircraft authorized while acting in an official
capacity of their PPE authorization.
(4) When holding a turbojet FSTD authorization, must hold a turbojet rating on their pilot
certificate. However, the rating does not need to be in the same type aircraft that the FSTD
represents.
(5) When holding an authorization for turboprop airplanes in FSTDs only, does not need
to hold a turboprop type rating on their pilot certificate.
3-14
09/21/23
8000.95C
Table 3-5. Specific Eligibility Requirements for Designation as a PE and/or a CE
AIRPLANE
(see Note)
HOURS AS PIC 2,000 Total; which includes:
1,500 in airplanes, 500 in class,
100 at night, 200 in complex,
AND in the past 12 months:
100 hours in airplanes.
HOURS AS A
FLIGHT
INSTRUCTOR
ROTORCRAFT (VFR ONLY)
2,000 Total; 500 in rotorcraft, of
which at least 250 were in
helicopters or 150 were in
gyroplanes, as appropriate, AND
in the past 12 months: 100 hours
in rotorcraft.
If applying for large helicopters to
be listed on CLOA, the additional
requirement is 100 hours acting as
PIC in large helicopters, including
at least 50 hours in the type
sought. (25 hours required for
each additional type sought.)
500 in airplanes, of which 100 are 250 in helicopters or 200 in
in the class of airplane for
gyroplanes, as appropriate. AND
designation sought, and 150
at least 100 in helicopters or 50 in
hours preparing airmen for
gyroplanes, as appropriate,
Commercial or ATP Certificates preparing an airman for a
with Airplane Categories.
Commercial Pilot Certificate, ATP
Certificate, or Instrument Rating.
GLIDERS
LTA AIRSHIP
LTA BALLOON
500 Total;
250 in gliders
AND in the
past
12 months:
20 hours in
gliders, which
included at
least 50 flights
2,000 Total;
500 in
airships, of
which at least
50 were at
night AND in
the past
12 months:
At least
100 hours in
airships
200 Total; 100 in
balloons, AND in the
past 12 months:
20 hours in balloons,
which included at least
10 flights of at least
30 minute duration. AND
airman must have held a
Commercial Pilot
Certificate with LTA
Category and Balloon
Rating for at least 1 year
100 in gliders 100 in airships 50 in balloons
Note: For CE authority only in airplanes (no instrument authority), managing specialist should give the CIRE
authorization and put “no instrument authority” in the limitations on the CLOA.
3-15
09/21/23
8000.95C
Table 3-6. Specific Eligibility Requirements for Designation as an LAE, a CIRE,
an ATPE, a PPE, and/or a Type Rating Examiner
HOURS
ACTING
AS PIC
HOURS AS A
FLIGHT
INSTRUCTOR
AIRPLANE
2,000 Total; which includes:
1,500 in airplanes, 500 in class, 100 at night,
200 in complex, 100 instrument flight (actual or
simulated); AND in the past 12 months:
100 hours in airplanes.
If applying for designation in large or
turbine-powered aircraft to be listed on CLOA,
the additional requirement is 300 hours acting
as PIC in large or turbine-powered aircraft, of
which at least 50 hours were in the type sought.
(25 hours required for each additional type
sought.) AND 10 hours in the past 12 months in
the type sought.
500 in airplanes, of which 100 are in the class
of airplane for designation sought, AND
250 hours of instrument flight instruction as a
CFII, and 150 hours preparing airmen for
Commercial or ATP Certificates with Airplane
Categories or airplane type ratings.
ROTORCRAFT HELICOPTER
2,000 Total, 1,200 in helicopters,
which includes: 100 instrument flight
(actual or simulated) in helicopters
AND in the past 12 months: 100 hours
in helicopters.
If applying for large helicopters to be
listed on CLOA, the additional
requirement is 100 hours acting as
PIC in large helicopters, of which at
least 50 hours were in the type sought.
(25 hours required for each additional
type sought.)
250 in helicopters, 50 hours of
instrument flight instruction in
helicopters as a CFII and at least 100
hours preparing pilots in helicopters
for the Commercial or ATP
Certificates, or helicopter type ratings.
Note: Applicants applying for type rating authorization only must meet the
requirements for the applicable CIRE/ATPE category and class, along with the
type rating requirements.
c. Specific Eligibility Requirements for SPEs. DPEs who are authorized by a managing
office to conduct airman testing at the private, commercial, or ATP level may be authorized by
that office to conduct additional airman testing at the sport pilot level. In this instance, the
managing office assumes the authorization and management responsibility.
d. Specific Eligibility Requirements for SPFIEs.
(1) The SPFIE must already possess an active SPE authorization for airman testing to the
sport pilot certificate level in a specific category and class of LSA. An SPFIE may issue a sport
pilot certificate or flight instructor certificate with a sport pilot rating, as applicable.
(2) If a designee possesses an authorization for airman testing at the recreational pilot
level or above and is managed by a Flight Standards office other than the Specialty Aircraft
Examiner Branch (AFS-610), the Flight Standards office with direct oversight grants the SPFIE
authorization. Otherwise, AFS-610 directly grants the SPFIE authorization
3-16
09/21/23
8000.95C
Table 3-7. Specific Eligibility Requirements for Designation as an SPE
BALLOON
HOURS
ACTING
AS PIC
WEIGHT
SHIFT
CONTROL
500 Total,
250 in
weight shift
control,
125 in
class, AND
in the past
12 months:
50 hours in
weight shift
aircraft
200 Total,
100 in
balloons
AND in the
past
12 months:
20 hours in
balloons
which
included at
least
10 flights
that were
of at least
a
30 minute
duration
HOURS AS A 100 in
200; at
FLIGHT
balloons
least 100
in weight
INSTRUCTOR
shift
control
POWERED
AIRSHIP AIRPLANE GYROPLANE GLIDER
PARACHUTE
250 Total,
100 in
powered
parachutes,
60 in class,
AND in the
past
12 months:
25 hours in
powered
parachutes
200 Total,
100 in
airships
AND in the
past
12 months:
20 hours in
airships
100; at least 100 in
50 in powered airships
parachutes
500 Total,
250 in
light-sport
airplanes,
125 in
class, AND
in the past
12 months:
50 hours in
airplanes
500 Total, 250
in gyroplanes
AND in the
past
12 months:
50 hours in
gyroplanes
200; at
200 in
least 100 in gyroplanes
light-sport
airplanes
250
Total,
100 in
gliders
AND in
the past
12
months:
10 hours
in gliders,
which
involved
at least
10 flights
100; at
least 50
in gliders
Note: If adding SPE or SPFIE authority in a category of aircraft for which the
designee already holds PE privileges, the designee need not meet the requirements
listed above.
e. Specific Eligibility Requirements for VAEs, VFEEs, and EAEs.
(1) The FAA NPO determines the need for an SAE. If there is a need for a new SAE, and
the NPO has the ability to manage the additional examiner, a selection will be made following
the normal DMS process.
(2) VAE, VFEE, and EAE applicants must apply through DMS, but must also include a
letter of recommendation from a recognized community-based organization (CBO), such as
Experimental Aircraft Association (EAA), Aircraft Owners and Pilots Association (AOPA), etc.
(3) After selection but prior to designation, the NPO will contact the CBO to verify the
qualifications of the proposed SAE.
(4) When there are no qualified and/or current examiners available for a vintage aircraft,
the best qualified SAE (qualified in an aircraft within the same group) may conduct the test from
the jump seat of a vintage airplane as long as a current and qualified pilot occupies a pilot seat.
3-17
09/21/23
8000.95C
(5) There is no specific limit to the number of vintage airplanes for which a VAE, VFEE,
or EAE may receive authorization. An SAE will be designated to conduct practical tests in one
or more of the SAE authorizations based on their qualifications and the needs of the program.
(6) An SAE must meet the requirements of all applicable regulations including § 61.58 to
conduct a practical test while serving as a required flightcrew member. When conducting the
evaluation from other than a crewmember station, they are not required to be current in
accordance with § 61.58.
(7) When a designation is added, a new CLOA containing all designations held is
generated in DMS.
f. Flight Instructor Initial Test Authorization. Prior to authorizing a designee to conduct
initial flight instructor tests, the managing office must ensure that the designee is highly qualified
to conduct those tests. The managing office should carefully review the qualifications,
experience and reputation of the designee being considered. As a minimum, designees being
considered for initial certificated flight instructor (CFI) authorization must have been designated
as a CIRE and as an FIE (limited to add-on or renewal only) for at least 12 calendar-months.
3-18
09/21/23
8000.95C
Table 3-8. Specific Eligibility Requirements for Designation as a VAE, VFEE, and EAE
Note: The final decision as to eligibility to serve as an SAE is determined by the NPO for Vintage and Experimental
Aircraft, AFS-600, with input from a CBO, if necessary.
ELIGIBILITY
REQUIREMENTS
VINTAGE
AIRPLANES
CERTIFICATES REQUIRED Commercial and
Instrument or
Airline Transport
Flight Instructor
Airplane
VINTAGE GROUP
Commercial Pilot and
Instrument or Airline
Transport
Flight Instructor
EXPERIMENTAL
AIRCRAFT
EXPERIMENTAL
GROUP
Commercial and
Instrument or Airline
Transport
Flight Instructor
Airplane or Helicopter,
as appropriate
Commercial and
Instrument or Airline
Transport
Flight Instructor
Airplane or Helicopter,
as appropriate
FE
FE
GLIDERS
Commercial Pilot
Flight instructor
CERTIFICATE
CATEGORIES
Both with Airplane Both with Airplane
category
category
Both with Airplane or
Both with Airplane or
FE
Helicopter category, as Helicopter category, as
appropriate
appropriate
RATINGS AND
AUTHORIZATIONS
Type Rating in the Type Ratings in at
Subject Airplane least 3 vintage
airplanes
Experimental Aircraft
Experimental Aircraft
Authorization in aircraft Authorizations in 3
aircraft
Reciprocating,
Turbopropeller, or
Turbojet, as
appropriate
HOURS AS PIC
5,000
1,000 in airplanes,
which includes at
least 100 in past
12 months
100 in large
vintage aircraft
10 hours in type
5,000
1,000 in airplanes
100 in large vintage
airplanes, which
includes 100 in large
vintage aircraft
Must be current in
more than one
vintage aircraft
5,000
1,000 in airplanes,
which includes at least
50 in past 12 months
If applicable, 100 in
large aircraft.
10 hours in type
5,000
1,000 in airplanes,
which includes at least
50 in past 12 months.
If applicable, 100 in
large aircraft
2,500 as FE
5000
(Note: These are FE 25 as glider
hours. PIC is not
applicable to FE.)
100
100
100
N/A
HOURS AS FLIGHT
100
INSTRUCTOR (as CFI,
Authorized Aircraft
Instructor (AAI), or Military
Flight Instructor (MFI))
3-19
Both with Glider
category
100
09/21/23
8000.95C
g. SMFT Procedures and Requirments
(1) The Managing Specialist must:
(a) Train the DPE/SAE on policy, procedures and PIC responsibilities when
conducting a SMFT.
(b) SMFT authorization will be a manual approval only.
(c) Refer an applicant to a different DPE/SAE, if there is any doubt as to the
designee’s qualifications to conduct a particular SMFT.
(d) Upload the Letter of Authorization (LOA) for the SMFT to DMS during preapproval request review.
(e) Document SMFT package review in DMS using the “Oversight Activities” tab,
“Review of Certification Packages” link.
(2) The DPE/SAE must:
(a) Have been designated with certification practical test privileges on their CLOA
for at least 12 calendar-months.
(b) Continue to meet general and specific requirements of their designation.
(c) Use SMFT authorization during pre-approval request.
(d) Follow associated procedures for testing and documenting SMFT as indicated in
FAA Order 8900.1, Volume 5, Chapter 8, Section 1, as applicable.
(e) Submit applicable original or duplicate documents within 7 calendar-days of
completion to the managing office for review and processing.
h. Specific Eligibility Requirements for Admin PEs. Specific eligibility requirements for
ACRs.
(1) ACR-141.
(a) The holder of a pilot school certification who has been issued examining authority
under part 141 subpart D for at least one of its courses may request ACR designation for an
employee or representative of that company. The pilot school makes the request for an ACR by
submitting a letter to the school’s responsible FSDO.
(b) The pilot school requesting the designation of an ACR must hold flight test
examining authority under part 141 subpart D. Pilot schools holding examining authority for
knowledge testing only are not eligible for ACR designation. ACR candidates:
organization.
1. Must be currently employed by or hold a position in the pilot school
3-20
09/21/23
8000.95C
2. Must have been employed by, or held a position in, the pilot school for at least
12 calendar-months immediately preceding the application for designation.
3. Must hold a valid pilot certificate (other than a student pilot certificate), valid
flight instructor certificate, or valid ground instructor certificate.
4. The ACR applicant must demonstrate knowledge of pilot school certification
requirements, general operating rules, examining authority privileges and limitations, pilot
certification and rating requirements, and specific standards and requirements for the
performance of ACR-141 authorization.
(c) Any DPE or SAE who holds a current CLOA may be authorized to perform ACR
duties and responsibilities (for any airman certificate or rating) provided the DPE or SAE is also
current with regards to the ACR training requirements.
(2) ACR-FIRC.
(a) An FAA-approved FIRC provider may request the designation of an ACR. These
individuals are authorized to renew flight instructor certificates to eligible course graduates of
the approved FIRC.
(b) Only an authorized FIRC provider holding an FAA-approved FIRC training
course outline (TCO) may make a request for the designation of an ACR applicant. Final
approval of the FIRC provider’s TCO is a prerequisite for an ACR designation. An authorized
FIRC provider may request ACR designation for one or more responsible members or employees
of that organization by submitting a letter to the managing FAA office where the applicant’s
principal business office is located.
(c) A FIRC provider requesting an ACR designation will provide the following
information in a letter to the responsible Flight Standards office:
1. The original date of FAA approval of the FIRC provider to conduct the FIRC;
2. The number of courses delivered in the 12-month period immediately
preceding the request for an ACR designation;
3. The number of attendees issued graduation certificates, the number of
graduation certificates denied, including the reasons for the denials; and
4. The number and location of courses scheduled to be delivered, along with the
expected number of attendees for the 12-month period immediately following the date of request
for designation.
(d) ACR candidates:
1. Must be currently employed by or hold a position in the FIRC organization.
3-21
09/21/23
8000.95C
2. Must have been employed with the FIRC for at least 12 calendar-months
immediately preceding application for designation as an ACR.
3. Must hold a valid pilot certificate (other than a student pilot certificate), valid
flight instructor certificate, or valid ground instructor certificate.
(e) Any DPE or SAE who holds a current CLOA may be authorized to perform ACR
duties and responsibilities for the FIRC provided the DPE or SAE is also current with regards to
the ACR training requirements.
8. Disqualifiers—Special Considerations. Any applicant that has been previously terminated
for cause must not be considered for designation (see Volume 1, Chapter 2, Application Process,
for disqualifying criteria).
9. Privilege, Not a Right. See Volume 1.
10. Post-Application. See Volume 1.
11. Maintaining an Active Designee Application. See Volume 1.
3-22
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 3. Selection and Evaluation of a Designee Applicant
1. Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the selection and evaluation of DPE,
Admin PE, and SAE applicants. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1 constitute
the overall policy for the selection and evaluation of DPE, Admin PE, or SAE applicants.
Note: Detailed job aids for this DMS process can be found at: https://my.faa.gov
/content/myfaa/en/org/linebusiness/avs/offices/air/div_dir/air600/dms.html, and
the DMS web based tool.
2. General.
a. Selection Process. The general process of selection can be broken down into three parts:
DMS determines if the designee meets system-defined minimum qualifications; the SO
determines if need and ability requirements are met; and then assigns an evaluation panel to
further review the applicant’s qualifications and abilities. (See Figure 3-1 for a high-level
representation of the selection flow.)
Figure 3-1. High-Level Selection Process Flow
DMS determine s
if min quals
are met
Selecting Official
completes need
and ability
Evaluation Panel completes
applicant evaluation requireme nts
and makes recommen dation to
Appointing Of ficial
b. Selection Considerations.
(1) When a need for a designee has been identified, the office management will query
DMS for a listing of applicants. Candidates must submit applications exclusively through DMS.
(2) An evaluation panel, determined by the SO, will then be established to review and
evaluate the list of viable applicants identified through DMS. The evaluation panel assesses each
designee candidate’s background knowledge and experience through:
(a) A thorough review of the application;
(b) Consultation with others who are familiar with the applicant; and
(c) Contact references provided by the applicant and evaluate any comments that may
influence the decision to recommend or deny appointment.
Note: The selection and appointing process has multiple steps and involves
several DMS users. The AO and the SO have access to the “Work Flow Tool” in
DMS, which allows them to quickly determine the status of an appointment, or
expanded authority request. The DMS Management Action Links and DMS job
aids should be reviewed for detailed information:
https://my.faa.gov/content/myfaa/en/org/linebusiness/avs/offices/air/div_dir/
air600/dms.html.
3-23
09/21/23
8000.95C
3. Need and Ability to Manage. See Volume 1.
4. Requesting Qualified Applicants.
a. General. Once the FAA establishes need and ability to manage, the SO can request a list
of applicants through DMS, which searches active applications to identify candidates that most
closely match the specified criteria.
b. Initial Request. Once DMS has generated a list of applicant(s) based on the search
criteria, the SO should review the applications prior to assigning personnel to evaluate the
applicant’s qualifications. Determining which applicants will be evaluated for appointment is at
the sole discretion of the SO.
c. Additional Requests. If no qualified candidates are available within DMS for the
appointing office, the office should query for applicants from a nearby office to see if they would
be willing to serve the requesting office. If no qualified applicants are available, an AO may
request a deviation from minimum qualification requirements if:
(1) The FAA demonstrates a significant need for the appointment, and
(2) The managing office can justify that the designee candidate meets an equivalent
qualification.
d. Minimum Qualification Deviation Request Process. When there are no qualified
applicants in DMS for the specific need of the office, the Flight Standards office may request
that the SO petition the NPO for a deviation from the minimum qualifications.
(1) Documentation. The SO will document and communicate the circumstances and
justification for the deviation in a memo to the NPO outside of DMS. The deviation memo must
be sent to [email protected].
(2) Coordination. If in agreement with the Flight Standards office recommendation, the
NPO will document the circumstances and justification in DMS and complete the required DMS
process (deviation allowed).
Note: The purpose of a deviation is to fill a specific need that the managing
office has for which there are no qualified applicants in DMS. The expectation is
that the office would appoint the applicant within 30 days of granting the
deviation. If the applicant has not been appointed after 30 days, the process ends.
5. Evaluation.
a. Evaluation Process. It is the goal of the FAA to establish a uniform designee candidate
assessment process (as much as practicable) for all designee types. An evaluation process that is
not complete within 90 days of evaluation panel assignment shall be cancelled by the SO.
3-24
09/21/23
8000.95C
b. Evaluation Panel. At such time that one or more viable applicants have been identified
through DMS, an evaluation panel is convened to consider the merits of each applicant. The
panel should be comprised of members as described below:
(1) An ASI from the office that initiated the selection and appointment process
(required). This ASI should assume a lead role during the evaluation process, and will coordinate
the evaluation panel results within DMS.
(2) An ASI from AFS-600 (required). For appointments to AFS-610, the member from
AFS-600 must be from outside of AFS-610. The SO must contact AFS-600 via email to request
an evaluation panel member before the evaluation panel is created in DMS. The request for an
AFS-600 evaluation panel member must be sent to the following email:
[email protected].
(3) At least one additional GA ASI, which may include an FLM (optional).
c. Evaluation Panel Tasks. The evaluation panel assesses each applicant’s background,
knowledge, and experience by conducting a thorough review of the designee application. To
support this process, the following tasks must be accomplished:
(1) Review the applicant’s application and supporting documentation in DMS.
(2) Contact references as necessary.
(3) Conduct an interview with the designee candidate. The interview should determine
whether the applicant has the general and specific qualifications, as well as the qualities
necessary to be successful as a designee. Interview responses should be consistent with the
information contained on the candidate’s application.
(4) Verify that minimum qualifications have been met.
(5) Review the applicant’s experience on the DMS application to determine what
authorizations they may qualify for. This should be done in advance of an applicant interview.
(6) Verify that the applicant possesses the appropriate airman certificate, category and
class rating, and type rating for the authorizations sought.
(7) Review relevant information from each of the following FAA databases to determine
the candidate’s aviation background and any issues which may have an adverse effect on the
candidate’s application:
(a) Accident Incident Data System (AIDS);
(b) SPAS;
(c) National Program Tracking and Reporting Subsystem (NPTRS); and
(d) Enforcement Information System (EIS).
3-25
09/21/23
8000.95C
(8) For Admin PEs, inspect facilities and equipment (if applicable) to be used in the
conduct of their duties.
d. DPE Applicant Pilot Proficiency Check Prior to Appointment. The evaluation panel
will consider the results of a pre-appointment pilot proficiency check, if applicable. The purpose
of the proficiency check is to evaluate the designee applicant’s piloting skills. The content of the
proficiency check will include a demonstration of part or all of the following:
(1) The knowledge and skill areas required for the original issuance of the certificate for
which the DPE will hold authority.
(2) Maneuvers and procedures listed in the practical test standards (PTS)/Airman
Certification Standards (ACS) for the applicable certificate and rating.
Note: Each DPE applicant (other than Admin PE) selected for designation must
pass a proficiency check by an FAA inspector before the FAA issues an initial
designation. If the managing office has direct knowledge of the flight proficiency
of the designee applicant, such as recent part 135 or 141 flight check, or check
airman activity, then a preappointment proficiency check is optional. However, if
the designee applicant has not been recently observed (within the previous
12 calendar-months) in the specific category, class, and type for the authorizations
desired, then a proficiency check in the appropriate aircraft is required.
e. Evaluation Panel Outcomes.
(1) When the evaluation panel determines that an applicant meets the requirements for
designation, the results are documented in DMS and a recommendation is provided to the AO
through the SO. If the AO is in agreement with the recommendation, the appointment process
will ensue. See Chapter 4 for information relating to the appointment process.
(2) If the evaluation panel, with concurrence from the SO, rejects all applications
provided by DMS for good cause, the managing office should encourage suitable applicants to
apply through DMS so that they can be considered.
6. Additional Authorizations. Designees will apply for additional authorizations using the
“request additional authorizations” link in DMS. The designee must upload a current
supplemental information sheet or equivalent showing qualifications or currency as applicable.
The managing office will complete the process using the same procedures for original
designation, although they are not required to add authorizations just because the designee
requests them. This is entirely at the discretion of the FAA.
Note: Required DMS oversight activities must be completed prior to approving
an additional authorization request.
3-26
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 4. Designee Appointment
1. Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the appointment of DPEs, Admin PEs,
and SAEs, referred to collectively in this chapter as designees. This designation type-specific
policy and Volume 1 constitute the overall policy for the appointment process for a DPE, Admin
PE, and SAE.
Note: Detailed job aids for this DMS process can be found at: https://my.faa.gov/
content/myfaa/en/org/linebusiness/avs/offices/air/div_dir/air600/dms.html.
2. General.
a. Appointment Process. Below is a high-level representation of the appointment process.
Figure 3-2. High-Level Appointment Process Flow
Panel
makes
recommendation
regarding
appointment
Appointing Official
accepts or rejects
Evaluation Panel
recommendation
in OMS
1) OMS provides notification of
appointment or denial to applicant
2) If appointment is recommended,
OMS completes CLOA
b. Appointment Considerations.
(1) The managing specialist should issue appropriate privileges and limitations in the
CLOA based on the applicant’s:
(a) Background experience;
(b) Personal and professional qualifications; and
(c) Needs of the appointing office.
(2) Prior to appointment, the managing specialist will verify that the following events are
completed and recorded in DMS:
(a) Successful completion of the initial designee specific training conducted by the
FAA’s Designee Standardization Branch (AFS-640). For a list of the training, visit
https://av-info.faa.gov/dsgreg/sections.aspx.
(b) Applicant has attended an orientation conducted by their managing office, which
includes, but is not limited to, the following:
1. Caution the designee that any irregularities or deficiencies related to the
delegated work may result in the termination of the designation under the provisions of part 183,
§ 183.15(b)(4).
their authority.
2. Remind the designee to perform only authorized functions within the limits of
3-27
09/21/23
8000.95C
3. Remind the designee to request preapproval through DMS before accepting
any applicant requests for testing or checking activities.
(c) Remind the designees, except when using IACRA, to submit applicable original
or duplicate documents within 7 calendar-days of completion to the managing office for review.
3. ACR-141. After an ACR is designated, the managing specialist will issue an initial supply of
forms appropriate to the authorization and will instruct the ACR on the completion, checking,
and disposition of certification files. The managing specialist will also train the ACR on how to
use the IACRA program. The managing specialist should make certain that the ACR has the
appropriate regulations; official guidance materials; the school’s training course outline; and the
syllabus, telephone contacts, and addresses of the managing FSDO and the Airmen Certification
Branch (AFB-720).
4. Designee Number. See Volume 1.
5. CLOA. The CLOA will identify the designee type and the specific authorizations, or
limitations.
Note: The CLOA should not be issued until all required training and orientation
requirements have been completed.
6. Appointment Duration. The initial duration of a designee’s appointment is up to
12 calendar-months.
3-28
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 5. Responsibilities and Obligations of a Designee
1. Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the responsibilities and obligations of
the DPE, SAE, and Admin PE, referred to collectively in this chapter as designees. This
designation type-specific policy and the Volume 1 constitute the overall policy for the
responsibilities and obligations of DPEs, SAEs, and Admin PEs.
2. General Responsibilities.
a. Accept Airman Certificate and/or Rating Application. Accept applicable airman
certificate and/or rating applications for airman certificates and ratings.
b. Conduct Tests. All tests must be appropriate to the FAA CLOA held by the designee,
and in accordance with the appropriate PTS or ACS. The use of an interpreter is strictly
prohibited.
c. Charge Reasonable Applicant Fees. The designee must ensure that the applicant
understands all fees charged, including the fee for retesting after failure, before the designee
accepts the airman certificate and/or rating application.
d. Issue Temporary Airman Certificates. Issue Temporary Airman Certificates only to
applicants who have been tested and found qualified for the certificate or rating sought. The
managing FAA office may remove this authorization and retain this privilege. In this case,
limitations will be entered on the CLOA.
e. Accept Pilot Applications. Accept pilot applications for new pilot certificates and/or
ratings (for which the designee holds that authorization) and any pilot certificate that is
administrative in nature (e.g., second-in-command (SIC) type rating or English language
endorsement), provided the designee has received required initial training and recurrent training
every 24 calendar-months.
f. Expectations. DPEs, Admin PEs, and SAEs are expected to:
(1) Provide FAA testing and certification activities without prejudice or discrimination in
a fair and unbiased manner.
(2) Honor appointments made as promptly as possible. The designee is also expected to
make their services available to all applicants on an equitable basis.
(3) Give undivided attention to the applicant during the entire testing period.
(4) Ensure that discussions following any test are private and confidential.
(5) Maintain a high level of knowledge, skill, and expertise commensurate with their
authorizations.
(6) Charge no more than a reasonable fee for services.
3-29
09/21/23
8000.95C
(7) Keep abreast of current aviation trends and technologies.
(8) Serve as a willing resource to the aviation community on matters of FAA airman
certification regulations and policy.
(9) Set a high standard of airmanship and safety through personal example.
(10) Exercise diligence and care in the preparation of airman certification documentation
and files.
(11) Always represent the FAA and its workforce to the public in a positive manner.
(12) Work constructively with the managing FAA office.
(13) Become familiar with any circumstances unique to a particular area when testing
outside their managing office’s area.
Note: Designees should be encouraged to take part in FAA Safety Team
(FAASTeam) seminars and events. The FAA values the participation of
FAASTeam representatives in providing support for safety meetings.
g. Accidents and Incidents During Practical Tests. If an accident or incident occurs
during a practical test, the designee should ensure that the PIC follows the prescribed procedures
for reporting the occurrence. The safeguarding of lives and property is the highest priority. As
soon as possible, the designee must notify the managing FAA office of the accident or incident.
h. Limitations. DPEs and SAEs must not:
(1) Conduct the flight portion of a practical test prior to the ground portion.
(2) Schedule the test to be planned as a multiple-day event. Extenuating circumstances
may allow for deviations, but must be approved by the managing FAA office. The extenuating
circumstance will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis and documented in DMS. An example of
a situation that may warrant a deviation is a LTA practical test, or weather conditions which
requires the flight portion to begin at sunrise.
(3) Test more than one applicant at a time. To clarify “at a time”: when a designee begins
a test with an applicant, prior to accepting an application from another airman, the designee will
terminate the first test with the issuance of a Temporary Airman Certificate, a Notice of
Disapproval, or a Letter of Discontinuance. In cases where the test aircraft requires a flightcrew
of two, such as in the case of a type rating examination in an aircraft requiring two pilots, it is
permissible to evaluate both applicants together.
(4) Conduct or monitor any portion of computer knowledge tests.
(5) Reissue or amend any expired Temporary Airman Certificate.
(6) Endorse, amend, alter, or issue any permanent airman certificate.
3-30
09/21/23
8000.95C
(7) Exempt any applicant from the testing requirements in the applicable PTS/ACS.
(8) Combine teaching with testing during the checking or testing of an applicant.
(9) Conduct tests unless an applicant presents proof of eligibility as prescribed in the
applicable part 61 or 14 CFR part 63.
(10) Conduct practical tests unless the applicant has passed the required airman knowledge
test, if a knowledge test is required.
(11) Temporarily suspend a test to allow the applicant further study, and then continue the
same test later.
(12) Conduct checks or tests in any language other than English.
(13) Conduct activities outside the United States and its territories.
(14) Conduct more than three complete practical tests in a single day. This limitation does
not apply to the number of retests that can be conducted in one day. A complete practical test is
defined as one that is not a retest from a previous unsatisfactory test or a continuation of a
previously discontinued test.
(15) Allow anyone other than an ASI to observe a test. For designee training purposes
only, exceptions may be authorized in writing by the managing FAA office.
(16) Test applicants trained by the examiner. A designee who trains an applicant for a
certificate or rating may only test that applicant under the following conditions:
(a) If another instructor has given the applicant at least 3 hours (or 3 flights in a
glider, or two training flights of 1 hour each for balloon) of flight instruction in the
2 calendar-months prior to the test, in preparation for the test, and is the recommending
instructor. For sport pilot privileges, the hours are reduced to 1.5 hours if the test is in a balloon;
1.0 hours if the test is in a powered parachute; 2.0 hours if the test is in all other light sport
aircraft categories.
(b) A designee may also test an applicant trained by that designee for an additional
aircraft class rating if the applicant has obtained the written recommendation of another CFI who
has personally checked the applicant and found the applicant prepared for the practical test.
(c) A designee may test an applicant that they trained for a flight instructor certificate
or rating if the designee obtains written permission from the managing FAA office.
(d) An ATPE may test an applicant that they trained for an ATP Certificate or rating
if the designee obtains the permission of the managing FAA office.
(e) In cases where an SAE is the only readily available instructor qualified in a rare
airplane, the SAE may conduct a certification practical test for an applicant that they trained if
the designee obtains permission from the managing office.
3-31
09/21/23
8000.95C
(17) An ACR may not accept a part 141 graduation certificate and will not issue a
Temporary Airman Certificate to an applicant who has a Statement of Demonstrated Ability
(SODA), unless an ASI from the managing FSDO has clearly determined that no operational
limitations are required to be placed on that certificate.
(18) A VFEE must not endorse FAA Form 8060-7 to take a knowledge or written test
unless the applicant has presented satisfactory documenation of having completed one of the
experience requirements of 14 CFR part 63.37.
i. Conflicts and Questions. Designees must maintain a cooperative attitude and are
responsible for following FAA policies and instructions. If an issue occurs while acting in an
official capacity as a designee, contact your managing specialist. If a conflict cannot be resolved
at that level, the designee should contact their responsible Flight Standards Office management
for assistance. Questions or concerns that involve other FAA offices must be coordinated by the
managing specialist or managing office.
3. Ongoing Requirements of a Designee. In order to complement the general requirements
established in Volume 1 of this order, a DPE, SAE, or Admin PE will:
a. Maintain Minimum Requirements. Maintain the minimum qualifications established
for appointment as specified in this order including certification, currency, initial, and recurrent
training, and attendance at the required annual meetings.
Table 3-9. DPE and SAE PIC Experience Requirements
AIRCRAFT TYPE
Airplane
Airplane—Light-Sport
Rotorcraft
Gliders
LTA—Airship
LTA—Balloon
Weight Shift Control
Powered Parachute
PIC EXPERIENCE IN THE PRECEDING 12 MONTHS
60 hours (10 hours in each class authorized including 5 hours
in type(s) authorized, if applicable)
12 hours (5 hours in each class authorized)
25 hours (5 hours in each class authorized)
3 hours, which included at least 3 flights
40 hours
12 hours, which included at least 3 flights
12 hours (5 hours in each class authorized)
5 hours (3 hours in each class authorized)
Note: PIC experience obtained while administering practical tests will not be
considered for the purposes of the recent PIC experience required of the
designation (listed above).
Note: For designees who hold authorization to conduct tests in more than one
category of aircraft, the DPE must have obtained the total PIC experience for the
authorized category that requires the greatest number of hours. In addition, the
number of PIC experience hours required for each additional class (in the case of
gliders, 3 hours, including 3 flights) must be met. PIC experience obtained in
airplane may be used to meet the requirements for airplane–light sport and vice
versa. For instance, a DPE authorized to test in both airplanes and rotorcraft
3-32
09/21/23
8000.95C
helicopter would be required to obtain a total of 60 hours of PIC (because
60 hours is the greatest total required of all authorized categories). Of those hours,
at least 10 hours must be in each class of airplane authorized (i.e., ASEL or
AMEL) and at least 5 of that in helicopters (rotorcraft class). In this case, the DPE
must have accrued 5 hours in rotorcraft-helicopter plus 10 in AMEL plus 10 in
ASEL totaling 25. The remaining hours could be in any category or class.
Another example: a DPE authorized to conduct tests in airplanes, gyroplanes, and
gliders would be required to obtain a total of 60 hours PIC (because 60 hours is
the greatest total required of all authorized categories). Of those 60 hours,
10 hours must be in the class of airplane authorized (i.e., ASEL or AMEL), at
least 5 hours in class of rotorcraft (gyroplanes), and 3 hours must be in gliders
(which included at least 3 flights).
b. Use Current Regulations and Policies. Maintain and use the most current versions of
the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), the PTS/ACS, FAA Order 8900.1, and this order.
Storage and retrieval of these documents may be electronic.
c. Attend Annual Meeting. Designees must attend the annual designee meeting conducted
by the managing FAA office at least once every four quarters. For designees regularly testing in
an area outside of their managing office’s district, they are encouraged to attend the annual
meeting for the district where they are regularly testing.
(1) The FAA office should attempt to schedule the annual meeting to allow for all
designees of the same type to meet together in a location at the same time. At a minimum, the
following subject areas must be discussed:
(a) Local issues;
(b) Local problem areas;
(c) Local procedures;
(d) Standardization issues;
(e) Designee performance; and
(f) National issues.
(2) A record of attendance by each designee must be documented in DMS by the
managing FAA office.
(3) In cases where, beyond the designee’s control, it is not possible for a designee to
attend the annual meeting, the designee must meet with their managing specialist to discuss the
same subject material that was presented at the meeting. A designee who misses the annual
meeting must still satisfy the annual meeting requirement.
3-33
09/21/23
8000.95C
d. IACRA.
(1) For airman testing and certification, the designee is expected to use IACRA online
processing system accessible through https://iacra.faa.gov.
(2) If IACRA is unavailable when the DPE is beginning the test, the applicant must
submit a paper application (FAA Form 8710-1). The entire certification process must then be
completed using the paper application and the certification file must be sent to the managing
FAA office. The DPE cannot, under any circumstances, complete the certification in IACRA at
the conclusion of the test, even if it is available. If the test is started with paper, it must be
completed with paper. The DPE must also notify the managing FAA office of the reason for
using paper instead of IACRA.
e. PTS/ACS. Designees with airman testing and checking privileges must use the
appropriate PTS or ACS in accordance with their authorizations. The PTS or ACS is available
through a number of commercial sources or through the FAA website at www.faa.gov.
3-34
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 6. Oversight and Management of a Designee
1. Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the oversight and management of DPEs,
Admin PEs, and SAEs, referred to collectively in this chapter as designees. This designation
type-specific policy and Volume 1 constitute the overall policy for the oversight and
management of DPEs, Admin PEs, and SAEs.
Note: Detailed job aids for this DMS process can be found at: https://my.faa.gov/
content/myfaa/en/org/linebusiness/avs/offices/air/div_dir/air600/dms.html.
2. General.
a. General Considerations.
(1) Effective oversight of designees is founded on a strategy of risk management. A
robust oversight policy includes a continual process of weighing the potential for harm from any
apparent hazard against the likelihood of its occurrence. When safety risks and hazards are
identified, appropriate preventive action is imperative.
(2) Designee oversight includes the managing, monitoring, and tracking of a designee’s
activities and performance. Managing specialists are also responsible for ensuring that DPEs,
Admin PEs, and SAEs are thoroughly coached in the importance of their role of administering
ground and flight tests to the applicants in accordance with the PTS/ACS and Order 8900.1,
Volume 5.
(3) Oversight will include oversight activities at varying intervals, as well as an OPE of
each designee at least each 36 calendar-months. The outcome of each oversight activity provides
data to be used in completing each designee’s OPE.
(4) Designees can expect that the managing office will assign to each DPE, Admin PE,
and SAE a managing specialist that is a qualified ASI (Operations). The ASI will develop
oversight plans to ensure quality, the highest degree of integrity, and compliance with current
policy, regulations, and the PTS or ACS, as appropriate. The oversight plan will also identify
potential hazards and risks to aviation safety. If and when the FAA discovers deficiencies, the
managing specialist will respond in a manner prescribed by the common designee policy in this
order and other relevant FAA guidance.
(5) DPEs and SAEs shall expect the FAA to conduct a direct observation of their first
complete test, and Admin PEs should expect the FAA to observe their first certification actions.
Thereafter, the designees may be inspected or observed by FAA personnel at any time with or
without prior notice.
(6) For multiple or additional authorizations. In the case of an office having granted the
DPE more than a single authorization during initial designation (e.g., PE and CIRE), or
subsequent authorizations to an existing CLOA, the managing office need not observe the DPE
administering a practical test for each additional authorization. However, subsequent
authorization requests require a demonstration of competency as a pilot examiner appropriate to
3-35
09/21/23
8000.95C
the aircraft or simulator and the authorization sought. This demonstration of competency may be
completed by:
(a) The observation of a complete practical test for the authorization;
(b) The ASI acting in the role of an applicant during a simulated practical test or pilot
proficiency check; or
(c) The ASI administering a complete designee pilot proficiency check, including
representative tasks and maneuvers contained in the PTS/ACS for the authorization request that
the managing FAA office is granting the DPE.
(7) The managing specialist documents oversight activities and results in DMS. Such
reporting is not only crucial for managing individual designees, but also for implementing
risk-based decision making to the management of FS designees.
Note: For an additional authorization, if the managing office has direct
knowledge of the testing proficiency of the designee, such as a recent part 135
or 141 flight check, or check airmen activity, then a demonstration of competency
is optional. However, if the designee has not been recently observed (within the
previous 12 calendar-months) in the specific category, class, and type for the
authorizations desired, then a testing proficiency check in the appropriate aircraft
is required.
b. Managing Office and Managing Specialist. See Volume 1.
c. Oversight and DMS.
(1) Designee oversight includes the managing, monitoring, and tracking of a designee’s
activities and performance. DMS establishes the minimum required oversight activities for each
designee based on their authorized activities and risk-based data. Additional oversight may be
conducted as deemed necessary by the managing specialist or managing office. Oversight
activities are the responsibility of the designee’s managing specialist and the managing specialist
is expected to conduct the oversight activities. However, other ASIs can enter oversight activities
on the designee, and there are provisions in DMS for the managing specialist to “take credit” for
an oversight activity of the same type conducted by another ASI if it’s in the required timeframe.
Additional instructions are included in the DMS job aids for oversight activities.
(2) The managing specialist must conduct designee OPEs on an ongoing basis predicated
on the outcome of oversight activities. The managing specialist should record in DMS the results
of individual oversight activities. However, the managing specialist must record in DMS a
formal evaluation at least once every 36 calendar-months.
(3) Overdue Direct Observations. The managing specialist should ensure a designee’s
direct observation is completed on or before the due date listed in DMS. When a designee’s
direct observation cannot be completed before the due date, DMS will not prevent the designee
from performing additional delegated activities. All factors must be considered and risk managed
appropriately. If the managing specialist determines the lack of a completed direct observation
3-36
09/21/23
8000.95C
presents an unacceptable risk, the designee must be suspended in DMS until the direct
observation is completed. In cases where the managing specialist finds the risk acceptable, that
risk assessment must be documented in DMS using the “Special Emphasis Item” oversight and
putting “OVERDUE” in the National Use field, and an explanation of the factors considered and
the reason for the extension. Direct observations may not be extended more than one quarter
beyond the due date (e.g., a due date of June 30, 2020, cannot be extended beyond
September 30, 2020), and the designee must be suspended.
d. Performance Measures. The managing specialist will render an overall rating for the
period according to the following classifications:
(1) Technical. The designee demonstrates sufficient knowledge, skill, and ability to
conduct authorized tasks within established guidance and standards. The designee possesses an
expert level of knowledge and skill, understands and uses appropriate terminology, uses the
correct equipment, applies appropriate standards, and accurately interprets results.
(a) Equipment and Materials. Does the designee possess relevant and current FAA
publications, either electronically or in paper form, such as the CFR, the PTS/ACS, Aeronautical
Information Manual (AIM), Chart Supplement U.S. (CS), and this order? Does the designee have
access to technology in order to effectively use the IACRA system in the processing of airman
certification files?
(b) Knowledge and Understanding. Does the designee understand the technical
terminology contained in FAA orders, the PTS/ACS, and other reference material used in
planning, describing, or conducting authorized activities? Does the designee demonstrate an
expert level of knowledge about the aircraft operation and systems?
(c) Interpret and Apply. Does the designee correctly interpret and apply the technical
performance standards required by the authorization?
(2) Procedural. The designee demonstrates the ability to complete administrative
functions correctly. The designee accurately completes and issues appropriate documentation,
submits required data, follows established procedures, and complies with all regulations, orders,
and directives.
(a) Screening Applicants. Does the designee follow the correct procedure when
accepting applications and determining applicant eligibility?
(b) Submittal of Information and Data to FAA. Does the designee properly submit
information, documents, and data to the FAA when it is required by FAA orders or by specific
instructions provided by the FAA managing office?
(c) Conducting Evaluations and Tests. Does the designee follow the correct
procedure when conducting, grading, and providing feedback to applicants during testing?
(d) Issuing Certificates and Testing Results to Applicant. Does the designee follow
the correct procedure when completing and issuing airman certificates, test results, or other
findings to the applicant upon completion of the testing activity?
3-37
09/21/23
8000.95C
(3) Professional. The designee conducts activities in an ethical, courteous, and
conscientious manner reflecting highly on the Administrator. The designee presents a
cooperative attitude and demonstrates integrity, tact, and diplomacy when dealing with industry
and the FAA. The designee communicates effectively in a manner that reflects positively on the
FAA, both orally and written.
(a) Oral and Written Communication. Does the designee effectively communicate
either in writing or in conversation with the FAA and the general public? Does the designee
provide feedback to the FAA with ways to improve the designee system?
(b) Professional Representation of the FAA to the Public and Stakeholders. Does the
designee demonstrate a positive reflection on the FAA and a willingness to comply with FAA
policy and managing office instruction?
(c) Cooperative Attitude With the FAA. Is the designee easy to work with and
present a positive attitude when interacting with the FAA? Is the designee responsive to the FAA
and reasonably accessible to the FAA when required?
(d) Ethics and Judgment. Does the designee maintain high ethical standards and
demonstrate good judgment in the conduct of authorized activities?
(4) Key DPE and SAE Performance Measures. Additional performance measures for
DPEs and SAEs include, but are not limited to the following:
(a) Develops and uses a written plan of action in accordance with Order 8900.1 and
the applicable PTS or ACS.
(b) When using PTS, evaluates “Special Emphasis Items” throughout the test.
(c) Employs “scenario-based” questioning and flight tasks liberally throughout the
test to assess the applicant’s decision making and resource management abilities.
(d) Completes pretest, preflight, and postflight briefings as appropriate
(e) Makes an accurate “pass/fail” determination.
(f) Properly completes the Temporary Airman Certificate, Letter of Discontinuance,
or Notice of Disapproval, as appropriate, through the use of IACRA unless extenuating
circumstances preclude IACRA use. In such cases, paper documents will be evaluated for
completeness, accuracy, and legibility.
3. Oversight Actions.
a. Planning an Oversight Activity.
(1) In addition to guidance provided in Volume 1 of this order, the managing specialists
should use a risk-based analysis to determine when an inspection is necessary. Circumstances
that warrant an oversight activity include, but are not limited to:
3-38
09/21/23
8000.95C
(a) Oversight from DMS generated oversight activities. The managing specialist also
determines if additional oversight may be necessary.
(b) Complaints received about a designee’s conduct during certifications.
(c) Persons newly designated (inspections can occur at a higher level of frequency to
ensure compliance).
(d) Review of designee’s certification files or reports produced through DMS indicate
one or more of the following:
1. Overall problems with the certification files;
2. A “no failure” or “high pass rate” that seems unusual;
3. A higher activity rate, as compared to the average total number of tests/checks
for all active DPEs;
4. Applicants are traveling long distances; or
5. Unreasonably long or short test durations considering the type of test.
(2) Prepare for the Inspection.
(a) Review the following documents prior to the inspection:
1. Designee’s file in DMS;
2. Previous inspection reports and historic PTRS and DMS entries; and
3. Any correspondence between the managing office and the designee since the
last inspection.
(b) If appropriate, review the designee’s preapproval within DMS and arrange the
inspection to coincide with the scheduled certification event.
(3) Additionally:
(a) Consider the habits and availability of designees and schedule activities so as not
to inconvenience or create an unwarranted imposition on the individual.
(b) When planning an announced observation of a flight portion of a practical test
being conducted by a DPE or SAE, communicate this intent in advance as much as practicable so
that the aircraft is configured in such a manner (e.g., Weight and Balance (W&B), fuel load, etc.)
to accommodate the FAA as well as the applicant and designee.
(c) It is noted that, when the FAA plans an observation of any portion of a practical
test (either examination ground or flight), an applicant’s permission is not required. Further,
advance notice to either the designee or applicant is not required. Unannounced observations are
3-39
09/21/23
8000.95C
at the discretion of the managing specialist, and can be a useful tool in determining the quality of
the designee’s work when they are not expecting to be observed.
b. Oversight Activities. Designee oversight includes the comprehensive management,
monitoring, and tracking of a designee and related activities. All of these actions are considered
oversight activities in DMS. A complete surveillance of a DPE, Admin PE, or SAE involves a
group of oversight activities performed to observe the designee’s performance. These oversight
activities may be completed independently within a set timeframe, or any number of them may
be completed in conjunction with one another. This approach to oversight was adopted to allow
the managing specialist’s flexibility in completing oversight activities as the opportunity arises,
and to encourage focus on the specific element being evaluated. Designee oversight is most
effective when it occurs throughout the year rather than an all-at-once, infrequent approach. The
frequency of each of these activities will be determined by DMS.
(1) Direct Observations. A direct observation is a managing specialist observing the
designee performing work authorized by the designee’s CLOA. The purpose is to determine that
the designee has the knowledge and skill to properly administer a practical test or check, or in the
case of an Admin PE, to properly conduct the certification function. Direct observations provide
the managing specialist the opportunity to determine if the designee is performing the work
within the guidelines. It allows the managing specialist to gain insight into the designee’s
technical, professional, and procedural attributes. It also provides the designee with feedback
from their managing specialist. In DMS, the direct observation for DPEs and SAEs is split into
two parts; the observation of the ground portion of the test and the observation of the flight
portion of the test. These observations may be conducted independently of each other, or both
may be accomplished with the observation of a complete (ground and flight) test administered to
a single applicant. The goal of the inspector during a direct observation is to observe the
designee test all required areas of operations and tasks for the test that is being administered.
However, in the case that the test does not proceed far enough to include all areas (i.e., Letter of
Discontinuance or Notice of Disapproval), the direct observation flight can be considered
complete if, at a minimum, the applicant has departed the airport environment and the inspector
has witnessed enough tasks that they are satisfied the designee is testing in accordance with
PTS/ACS and current policy. Regardless of the test outcome, if in the judgment of the inspector
there was an insufficient amount of tasks observed, another direct observation will be required.
(a) For an examiner who conducts the majority of tests in an aircraft unsuited to
carrying an FAA inspector, the inspector will observe a complete oral test, and the flight portion
of the inspection will be completed with the FAA inspector playing the role of the applicant.
This method of inspection is not intended to be used for examiners who conduct an adequate
number of tests in aircraft that allow an inspector to observe the flight portion of the test.
Whenever possible, the inspector will observe the designee conducting both the ground and
flight portion of the practical test with the designee administering a test to an actual applicant.
(b) A minimum number of direct observations will be required to be completed by a
managing specialist (see DMS to determine frequency). The number of observations determined
by DMS is based on all indications that the examiner is conducting the test in accordance with
current policy and standards. If there is any indication of unsatisfactory performance
(e.g., interviews, complaints, etc.) the managing office must investigate and conduct additional
3-40
09/21/23
8000.95C
surveillance in order to determine the actual performance of the designee. The managing
specialists may increase the number of direct observations if deemed appropriate due to various
risk indicators that may be established, such as when a “Needs Improvement” event has been
identified, or any other reason deemed appropriate. The managing specialist must conduct a
complete direct observation (ground and flight) of the first practical test for a newly designated
DPE or SAE. For the direct observation of an Admin PE, the managing specialist would observe
an entire certification event, from the applicant presenting the application to the designee
completing the paperwork and presenting the applicant with the appropriate certificate. This
would be recorded as a Direct Observation—Administrative PE.
(c) While exercising the privileges of their designation, designees must continue to
maintain their currency and proficiency. During the direct observation, the managing specialist
or ASI must verify that the designee is maintaining currency and PIC requirements. Currency
requirements are outlined in §§ 61.56 and 61.57, and PIC requirements are outlined in Table 3-9,
PIC Experience Requirements. For designees (other than SAEs) who administer tests in large,
turbine-powered aircraft, currency in accordance with § 61.58 must also be maintained,
regardless of which seat the designee occupies.
(d) During a direct observation for a DPE, Admin PE, or SAE, the managing
specialist should assure the applicant that the observation is focused on the designee and not the
applicant. Although this may not alleviate the heightened level of anxiety, the managing
specialist should make the applicant as relaxed as possible.
(e) If the managing specialist observes a designee that is not following proper
certification policy, such as conducting an exam for an applicant that is not eligible and/or does
not meet the prerequisites for the certificate or rating sought, the managing specialist has the
responsibility to stop the certification and discuss the concern with the designee without the
applicant being present. Under no circumstances will the managing specialist allow the
certification to be issued until the discrepancy(ies) are corrected.
(f) If during the testing/checking event a DPE or SAE omits required items from the
PTS or ACS, managing specialists may, at their discretion, allow the test to continue. The
managing specialist must not allow the airman certificate to be issued or check to be
satisfactorily completed when required items were not tested or the applicant unsatisfactorily
performed the tasks. Because the PTS/ACS specifically states that the tasks can be accomplished
in any order, this discretion is necessary to allow the managing specialist to watch the entire test
in the event that the designee completes the omitted items at the end of the test/check.
Note: This type of discrepancy would be noted in DMS as a procedural issue,
and might require additional observations by the managing specialist to ensure the
problem does not continue.
below:
(g) Observe the DPE or SAE conducting the ground portion of an exam as described
1. Review the plan of action to determine the following:
3-41
09/21/23
8000.95C
(i) Does the plan of action include all the areas of operation and tasks
required by the appropriate PTS or ACS?
(ii) Does the plan of action contain a scenario that allows the evaluation of
most of the areas of operation and tasks required in the practical tests with minimum disruptions?
(iii) Does the plan of action contain the required pretest, preflight, and
postflight briefings?
2. Ensure the DPE or SAE utilizes the plan of action to conduct the test.
3. Ensure the DPE or SAE conducts the required pretest briefing.
4. Ensure that the DPE or SAE requests appropriate identification from the
applicant and verifies the applicant’s identity. The DPE/SAE must also review the applicant’s
logbook/training record and compare aeronautical experience with what is reported on the
application. The designee must properly ensure that the applicant is eligible for the test or check.
5. Ensure the DPE or SAE does not intend to administer the practical test to
more than one applicant at a time.
6. Ensure the applicant is informed that the inspector is principally observing the
DPE or SAE’s performance and that at the conclusion of the tests, unless circumstances
otherwise warrant, the DPE or SAE will issue a temporary certificate if the applicant passes the
test.
7. Ensure that the DPE or SAE receives a completed and signed application prior
to beginning the test. In the case of IACRA, the applicant must log in to IACRA and sign the
application prior to beginning the test.
8. Ensure the DPE or SAE conducts the ground portion of the exam in
accordance with the procedures in the applicable section(s) of Order 8900.1, Volume 5,
Chapter 2, Title 14 CFR Part 61 Certification of Pilots and Flight Instructors.
below:
(h) Observe the DPE or SAE conducting the flight portion of an exam as described
1. Ensure the DPE or SAE conducts the required preflight briefing.
2. Ensure the DPE or SAE observes the applicant preflight the aircraft.
3. Ensure the DPE or SAE conducts the flight portion of the exam in accordance
with the procedures in the applicable section(s) of Order 8900.1, Volume 5, Chapter 2.
4. Ensure the DPE or SAE does not allow the applicant to repeat any maneuvers
or procedures that have been determined to be unsatisfactory.
5. Ensure the DPE or SAE conducts the required post-test briefing.
3-42
09/21/23
8000.95C
6. Ensure the DPE or SAE completes the required paperwork based on the
following outcomes:
(i) If the DPE or SAE and the applicant perform satisfactorily, observe the
designee properly completing FAA Form 8710-1 and issuing FAA Form 8060-4 (this may be
accomplished in IACRA, but FAA Form 8060-4 must still be issued to the applicant).
(ii) If the DPE or SAE performs satisfactorily but the applicant is
unsatisfactory, observe the DPE or SAE properly completing FAA Form 8710-1 and issuing
FAA Form 8060-5, Notice of Disapproval of Application, properly identifying the area(s) of
operation or task(s) failed or not tested in the block for remarks.
(iii) If the DPE or SAE performs unsatisfactorily but the applicant performs
satisfactorily, allow the DPE or SAE to complete FAA Form 8710-1 and issue FAA
Form 8060-4. This is only possible if the inspector determines that an adequate test was given. If
the DPE or SAE’s performance was inadequate, resulting in an incomplete test, then the airman
applicant was not properly evaluated and the inspector should observe the DPE or SAE issue a
Letter of Discontinuance.
(iv) If the DPE or SAE and the applicant perform unsatisfactorily, allow the
DPE or SAE to properly complete FAA Form 8710-1 and FAA Form 8060-5, properly
identifying the area(s) of operation or task(s) failed or not tested in the block for remarks.
7. Ensure the DPE or SAE completes and submits the certification file in
accordance with Order 8900.1. When using IACRA, the certification file is submitted to
AFB-720 automatically and it is not necessary to submit a paper file.
8. Conduct a debriefing with the DPE or SAE separate from the applicant.
Discuss the performance of the applicant and the DPE or SAE, and recommend areas of
improvement needed by the DPE or SAE.
Note: Prior to conducting surveillance in an aircraft, inspectors should review
the certification and currency requirements contained in Order 8900.1, Volume 1,
Chapter 3, Section 6, Operations Inspector Qualifications and Currency
Overview.
Note: The purpose of evaluating a DPE’s or SAE’s conduct of the direct
observation is to ensure that the DPE or SAE follows testing procedures.
(i) Observe the Admin PE conducting the certification functions as described below:
1. Ensure the Admin PE requests appropriate identification from the applicant,
validates the applicant’s identity, and reviews the applicant’s application for accuracy. This is
required even when using IACRA.
2. Ensure the Admin PE conducts the certification function in accordance with
the procedures in the applicable section(s) of Order 8900.1, Volume 5, Chapter 2.
3-43
09/21/23
8000.95C
3. Ensure the Admin PE completes and submits the certification file in
accordance with Order 8900.1. When using IACRA, the certification file is submitted to
AFB-720 automatically and it is not necessary to submit a paper file.
(j) Administrative authority. DPEs and SAEs with administrative authorizations
should expect the FAA to observe their first administrative certification actions. Thereafter,
DPEs and SAEs may be observed conducting administrative functions at any time without prior
notice, subject to the following requirements:
1. Administrative observations will be recorded in DMS as a Direct
Observation—Administrative.
2. The DPE or SAE will be observed conducting a complete administrative
certification event, from the applicant presenting the application, to the DPE or SAE completing
appropriate documentation and issuing the certificate.
four quarters.
3. At least one Direct Observation—Administrative must be conducted every
4. Completion of an administrative direct observation does not satisfy the
requirement for a direct observation–ground or direct observation–flight.
5. For DPEs and SAEs with administrative authorizations only, Annual Meeting
and Activity Log are also required every four quarters.
(2) Interviews of Recently Tested Airmen. The managing specialist, an ASI or AST
should conduct interviews of recently tested airmen. These interviews are to ensure that the
examiner is properly following the PTS/ACS when the FAA is not in attendance. Inform
interviewees that the questions are to evaluate the testing procedure and are not a reexamination
of their certificates. Conduct enough interviews to provide confidence that the designee is
properly conducting the Practical Tests. If the interviews indicate satisfactory performance by
the designee, the schedule for direct observations developed by DMS may be followed.
However, if the interviews of recently tested applicants indicate a deficiency with designee
performance, the managing office must conduct additional direct observations.
Note: Interview results are risk indicators used to determine the frequency of
direct observations. Surveys and scripted interview questions must not be used.
Closed-ended questions should be avoided, and the MS, ASI or AST should have
a relaxed but directed conversation with the recently tested airman about their
practical test experience with the designee. Ask follow-up questions based on
what the airman says. The goal is to determine if the designee is giving an
adequate test. Is the designee teaching, allowing repeat maneuvers, failing to test
all the required items in the PTS/ACS for the certificate or rating tested? Using
interviews properly will give the managing specialist a picture of how the
designee is conducting their work on behalf of the FAA.
Note: ASTs conducting interviews of recently tested Airmen must be provided
training by the managing FAA office.
3-44
09/21/23
8000.95C
(3) DPE or SAE Testing Proficiency Check. A managing specialist may, at their
discretion, ask the designee to demonstrate and explain maneuvers or evaluate maneuvers
performed by the managing specialist or an ASI. The purpose of a testing proficiency check is
not to evaluate the piloting skills of the designee, but to assess the designee’s understanding of
the elements of the maneuvers and to determine that they are able to evaluate the applicant’s
performance in accordance with the PTS/ACS.
(4) Review Designee Certification Packages. Each managing office will review all
certification packages submitted to the managing office to ensure that the designee has
completed the documentation as required by the applicable section(s) of Order 8900.1,
Volume 5, Chapter 2. Package reviews as a result of correction notices received from the Civil
Aviation Registry Division (AFB-700) will also be recorded in DMS using this record.
(5) Provide Technical Assistance. Each managing specialist will document in DMS when
they spend time providing technical assistance to one of their designees. This does not include
answering a quick phone call or email, but only when research or training is involved in the
assistance.
(6) Review DMS Activity Log. Each managing specialist will review the activity log of
each of the designees they manage for the previous four quarters. The managing specialist will
look for possible actions contrary to policy (e.g., test taking an unreasonable amount of time,
etc.). This may also include comparing activity reported in the log to actual aircraft or training
records.
(7) Review of Proper Guidance Materials. Each managing specialist will review the
applicable guidance and reference materials that the designee used to conduct a practical test or
proficiency check. The managing specialist will look to see that the designee is using the most
current and correct documents for the specific test or check conducted. This includes, but is not
limited to:
•
•
•
•
•
Practical Test Standards (PTS)/Airman Certification Standards (ACS);
FAA Order 8000.95, Designee Management Policy;
FAA Order 8900.1;
FAA Handbooks; and
Advisory Circulars (AC).
(8) Evaluate the Plan of Action. Each managing specialist will evaluate the designee’s
plan of action. The managing specialist will look to see that it meets the requirements outlined in
Order 8900.1, as well as to see that the designee alters their plan of action and is not using the
same plan of action for each test or check that they administer.
(9) Record Feedback. Each managing specialist will record in DMS any information that
has been received from outside sources regarding the performance of their designee. This may be
positive or negative feedback, and may come from another FAA employee, or may come from
someone outside the FAA. If any followup action is required, and what that action should be,
will be determined by the managing specialist.
3-45
09/21/23
8000.95C
(10) Annual Meeting. Each managing FAA office will record the attendance at the annual
meeting of each of their designees.
(11) Special Emphasis Items. Each managing specialist will record in DMS the completion
of any special emphasis item(s). These activities are not routine surveillance or management of
designees, but will be directed by the NPO. Specific instructions for recording this activity will
be provided.
c. Additional Inspections.
(1) In addition to the required activity listed above, the managing office may conduct
additional inspections as they deem necessary. The objectives of the inspections may include:
(a) To conduct additional direct observations.
(b) Confirmation that the designee has appropriate FAA references available.
(c) Evaluation of adequacy of facilities.
(d) Verification of maintenance of minimum qualifications.
(e) Analysis of pass/fail rates.
(f) Verification of access to technology for IACRA processing.
(g) Identification of risks or hazards.
(h) Other areas deemed necessary by the managing specialist.
(2) Certain designee performance factors may prompt additional inspections. These
issues may be indicative of underlying safety risks that require timely FAA attention. The
performance factors include:
(a) A pass rate of 90 percent or higher.
(b) Discovery that the designee tested a student trained by the designee without
written approval from the managing office.
(c) Ten percent or more of airman files were returned to the designee for correction.
(d) Valid public complaints about the designee or designees involved in an accident,
incident, or violation.
Note: Managing specialists, in consultation with their management, may use
their discretion and judgment in the kind and frequency of monitoring and
inspections of their individual examiners. For example, a managing specialist
should consider the difference between a pass rate exceeding 90 percent for a
designee that has conducted very few practical tests, and a pass rate exceeding
90 percent for a high activity designee. Similarly, if a designee’s error rate is
3-46
09/21/23
8000.95C
above 10 percent, the managing specialist should consider whether the designee
has conducted very few practical tests or is considered high activity. Also, in a
case where a designee may have an excellent record for serving the public, and
one applicant files a complaint, the managing specialist may want to discuss the
complaint with the designee, but the depth and detail of the monitoring,
inspection, and oversight may not have to be significant. Again, we expect
managing specialists to use their discretion and judgment and be professional.
d. Outcomes of Oversight Activities. For all oversight activities, the managing specialist
or ASI selects from three performance measure categories: Satisfactory, Needs Improvement, or
Unsatisfactory. If the designee’s oversight outcome results in “Needs Improvement” or
“Unsatisfactory,” the managing specialist must enter descriptive text in the appropriate
performance measure category(ies).
(1) Followup Action. If the designee’s oversight outcome results in “Needs
Improvement” or “Unsatisfactory,” then appropriate followup action(s) must be determined and
recorded in DMS. These actions may include any of the following:
(a) Counseling. As conditions warrant, the FAA will provide direct guidance and
counseling to designees.
(b) Additional training. It may be necessary for the designee to receive additional
training. This may include taking the initial designee course, going to a refresher course, or
training provided by the managing specialist or another ASI.
(c) Suspension. The most common reason for a suspension is when the designee has
not been following certification policy.
(d) Termination. If counseling or suspension does not correct a deficiency in designee
performance, termination of the designation must be initiated. Immediate termination may also
be appropriate when a designee knowingly acts contrary to and/or deliberately disregards FAA
policy.
Note: A result of unsatisfactory for an oversight activity does not require
suspension or termination provided that the issue is immediately corrected. If the
unsatisfactory event cannot be corrected, then suspension or termination may be
warranted.
(2) FAA Actions to Address Regulatory or Statutory Noncompliance. In the event that
inappropriate actions by a designee require action against the designee’s pilot and/or flight
instructor certificate(s), the managing specialist should refer to FAA Order 8900.1, Volume 14,
Compliance and Enforcement, and FAA Order 2150.3, FAA Compliance and Enforcement
Program, for the correct procedures and to determine action choice(s). Actions taken under the
Compliance Program may range from counseling to revocation of airman certificates. Note that
revocation is necessitated, in most cases, by fraudulent certifications performed by the designee.
In the most egregious cases, criminal charges may be levied under Title 18 of the United States
Code (18 U.S.C.) § 1001, which may lead to imprisonment.
3-47
09/21/23
8000.95C
(3) Special Emphasis Evaluation of Designees (SEED). AFS-600 will notify the
designee’s managing office whenever the division becomes aware of an issue through a SEED
inspection or by other means that could require a designee to be suspended or terminated. The
managing office is responsible to process the suspension or termination. In the event AFS-600
and the managing office disagree on the termination of a designee, AFS-600 will make the final
determination.
e. OPE. The OPE is a consolidated review of oversight activities and other data available
outside of DMS (e.g., SPAS, EIS, AIDS, etc.) on a reoccurring basis. The OPE results in an
overall rating for the performance period and considers risk-based elements. The objectives of
the OPE are for the managing specialist to:
(1) Identify performance trends that are:
•
•
•
Specific to the designee;
Local in nature as compared to designees similar in authority locally; and
National in nature as compared to designees similar in authority nationwide.
(2) Determine if corrective action is needed.
(3) Conduct a risk assessment of the designee.
(4) Review all data for the current performance evaluation period.
(5) Determine performance result. See Volume 1.
(6) Counseling. See Volume 1.
(7) Additional Training. See Volume 1.
4. Designee Management Functions.
a. Expand Authorities and/or Change Limitations. See Volume 1 and Volume 3,
Chapter 3.
b. Reduce Authority. See Volume 1.
c. Record Note. See Volume 1.
d. Send Message to Designee. The managing specialist is able to transmit messages and
notifications through DMS, such as changes in the PTS/ACS, regulations, upcoming meetings,
and other communications, as may be necessary.
e. Record Feedback of Interaction With a Designee. See Volume 1.
3-48
09/21/23
8000.95C
f. Preapproval.
(1) Ensure designees understand that they must obtain preapproval in order to perform
functions on behalf of the FAA. The managing specialist will issue any special instructions to the
designee during the preapproval process. Preapproval requires the designee to request and
receive approval to conduct authorized activity at least 24 hours prior to commencing that
activity on behalf of the FAA. DMS will notify the managing specialist through the DMS
message center any time a designee submits a preapproval less than 24 hours in advance.
Preapprovals may be authorized through two methods: manual and automatic.
(a) Manual Preapproval. Manual preapproval requires the managing specialist to
review the designee’s request for activity and approve it in DMS. This allows the managing
specialist to stay informed of the designee’s activities and the nature of the certification activity
involved. It provides a means of managing a designee’s activity and ensuring only those
activities that the managing office chooses to delegate are accomplished by the designee.
(b) Automatic Preapproval. Automatic preapproval allows the managing specialist to
set the DMS function to automatically approve an activity request by a specific designee. This
feature provides the managing specialist with a flexible option to provide preapproval and
continue to manage a designee’s activity. Automatic preapproval will only be used when the
designee’s performance remains acceptable and analysis indicates that the type of certification
activity requested presents an acceptable risk. Automatic preapprovals must not be granted to a
designee during the first 30 days of appointment.
Note: The managing specialist will determine to grant manual or automatic
preapproval separately for each of the designee’s authorizations. For example, if a
managing specialist is concerned about performance by the designee of one or
two of their authorizations, the managing specialist may elect to keep those
authorizations on manual approval while granting automatic approval for the rest
of the authorizations.
(2) DMS allows the designee to change or cancel a preapproval request.
(3) For DPEs, Admin PEs, and SAEs, each certification activity must be approved before
the designee can perform any function for the FAA.
(4) Designee activity. It is the FAA’s intention that designees perform their authorized
function(s) within the managing office’s area of responsibility. However, a designee may
perform activities outside the area of responsibility as long as the FAA’s ability to oversee the
designee is maintained. The designee shall utilize DMS preapproval process for all preapproval
requests.
(a) Designee activity outside the United States. Designees are not allowed to conduct
activities outside the United States and its territories.
3-49
09/21/23
8000.95C
(b) Temporary transfer. When designees work outside their local area in excess of
6 calendar-months, the managing specialist should consider a temporary transfer of supervisory
and monitoring responsibilities to the appropriate geographic office where the activity is located.
This transfer will require coordination and concurrence between both managing offices. The
office handing off the designee to the temporary geographic office will reassign the designee in
DMS to the new managing specialist at the temporary geographic location. The new managing
office will be responsible for all oversight responsibilities while the designee is temporarily
under their supervision.
g. Post-Activity Reports. DPE, Admin PEs, and SAEs are required to complete
post-activity reports in DMS after performing certification functions.
(1) Post-activity reports provide the managing specialist with a record of the activity for
that designee. These reports can aid in planning an appropriate level of oversight of the designee.
(2) If the designees have post-activity reports that have passed the requisite
7 calendar-day submission deadline, DMS will not grant another preapproval number until all
outstanding post-activity reports have been submitted.
(3) If a designee is terminated or suspended, data can still be entered into a post-activity
report in DMS.
3-50
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 7. Training
1. Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the training of DPEs, Admin PEs, and
SAEs, referred to collectively in this chapter as designees. This chapter also provides training
policy for FAA personnel with designee-related responsibilities. This designation type-specific
policy and Volume 1 constitute the overall policy for the training of designees and FAA
personnel.
2. General.
a. Overview. This chapter prescribes the initial and recurrent training requirements for
DPEs, SAEs, Admin PEs, and FAA personnel, including managing specialists, with designee
management and oversight responsibilities. Applicants and designees register for training
through the Designee Registration System (DRS). Information regarding designee
standardization training is available at the DRS website at
https://av-info.faa.gov/dsgreg/sections.aspx.
b. Documentation. Successful completion of the initial and recurrent training is
documented in DMS. The managing specialist updates the training dates in DMS, and may
upload a copy of the training certificate. Designees who have attended initial or recurrent
training should send a copy of their training certificate to their managing specialist through the
DMS message center.
3. Designee Training Requirements.
a. Initial Training.
(1) Before appointment, designee applicants must satisfactorily complete the initial
training program for the designee type and authority for which they are being considered for
appointment. The initial training will be conducted by online web-based training, face-to-face
classroom training, or both depending on the authorized functions the prospective designees are
seeking. The initial training requirements for each designee type are:
Table 3-10. Initial Training Requirements for Each Designee
Designee Type
DPE and SAE performing flight
tests in aircraft or FSTD
Admin PE (ACR-141, ACR-FIRC)
DPE and SAE with Administrative
Authorization(s)
DPE and SAE with Pilot
Proficiency Examiner
Authorization(s)
SAE with FE Authorization(s)
DPE and SAE with SMFT
Authorization
Initial Training Requirement
Initial Designated Pilot Examiner, Part 1 (Online) and Part 2
Web-Based Administrative DPE Training
Web-Based Administrative DPE Training
Initial Designated Pilot Examiner, Part 1 (Online) and Part 2
Initial Training Conducted by the Managing FAA Office
Initial Training Conducted by the Managing FAA Office
3-51
09/21/23
8000.95C
(2) Each designee must successfully complete the Initial Designated Pilot Examiner
training requirements within 1 year before initial designation. DPE and SAE applicants shall not
attend initial training until they have been notified by the appointing FAA office that they have
been selected for appointment. Once selected for appointment, DPE and SAE applicants will be
eligible to enroll for training in the Designee Registration System.
b. Recurrent Training.
(1) Once a designee is appointed, attendance and successful completion of a recurrent
training seminar is due on an established seminar interval based on the completion date of the
initial standardization seminar or the most recent recurrent seminar, required of that specific
designation type or authorization. Recurrent training requirements and the maximum recurrent
completion interval in calendar-months are:
Designee Type
DPE and SAE Performing Flight Tests in an
Aircraft or FSTD
Admin PE (ACR-141, ACR-FIRC)
Recurrent Training Requirement
24 calendar-months—Recurrent Designated Pilot
Examiner Course
24 calendar-months—Web-Based Administrative DPE
Training (Online)
DPE or SAE With Administrative Authorization(s) 24 calendar-months—Web-Based Administrative DPE
Training (Online)
DPE or SAE With Pilot Proficiency Examiner
24 calendar-months—Recurrent Designated Pilot
Authorization(s)
Examiner Course
SAE With FE Authorization(s)
24 calendar-months-Recurrent training conducted by
the managing FAA office
DPE or SAE with SPE Authorizations
24 calendar-months—Recurrent SPE Seminar (Online)
DPE and SAE with SMFT Authorization
24 calendar-months—Recurrent training conducted by
the managing FAA office
(2) Completion of recurrent training is mandatory and must not exceed the maximum
interval listed for each designee type and authorization held. For DPEs, Admin PEs, and SAEs, it
should be noted that different authorizations may require different recurrent training, and those
recurrent training intervals are not required to be on the same schedule.
(3) Designees must schedule themselves for a recurrent training seminar as required and
notify the managing FAA office. The designee must forward a copy of the Certificate of
Completion to the managing FAA office.
(4) DPEs and SAEs (performing flight tests in an aircraft or FSTD) may complete the
Initial Designated Pilot Examiner Standardization Seminar (Parts 1 and 2) in lieu of the recurrent
training to meet the recurrent training requirements.
Note: A designee may attend recurrent training one calendar-month prior to the
established seminar due date. Early training attendance will not change the
established due date of that specific designation type or authorization. If a
designee attends recurrent training early, the MS must include “Early Training
Attendance” in the course ID.
3-52
09/21/23
8000.95C
c. Post Course Test.
(1) Post course testing may be incorporated as knowledge assessments during practical
application workshop (PAW) exercises and/or presented as a standalone test following training.
The applicant/designee must complete all PAW exercises and/or take a comprehensive postcourse test that will test the applicant/designee on any or all subjects in which the class received
instruction. Some of the test questions may require knowledge beyond that encompassed by the
authorizations indicated on an individual applicant/designee’s current or proposed CLOA. The
designee candidate will receive a completion certificate only after satisfactorily completing all
required PAW exercises and assignments, or by achieving at least a 70 percent on the
post-course test (if administered).
(2) Should an applicant/designee fail to satisfactorily complete all required course
assignments or pass the post-course test after completing the training curriculum, AFS-640 will
notify the manager of the applicant/designee’s assigned FAA office. After a review of the
circumstances related to the failure, the FAA office may:
(a) For initial training, elect not to appoint the applicant, or to allow the applicant to
retake the training course. If appropriate, the FAA office will allow the applicant only one
additional attempt at successfully completing the training.
(b) For recurrent training, elect to terminate the designee for failure to complete
training requirements, or if justification is provided, allow the designee to repeat the training. If
appropriate, the FAA office will allow the designee only one additional attempt at successfully
completing the training. The designee may not exercise the privileges of their designation until
training has been successfully completed.
(c) Successful completion of all required training is a prerequisite for holding a
designation. Under most circumstances, if an applicant/designee is more than one hour late, the
AFS-640 personnel will not permit that applicant/designee to complete the training. If they arrive
in the first hour of training, the AFS-640 personnel will require the applicant/designee to make
up the missed instruction with instructor personnel outside of normal class hours. Once the
applicant/designee has accomplished this, they will take the final examination with the class.
Designees or applicants will be marked as absent after 15 minutes has elapsed from the
announced start time at the beginning of each day, or after the announced start time following a
scheduled break. An applicant/designee marked as absent twice in the same class will not receive
credit for the training, and will not be allowed to complete the final examination with the class.
d. Specialized Training. DPE, SAE, andAdmin PEs who perform one or more specialized
function(s) must complete the associated specialized training course prior to initial appointment,
adding the authority, and at the recurrent interval specified regardless of any other initial or
recurrent training requirement. A complete list of DPE/Admin PE specialized functions and the
associated training requirements are available on the DRS website.
e. Training Limitations.
(1) Managing specialists will suspend designees who fail to successfully complete
required training within the specified timeframe.
3-53
09/21/23
8000.95C
(2) A designee will not exercise designation privileges unless all required training is
current.
(3) DMS will automatically provide notices of training due dates.
Note: A designee that conducted activities with expired training must remain in
a suspended status until the managing office conducts an investigation. The
investigation must include a thorough review of the activities during this time,
and a determination must be made if reduced authority or termination of
designation is warranted. The investigation and associated steps taken must be
documented in DMS.
4. FAA Personnel Training.
a. Initial and Recurrent Training Requirements. Initial training requirements for ASIs
with managing specialist responsibilities for DPE, Admin PE, and SAE include:
(1) Completion of the GA operations ASI indoctrination courses, or equivalent.
(2) Specific courses required for designee oversight are listed in the “Inspector Training
for Designee Oversight” matrix. The training matrix is maintained on the Flight Standards
Workforce Development Division (AFB-500) website at https://my.faa.gov/org/linebusiness/avs/
offices/afx/divisions/afb/afb500.html. The training matrix is organized by designee type, and
promotes the FS philosophy that the most appropriate person (or target audience) should attend
the right training at the right time. The training coordinator can also provide access to the
training matrix and assistance on training needs assessment for ASIs assigned to designee
management.
(3) Designee-specific on-the-job training (OJT) tasks for the type of designee oversight
to be conducted.
3-54
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 8. Annual Request for Extension of a Designee’s Designation
See Volume 1.
3-55
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 9. Termination of a Designation
1. Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to termination of a DPE, SAE, or
Admin_PE. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1 constitute the overall policy for
termination of DPEs, SAEs, and Admin-PEs.
Note: A managing office must not accept a voluntary surrender if termination for
cause is warranted.
2. General. The following items require the managing specialist to initiate termination of a
designee:
a. Any actions, at any time, by the designee that may reflect poorly on the FAA, such as
misuse of the designation or failure to maintain a reputation for integrity and dependability in the
industry and the community.
b. Any time that a reexamination of an airman under 49 U.S.C. § 44709 becomes necessary
due to an inadequate or inappropriate test performed by the designee, the managing office must
immediately suspend the designee and begin the termination process.
c. Any time that the FAA must revoke a pilot certificate or authorization improperly issued
by a designee, the managing office must immediately suspend the designee and begin the
termination process.
d. Any time an airman voluntarily surrenders or downgrades a pilot certificate or
authorization that was improperly issued by the designee, the managing office must immediately
suspend the designee and begin the termination process.
3. Termination Investigation. See Volume 1.
4. Termination for Cause Review Panel Responsibilities. See Volume 1.
5. Termination for Cause Review Panel Members. For a DPE, SAE, or Admin PE that holds
no other designations, the AO will convene a termination for cause review panel comprised of
three members:
a. The AO associated with the designation. This individual will be the panel POC.
b. An AFS-600 division representative.
c. An AFS-800 division representative.
Note: For designees with multiple designations, refer to Volume 1 for
appropriate termination for cause review panel procedures.
3-56
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 10. Suspension of a Designation
See Volume 1.
3-57
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 11. Other Designee Management Functions
1. Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to other designee management functions of
DPEs, Admin PEs, and SAEs, referred to collectively in this chapter as designees. This
designation type-specific policy and volume constitute the policy for other designee management
functions.
2. Assign DMS Roles—Master Role Assigner. For FS GA designees, the MRA is typically
the office manager or FLM. See Volume 1.
3. Send Message to Managing Specialist. See Volume 1.
4. Update Profile. Updates to certain information in the designee record, such as change in
physical address or qualifications, may affect the designation. A change of physical address may
cause the FAA to review need and ability to manage considerations. If the requested address
change is in a different managing office’s area, the FAA will make the determination if there is a
need to transfer that designee to another managing specialist closer to the designee’s new
location.
3-58
09/21/23
8000.95C
VOLUME 4. DADE DESIGNEE POLICY
Chapter 1. General Information
Section 1. Introduction
1. Purpose of This Volume. This volume supplements the common designee policy by
providing specific guidance for the administration of the Designated Aircraft Dispatcher
Examiner (DADE) designee management program not otherwise provided in detail in Volume 1,
Common Designee Policy.
2. Audience. The primary audience for this volume is DADEs, their FAA managing specialists
(MS), and FAA personnel with oversight responsibilities of designee programs, including FAA
management, operational, and administrative employees as appropriate.
3. Implementation. Compliance with this order will be achieved in accordance with the
implementation plans established by each Service/Office for their respective designee types.
Implementation will involve transition from existing management and information systems and
designee management policies to the DMS information technology (IT) tool and policy. Affected
employees and designees will be notified through directive/memo when each implementation
will begin and end, as well as when full compliance with this policy is required. FAA employee
and designee login credentials and instructions will be provided at the beginning of each
implementation. Timing for release and completion of each implementation plan will depend
upon:
a. Availability of the DMS IT tool for the respective designee type.
b. Completion of transition training in the electronic Learning Management System (eLMS)
by the MS and their respective management officials.
4. Conflicts With Other FAA Orders. The guidance in this order may conflict with that in
other FAA orders and directives. This situation may arise inadvertently or because it is
impractical to revise all orders simultaneously. Because FAA Order 8000.95, Designee
Management Policy, encompasses all aspects of designee management, this order takes
precedence over other orders containing conflicting information. If the guidance in this order
conflicts with 14 CFR, 14 CFR takes precedence. Inspectors should refer questions about such
conflicts to their immediate supervisors.
Section 2. Overview of Designee Functions
1. DADE. A DADE is an individual who is authorized by the Administrator to perform
evaluations and certification functions for Aircraft Dispatchers in accordance with 14 CFR
part 65
4-1
09/21/23
8000.95C
Section 3. Roles and Responsibilities
1. Responsibility and Authority for Policies Governing DADEs.
a. Associate Administrator for Aviation Safety (AVS-1). AVS-1 has the overall authority
for establishing policy that governs the designees managed by the various AVS S/Os. These
S/Os include FS, AIR, AAM, and AOV. The FS, AIR, AAM and AOV policy divisions are
responsible for developing policy applicable to specific designee types. FS is responsible for
developing policy specific to DADEs.
b. Air Transportation Division (AFS-200). AFS-200 provides direction and support to the
Regulatory Support Division (AFS-600) regarding the policy related to the appointment and
management of DADEs.
c. Regulatory Support Division (AFS-600). AFS-600 is responsible to develop standards,
regulations, policies, and procedures for the application, selection, appointment, oversight,
suspension, termination, training, and other management functions for all FS designees, in
coordination with AFS-200.
2. FAA Personnel Roles and Responsibilities.
a. Office Manager.
(1) Office managers are responsible for the personnel, training, and budget resources
necessary to accomplish the management and oversight of designees.
(2) Office managers should anticipate changes in personnel requirements as a result of
the “need and ability” standard discussed in Chapter 3, Selection and Evaluation of a Designee
Applicant.
(3) Office managers are responsible for continually evaluating the effectiveness of the
designee program and MSs.
(4) Office managers or their delegates serve as the master role assigner (MRA) to ensure
inspectors and supervisory staff are assigned appropriate roles within DMS to carry out assigned
duties.
b. Appointing Official (AO). “Appointment” is the action taken by the FAA to designate a
qualified individual as a representative of the Administrator. The AO of a DADE will be the
manager of the FAA office with responsibility to manage the DADE. It may also be acceptable
for a Front Line Manager (FLM) to be the AO for a DADE.
c. Selecting Official (SO). “Selection” means the identification and evaluation of qualified
designee applicants that best meet the FAA’s needs. In accordance with 14 CFR part 183, a
DADE falls under the category of Technical Personnel Examiners (TPE). Part 183, § 183.11
allows any local FS inspector to select a TPE. For a DADE, the SO is typically the FLM, but
may also be an office manager when appropriate.
4-2
09/21/23
8000.95C
d. MRA. MRAs ensure inspectors, supervisory staff, and administrative staff are assigned
appropriate roles within DMS to carry out assigned duties. MRAs are typically office managers,
but may be FLMs.
e. Managing Specialist (MS). The MS is the individual primarily responsible for the
management of a specific designee. MSs provide oversight, guidance and support to assigned
DADEs.
(1) MS Qualifications. The MS of a DADE must be an Aviation Safety Inspector—
Aircraft Dispatch (ASI-AD), commonly referred to as a dispatch inspector. An ASI-AD is not
simply an ASI who holds an Aircraft Dispatcher Certificate. ASI-AD is a specific U.S. Office of
Personnel Management (OPM) position description (PD). An ASI is not considered to be an
ASI-AD unless specifically designated as such in an official OPM PD. The PD for an ASI-AD is
contained in Human Resource Policy Manual (HRPM) Volume 1, Policy Chapter Supplement
EMP-1.7e (1825AD), FAA Specific Qualifications Guidance for 1825 Aviation Safety
Inspectors – Aircraft Dispatch.
(2) Knowledge of 14 CFR. The MS must be knowledgeable of 14 CFR parts 1, 61, 65,
91, 110, 117, 119, 121, and 183, and the requirements set forth in this order.
(3) Training. The MS of a DADE must successfully complete FAA Academy course
Aircraft Dispatcher Functions for ASIs. This course provides specific training on the
administration of the Aircraft Dispatcher practical test and the management of a DADE.
f. Proxy. The proxy function allows an office to assign a surrogate or backup in DMS to a
person holding a primary DMS role for offices with a large number of designees or for when the
person holding the primary role will be unavailable.
(1) Proxies should meet the same qualifications required to hold the primary role.
(2) Proxies may be assigned for a defined amount of time or indefinitely.
(3) Only the AO, SO, and MS roles may be proxied.
(4) An AO or SO may have only one proxy. Only an AO may assign an AO proxy. Only
an AO or SO may assign a SO proxy.
(5) Each designee may have only one MS and up to three MS proxies. An AO, SO, and
the MS who will be proxied may assign an MS proxy.
proxy.
(6) Proxy candidates must accept the proxy request in DMS in order to be assigned a
(7) Primary role holders and proxies should coordinate designee-related activities outside
of DMS to prevent duplicate efforts or entries in DMS.
4-3
09/21/23
8000.95C
g. Aviation Safety Inspector (ASI). In addition to the roles listed above, any ASI may
access DMS to record specific oversight and other activities using the ASI role in DMS.
h. Reporting. The reporting role allows the user to access DMS reports to view designee
data and assess risk.
i. Office Administrator (OA). The OA role allows certain FAA administrative office
personnel limited MS functionality to submit administrative DMS entries such as training and
meetings. The OA is typically an aviation safety assistant (ASA) or aviation safety technician
(AST), but may also be an ASI.
4-4
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 2. Application Process
1. Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the application process for an individual
applying to be a DADE designee. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1 constitute
the overall policy for the application process for a DADE applicant.
2. General.
a. Application Process. The DADE applicant must:
(1) Complete an application in DMS;
and
(2) Upload a current résumé and/or supplemental information sheet (available in DMS);
(3) Upload at least two letters of recommendation attesting to the professional
qualifications of the applicant.
(4) Enter their FAA tracking number (FTN). DADE applicants must enter their FTN as
part of their application in DMS. The FTN is an essential link between DMS and the Integrated
Airman Certification and Rating Application (IACRA) that verifies designee authorizations and
allows activity and certification records to align between systems. Applicants can locate their
FTN by logging into IACRA.
b. Application Considerations. The managing office will review DADE minimum
qualifications and competitive differentiators when considering an applicant for possible
selection and appointment as a DADE.
c. Multiple Designations. The FAA may designate an airman to perform multiple
certification services as a designee. In addition, a designee may be designated to hold more than
one type of designation. For DADE applicants, consideration should be given to the effect of
multiple designations on the ability of the DADE to perform functions appropriately.
3. Minimum Qualifications for DADEs. Applicants for initial DADE appointment must have
experience working in an operational control environment and must be in a position to stay up to
date with FAA-approved industry practices and the evolving regulatory environment as a
condition of continued appointment. The applicant must hold an Aircraft Dispatcher Certificate
that was issued no less than 3 years prior to their application as a DADE. In addition, the
candidate must meet any one of the following criteria:
a. Have a total of at least 2 of the last 3 years’ experience as a current and qualified Aircraft
Dispatcher for an air carrier certificate holder conducting part 121 domestic and/or flag
operations.
b. Have a total of at least 3 of the last 4 years’ experience having responsibility for
operational control for an air carrier certificate holder conducting part 121 supplemental
operations.
4-5
09/21/23
8000.95C
c. Have at least 2 of the last 5 years employed by the FAA as an ASI-AD.
d. Have at least 5 years of experience, without recency, as a current and qualified Aircraft
Dispatcher for an air carrier certificate holder conducting part 121 domestic and/or flag
operations, and currently performing technical functions in a dispatch or operational
control-related field that supports part 121 operations. For the purposes of this chapter, dispatch
or operational control functions include the following:
(1) Actively employed as an air traffic coordinator working in the dispatch center or
Operations Control Center (OCC) of an air carrier certificate holder conducting part 121
domestic and/or flag operations;
(2) Actively employed in a dispatch or operational control management position by an air
carrier certificate holder conducting part 121 operations;
(3) Actively working as an instructor who administers part 121 regulatory training to
Aircraft Dispatchers; and
(4) Actively employed as a dispatch subject matter expert (SME) for the purposes of
developing dispatch and operational control procedures for an air carrier certificate holder that
conducts part 121 operations.
e. Have an excellent record as an airman regarding history of compliance actions,
violations, accidents, and incidents. The MS must verify the airman information through the
FAA’s recordkeeping systems before scheduling any training or qualification observations.
4. Competitive Differentiators. Practical experience that enhances the applicant’s
competitiveness appointment as a DADE are referred to as competitive differentiators. Having
competitive differentiators does not guarantee appointment as a DADE. The competitive
differentiators for a DADE are:
a. Prior experience as a DADE.
b. Prior experience as an FAA ASI-AD.
c. Appointed as an FAA designee other than a DADE.
d. Performed duties of an air transportation supervisor (ATS) (administering competence
checks in accordance with part 121 training requirements).
e. Currently employed as an Aircraft Dispatcher by an air carrier certificate holder
conducting part 121 domestic and/or flag operations.
f. Currently employed as a person authorized to exercise operational control and conduct
flight planning and flight release activities for an air carrier certificate holder conducting part 121
supplemental operations.
4-6
09/21/23
8000.95C
g. Served as supervisor or manager of Aircraft Dispatchers for a certificate holder
conducting part 121 domestic or flag operations.
h. Served as an Aircraft Dispatcher instructor for a certificate holder conducting part 121
domestic or flag operations.
i. Served as an air traffic control (ATC) coordinator in the OCC of a certificate holder
conducting part 121 domestic or flag operations.
j. Recent (last 5 years) experience dispatching airplanes in extended overwater operations.
k. Recent (last 5 years) experience dispatching airplanes in Extended Operations (ETOPS).
l. Recent (last 5 years) experience dispatching airplanes in high terrain (driftdown
environment) operations.
m. Currently working in an environment that allows a continuing opportunity to remain
professionally current with evolving regulations, technology, and FAA-approved programs.
n. Served as a dispatch standards or procedures developer for an air carrier certificate holder
conducting part 121 domestic or flag operations.
o. Holds additional airman certificates other than Aircraft Dispatcher.
p. An active member of an Aircraft Dispatcher professional organization such as the Airline
Dispatchers Federation (ADF) or the International Federation of Airline Dispatchers
Associations (IFALDA).
q. Worked as an instructor at an FAA-approved Aircraft Dispatcher certification course.
r. Served as a United States Air Force (USAF) flight manager.
5. Disqualifiers. See Volume 1.
6. Privilege, Not a Right. See Volume 1.
7. Post-Application. See Volume 1.
4-7
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 3. Selection and Evaluation of a Designee Applicant
1. Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the selection and evaluation of DADE
applicants. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1 constitute the overall policy for
the selection and evaluation of a DADE applicant.
2. General.
a. Selection Process. The selection process for a DADE applicant is initiated after the
designee applicant completes the DMS application. The SO then initiates the selection process
through DMS. Below is a high-level representation of the selection flow.
Figure 4-1. High-Level Selection Process Flow
determines
if minimum
qualifications
are met
Selecting official
completes need
and ability
Evaluation panel completes
applicant evaluation
and makes recommendation
to appointing official
b. Selection Considerations.
(1) Candidates must complete an application in DMS.
(2) The evaluation panel assesses each applicant’s background, knowledge, and
experience through:
(a) A thorough review of the application;
(b) Consultation with others who are familiar with the applicant; and
(c) Contacting references provided by the applicant.
3. Need and Ability to Manage. The managing FAA office, within its sole discretion,
determines the need for, and ability to manage, a DADE.
a. Need Considerations. The need for a DADE is driven by the certification needs of the
public. The impact to existing DADEs or desires of individuals to become DADEs will not be a
factor in determining need. Each Flight Standards office has overall responsibility to ensure the
certification needs of the public within its area of responsibility are met. This includes ensuring
that adequate FAA personnel and/or designees are available to conduct certification activities in
the area. Examples of what constitutes a need for a DADE are as follows:
(1) The managing FAA office cannot support the certification work and needs of the
public with existing DADEs.
(2) The office no longer has the ability to provide examinations within a reasonable
period of time.
4-8
09/21/23
8000.95C
(3) There are documented public complaints regarding long waiting periods for testing.
(4) The activity in the managing office has increased or is forecasted to increase, and
cannot be supported with existing DADEs.
(5) The unavailability of an existing DADE.
(6) An event triggering a need for increased Aircraft Dispatcher certification, such as an
FAA-approved Aircraft Dispatcher certification course or a part 121 domestic and/or flag air
carrier located in, being established in, or otherwise moving to the area of responsibility of the
managing office.
b. Ability to Manage Considerations. If need for a DADE has been established, the
managing office must next determine if the office has the ability and resources to manage a
DADE. The determination must be based on criteria such as:
(1) Appropriate Technical Resources. The managing office must have the appropriate
technical resources to manage the DADE. The appropriate technical resource for managing a
DADE is an ASI-AD who is available to manage the DADE and be assigned as the MS. If there
is no ASI-AD assigned to a Flight Standards office in whose area of responsibility there is a
public need for Aircraft Dispatcher certification, the office manager should consider staffing
adjustments to include an ASI-AD who has the ability to manage the DADE. If the office has no
ASI-AD who meets the necessary criteria, then the office does not have the ability to manage a
DADE. In this case, the office manager may request the services of a DADE that is managed by
another Flight Standards office to perform Aircraft Dispatcher certification (administer the
Aircraft Dispatcher practical test and issue a Temporary Airman Certificate). Information on
DADEs performing activities outside the managing office’s area of responsibility can be found
in Chapter 6, subparagraph 12e, Designee Activity.
(2) Ability to Maintain Oversight and Conduct Surveillance. Oversight is the ongoing
task of ensuring that a designee performs within established guidelines. This is primarily
accomplished through surveillance. Therefore, the proposed MS’s current workload must permit
that individual to conduct surveillance of a DADE whenever necessary. When determining
whether or not the MS’s workload will permit adequate oversight of a DADE, the office manager
will consider the following with respect to workload:
(a) The number of air carrier certificate holders for which the MS is currently
assigned oversight responsibility;
(b) The number of Aircraft Dispatcher certification courses for which the MS is the
Dispatch Course Program Manager (DCPM);
(c) The total number of designees the MS is responsible for;
(d) The estimated number of Aircraft Dispatcher practical tests the MS will be
required to observe and/or administer; and
4-9
09/21/23
8000.95C
(e) The amount of travel involved for each of the ASI-AD’s certificate management,
designee management, course oversight, and testing responsibilities.
(3) Funding. The managing office must consider the funding that could be associated
with any travel required to conduct surveillance of a DADE.
4. Solicitation of Applicants for DADE Selection. Once the need and ability to manage a
DADE are established, it is important to solicit the most qualified applicant(s) available. The
following are suggested avenues for soliciting applicants:
a. Advertise a DADE opening at an air carrier in the area that conducts part 121 operations.
b. Notify professional Aircraft Dispatcher organizations, such as the ADF.
c. Contact the Airmen Certification Branch (AFB-720) and request they run a query of all
certificated Aircraft Dispatchers located in a particular ZIP code range, city, or region.
5. Requesting Qualified Applicants in DMS.
a. List of Qualified Applicants. Once the FAA establishes the need for and ability to
manage a designee, the SO can request a list of qualified applicants from DMS. DMS will search
active applicants to identify candidates that most closely match the specified criteria.
b. Deviation from Minimum Qualifications. When an applicant in DMS does not meet a
qualification requirement, the MS may request that the SO petition AFS-600, who will
coordinate with AFS-200 for a deviation from minimum qualifications as follows:
(1) Documentation. The SO will document and communicate the circumstances and
justification for the deviation in a memo outside of DMS.
(2) Coordination. The SO must route the request to AFS-600 for concurrence external to
DMS. Deviation requests will be sent to [email protected]. If in agreement with the
recommendation, AFS-600, in coordination with AFS-200, will document the circumstances and
justification in DMS and complete the required DMS process.
Note: The purpose of a deviation is to fill a specific need that the managing
office has for which there are no qualified applicants in DMS. The expectation is
the office will appoint the applicant within 30 days of the deviation being granted.
If the applicant has not been appointed after 30 days, the process ends.
6. Evaluation.
a. Evaluation of a Designee Applicant. The FAA is required to determine if an applicant is
the best qualified for appointment as a DADE. An FAA goal is to establish a uniform designee
candidate assessment process (as much as practicable) for all designee types. When a DADE
applicant submits an application in DMS, the Flight Standards office will establish an evaluation
panel to further review and determine if each applicant is appropriately qualified.
4-10
09/21/23
8000.95C
b. Evaluation Panel. The evaluation panel must include at least two individuals:
(1) The MS who is expected to be assigned to the designee. The presumed MS will
assume the lead role during the evaluation process and coordinate the evaluation panel results in
DMS.
(2) The office manager, FLM, or another ASI-AD.
c. Evaluation Panel Checklist. For each prospective DADE candidate, the evaluation
panel will complete the following checklist:
(1) Review the DADE application, resume, and/or supplemental information sheet.
Whenever possible, verify employment history and ensure there is nothing negative in the history
that could call into question the applicant’s qualifications and overall desirability as a candidate.
(2) Verify the minimum qualifications have been met.
(3) Verify the applicant possesses the appropriate airman certificate.
(4) Review the applicant’s competitive differentiators.
(5) Review the letters of recommendation submitted by the applicant.
(6) Contact references as necessary;
(7) Verify any other FAA designee appointments held by the applicant.
(8) Review relevant information from the following FAA databases to determine the
candidate’s aviation background and any issues which may have an adverse effect on the
candidate’s application:
(a) DMS;
(b) Safety Performance Analysis System (SPAS);
(c) Accident Incident Data System (AIDS);
(d) Enforcement Information System (EIS);
(e) National Program Tracking and Reporting Subsystem (NPTRS); and
(f) Safety Assurance System (SAS).
(9) Interview the applicant(s).
(a) Select applicant(s) to interview. The evaluation panel will select up to three of the
most qualified applicants to interview while considering each applicant’s availability to
administer Aircraft Dispatcher practical tests. If an applicant’s availability to administer tests
does not meet the demand for testing, the presumed MS should solicit additional applicants. In
4-11
09/21/23
8000.95C
the case where the need has been established for more than one DADE, the evaluation panel may
select up to three candidates to interview per DADE needed.
(b) Conduct the interview(s). The evaluation panel will interview the DADE
applicant(s). During the interview, the presumed MS will ask pointed questions about the
applicant’s experience and background as well as technical expertise regarding the requirements
of part 65 subpart C, part 121 appendix A, and the current edition of the Aircraft Dispatcher
practical test standards (PTS) or Airman Certification Standards (ACS).
(c) After the interview. After completing an interview, the evaluation panel will meet
to discuss the applicant’s ability to answer technical questions, as well as the applicant’s overall
adequacy as a DADE candidate. When considering an applicant, the evaluation panel will take
into account any of the applicant’s past performance (both negative and positive) in the aviation
industry, as an FAA designee, or as a former FAA employee.
d. Evaluation Panel Tasks. In addition to the items listed above, the evaluation panel must
ensure the DADE applicant has completed the following activities prior to designation:
(1) Training. In accordance with guidelines provided in Chapter 7, Training, the
presumed MS will conduct initial training for each DADE candidate. Prior to appointing the
candidate as a DADE, the MS must evaluate the candidate’s knowledge of the training and verify
that they understand their duties and responsibilities. If the MS is unable to verify the candidate’s
knowledge, or otherwise determines that the expected level of knowledge and understanding has
not been achieved, the MS must either provide the candidate with additional training or reject the
candidate.
(2) Qualification. Once a DADE candidate satisfactorily completes initial training, the
candidate must be observed administering an Aircraft Dispatcher practical test in accordance
with the Aircraft Dispatcher PTS or ACS to an applicant for an Aircraft Dispatcher Certificate
(see Chapter 6, Oversight and Management of a Designee). The MS must evaluate the DADE
candidate’s overall performance. The DADE candidate does not have the authority to issue a
Temporary Airman Certificate or Notice of Disapproval (as appropriate) to the applicant;
however, the MS may allow the candidate to fill out the appropriate paperwork while the MS
observes. The MS makes the final determination as to whether or not the applicant for the
Aircraft Dispatcher Certificate passed or failed the test. The MS will sign the Temporary Airman
Certificate or Notice of Disapproval, as appropriate, and issue it to the applicant. During the
qualification phase, the DADE candidate may not charge a fee for administering the test.
e. Evaluation Panel Outcomes. At the conclusion of the evaluation events, the evaluation
panel will make a recommendation in DMS to the SO whether to appoint the applicant or not and
indicate any limitations that should be listed on the CLOA. There are two appointment
recommendation types:
(1) Approve. The evaluation panel recommends appointment and now must:
(a) Identify any recommended limitations.
(b) Prepare the recommendation for review by the SO and AO.
4-12
09/21/23
8000.95C
(2) Disapprove. If the evaluation panel recommends disapproval, justification must be
provided in DMS.
f. SO Actions. The SO will select the most qualified applicant based on the
recommendations of the evaluation panel. The SO may accept or reject the evaluation panel
recommendation(s).
4-13
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 4. Designee Appointment
1. Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the appointment of a DADE. This
designation type-specific policy and Volume 1 constitute the overall policy for the appointment
of a DADE.
2. General.
a. Appointment Process Flow. Below is a high-level representation of the designee
appointment process.
Figure 4-2. High-Level Appointment Process Flow
panel and
selecting official make
recommendation
regarding appointment
I
I
..
,.
Appointing official
accepts or rejects
recommendations
in DMS
I
I
..,.
1) DMS notifies applicant of
appointment or denial
2) If appointment is recommended,
DMS generates CLOA
b. Appointment Checklist. The evaluation panel recommends appropriate privileges and
limitations in the CLOA based on:
(1) The applicant’s background experience;
(2) The applicant’s personal and professional qualifications; and
(3) The needs of the appointing office.
c. AO Actions. The AO may accept or reject the evaluation panel and SO
recommendations.
3. Designee Number. See Volume 1.
4. CLOA. See Volume 1.
5. CLOA Expiration Date. Upon designee appointment, DMS will generate a CLOA with an
expiration date on the last day of the 12th month following the CLOA’s approval date. DMS will
continue to extend the expiration date for 12 months annually subject to the following
conditions:
a. Designee Completes DMS Action Item. The designee must complete the action item in
DMS within 60 calendar-days of expiration.
b. Designee Maintains Qualifications. The DADE must continue to meet the minimum
qualifications listed in chapter 2, paragraph 3 of this volume.
c. Length of Appointment. The designee may serve at the discretion of the Administrator
until their designation is terminated in DMS.
4-14
09/21/23
8000.95C
6. Reinstatement. A former DADE who was terminated “not for cause” may apply for
reinstatement up to 12 calendar-months after termination only for the managing Flight Standards
office where last assigned. The former DADE must:
a. Have a prior record in DMS; and
b. Continue to meet all requirements for issuance of the designation.
7. Reinstatement Process. Once the Flight Standards office determines the former designee is
still competent to perform authorized activities, the CLOA is reissued with the original
designation number used for reinstatement.
8. Relocation. A DADE who relocates outside the area of responsibility of the managing office
is not guaranteed continued appointment. A DADE’s appointment will only be continued if the
managing office is able to continue effectively managing the DADE once relocated. In some
cases, the managing office may transfer responsibility of the DADE to the responsible Flight
Standards office for the area to which the DADE is relocating. However, this type of transfer is
contingent upon the responsible Flight Standards office’s need and ability to manage the DADE.
Otherwise, the managing office will terminate the designation in accordance with Chapter 9,
Termination of a Designation, as it relates to “Termination Not for Cause,” since relocation is
not a product of poor performance.
4-15
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 5. Responsibilities and Obligations of a Designee
1. Purpose. This chapter describes the common policy associated with the responsibilities and
obligations of a DADE. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1 constitute the
overall policy for the responsibilities and obligations of a DADE.
2. DADE Responsibilities. In addition to the responsibilities listed in Volume 1 of this order,
DADEs must:
a. Represent the FAA Positively. A DADE must represent the Administrator in a manner
that reflects positively on the FAA.
b. Honor Appointments. A DADE should honor appointments made with the public and
with the FAA and be as prompt as possible.
c. Give Undivided Attention to the Applicant. A DADE must give undivided attention to
the applicant throughout the conduct of the test. Do not leave the applicant unattended.
d. Keep Discussion Private and Confidential. A DADE must ensure that discussion with
the applicant following the conduct of the Aircraft Dispatcher practical test is private and
confidential.
e. Maintain a High Degree of Knowledge and Skill. A DADE must maintain a high
degree of knowledge and skill in all areas and subjects set forth in 14 CFR part 65 appendix A
and the Aircraft Dispatcher PTS/ACS.
f. Follow Federal Regulations and FAA Policy. When exercising the privileges of a
DADE designation, the DADE must adhere to Federal regulations and FAA policy set forth in
FAA orders.
g. Develop a Plan of Action. A DADE must develop and use a plan of action for each
Aircraft Dispatcher practical test administered by the DADE.
h. Administer Each Practical Test in English. A DADE must conduct the Aircraft
Dispatcher practical test entirely in the English language. The use of a translator during the test is
not permitted.
i. Charge a Reasonable Fee. The DADE is responsible to charge each applicant a
reasonable fee. Prior to administering the test, a DADE must explain any fee charged and must
ensure each applicant understands the fees, including those incurred for retesting after failure.
j. Complete Administrative Functions. DADEs must complete the airman certification
forms or entries in accordance with FAA policy and regulatory requirements. The paperwork
must be accurate, complete, and timely. All certification packages must be completed via
IACRA or sent to the managing office within 7 calendar-days of completion.
k. Maintain Security of Controlled Material. Each DADE is responsible for maintaining
the security of controlled material pertaining to the issuance of the airman certificate. The DADE
4-16
09/21/23
8000.95C
must use appropriate security procedures as identified by policy and by the MS. At a minimum,
DADEs shall ensure adequate security of:
(1) Knowledge element questions developed for the tests;
(2) Skill element plans of action developed for the tests;
and
(3) Airman Certificate and/or Rating Applications and Temporary Airman Certificates;
(4) Applicant Personally Identifiable Information (PII).
3. DADE Limitations. DADEs must adhere to the following limitations:
a. A DADE May Not Test Applicants Who Have Not Successfully Completed an
FAA-Approved Aircraft Dispatcher Certification Course Without Prior Authorization.
(1) A DADE may not test an applicant attempting to qualify to take the Aircraft
Dispatcher practical test based on the experience outlined in part 65, § 65.57(a) without prior
authorization from the MS. The managing specialist will not authorize the DADE without first
having verified that the applicant’s documentary evidence of experience is satisfactory.
(2) All DADE authorizations to test applicants based on experience will be accomplished
in DMS. The MS will review and verify an applicant’s previous experience prior to granting
such authorization.
b. A DADE May Not Test an Applicant Who Fails to Demonstrate the Ability to Read,
Speak, Write, and Understand the English Language. DADEs will use the current edition of
Advisory Circular (AC) 60-28, FAA English Language Standard for an FAA Certificate Issued
Under 14 CFR Parts 61, 63, 65, and 107, to evaluate an applicant’s English language skills. If a
DADE has concerns about an applicant’s English language skills, the DADE may not test the
applicant. In this case, the DADE must refer the applicant to the MS for further evaluation prior
to conducting the test.
c. A DADE May Not Administer the Test to More Than One Applicant at a Time. A
DADE must not administer the Aircraft Dispatcher practical test to more than one applicant at a
time. For the purposes of this policy, “at a time” means that a DADE must initiate, conduct, and
conclude the practical test with an applicant before accepting the application and/or initiating the
test with another applicant. An Aircraft Dispatcher practical test is concluded when the DADE
issues a Temporary Airman Certificate, a Notice of Disapproval, a Letter of Discontinuance, or
for an applicant under the age of 23, completes the test and refers the applicant to the managing
office for a Letter of Aeronautical Competency.
d. A DADE May Not Administer More Than Two Practical Tests Per Day. A DADE
may not administer more than two full practical tests in a single calendar-day (i.e., midnight to
midnight). However, in the case where one or more of the tests is a partial test (e.g., due to
discontinuance or a retest), a DADE may seek permission from the MS to administer more than
two tests in a single calendar-day. Prior to granting permission, the MS will take into account
4-17
09/21/23
8000.95C
how many hours in total the DADE is estimated to spend testing applicants in a single day.
Prolonged periods of time spent administering multiple practical tests in a single day could
contribute to fatigue, which could lead to degradation of the quality of testing.
e. A DADE May Not Allow Observers During the Test. A DADE may not allow
observers while they are administering the Aircraft Dispatcher practical test, except as described
in FAA Order 8900.1, Volume 5, Chapter 5, Section 10, Part 65 Aircraft Dispatcher
Certification.
f. A DADE May Not Exempt an Applicant from any Portion of the Aircraft
Dispatcher Practical Test Requirements. DADEs must administer the Aircraft Dispatcher
practical test in accordance with the full requirements of the PTS/ACS.
g. A DADE May Not Provide Instruction to an Applicant in Combination With
Administering the Practical Test to the Applicant. A DADE may not instruct the applicant
during the test. If an applicant is unable to answer a question or successfully demonstrate a skill,
the DADE may not instruct the applicant on the correct way to answer the question or
demonstrate the skill.
h. A DADE May Not Temporarily Suspend (Discontinue) a Test to Allow the
Applicant to Study. A DADE may not discontinue a test to allow an applicant time to study. If
an applicant appears deficient in a particular task or area of knowledge, then the DADE must
treat that as unsatisfactory performance and either continue the test if it appears the applicant will
be able to pass the test overall, or fail the applicant.
i. A DADE May Not Endorse, Amend, Alter, or Issue Any Permanent Airman
Certificates. DADEs are prohibited from endorsing, amending, altering, or issuing any
permanent Aircraft Dispatcher Certificates. These actions may only be accomplished by a
qualified FAA ASI.
j. A DADE May Not Issue Any Limitation to an Aircraft Dispatcher Certificate. At no
time may a DADE issue any limitation to an Aircraft Dispatcher Certificate.
k. A DADE May Not Issue a Letter of Aeronautical Competency. A DADE may not
issue a letter of aeronautical competency. Only the managing office can issue such a letter.
l. A DADE May Not Test an Applicant Trained by the DADE, Except Under the
Following Conditions:
(1) The DADE’s CLOA specifically allows this practice. A DADE may not test an
applicant to whom the DADE has also administered training, unless specifically authorized in the
CLOA. When authorized, the MS will list the name of each FAA-approved Aircraft Dispatcher
certification course to which the authorization applies.
(2) Another instructor who holds an Aircraft Dispatcher Certificate must administer all
training in the practical dispatch applications area of knowledge. A DADE who is also an
instructor may not administer the Aircraft Dispatcher practical test to an applicant for an Aircraft
Dispatcher Certificate unless another instructor who holds an Aircraft Dispatcher Certificate has
4-18
09/21/23
8000.95C
administered the practical dispatch applications area of knowledge training required by part 65
appendix A, section VIII (including all of the topics and subtopics contained therein) and is the
recommending instructor (signs the Instructor’s Recommendation block on FAA Form 8400-3,
Application for an Airman Certificate and/or Rating).
(3) A DADE may not be the recommending instructor for an applicant to whom the
DADE administers the Aircraft Dispatcher practical test. This limitation directly corresponds to
the preceding one (subparagraph (2) above).
4. DADEs Who Own, Operate, or Provide Instruction for an FAA-Approved Aircraft
Dispatcher Certification Course. A DADE’s ownership, operation of, or employment with an
FAA-approved Aircraft Dispatcher certification course must not interfere with the DADE’s
primary responsibility, which is being a representative of the Administrator. A DADE must
always maintain impartiality and thoroughly evaluate each applicant for an Aircraft Dispatcher
Certificate to whom the DADE is administering the Aircraft Dispatcher practical test.
5. Testing. All practical tests must be conducted in accordance with the Aircraft Dispatcher
PTS/ACS. The DADE should complete preapprovals as far in advance as possible (see
Chapter 6, Oversight and Management of a Designee). See Figure 4-3, DADE Checklist, at the
end of this chapter.
6. Testing Facilities. All DADEs must have access to testing facilities that are equivalent to
those required by § 65.65 and Order 8900.1, Volume 3, Chapter 63, Section 3, Course Approval
and Management. Testing facility access is a DADE’s responsibility.
4-19
09/21/23
8000.95C
Figure 4-3. DADE Checklist
______________________________________________________________________________
Scheduling Practical Tests:
□ Schedule the practical tests with the applicant for the Aircraft Dispatcher Certificate.
□ Complete the preapproval in DMS.
Prepare written Plan of Action in accordance with PTS/ACS for each applicant.
□
______________________________________________________________________________
Applicant Eligibility:
□ Age—The minimum age to qualify to take the Aircraft Dispatcher Practical Test is 21 years old.
ADX Knowledge Test results showing satisfactory results (good for 24 calendar-months per 14 CFR
□ Original
part 65, § 65.55).
□ Complete and sign FAA Form 8400-3, Application for an Airman Certificate and/or Rating.
□ Course certificate or written statement of graduation (valid for 90 days per § 65.70).
Or
□ Meets eligibility requirements of § 65.57(a).
NOTE: Documentary evidence of eligibility must be presented to the FAA managing specialist
and permission to test must be granted by the specialist.
and be sure the applicant can read, write, speak, and understand the English language, prior to
□ Verify
administering the Aircraft Dispatcher Practical Test.
______________________________________________________________________________
When the Applicant is Under 23 Years of Age:
Prior to administering the Aircraft Dispatcher Practical Test, inform the applicant of the following:
□ The applicant is not entitled to a Temporary Airman Certificate until they reach their 23rd birthday.
FAA managing office will issue a Letter of Aeronautical Competency, in lieu of a Temporary Airman
□ The
Certificate.
FAA will not automatically issue an Aircraft Dispatcher Certificate when the applicant reaches 23 years of
□ The
age.
applicant will be required to present the Letter of Aeronautical Competency to a Flight Standards office
□ The
once the applicant has reached the age of 23.
FAA will require a positive identification check before issuing a Temporary Airman Certificate; therefore,
□ The
the applicant must bring the appropriate identification.
______________________________________________________________________________
If Applicant Passes:
□ Complete the DMS post-activity report and IACRA entries, as appropriate.
Turn in to the FAA as required:
□ FAA Form 8400-3, with source of establishing ID indicated.
□ A copy of the written statement of graduation.
□ The original ADX Knowledge Test Report.
Original, typed Temporary Airman Certificate if 23 years of age or older.
□
______________________________________________________________________________
4-20
09/21/23
8000.95C
If Applicant Fails:
□ Complete the DMS post-activity report.
ADX Knowledge Test results and the copy of the written statement of graduation to individual along
□ Return
with a copy of the Notice of Disapproval of Application.
Turn in to the FAA:
□ FAA Form 8400-3 with unsatisfactory areas noted.
Notice of Disapproval of Application and list what was unsatisfactory.
□
_____________________________________________________________________________
Retest:
□ Complete the DMS post-activity report.
Turn in to the FAA:
Form 8400-3. If re-testing less than 30 days from previous test, the form must be signed by certificated
□ FAA
Aircraft Dispatcher instructor recommending retest.
□ A copy of the written statement of graduation (valid for 90 days per § 65.70).
□ The original ADX Knowledge Test Report.
Notice of Disapproval of Application or Temporary Airman Certificate, if applicable.
□
4-21
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 6. Oversight and Management of a Designee
1. Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the oversight and management of
DADEs. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1 constitute the overall policy for the
oversight and management of a DADE.
2. General.
a. Considerations. Effective oversight of DADEs is founded on a strategy of risk
management in which safety management principles and oversight by the FAA includes a
continual process of weighing the harm potential of any hazard against the likelihood of its
occurrence and taking appropriate preventive action.
b. DADE Oversight. DADE oversight includes the comprehensive evaluation,
management, and monitoring of a DADE’s activities. Complete surveillance of a DADE
involves a group of activities designed to evaluate a DADE’s overall performance.
(1) Oversight in DMS is not tied to the CLOA expiration date. However, oversight must
be completed as prescribed in DMS.
(2) Oversight activities may be completed independently over a set period of time, or any
number of activities may be completed together.
(3) This approach to oversight was adopted to allow the MS flexibility in completing
oversight activities as the opportunity arises, and to encourage focus on the specific element
being evaluated. Designee oversight is most effective when it occurs throughout the year rather
than with an all-at-once, infrequent approach.
3. Oversight Roles.
a. Managing Office and MS.
(1) The FAA must allocate sufficient resources, including manpower and funds, to ensure
effective management and efficient oversight of any designee. Office managers continually
evaluate the effectiveness of the respective designee processes, and are responsible for prompt
response and feedback to designees.
(2) MSs are responsible for ensuring designees maintain airman certification and
checking standards as prescribed by regulation, FAA orders, the PTS or ACS, and approved
training programs. MSs must conduct an active program of meetings and oversight to achieve
this objective.
4. Oversight and DMS.
a. Designee Oversight. Designee oversight includes the managing, monitoring, and
tracking of a designee’s activities and performance. Oversight activities include those generated
in DMS and any additional oversight deemed appropriate by the MS.
4-22
09/21/23
8000.95C
b. Oversight Record. Maintaining an accurate oversight record in DMS is crucial not only
to managing individual designees, but it also allows for the identification of strengths and
weaknesses in the entire system. The MS must conduct designee performance evaluations on an
ongoing basis predicated on the outcome of oversight activities. An OPE must also be recorded
in DMS.
5. Oversight Actions.
a. Planning an Oversight Activity. In addition to guidance provided in Volume 1, the MSs
should use a risk-based analysis to determine when an oversight activity is necessary.
Circumstances that warrant an oversight activity include, but are not limited to:
(1) Oversight of designees in accordance with DMS-generated oversight activities and
additional oversight as deemed necessary;
(2) Complaints received about a designee’s conduct during certifications;
(3) Designees determined to be in the “high risk” category;
(4) Persons newly designated (inspections can occur at a higher level of frequency to
ensure compliance); and
(5) The MS identifies a deficiency during an oversight activity or performance evaluation
and determines the need for additional oversight.
b. Preparing for the Inspection. Review the following documents prior to the inspection:
(1) The designee’s record;
(2) Previous inspection reports, historic data, and DMS entries;
(3) Any correspondence between the Flight Standards office and the designee since the
last inspection;
(4) The DADE’s plan of action and the approved Aircraft Dispatcher certification course
curriculum; and
(5) The oversight activity preapproval in DMS.
c. Conducting Inspections. Although unannounced inspections are required and
appropriate under some conditions, MSs should consider conducting inspections at a time
coordinated with the DADE. Oversight plans for designees that operate around or nearly around
the clock should include inspections throughout the designee’s operating hours.
d. Job Aids. MSs should use job aids when available to assist with and standardize
inspection functions. When a job aid is not available, inspectors should use the detailed guidance
found in this order.
4-23
09/21/23
8000.95C
6. Oversight Activities. In DMS, the following oversight activities are available:
a. Direct Observation. The DADE is observed conducting a complete Aircraft Dispatcher
practical test to ensure the designee performs in accordance with regulatory requirements, FAA
policy, and applicable standards. The purpose of the observation is to evaluate the DADE’s
ability to exercise designee authority in accordance with testing requirements, and complete
appropriate documentation.
Note: Directives, guidance, and instructions related to the administration of the
Aircraft Dispatcher practical test are contained in Order 8900.1, Volume 5,
Chapter 5, Section 10. DADEs must review Volume 5, Chapter 5, Section 10,
become familiar with the content, and adhere to the requirements set forth in that
section prior to administering the Aircraft Dispatcher practical test.
(1) Initial DADE Designation and Reinstatement. The MS will observe and evaluate each
DADE candidate administering a complete Aircraft Dispatcher practical test in accordance with
the aircraft dispatcher PTS/ACS to an applicant for an Aircraft Dispatcher Certificate. The
DADE candidate does not have the authority to issue a Temporary Airman Certificate or Notice
of Disapproval (as appropriate) to the applicant; however, the MS may allow the candidate to fill
out the appropriate paperwork while the MS observes. The MS makes the final determination as
to whether the applicant for the Aircraft Dispatcher Certificate passed or failed the test. The MS
will sign the Temporary Airman Certificate or Notice of Disapproval, as appropriate, and issue it
to the applicant. During the qualification phase, the DADE candidate may not charge a fee for
administering the test.
(2) Direct Observation Frequency. DADEs will be observed at least once during each
4 calendar-quarter period. However, the MS should observe the DADE administering the
Aircraft Dispatcher practical test several times throughout the year to ensure consistency and
compliance with the Aircraft Dispatcher PTS or ACS, Federal regulations, Order 8900.1, and
this order. MSs may use the sample DADE Surveillance Checklist contained in Figure 4-4 at the
end of this chapter to ensure surveillance is thorough. DADEs who have not been observed by
the direct observation due date listed in DMS must be suspended until the direct observation is
completed.
(3) Unannounced Direct Observations. It is noted that, when the FAA plans an
observation of a practical test, an applicant’s permission is not required. Further, advance notice
to either the designee or the applicant is not required. Unannounced observations are at the
discretion of the MS and can be a useful tool in determining the quality of the designee’s work
when they are not expecting to be observed.
b. Plan of Action. The MS evaluates the DADE’s plan of action to ensure it meets policy
and regulatory requirements and that the designee appropriately alters the plan of action for each
test.
c. Guidance Materials. The MS reviews the applicable guidance and reference materials
the designee used to conduct a practical test. The MS will ensure the most current documents are
used, to include:
4-24
09/21/23
8000.95C
(1) PTS/ACS;
(2) Order 8000.95, Designee Management Policy;
(3) Order 8900.1;
(4) FAA handbooks; and
(5) ACs.
d. Annual Meeting. The MS must conduct a safety and standardization meeting and FAA
briefing for each DADE under the MS’s management at least once annually. At the discretion of
the MS, these meetings may also be held concurrently with the DADE’s annual recurrent
training. The MS will prepare an agenda for each event, including a recurrent training syllabus as
appropriate. A sample meeting agenda is depicted in Figure 4-5, Sample Annual Meeting—
Combined Safety Standardization Meeting, FAA Briefing, and Recurrent Training Agenda. If an
MS or managing office has oversight responsibility of multiple DADEs, those DADEs should
attend the annual meeting together, if possible. This helps to ensure consistency and
standardization in the DADEs’ activities on behalf of the Administrator.
e. Activity Log. The MS reviews the activity log in DMS for the previous four quarters in
order to:
(1) Evaluate whether DADE activity justifies continued need for the designation.
(2) Identify any compliance issues or other risk factors (e.g., a test taking an
unreasonable amount of time, comparing activity reported in DMS to actual training records).
f. Quality and Compliance Check.
(1) At any time, the MS may elect to issue a Temporary Airman Certificate to an
applicant for the purposes of getting direct feedback regarding the administration of the Aircraft
Dispatcher practical test by a DADE. A brief interview of an applicant regarding the DADE’s
conduct and testing methods can be used as a quality check for verifying a DADE’s continued
compliance with the PTS; the provisions, limitations, and conditions of the CLOA; as well as
FAA policies and Federal regulations.
(2) When the MS elects to issue a Temporary Airman Certificate to an applicant, they
will notify the DADE in advance. The DADE must then notify the applicant that the FAA will be
issuing the Temporary Airman Certificate.
(3) The Temporary Airman Certificate must be issued to the applicant in person.
Therefore, the MS will take the applicant’s scheduling needs into consideration prior to electing
to issue a Temporary Airman Certificate for the purposes of interviewing the applicant. An MS’s
desire to interview the applicant should not negatively impact the applicant’s ability to travel
home and/or return to work after completion of the test.
4-25
09/21/23
8000.95C
g. Interview of Recently Tested Airmen. The MS will interview an applicant for an
Aircraft Dispatcher Certificate regarding the performance of the DADE anytime the specialist
feels it’s warranted. This may be conducted as part of the quality and compliance check
described above, or as a separate activity.
h. Certification Package Review. When IACRA is not used, reviewing certification
packages provides the MS the opportunity to determine if the designee is performing the work
within the guidelines, give feedback to the designee, and gain insight into the designee’s
procedural attributes. These reviews will be recorded in DMS. Correction notices received from
the Civil Aviation Registry Division (AFB-700) will also be recorded in DMS.
i. Review Feedback. The MS records in DMS any information regarding the performance
of their designee.
j. Provide Technical Assistance. The MS will document in DMS when technical
assistance is provided to a designee. Technical assistance does not include answering a quick
question via phone or email, but consists of more indepth assistance involving research and/or
training.
k. Special Emphasis Items. Each MS will record in DMS the completion of any special
emphasis item(s). These activities are not routine surveillance or management of designees, but
will be directed by the National Policy Office (NPO). Specific instructions for recording this
activity will be provided.
l. Additional Oversight. Certain DADE performance factors warrant at least one
additional observation beyond those normally required. In some cases, multiple additional
observations may be required. The following factors could represent underlying safety risks that
warrant increased surveillance:
(1) The First Year of a DADE’s Appointment. The MS should make every effort to
observe a newly appointed DADE at least once quarterly in the first year of the DADE’s
appointment. The MS will use their discretion to determine if additional surveillance beyond
once quarterly is warranted.
(2) High-Activity DADE. A DADE is considered to have high activity when they
conduct 50 or more practical tests during a given 6-month period. For high-activity DADEs, the
MS will conduct additional observations beyond the one required annually. The recommendation
is for the MS to observe the DADE at least twice quarterly, and more often if the MS determines
it is warranted.
(3) A DADE Conducts More Than Two Aircraft Dispatcher Practical Tests in a Single
Day. Administering more than two tests per day requires permission from the MS, in accordance
with the limitations listed in Chapter 5, Responsibilities and Obligations of a Designee. MSs who
grant this permission should conduct additional surveillance to determine that the quality of
testing does not degrade due to DADE fatigue.
(4) A DADE’s Practical Test Passing Rate Exceeds 90 Percent. A passing rate in excess
of 90 percent could be an indicator of loss of impartiality or less-than-thorough evaluation and
4-26
09/21/23
8000.95C
testing methods. It could also simply mean that the DADE routinely tests students who are
knowledgeable and well prepared for the test. The MS would need to determine this through
additional surveillance.
(5) A DADE’s Certification File Error Rate Exceeds 10 Percent. Numerous errors could
be an indicator of carelessness and lack of attention to detail by the DADE. This would be a red
flag for the MS and could warrant counseling of the DADE, additional training, and/or additional
surveillance.
(6) The DADE Is the Subject of a Valid, Documented Public Complaint. The MS will
investigate all documented public complaints. Depending upon the nature of the complaint, the
MS, in coordination with office management, will determine the best course of action.
Documented public complaints typically warrant multiple additional surveillance activities. In
cases where a DADE has a well-established satisfactory record, the MS should take this into
consideration when determining the amount of additional surveillance that is required.
(7) The DADE Has Been Involved in an Accident, Incident, or a Violation of 14 CFR.
(a) Accident or Incident. The MS will determine the relevance of the accident or
incident, as it relates to the DADE’s appointment responsibilities, to determine whether
additional surveillance is warranted.
(b) Violation by the DADE of 14 CFR. Violation of Federal regulations by any
designee warrants additional surveillance and possibly more serious action, such as termination
of the designation. The MS of a DADE who has been found in violation of 14 CFR will obtain
direction from management regarding the best course of action.
(8) The DADE Tests Applicants Trained by the DADE. Additional surveillance is
warranted when a DADE tests applicant to whom the DADE has also provided instruction in
accordance with § 65.67 and part 65 appendix A. Increased surveillance can help identify
whether or not the DADE’s duties as an instructor in any way interfere with or affect the
DADE’s objectivity and overall performance as a representative of the Administrator.
Note: MSs, in consultation with their Flight Standards office management, may
use discretion and judgment in the kind and frequency of inspections of individual
DADEs. For example, if a designee’s error rate is above 10 percent, the MS
should consider whether the designee has conducted very few practical tests, or is
considered a high-activity DADE.
7. Oversight of a DADE Associated With an Aircraft Dispatcher Certification Course. A
DADE’s primary regulatory responsibility is as a representative of the Administrator. At no time
may a DADE who administers instruction at, or is an owner or operator of, an Aircraft
Dispatcher certification course allow the responsibilities associated with the course to impede or
otherwise interfere with the responsibilities associated with being a DADE and a representative
of the Administrator. During surveillance of such a DADE, the MS will verify that the DADE
understands this primary responsibility. Whenever possible, the DADE’s MS should also be the
DCPM of the Aircraft Dispatcher certification course of which the DADE is affiliated (owner,
operator, or instructor). Having oversight responsibility of both the DADE and the Aircraft
4-27
09/21/23
8000.95C
Dispatcher certification course will allow the inspector to have unfettered access to the DADE’s
testing records, as well as the course operator’s student records. Access to these types of records
is a normal function of oversight.
8. Performance Measures. For many of the oversight activities, the MS should use the
following performance measures to determine designee performance:
a. Technical. The designee demonstrates sufficient knowledge, skill, and ability to conduct
authorized tasks within established guidance and standards. The designee possesses an expert
level of knowledge and skill, understands and uses appropriate terminology, uses the correct
equipment, applies appropriate standards, and accurately interprets results.
(1) Knowledge and Understanding. Does the DADE understand the terminology
contained in FAA orders, the PTS/ACS, and other reference material used in planning,
describing, or conducting airman testing? Does the DADE demonstrate an expert level of
knowledge about aircraft operations?
(2) Equipment and Materials. Does the DADE select or use the appropriate equipment,
devices and reference material, etc., when planning or conducting tests?
(3) Interpret and Apply. Does the DADE correctly interpret and apply performance
standards as required by the authorization?
b. Procedural. The designee demonstrates the ability to complete administrative functions
correctly. The designee accurately completes and issues appropriate documentation, submits
required data, follows established procedures, and complies with all regulations, orders, and
directives.
(1) Screening Applicants. Does the DADE follow the correct procedure when accepting
applications and determining applicant eligibility?
(2) Submittal of Information and Data to the FAA. Does the DADE properly submit
information, documents, or data to the FAA when it is required by FAA orders or by specific
instructions provided by the FAA managing office?
(3) Conducting Evaluations and Tests. Does the DADE follow the correct procedure
when conducting, grading, and providing feedback to applicants during testing?
(4) Issuing Certificates, Approvals, Authorizations, or Results to the Applicant. Does the
DADE follow the correct procedure when completing and issuing certificates, approvals, test
results, or other findings to the applicant upon completion of the testing activity?
c. Professional. The designee conducts activities in an ethical, courteous, and conscientious
manner reflecting highly on the Administrator. The designee presents a cooperative attitude, and
demonstrates integrity, tact, and diplomacy when dealing with industry and the FAA. The
designee communicates effectively in a manner that reflects positively on the FAA, both orally
and written.
4-28
09/21/23
8000.95C
(1) Ethics and Judgment. Does the DADE maintain high ethical standards and
demonstrate good judgment in the conduct of authorized activities?
(2) Cooperative Attitude With the FAA. Is the DADE easy to work with and does the
DADE present a positive attitude when interacting with the FAA? Is the designee responsive and
accessible to the FAA when required?
(3) Professional Representation of the FAA to the Public and Stakeholders. Does the
DADE demonstrate a positive reflection on the FAA and a willingness to comply with FAA
policy and managing office instruction?
(4) Oral and Written Communication. Does the DADE effectively communicate either in
writing or in conversation with the FAA or general public? Does the DADE provide feedback to
the FAA with ways to improve the designee system?
9. Outcomes of Oversight Activities. For all oversight activities, the MS or ASI selects from
three performance measure categories: “Satisfactory,” “Needs Improvement,” or
“Unsatisfactory.” If the designee’s oversight outcome results in “Needs Improvement” or
“Unsatisfactory,” the MS must enter descriptive text in the appropriate performance measure
category.
a. Followup Action. If the designee’s oversight outcome results in “Needs Improvement”
or “Unsatisfactory,” then appropriate followup action(s) must be determined and recorded in
DMS. These actions may include any of the following:
(1) Counseling. As conditions warrant, the FAA will provide direct guidance and
counseling to designees.
(2) Additional Training. MSs may prescribe additional training to correct a deficiency
related to a specific event, an oversight activity, or to address specific performance issues.
(3) Suspension. The most common reason for a suspension is when the designee has not
been following certification policy.
(4) Termination. If counseling or suspension does not correct a deficiency in designee
performance, termination of the designation must be initiated. Immediate termination may also
be appropriate when a designee knowingly acts contrary to and/or deliberately disregards FAA
policy.
Note: A result of “Unsatisfactory” for an oversight activity does not require
suspension or termination, provided the issue is immediately corrected. If the
unsatisfactory event cannot be corrected, then suspension or termination may be
warranted.
b. Actions to Address Regulatory or Statutory Noncompliance. If compliance or
enforcement action is required, the MS should refer to the current editions of FAA Order 8900.1,
Volume 14, Compliance and Enforcement, and FAA Order 2150.3, FAA Compliance and
Enforcement Program, for correct procedures and to determine action choice(s).
4-29
09/21/23
8000.95C
Note: Corrective actions as defined in this policy are intended to address issues
with designee performance and are not related to corrective actions as defined in
Order 2150.3.
10. OPE. See Volume 1.
11. Designee Management Functions.
a. Record Note. Record note allows the MS to make a personal note in the DADE’s DMS
record that only the MS can view. This note does not remain a permanent part of the DADE’s
record.
b. Send Message to Designee. The MS is able to transmit messages and notifications
through DMS such as changes in the PTS/ACS, regulations, upcoming meetings, and other
communications as may be necessary.
c. Record Feedback. Record feedback allows any FAA employee with access to DMS to
record information pertaining to the designee. This may be positive or negative feedback, and
may come from sources within or outside the FAA. Followup action, if required, will be
determined by the MS.
d. Preapproval. DADEs must obtain preapproval to perform functions on behalf of the
FAA. The MS will issue any special instructions to the designee during the preapproval process.
Preapprovals may be authorized through two methods, manual or automatic.
(1) Manual Preapproval. Manual preapproval requires the MS to review each request for
activity and approve it in DMS. This allows the MS to stay informed of the DADE’s activities
and plan appropriate oversight. It provides a means for the managing office to ensure the DADE
is performing only those functions authorized in the DADE’s CLOA.
(2) Automatic Preapproval. Automatic preapproval allows the MS to set DMS to
automatically approve an activity request by a specific DADE. This feature provides the MS
with a flexible option to provide preapproval while continuing to manage the DADE’s activity.
Automatic preapproval will only be used when the designee’s performance remains acceptable
and analysis indicates that the type of activity requested presents an acceptable risk.
Note: Automatic preapprovals will not be granted to a DADE during the first
30 days of initial appointment.
(3) Preapproval Timeframe. DADEs should complete preapprovals as far in advance as
possible to allow the MS or another ASI-AD time to prepare for possible oversight. DADEs
work in a dynamic and variable environment that may require completion of a preapproval less
than 24 hours prior to the requested activity. While this may occur occasionally, consistently late
preapprovals may be an indicator of risk. MSs should closely monitor preapproval timeframes
and manage risk appropriately. MSs will receive a notification in DMS when a designee submits
a preapproval less than 24 hours prior to the requested activity.
4-30
09/21/23
8000.95C
(4) Change, Cancel or Copy Preapproval. DMS allows the designee to change, cancel or
copy a preapproval request.
e. Designee Activity. It is the FAA’s intention that DADEs perform their authorized
function(s) within the managing office’s area of responsibility. However, a DADE may perform
activities outside the area of responsibility as long as the FAA’s ability to oversee the DADE is
maintained. The DADE shall utilize the DMS preapproval process for all activity requests.
(1) Designee Activity—Domestic. When the need for airman certification exists in an
area that does not have the necessary resources for testing, such as an ASI-AD or a DADE, a
DADE may perform activities beyond the managing office’s area of responsibility. This is
allowable provided it does not negatively affect the managing office’s ability to manage the
DADE. In addition, it must not negatively impact the ability of the managing office to meet the
Aircraft Dispatcher certification needs of the public located within its area of responsibility. The
following conditions apply:
(a) The managing office must be able to maintain the ability to conduct surveillance
of the DADE while the DADE is administering the Aircraft Dispatcher practical test outside the
office’s area of responsibility, or
(b) The managing office will ensure surveillance support can be provided by the
responsible Flight Standards office for the area where the DADE will be testing. Surveillance
must be conducted by an ASI-AD.
(c) A DADE may not conduct activity outside the managing office’s area of
responsibility if there is no ability to conduct surveillance in the expanded area.
(2) Designee Activity—Outside the United States. DADEs are not currently allowed to
conduct activities outside the United States and its territories. An FAA-issued Aircraft
Dispatcher Certificate is required only for individuals dispatching flights for a U.S. air carrier
conducting part 121 domestic and/or flag operations. An FAA-issued Aircraft Dispatcher
Certificate is not required by any other type of operation or regulatory part. In the current
aviation industry environment, part 121 domestic and flag dispatch centers are located only
within the United States and its territories. Should a U.S. air carrier conducting part 121 domestic
and/or flag operations establish a dispatch center outside the United States or its territories, and
there is a need for Aircraft Dispatcher certification to support that air carrier’s dispatch center,
this limitation could be removed. The FAA has allowed for designee activity outside the United
States only when there has been a demonstrated need that such activity will serve U.S. citizens
abroad and that a Flight Standards office can properly supervise the designee’s activities. In such
cases, the FAA determines if the activity warrants support by the FAA, and is consistent with
Title 49 of the United States Code (49 U.S.C.) § 44702 and pertinent international agreements.
The FAA is also required to determine if any coordination or notification of the Civil Aviation
Authorities (CAA) is necessary. This must be accomplished through coordination with the
International Program Division (AFS-50).
(3) Impact on the Public. A DADE may not conduct activities outside the managing
office’s area of responsibility if it could negatively impact the needs of the public located there.
4-31
09/21/23
8000.95C
An example of a negative impact would be delaying or otherwise impeding the certification of
applicants for Aircraft Dispatcher Certificates within that area.
f. Post-Activity. DADEs are required to complete post-activity reports in DMS after
performing each activity. Post-activity reports provide the MS with a record of activity for each
DADE. These reports can aid in planning an appropriate level of oversight.
(1) Post-activity reports shall be completed within 7 calendar-days of the approved
activity.
(2) If a DADE does not complete a post-activity report within the requisite
7-calendar-day submission deadline, DMS will not grant another preapproval until all
outstanding post-activity reports have been completed.
(3) Access to post-activity reports will remain available to a DADE for up to
7 calendar-days after a termination, suspension, or expiration for the DADE to record any
results.
4-32
09/21/23
8000.95C
Figure 4-4. Sample Designated Aircraft Dispatcher Examiner
Surveillance Checklist
Designated Aircraft Dispatcher Examiner
NAME:
DATE:
COURSE OPERATOR:
City Pair:
Plan of Action Reviewed:
Test Start Time:
Test End Time:
FLIGHT PLAN:
The DADE has at least three flight plan scenarios and changes the information as appropriate.
The flight plan scenario time should be between 90 and 120 minutes to incorporate all the
required Practical Test Standards (PTS)/Airman Certification Standards (ACS) elements.
Aircraft performance charts and minimum equipment list (MEL) information should be
consistent with aircraft type.
KNOWLEDGE:
The DADE asks questions about items that are fair and challenging to the applicant.
The DADE asks questions that make the applicant think and apply knowledge.
The DADE does not coach the applicant.
ADMINISTRATIVE:
The DADE makes sure the applicant brings only the materials allowed by the PTS/ACS and has
no notes or other reference materials.
The DADE explains ground rules of the practical test to the applicant.
The DADE keeps track of the right and wrong answers.
The DADE’s average test time is not less than 4 hours or more than 6 hours.
OTHER:
The DADE is knowledgeable of regulatory and industry changes.
The DADE maintains good records of the candidates tested. The records must include the results
of each Aircraft Dispatcher Practical Test.
The DADE fills out forms correctly and properly briefs individuals less than 23 years of age.
NOTES:
______________________________________________________________________________
RESULTS OF SURVEILLANCE:
__________________________________________________________________________
4-33
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 7. Training
1. Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the training of DADEs and FAA
personnel. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1 constitute the overall policy for
the training of DADEs and FAA personnel.
2. General.
a. MS Actions.
(1) The MS will validate in DMS that the DADE completed all required training before
initial appointment, during each performance evaluation, and prior to the next training due date.
(2) The MS will suspend a DADE who fails to complete training and/or meeting
requirements.
b. DADE Training Considerations.
(1) DADEs may complete the initial training in lieu of the recurrent training in order to
meet the recurrent training requirements.
(2) DADEs will not exercise their authority as designees unless they satisfactorily meet
all training requirements.
c. DADE References.
•
•
•
•
Title 14 CFR Parts 1, 61, 65, 91, 110, 119, 121, and 183.
Title 49 U.S.C.
Order 8000.95, Volume 4, DADE Designee Policy.
Order 8900.1, Volume 5, Chapter 5, Section 10, Part 65 Aircraft Dispatcher
Certification.
d. DADE Materials.
(1) Materials. During training, the managing office will provide the DADE with the
current editions of the following materials, at the discretion of the MS. For those DADEs and
MSs who use IACRA, many of the materials listed below will not be necessary:
•
•
•
•
FAA Form 8060-4, Temporary Airman Certificate.
FAA Form 8060-5, Notice of Disapproval of Application.
FAA Form 8400-3, Application for an Airman Certificate and/or Rating.
Aircraft Dispatcher PTS/ACS.
(2) Access to Appropriate Information. Each DADE must have access to current versions
of 14 CFR, FAA orders, and ACs, as well as any other appropriate information determined by
the MS, that are applicable to Aircraft Dispatcher certification. DADEs must have direct access
to a computer with internet access for the purpose of obtaining this information and using DMS.
4-34
09/21/23
8000.95C
(3) Use of IACRA. The IACRA application is a web-based program that automates the
airman certification application process. The MS will determine if the use of IACRA by the
DADE is appropriate.
3. DADE Training Requirements. DADEs must complete a course of training conducted by
the FAA. MSs will ensure DADEs are trained in accordance with the requirements listed below.
All training will be recorded in DMS.
a. Initial DADE Training. The MS is responsible for providing the DADE candidate with
the initial training. Each DADE candidate must satisfactorily complete the initial training
outlined in this paragraph before exercising the privileges of their designation.
(1) At a minimum, the training must include:
(a) The DADE’s duties and responsibilities as a representative of the Administrator.
(b) The necessary application and certification forms accompanied by instructions for
completion.
(c) When used, procedures and requirements associated with IACRA.
(d) Applicable FAA regulations, policies, and guidance.
(e) The use of the current Aircraft Dispatcher PTS/ACS.
(f) The development of the plans of action required by the PTS/ACS.
(g) Policies and procedures regarding functions of a DADE.
(h) Procedures and guidance for conducting the practical test.
(i) Developing and updating test scenarios.
(j) Requirements for testing applicants under the age of 23.
(k) Foreign student applicants.
(l) How and when to forward completed application paperwork to the MS.
(m)Providing reports to the FAA regarding trends in areas of weakness demonstrated
by graduates of an Aircraft Dispatcher certification course.
Note: Reports regarding trends in areas of weakness are valuable, particularly if
graduates of the same Aircraft Dispatcher certification course demonstrate
weakness in similar areas. Such a demonstration could be an indicator to the FAA
that a course may require additional FAA surveillance. Additional surveillance
could help establish whether the areas of weakness demonstrated by multiple
graduates of the same course is a result of deficiencies contained in the course
4-35
09/21/23
8000.95C
itself, or simply the byproduct of students sharing each other’s bad habits
resulting in the same negative outcome.
(2) Validation of knowledge. Upon completion of the initial training, the MS will
validate the DADE candidate’s knowledge. Validation methods include:
(a) A written test, and
(b) An oral exam.
b. Recurrent DADE Training. The MS is responsible for providing each DADE with
annual recurrent training. Recurrent training will include at least the following topics:
(1) The DADE’s roles and responsibilities;
(2) Documentation discrepancies;
(3) Applicable changes to 14 CFR;
(4) Any updates to the Aircraft Dispatcher PTS/ACS;
(5) New FAA policies and procedures;
(6) Review of procedures and guidance for administering the practical test;
(7) Reviewing and updating test scenarios and plans of action;
(8) Providing reports regarding trends in areas of weakness demonstrated by graduates of
an Aircraft Dispatcher certification course; and
(9) Foreign student applicants.
c. Regular Safety Standardization Meetings. At least annually, the MS will conduct
regularly scheduled meetings with DADEs for the purpose of maintaining desirable standards
and effective working relationships. This meeting may be combined with recurrent FAAconducted training. See Figure 4-5 below. MSs should use professional judgment when choosing
areas of discussion. Examples of meeting topics include:
(1) Updates on administrative procedures and personnel.
(2) Updates in training programs.
(3) New testing standards or training techniques.
4-36
09/21/23
8000.95C
Figure 4-5. Sample Annual Meeting—Combined Safety Standardization Meeting,
FAA Briefing, and Recurrent Training Agenda
XYZ Flight Standards Office Annual Safety Standardization Meeting, FAA Briefing, and
Recurrent Training Agenda
1) Standardization Meeting.
a) Maintaining desirable standards and effective working relationships.
b) Updates on administrative procedures and personnel.
c) Updates in testing standards or techniques.
2) FAA Briefing.
a) Current and new policies regarding the duties and responsibilities of the DADE.
b) Review of DADE privileges.
Note: This review must include emphasis that the DADE’s authority is a
privilege and not a right. The privilege is granted by the Administrator and subject
to termination at any time for any reason at the discretion of the Administrator.
c) Review of expected conduct as a representative of the Administrator.
d) Review of past year’s performance issues (negative and positive), industry business
practice changes, as well as technology evolution.
e) Provide feedback regarding testing, administrative, and procedural issues.
3) Recurrent Training.
a) DADE roles and responsibilities.
b) Paperwork discrepancies.
c) Applicable changes to 14 CFR.
d) New FAA policies and procedures.
e) Review of procedures and guidance for administering the practical test.
f) Review and updating test scenarios.
g) Foreign student applicants.
4-37
09/21/23
8000.95C
d. Special Safety Standardization Meetings. MSs will call special meetings whenever a
significant change affects the process of FAA airman certification or other DADE functions
deemed necessary by the MS.
4. FAA Personnel Training.
a. Initial Training Requirements. Training requirements for the MSs with DADE
responsibilities include:
(1) Completion of the air carrier operations ASI indoctrination courses, or their
equivalent.
(2) Completion of the managing FAA office’s MS on-the-job training (OJT) program.
course.
(3) Completion of the appropriate FAA Academy Aircraft Dispatcher Functions for ASIs
(4) Completion of the appropriate FS designee management training courses.
b. Recurrent Training Requirements. FAA personnel with designee oversight
responsibilities should complete recurrent designee management training every 3 years.
c. Training. Specific courses required for designee oversight are listed in the “Inspector
Training for Designee Oversight” matrix. The training matrix is maintained on the Flight
Standards Workforce Development Division (AFB-500) website at https://my.faa.gov/org/
linebusiness/avs/offices/afx/divisions/afb/afb500.html. The training matrix is organized by
designee type, and promotes the FS philosophy that the most appropriate person (or target
audience) should attend the right training at the right time. The local training coordinator can
also provide access to the training matrix and assistance on training needs assessment for ASIs
assigned to designee management.
4-38
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 8. Annual Request for Extension of a Designee’s Designation
See Volume 1.
4-39
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 9. Termination of a Designation
1. Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to termination of a DADE. This
designation type-specific policy and Volume 1 constitute the overall policy for termination of
DADEs.
2. General. See Volume 1.
3. Termination Investigation. See Volume 1.
4. Termination For Cause Review Panel Responsibilities. See Volume 1.
5. Termination For Cause Review Panel Members. For a DADE that holds no other
designation(s), the AO will convene a termination for cause review panel comprising three
members:
a. The AO associated with the designation. This individual will be the panel POC;
b. An AFS-600 division representative;
c. An AFS-200 division representative.
Note: For designees with multiple designations, refer to Volume 1 for appropriate
termination for cause review panel procedures.
4-40
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 10. Suspension of a Designation
See Volume 1.
4-41
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 11. Other Designee Management Functions
1. Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to other DADE management functions.
This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1 constitute the overall policy for other
designee management functions for DADEs.
2. Assign DMS Roles.
a. General. See Volume 1.
b. MRA. The MRA is typically the office manager or FLM.
3. Send Message to MS. See Volume 1.
4. Update Profile. See Volume 1.
4-42
09/21/23
8000.95C
VOLUME 5. DME, DPRE, AND DAR-T DESIGNEE POLICY
Chapter 1. General Information
Section 1. Overview
1. Purpose of This Volume. This volume supplements the common designee policy by
providing specific guidance for the administration of the Designated Mechanic Examiner
(DME), Designated Parachute Rigger Examiner (DPRE), and Designated Airworthiness
Representative—Maintenance (DAR-T) designee management program not otherwise provided
in detail in Volume 1, Common Designee Policy.
2. Audience. The primary audience for this volume is DMEs, DPREs, DAR-Ts, FAA managing
specialists, and FAA personnel with oversight responsibilities of designee programs, including
FAA management, operational, and administrative employees as appropriate.
3. Supplemental Information. This volume is organized to provide general policy and
instructions related to DMS management. It is supplemented by DMS job aids for
designees/applicants and FAA personnel.
a. Applicant and Designee DMS Job Aid Location:
https://www.faa.gov/other_visit/aviation_industry/designees_delegations/dms/support/.
b. FAA Internal DMS Job Aid Location:
https://my.faa.gov/org/linebusiness/avs/offices/air/div_dir/air600/dms.html.
Section 2. Designee Roles & Definitions
1. Definition of Roles in Flight Standards (FS) Maintenance (DME, DPRE, DAR-T).
a. DME. The DME will be issued with at least one of the following privileges:
(1) Airframe (A). Authorized to conduct aviation mechanic airframe rating oral and
practical tests and the general oral and practical test, when required.
(2) Powerplant (P). Authorized to conduct aviation mechanic powerplant rating oral and
practical tests and the general oral and practical test, when required.
(3) Airframe and Powerplant (A&P). Authorized to conduct aviation mechanic A&P
ratings, oral and practical tests, and the general oral and practical test, when required.
b. DPRE. The DPRE will be issued with at least one of the following privileges:
(1) Seat. Authorized to conduct parachute rigger seat rating oral and practical tests.
(2) Back. Authorized to conduct parachute rigger back rating oral and practical tests.
5-1
09/21/23
8000.95C
(3) Chest. Authorized to conduct parachute rigger chest rating oral and practical tests.
(4) Lap. Authorized to conduct parachute rigger lap rating oral and practical tests.
c. DAR-T. The DAR-T will be issued with at least one of the following function codes:
Table 5-1. Standard Airworthiness Certification Function Codes
Standard Airworthiness Certification
Function
Description
Code
101
Issue recurrent Standard Airworthiness Certificates (including amended, exchanged
or replacement certificates), and special flight permits for the purposes outlined in
14 CFR §§ 21.197(a)(1)(2)(4), and 21.197(b) for U.S.-registered propeller-driven
airplanes and powered or unpowered gliders.
102
Issue recurrent Standard Airworthiness Certificates (including amended, exchanged
or replacement certificates), and special flight permits for the purposes outlined in
14 CFR §§ 21.197(a)(1)(2)(4), and 21.197(b), for U.S.-registered, turbojet-powered
airplanes type certificated for a Gross Take-Off Weight (GTOW) of 85,000 pounds or
less.
103
Issue recurrent Standard Airworthiness Certificates (including amended, exchanged
or replacement certificates), and special flight permits for the purposes outlined in
14 CFR §§ 21.197(a)(1)(2)(4), and 21.197(b), for U.S.-registered, turbo-jet powered
airplanes type certificated for a GTOW of more than 85,000 pounds.
104
Issue recurrent Standard Airworthiness Certificates (including amended, exchanged
or replacement certificates), and special flight permits for the purposes outlined in
14 CFR §§ 21.197(a)(1)(2)(4), and 21.197(b), for U.S.-registered rotorcraft.
105
Issue recurrent Standard Airworthiness Certificates (including amended, exchanged
or replacement certificates), for U.S.-registered manned free balloons.
106
Issue recurrent Standard Airworthiness Certificates (including amended, exchanged
or replacement certificates), and special flight permits for the purposes outlined in
14 CFR §§ 21.197(a)(1)(2)(4), and 21.197(b), for U.S.-registered airships.
107-111
Reserved.
5-2
09/21/23
8000.95C
Table 5-2. Standard Airworthiness Certification Function Codes—Primary and
Restricted Categories
Special Airworthiness Certification
Primary Category
Function
Description
Code
112
Issue recurrent/original Special Airworthiness Certificates (including amended or
replacement certificates), and special flight permits for the purposes outlined in 14 CFR
§§ 21.197(a)(1)(2)(4), and 21.197(b), in the primary category for U.S.-registered
aircraft.
113
Reserved.
Restricted Category
Function
Description
Code
114
Issue recurrent Special Airworthiness Certificates (including amended or replacement
certificates), and special flight permits for the purposes outlined in 14 CFR
§§ 21.197(a)(1)(2)(4), and 21.197(b), in the restricted category for U.S.-registered
propeller-driven airplanes.
115
Issue recurrent Special Airworthiness Certificates (including amended or replacement
certificates), and special flight permits for the purposes outlined in 14 CFR
§§ 21.197(a)(1)(2)(4), and 21.197(b), in the restricted category for U.S.-registered,
turbojet-powered airplanes type certificated for a GTOW of 85,000 pounds or less.
116
Issue recurrent Special Airworthiness Certificates (including amended or replacement
certificates), and special flight permits for the purposes outlined in 14 CFR
§§ 21.197(a)(1)(2)(4), and 21.197(b), in the restricted category for U.S.-registered,
turbojet-powered airplanes type certificated for a GTOW of more than 85,000 pounds.
117
Issue recurrent Special Airworthiness Certificates (including amended or replacement
certificates), and special flight permits for the purposes outlined in 14 CFR
§§ 21.197(a)(1)(2)(4), and 21.197(b), in the restricted category for U.S.-registered
rotorcraft.
118-123
Reserved.
5-3
09/21/23
8000.95C
Table 5-3. Limited Category Function Codes
Limited Category
Function
Description
Code
124
Issue recurrent/original Special Airworthiness Certificates (including amended and
replacement certificates), and special flight permits for the purposes outlined in 14 CFR
§§ 21.197(a)(1)(2)(4) and 21.197(b), in the limited category for U.S.-registered
propeller-driven airplanes and turbojet/turbofan aircraft.
125
Issue recurrent/original Special Airworthiness Certificates (including amended and
replacement certificates), and special flight permits for the purposes outlined in 14 CFR
§§ 21.197(a)(1)(2)(4) and 21.197(b), in the limited category for U.S.-registered
rotorcraft.
126-127
Reserved.
Table 5-4. Experimental Category for the Purposes of Market Survey, R&D, or
Crew Training Function Codes
Experimental Category for the Purposes of Market Survey, R&D, or Crew Training
Function
Description
Code
128
Issue recurrent/original Special Airworthiness Certificates (including amended or
replacement certificates), and special flight permits for the purposes outlined in 14 CFR
§§ 21.197(a)(1)(2)(4) and 21.197(b), in the experimental category for the purpose
market survey, research and development, or crew training for U.S.-registered
propeller-driven airplanes and powered or unpowered gliders.
129
Issue recurrent/original Special Airworthiness Certificates (including amended and
replacement certificates), and special flight permits for the purposes outlined in 14 CFR
§§ 21.197(a)(1)(2)(4) and 21.197(b), in the experimental category for the purpose
market survey, research and development, or crew training for U.S.-registered turbojetpowered airplanes.
130
Issue recurrent/original Special Airworthiness Certificates (including amended and
replacement certificates), and special flight permits for the purposes outlined in 14 CFR
§§ 21.197(a)(1)(2)(4) and 21.197(b), in the experimental category for the purpose
market survey, research and development, or crew training for U.S.-registered
rotorcraft and gyroplanes.
131
Issue recurrent/original Special Airworthiness Certificates (including amended and
replacement certificates), and special flight permits for the purposes outlined in 14 CFR
§§ 21.197(a)(1)(2)(4) and 21.197(b), in the experimental category for the purpose
market survey, research and development, or crew training for U.S.-registered manned
free balloons and airships.
132
Issue recurrent/original Special Airworthiness Certificates (including amended and
replacement certificates), and special flight permits for the purposes outlined in 14 CFR
§§ 21.197(a)(1)(2)(4) and 21.197(b), in the experimental category for the purpose
market survey, research and development, or crew training for U.S.-registered powered
parachute and weight shift control aircraft.
133-136
Reserved.
5-4
09/21/23
8000.95C
Table 5-5. Experimental Category for the Purposes of Exhibition and/or Air Racing
Function Codes
Experimental Category for the Purposes of Exhibition and/or Air Racing
Function
Description
Code
137
Issue recurrent/original Special Airworthiness Certificates (including amended and
replacement certificates), and special flight permits for the purposes outlined in 14 CFR
§§ 21.197(a)(1)(2)(4) and 21.197(b), in experimental category for the purposes of
operating exhibition or air racing for U.S.-registered propeller-driven aircraft and
powered or unpowered gliders located in the U.S.
138
Issue recurrent/original Special Airworthiness Certificates (including amended and
replacement certificates), and special flight permits for the purposes outlined in 14 CFR
§§ 21.197(a)(1)(2)(4) and 21.197(b), in experimental category for the purposes of
operating exhibition or air racing for U.S.-registered turbo-jet-powered aircraft located in
the U.S.
139
Issue recurrent/original Special Airworthiness Certificates (including amended and
replacement certificates), and special flight permits for the purposes outlined in 14 CFR
§§ 21.197(a)(1)(2)(4) and 21.197(b), in experimental category for the purposes of
operating exhibition for U.S.-registered rotorcraft located in the U.S.
140
Issue recurrent/original Special Airworthiness Certificates (including amended or
replacement certificates), and special flight permits for the purposes outlined in 14 CFR
§§ 21.197(a)(1)(2)(4) and 21.197(b), in experimental category for the purposes of
operating exhibition for U.S.-registered manned free balloons and airships.
141-146
Reserved.
5-5
09/21/23
8000.95C
Table 5-6. Experimental Category for the Purposes of Operating Amateur-Built
Aircraft Function Codes
Experimental Category for the Purposes of Operating Amateur-Built Aircraft
Function
Description
Code
147
Issue recurrent/original Special Airworthiness Certificates (including amended and
replacement certificates), and special flight permits for the purposes outlined in 14 CFR
part 21, §§ 21.197(a)(1)(2)(4) and 21.197(b), in the experimental category for the
purpose of operating amateur-built aircraft for U.S.-registered propeller driven airplanes
and powered or unpowered gliders.
148
Issue recurrent/original Special Airworthiness Certificates (including amended and
replacement certificates), and special flight permits for the purposes outlined in 14 CFR
§§ 21.197(a)(1)(2)(4) and 21.197(b), in the experimental category for the purpose of
operating amateur-built aircraft for U.S.-registered turbojet-powered airplanes.
149
Issue recurrent/original Special Airworthiness Certificates (including amended and
replacement certificates), and special flight permits for the purposes outlined in 14 CFR
§§ 21.197(a)(1)(2)(4) and 21.197(b), in the experimental category for the purpose of
operating amateur-built aircraft for U.S.-registered rotorcraft and gyroplanes.
150
Issue recurrent/original Special Airworthiness Certificates (including amended and
replacement certificates), and special flight permits for the purposes outlined in 14 CFR
§§ 21.197(a)(1)(2)(4) and 21.197(b), in the experimental category for the purpose of
operating amateur-built aircraft for U.S.-registered manned free balloons and airships.
151-156
Reserved.
5-6
09/21/23
8000.95C
Table 5-7. Light-Sport Category and Experimental Category for the Purpose of
Operating Light-Sport Aircraft Function Codes
Light-Sport Category and Experimental Category for the Purpose of Operating Light-Sport
Aircraft
Function
Description
Code
157
Issue recurrent/original Special Airworthiness Certificates (including amended and
replacement certificates) and special flight permits for the purposes outlined in 14 CFR
§§ 21.197(a)(1)(2)(4) and 21.197(b), in the light-sport category, or in the experimental
category for the purpose of operating light-sport aircraft for U.S.-registered airplanes
and powered or unpowered gliders.
158
Issue recurrent/original Special Airworthiness Certificates (including amended and
replacement certificates) in the light-sport category, or in the experimental category for
the purpose of operating light-sport aircraft for U.S.-registered lighter-than-air (LTA)
aircraft.
159
Issue recurrent/original Special Airworthiness Certificates (including amended and
replacement certificates) in the light-sport category, or in the experimental category for
the purposes of operating light-sport aircraft, market survey, research and
development, or crew training for U.S.-registered powered parachutes and weight shift
control aircraft.
160
Issue special flight permits for the purpose of production flight tests for U.S.-registered
light-sport airplanes and powered or unpowered gliders.
161
Issue special flight permits for the purpose of production flight tests for U.S.-registered
light-sport LTA aircraft.
162
Issue special flight permits for the purpose of production flight tests for U.S.-registered
light-sport weight-shift-control or powered-parachute aircraft.
163-170
Reserved.
5-7
09/21/23
8000.95C
Table 5-8. Export Approvals Function Codes
Export Approvals
Function
Description
Code
171
Issue recurrent export approvals for U.S.-registered propeller driven airplanes and
powered or unpowered gliders.
172
173
Issue recurrent export approvals for U.S.-registered turbojet-powered airplanes type
certificated for a GTOW of 85,000 pounds or less.
Issue recurrent export approvals for U.S.-registered turbojet-powered airplanes type
certificated for a GTOW of more than 85,000 pounds.
174
Issue recurrent export approvals for U.S.-registered rotorcraft.
175
Issue recurrent export approvals for U.S.-registered manned free balloons.
176
Issue recurrent export approvals for U.S.-registered airships.
177
Issue recurrent export approvals for reciprocating and turboprop/turboshaft engines.
178
Issue recurrent export approvals for turbojet and turbofan engines.
179
Issue recurrent export approvals for propellers.
180
Issue recurrent/original export approvals for articles.
181-187
Reserved.
Table 5-9. Domestic Approval of Engines, Propellers, and Articles Function Codes
Domestic Approval of Engines, Propellers, and Articles
Function
Description
Code
188
Issue recurrent airworthiness approvals for domestic shipment of reciprocating and
turboprop/turboshaft engines that conform to the approved design requirements and
are in a condition for safe operation.
189
Issue recurrent airworthiness approvals for domestic shipment of turbojet/turbofan
engines that conform to the approved design requirements and are in a condition for
safe operation.
190
Issue recurrent airworthiness approvals for domestic shipment of propellers that
conform to the approved design requirements and are in a condition for safe operation.
191
Issue recurrent/original airworthiness approvals for domestic shipment articles that
conform to the approved design requirements and are in a condition for safe operation.
192-196
Reserved.
5-8
09/21/23
8000.95C
Table 5-10. Other Authorizations Function Codes
Other Authorizations
Function
Description
Code
197
Issue notification of completion to air carriers after conducting records reviews and
aircraft inspections (aging airplane rules) required by 14 CFR part 121, 129, or 135 for
propeller-driven multiengine airplanes.
198
Issue notification of completion to air carriers after conducting records reviews and
aircraft inspections (aging airplane rules) required by 14 CFR part 121, 129, or 135 for
turbojet-powered multiengine airplanes.
199
Issue data approvals in support of a major repairs or alterations to propeller driven
airplanes and/or powered or unpowered gliders.
200
Issue data approvals in support of a major repairs or alterations to turbojet-powered
airplanes with a GTOW of 85,000 pounds or less.
201
Issue data approvals in support of a major repairs or alterations to turbojet-powered
airplanes with a GTOW of more than 85,000 pounds.
202
Issue data approvals in support of a major repairs or alterations to rotorcraft.
203
Issue data approvals in support of a major repairs or alterations to manned free
balloons.
204
Issue data approvals in support of a major repairs or alterations to airships.
205
Issue data approvals in support of a major repairs or alterations to reciprocating or
turboprop/turboshaft engines for propeller driven airplanes.
206
Issue data approvals in support of a major repairs or alterations to reciprocating or
turboprop/turboshaft engines for rotorcraft.
207
Issue data approvals in support of a major repairs or alterations to reciprocating or
turboprop/turboshaft engines on airships.
208
Issue data approvals in support of a major repairs or alterations to turbojet/turbofan
engines.
209-220
Reserved.
2. FAA Personnel Roles and Responsibilities.
a. FS Office Managers.
(1) FS office managers are responsible for the personnel, training, and budget resources
necessary to accomplish the management and oversight of designees.
(2) The office managers should anticipate changes in personnel requirements as a result
of the “need and ability” standard.
(3) The office managers are responsible for continually evaluating the effectiveness of
the designee program and managing specialists.
(4) The office managers are required to ensure that aviation safety inspectors (ASI) and
office management staff are assigned appropriate roles within DMS to carry out their assigned
duties.
5-9
09/21/23
8000.95C
b. Master Role Assigner (MRA). MRAs ensure inspectors, supervisory staff, and
administrative staff are assigned appropriate roles within DMS to carry out assigned duties.
MRAs are typically office managers, but may be Front Line Managers (FLM).
c. Appointing Official (AO). AOs are typically office managers, but may be FLMs.
d. Selecting Official (SO). SOs are typically FLMs, but may be office managers.
e. The Managing Specialist.
(1) The managing specialist is an ASI primarily responsible for the management of a
specific designee.
(2) The managing specialist must ensure that designees are prepared to perform their
duties. This includes the designee having completed the required training, and maintained the
minimum qualifications for designation as prescribed in Chapter 2, Application Process.
(3) Designee management must consider potential risks and hazards to safety. Managing
specialists are to remain constantly vigilant for such risks and hazards. These ASIs should review
DMS data and other resources, such as the Safety Performance Analysis System (SPAS), to
focus oversight on problem areas.
(4) The managing specialists must be experienced FAA ASIs whose specialty is General
Aviation (GA) Airworthiness or Air Carrier (AC) Airworthiness. They must have completed the
Airworthiness ASI indoctrination courses, or equivalent and have completed or have a scheduled
course start date to complete the required training. See Volume 5, Chapter 7 for training
requirements.
f. Geographic Expansion Coordinator (GEC). The GEC is a role assigned to at least one
Airworthiness ASI in each managing FAA office to receive and approve or deny geographic
expansion requests contained within a DMS preapproval. Any requests received will be routed to
all GECs assigned to the managing FAA office. The ASI must approve or deny the request.
Coordination may be required outside of DMS such as telephone calls or emails; however, all
actions to approve or deny the request will be documented in DMS.
g. Aviation Safety Inspector (ASI). In addition to the roles listed above, any ASI may
access DMS to record specific oversight and other activities using the ASI role in DMS.
Note: DMS user roles determine which activities an FAA user can access in DMS.
The DMS Management Action Links and DMS job aids should be reviewed for
detailed information: https://my.faa.gov/content/myfaa/en/org/linebusiness/avs/
offices/air/div_dir/air600/dms.html.
h. Reporting. The reporting role allows the user to access DMS reports to view designee
data and assess risk.
5-10
09/21/23
8000.95C
i. Proxy. The proxy role allows an office to assign a surrogate or backup in DMS to a
person holding a primary DMS role for offices with a large number of designees or for when the
person holding the primary role will be unavailable.
(1) Proxies should meet the same qualifications required to hold the primary role.
(2) Proxies may be assigned for a defined amount of time or indefinitely.
(3) Only the AO, SO, and managing specialist roles may be proxied.
(4) An AO or SO may have only one proxy. Only an AO may assign an AO proxy. Only
an AO or SO may assign a SO proxy.
(5) Each designee may have only one managing specialist and up to three managing
specialist proxies. An AO, SO, and the managing specialist who will be proxied may assign a
managing specialist proxy.
proxy.
(6) Proxy candidates must accept the proxy request in DMS in order to be assigned a
(7) Primary role holders and proxies should coordinate designee-related activities outside
of DMS to prevent duplicate efforts or entries in DMS.
j. Designee Focal Point. In order to enhance designee oversight, each responsible Flight
Standards office manager should appoint an airworthiness focal point within that office to
support the oversight of airworthiness designees managed by that office.
Note: For offices with a high volume of designee surveillance responsibilities,
the responsible office manager may appoint more than one focal point.
(1) Designee focal points serve as resources for other inspectors in the area of designee
oversight and surveillance, they provide guidance to and answer questions from other inspectors
in the office who have responsibility for designee management.
(2) Designee focal points work with the MSs to take action necessary to correct
performance issues and communicating performance issues with the national program office,
when necessary.
(3) Designee focal points address issues relating to designee training, duties, and
surveillance and they ensure the designee annual meeting requirements are met and properly
documented for each designee.
Note: Plan and conduct the annual meeting with input from the national program
office and the office MSs to ensure any critical issues have been addressed.
(4) Designee focal points keep all personnel in the office aware of current designee
issues, such as:
5-11
09/21/23
8000.95C
•
•
•
Changes to the policies or processes regarding designees,
National issues regarding designees, and
Areas of emphasis related to designees.
(5) The MSs and ASIs should coordinate with the office focal point for all issues that
arise related to designee oversight.
(6) To be appointed as a designee focal point, they should be a current or former MS who
meet the training requirements of an MS.
Note: Offices must maintain a current list of office focal points, and forward any
changes to the list to AFS-650 when changes occur.
k. Office Administrator (OA). The OA role allows certain FAA administrative office
personnel limited MS functionality to submit administrative DMS entries such as training and
meetings. The OA is typically an aviation safety assistant (ASA) or aviation safety technician
(AST), but may also be an ASI.
Note: ASAs are limited to performing only certification file reviews and should
not conduct applicant interviews.
5-12
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 2. Application Process
1. Purpose. This chapter describes the policy related to an individual applying to be a DME,
DPRE, or DAR-T. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1 constitute the overall
policy for the application process for a DME, DPRE, and DAR-T.
2. General Application Considerations.
a. Apply in DMS. Candidates for initial designation as a DME, DPRE, or DAR-T must
submit an application through DMS.
b. Place of Residence/Business. The applicant’s place of residence and place of business
may be outside the United States if the FAA determines that there is no undue burden on the
FAA.
c. Citizenship. U.S. citizenship is not a requirement for appointment.
3. Additional Application Considerations.
a. Reinstatement. A former designee whose privileges were terminated “not for cause”
may be reinstated only at the managing FAA office where last assigned. The former designee
must meet the requirements and procedures for an original issuance of the designation. This
provision may only be exercised at the discretion of the previous managing FAA office and only
when the following provisions are met:
•
•
•
•
The former designee meets the requirements and procedures for an original issuance
of the designation and was previously authorized in DMS.
The designation was terminated not more than 12 calendar-months prior to
application for reinstatement.
The applicant meets the recurrent training requirement for the designee type.
The managing FAA office determines that the former designee is still competent to
perform the authorized activities.
Note: If the provisions are met, the Certificate Letter of Authority (CLOA) is
reissued with the original designation number used for reinstatement.
b. Former Designee Appointment. Except as stated in paragraph a. above, former
designees terminated “not for cause” and who are not in DMS must reapply through DMS as an
initial applicant.
c. Relocation. Designees may relocate to a different managing FAA office if the receiving
FAA office agrees to the transfer. Any change in location, change of managing FAA office, or
change of managing specialist is conducted through DMS. This change is initiated through DMS
by the current managing specialist. Before any designee transfer is initiated in DMS, both offices
must discuss and agree to the transfer. FAA email is recommended to record the communication.
d. Expanded Authority. Designees may request additional authorizations to their
designation. All requests must be made in DMS on the designee’s action links for the particular
5-13
09/21/23
8000.95C
designation. All requests for additional authorizations are viewable by the SO in the same
location as initial applications. Refer to the Selection and Appointment Process job aid for
detailed information.
e. DME/DPRE Additional Testing Facilities. A DME or DPRE may make a request in
DMS to have an additional testing facility added to their CLOA. Each additional testing facility
must be evaluated to ensure the fixed based of operation, equipment and materials are adequate
for conducting a test in the same manner as the original testing facility if it had not been
previously evaluated. If the additional testing facility is outside the managing FAA offices
service area, the managing FAA office and receiving office must discuss and agree to the
additional testing facility before it is added to the CLOA by the managing FAA office. FAA
email is recommended to record the communication. Requests to add an international testing
facility must be processed through the appropriate IFO.
Note: To make the request in DMS for an additional testing facility, the DME or
DPRE will select the Change Designation Location tab at the top of their
homepage and then select the Add Authorized Location button at the bottom of
the page, enter the new facility information and submit the request.
4. Minimum Qualifications and Disqualifiers.
a. Additional Requirements for DMEs. Additional application requirements for DME
appointment include:
(1) Evidence of a high level of knowledge and experience in the subject areas required
for aviation mechanic certification in both reciprocating and turbine-engine aircraft.
(2) Currently holds a valid aviation mechanic certificate with both A&P ratings and has
been exercising the privileges of the mechanic certificate for the three years immediately prior to
designation.
(3) The applicant must have obtained at least five years’ experience exercising the
privileges of their valid aviation mechanics certificate by performing maintenance in any
combination of the following:
(a) In accordance with 14 CFR part 65, § 65.81(a) on U.S.-registered civil aircraft.
(b) On U.S.-registered civil aircraft while employed by an FAA repair station (14
CFR part 145).
(c) On U.S.-registered civil air carrier aircraft operated under (parts 121 and 135).
(d) Instructing aviation maintenance while employed by an FAA Aviation
Maintenance Technician School (14 CFR part 147).
Note: Five years of AMTS experience alone will not qualify. In addition to the
AMTS experience of (d), the applicant must have exercised the privileges of a
5-14
09/21/23
8000.95C
valid aviation mechanic certificate as described in (a), (b), and/or (c) for at least 3
years.
(4) Have a fixed base of operation equipped to support testing in both reciprocating and
turbine engine aircraft. This includes the following requirements:
(a) The fixed base of operation, equipment, and materials must be adequate for an
applicant to demonstrate the basic skills for the certificate and rating sought. The managing FAA
office will monitor the status of equipment at least annually to ensure compliance.
(b) Airworthy aircraft, other aircraft, aircraft subassemblies, operational mockups, or
other aids for testing airman applicants.
(c) Tools, equipment, current publications, materials, etc., required to complete a
project assignment must be the type recommended by aircraft manufacturers or accepted in the
aviation industry. Refer to FAA Order 8900.1, Volume 5, Airman Certification, for the required
Minimum Tools and Equipment List (MTEL).
Note: The DME is required to immediately report to the managing specialist any
significant change in the equipment, materials, or authorized location available to
test applicants. This notification is accomplished through the DMS message
center.
(5) Have an excellent record as an airman regarding history of compliance actions,
violations, accidents, and incidents. The managing specialist must verify the airman information
through the FAA’s recordkeeping systems before scheduling any training or qualification
observations.
b. Additional Requirements for DPREs. Additional application requirements for DPRE
appointment include:
(1) Evidence of a high level of knowledge in the areas of operation required for a
parachute rigger certification.
(2) Previously held a valid master Parachute Rigger Certificate for 2 years with the
rating(s) for which the managing FAA office will issue a designation.
(3) Actively exercised the privileges of a valid master Parachute Rigger Certificate for
2 years immediately before the designation.
(4) Have a fixed base of operation equipped to support testing in each required area of
operation as described in the practical test standards (PTS) or Airman Certification Standards
(ACS) for the designation held. This includes the following requirements:
(a) The fixed base of operation, equipment, and materials must be adequate for an
applicant to demonstrate the basic skills for the certificate and rating sought. The managing FAA
office will periodically monitor the status of equipment to ensure compliance.
5-15
09/21/23
8000.95C
(b) Tools, equipment, current publications, materials, etc., required to complete a
project assignment must be the type parachute manufacturers recommend or accept in the
industry.
(c) The fixed base of operation must, at a minimum, have tools and equipment
necessary to perform the tasks the DPRE will assign as part of the developed test.
Note: The DPRE is required to report to the managing specialist immediately,
any significant change in the equipment or materials available to test applicants.
This notification is accomplished through DMS.
(5) Have an excellent record as an airman regarding history of compliance actions,
violations, accidents, and incidents. The managing specialist must verify the airman information
through the FAA’s recordkeeping systems before scheduling any training or qualification
observations.
c. Additional Application Requirements for DAR-T Appointment.
(1) Minimum Qualification Requirements for Standard Airworthiness Certification and
Special Airworthiness Certification in Primary, Restricted, and Limited Categories.
(a) An applicant for DAR-T with authority to issue a Standard Airworthiness
Certificate or Special Airworthiness Certificate in the primary, restricted, or limited categories
must hold a current mechanic certificate with A&P rating that has remained continuously in
effect for the 5 years immediately preceding the application.
Note: A mechanic certificate with A&P rating is a minimum requirement for a
DAR-T to hold any function code in this section.
(b) Show 5 years of experience working in a position of responsibility for approval
for return to service or determining eligibility for issuance of a Standard Airworthiness
Certificate or Special Airworthiness Certificate in the primary, restricted, or limited categories
for aircraft of the same type and complexity as shown below. The experience must:
1. Have been obtained on U.S.-registered aircraft holding a Standard
Airworthiness Certificate or Special Airworthiness Certificate in the primary, restricted, or
limited categories, or involved in a certification project that resulted in standard certification or
issuance of a Supplemental Type Certificate (STC);
2. Include at least 2 years of verifiable full-time aviation maintenance
employment within the last 3 years; and
3. Include one or more of the following type and complexity of aircraft:
•
•
•
•
Propeller-driven airplanes and/or powered or unpowered gliders.
Turbojet-powered airplanes with a GTOW of 85,000 lbs. or less.
Turbojet-powered airplanes with a GTOW of more than 85,000 lbs.
Rotorcraft.
5-16
09/21/23
8000.95C
•
•
Manned free balloons.
Airships.
(c) Each of the following qualifies as a “position of responsibility” for determining
approval for return to service or eligibility for issuance of an Airworthiness Certificate:
1. An FAA ASI (Airworthiness) with experience issuing original or recurrent
Standard Airworthiness Certificates.
2. A director of maintenance or chief inspector for a part 121 or 135 air carrier,
or part 145 repair station, performing maintenance and issuing approval for return to service of
complete aircraft.
3. A shift supervisor, lead mechanic, or designated inspector for a part 121
or 135 air carrier, or a part 145 repair station, who is authorized by the certificate holder and has
experience issuing approval for return to service for complete aircraft (airworthiness release or
equivalent authority).
4. A mechanic with Inspection Authorization (IA) performing annual
inspections, or performing or supervising progressive inspections as required by 14 CFR part 43,
§ 43.15.
(d) Have an excellent record as an airman regarding history of compliance actions,
violations, accidents, and incidents. The managing specialist must verify the airman information
through the FAA’s recordkeeping systems before scheduling any training or qualification
observations.
(2) Minimum Qualification Requirements for Other Special Airworthiness Certification.
(a) Experimental category for the following purposes:
1. Market Survey, R&D, Crew Training, Exhibition, or Air Racing. An applicant
for DAR-T with authority to issue a Special Airworthiness Certificate for the purposes of market
survey, research and development, and crew training must qualify under subparagraph 4c(1) for
aircraft of the same type and complexity as requested, and:
(i) Have verifiable experience in the maintenance, inspection, or alteration of
aircraft holding a Special Airworthiness Certificate for the purposes of market survey, R&D, or
crew training, exhibition, or air racing; or
(Airworthiness).
(ii) Have conducted at least one certification of these aircraft as an FAA ASI
2. Operating Amateur-Built Aircraft. An applicant for DAR-T with authority to
issue a Special Airworthiness Certificate for the purposes of operating amateur-built aircraft
must meet one of the following:
5-17
09/21/23
8000.95C
(i) Qualify under subparagraph 4c(1) for aircraft of the same type and
complexity as requested, and in addition, have verifiable experience in the maintenance,
inspection, or alteration of aircraft of the same type and complexity holding a Special
Airworthiness Certificate for the purposes of operating amateur-built aircraft.
(ii) Qualify under subparagraph 4c(1) for aircraft of the same type and
complexity as requested, and in addition, have conducted at least one certification of these
aircraft as an FAA ASI (Airworthiness).
(iii) As a current or former FAA designee, completed at least three
certifications of experimental light-sport or light-sport category aircraft of the same type and
complexity as requested.
(iv) Currently hold a mechanic certificate with A&P ratings that has remained
continuously in effect for the 3 years immediately preceding application, and has 3 years of
verifiable experience with maintaining experimental or amateur built aircraft of the same type
and complexity as requested, including performing at least three annual condition inspections.
(v) Hold a repairman certificate for at least one certificated amateur built
aircraft of one of the types identified below that the applicant has built. That aircraft must have
been operated for a minimum of 100 hours (or 25 flights for balloons and airships), and the
applicant must have performed at least 3 annual condition inspections of the aircraft.
Note: Amateur-built type and complexity of aircraft include: propeller driven
airplanes or gliders; weight shift control aircraft and powered parachutes; turbojet
powered airplanes; rotorcraft, autogyros, or gyrocopters; manned free balloons;
and airships.
3. Operating Experimental Light-Sport and Light-Sport Category. An applicant
for DAR-T with authority to issue a Special Airworthiness Certificate in the light-sport category
or in the experimental category for the purpose of operating light-sport aircraft (LSA) must meet
one of the following:
(i) Qualify under subparagraph 4c(1) for aircraft of the same type and
complexity as requested, and in addition, have verifiable experience in the maintenance,
inspection, or alteration of aircraft holding a Special Airworthiness Certificate in the light-sport,
or experimental light-sport categories.
(ii) Qualify under subparagraph 4c(1) for aircraft of the same type and
complexity as requested and, in addition, have conducted at least one certification of these
aircraft as an FAA ASI (Airworthiness).
(iii) Currently hold a mechanic certificate with A&P ratings, or an LSA
repairman’s certificate with maintenance rating, that has remained continuously in effect for the
3 years immediately preceding application, and has 3 years of verifiable experience with
maintaining LSA of the same type and complexity as requested.
5-18
09/21/23
8000.95C
(iv) Currently hold a mechanic certificate with A&P ratings that has remained
continuously in effect for the 3 years immediately preceding application, and have a minimum of
3 years of verifiable experience as a field technical representative or a quality assurance
inspector employed by the manufacturer of a light-sport category aircraft of one of the type and
complexity listed below.
Note: Light-sport type and complexity include propeller-driven airplanes or
gliders, weight shift control aircraft and powered parachutes, and LTA aircraft.
(3) Minimum Qualification Requirements for Issuance of Export and Domestic
Approvals.
(a) Export Approval of Aircraft. An applicant for DAR-T with authority to issue an
export approval for an aircraft must:
1. Qualify under subparagraph 4c(1) for aircraft of the same type and complexity
as requested, and have verifiable experience in demonstrating eligibility for export approval for
these aircraft, or
Note: This experience could be obtained by serving as an individual within a
company as identified above, with responsibility for demonstrating compliance
with export requirements when the company or a customer of the company is the
applicant.
2. Qualify under subparagraph 4c(1) for aircraft of the same type and complexity
as requested and have issued at least one export approval for these aircraft as an FAA ASI
(Airworthiness).
(b) Export Approval and Domestic Approval of Engines. An applicant for DAR-T
with authority to issue an export or domestic approval for engines must meet one of the
following:
1. Qualify under subparagraph 4c(3)(a) for export approval of the type and
complexity of aircraft the engines are commonly installed on as follows:
•
•
•
•
Propeller-driven airplanes: reciprocating, turboprop, or turboshaft engines.
Turbojet airplanes: turbojet or turbofan engines.
Rotorcraft: reciprocating, turboprop, or turboshaft engines.
Airships: reciprocating engines.
2. Hold a mechanic certificate with powerplant rating that has remained
continuously in effect for the 3 years immediately preceding application, have 6 months of
experience within the preceding year, be employed at a part 121 or 135 air carrier or a part 145
repair station, and hold authority from the employer to issue approval for return to service after
maintenance of engines. Applicant must have verifiable experience in demonstrating eligibility
for export approval for engines.
5-19
09/21/23
8000.95C
3. Hold a repairman certificate at a part 121 or 135 air carrier or a part 145 repair
station that has remained continuously in effect for the 3 years immediately preceding
application, have 6 months of experience within the preceding year, and hold authority from the
employer to issue approval for return to service after maintenance of engines. The applicant must
have verifiable experience in demonstrating eligibility for export approval for the following
engines:
•
•
•
Reciprocating;
Turboprop or turboshaft; and
Turbojet or turbofan.
(c) Export Approval and Domestic Approval of Propellers. An applicant for DAR-T
with authority to issue an export and domestic approval for propellers must meet one of the
following:
1. Qualify under subparagraph 4c(3)(a) for export approval of one of the
following type and complexity of aircraft:
•
•
Propeller driven airplanes, and
Airships.
2. Hold a mechanic certificate with powerplant rating that has remained
continuously in effect for the 3 years immediately preceding application, have 6 months of
experience within the preceding year, be employed at a part 121 or 135 air carrier or a part 145
repair station, and hold authority from the employer to issue approval for return to service after
maintenance of propellers. The applicant must have verifiable experience in demonstrating
eligibility for export approval for propellers.
3. Hold a repairman certificate at a part 121 or 135 air carrier or a part 145 repair
station that has remained continuously in effect for the 3 years immediately preceding
application, have 6 months of experience within the preceding year, and hold authority from the
employer to issue approval for return to service after maintenance of propellers. The applicant
must have verifiable experience in demonstrating eligibility for export approval for propellers.
(d) Export Approval and Domestic Approval of Articles. An applicant for DAR-T
with authority to issue an export and domestic approval for articles must meet one of the
following:
1. Qualify under subparagraph 4c(3)(a) for export approval of aircraft of the
same type and complexity on which the article is eligible for installation;
2. Qualify under subparagraph 4c(3)(b) for export approval of parts and
appliances used on the same type and complexity of engines, or propellers; or
3. Hold a mechanic certificate or a repairman certificate at a part 145 repair
station or a part 121 or 135 air carrier that has remained continuously in effect for the 3 years
immediately preceding application, with current authority to issue approval for return to service
5-20
09/21/23
8000.95C
after overhaul of parts or appliances. The applicant must have at least some verifiable experience
in demonstrating eligibility for export approval for these parts or appliances.
Note: DAR-Ts authorized function code 180 must be issued limitations with this
function code. The limitations should be established based on the applicant’s
verifiable experience and be related to the articles listed in subparagraphs (d)1
or 2 above. Reviewing FAA Order 8130.21, Procedures for Completion and Use
of the Authorized Release Certificate, FAA Form 8130-3, Airworthiness
Approval Tag, prior to developing limitations is recommended.
(4) Minimum Qualification Requirements for Other Specific Authorizations.
(a) Issue notification of completion for Aging Aircraft Records Review/Spot
Inspection. An applicant for DAR-T with authority to issue a notification of completion to a
part 121, 129, or 135 operator after conducting aircraft records review and structural spot
inspection must meet one of the following:
1. Qualify under subparagraph 4c(1) for airplanes of one of the following type
and complexity: propeller-driven multiengine airplanes or turbojet-powered multiengine
airplanes; and have verifiable experience in heavy maintenance and/or Corrosion Prevention and
Control Program (CPCP), structural inspections, or major repairs/modifications to airframes on
aircraft operated under part 121, 129, or 135.
2. Qualify under subparagraph 4c(1) for airplanes of one of the following type
and complexity: propeller-driven multiengine airplanes or turbojet-powered multiengine
airplanes; and have conducted at least one aging airplane records review and structural spot
inspection of these airplanes operated under part 121, 129, or 135 as an FAA ASI
(Airworthiness).
Note: Type and complexity include propeller-driven multiengine airplanes or
turbojet-powered multiengine airplanes.
Note: Before exercising the authority of this function, the applicant must be
thoroughly familiar with the appropriate chapters of Order 8900.1 and have
satisfactorily completed on-the-job training (OJT) on the air carrier’s approved
maintenance policies and procedures from the responsible Flight Standards office.
The DAR-T must maintain documented proof of the training from the responsible
Flight Standards office and provide a copy of the training to their MS so it can be
uploaded to their training file in DMS. The DAR-Ts limitations for function codes
197 and 198 must include each air carrier for which they have received OJT by
the responsible Flight Standards office and been authorized to perform these
activities by their managing specialist. A DAR-T may not issue a notification of
completion for Aging Aircraft Records Review/Spot Inspection for any air carrier
unless the air carrier is identified in the limitations.
(b) Issue data approvals in support of major repairs or alterations. An applicant for
DAR-T with authority to issue data approvals in support of major repairs or alterations must
meet one of the following:
5-21
09/21/23
8000.95C
1. Qualify under subparagraph 4c(1) for aircraft of the same type and complexity
as requested, and have verifiable experience in applying for and receiving at least three field
approvals of major repairs and/or alterations for each type and complexity of aircraft as
requested. Applicants for data approval functions must successfully complete the required
training for the function code prior to appointment, or when expanding the authority of a current
DAR-T. See Volume 5, Chapter 4 for DAR-T training requirements.
2. Qualify under subparagraph 4c(1) for aircraft of the same type and complexity
as requested, and have approved at least three field approvals of major repairs or alterations as an
FAA ASI for each type and complexity of aircraft as requested.
Note: This authority may be issued for the following type and complexity of
aircraft:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Propeller-driven airplanes or gliders.
Turbojet-powered airplanes with a GTOW of 85,000 lbs. or less.
Turbojet-powered airplanes with a GTOW of more than 85,000 lbs.
Rotorcraft.
Manned free balloons.
Airships.
3. Authority may be issued for data approval of engine repairs or alterations
based on qualifications on aircraft categories under subparagraph 4c(1). In addition, the applicant
must have verifiable experience in applying for and receiving at least three field approvals of
engine repairs or alterations, or in approving at least three field approvals for engines as an FAA
ASI. This authority may be issued for the following type and complexity of engines:
•
•
•
•
Propeller-driven airplanes: reciprocating and turboprop or turboshaft
engines.
Rotorcraft: reciprocating and turboprop or turboshaft engines.
Airships: reciprocating, turboprop, or turboshaft engines.
Turbojet airplanes: turbojet or turbofan engines.
5. Privilege, Not a Right. See Volume 1.
6. Post-Application. See Volume 1.
7. Maintaining an Active Designee Application. See Volume 1.
5-22
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 3. Selection and Evaluation of a Designee Applicant
1. Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the selection and evaluation of DME,
DPRE, and DAR-T applicants. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1 constitute the
overall policy for the application process for a DME, DPRE, and DAR-T applicant. Request for
expanded authority follow a similar process to original evaluation, so they are also included in
this chapter. The DMS Selection and Appointment Process job aid should be reviewed for
detailed information about the appointment or expanded authority process at: https://my.faa.gov/
content/myfaa/en/org/linebusiness/avs/offices/air/div_dir/air600/dms.html.
2. General.
a. Selection Process. The general process of selection can be broken down into three parts:
DMS determines if the designee meets system-defined minimum qualifications; the SO
determines if need and ability requirements are met; and then assigns an evaluation panel to
further review the applicant’s qualifications and determine what authorizations or function codes
the applicant qualifies for. (See Figure 5-1 for a high-level representation of the selection flow.)
Figure 5-1. High-Level Selection Process Flow
determines
if application
requirements
are met
Selecting official
completes need
and ability
Evaluation panel completes
applicant evaluation
and makes recommendation
to selecting official
b. Selection Considerations.
(1) When a need for a designee has been identified, the office management will query
DMS for a listing of applicants. Candidates must submit applications exclusively through DMS.
(2) An evaluation panel, determined by the SO, will then be established to review and
evaluate the list of viable applicants identified through DMS. The evaluation panel assesses each
designee candidate’s background knowledge and experience through:
(a) A thorough review of the application;
(b) Consultation with others who are familiar with the applicant; and
(c) Review and contact references provided by the applicant and comments that may
influence the decision to recommend or deny appointment.
Note: The selection and appoint process has multiple steps, and involves several
DMS users. The AO and the SO have access to the “Work Flow Tool” in DMS,
which allows them to quickly determine the status of an appointment, or
expanded authority request. The DMS Management Action Links and DMS job
aids should be reviewed for detailed information:
5-23
09/21/23
8000.95C
https://my.faa.gov/content/myfaa/en/org/linebusiness/avs/offices/air/div_dir/
air600/dms.html.
3. Need and Ability to Manage. See Volume 1.
4. Requesting Qualified Applicants.
a. Initial Request. DMS will provide appropriate applicants per the search request.
b. Qualification Deviation Request Process. When an applicant in DMS does not meet a
qualification requirement, the managing specialist may request that the SO petition the National
Policy Office (NPO) for a deviation from the qualification requirement as follows:
(1) Documentation. The SO will document and communicate the circumstances and
justification for the deviation in a memo to the NPO outside of DMS. The memo must identify
the specific qualification requirement not met and specific justification for a deviation. The
memo should be sent to the following email: [email protected].
(2) Coordination. The SO must route the request though the appropriate division
management leadership for their office, for concurrence external to DMS. If in agreement with
the recommendation, the NPO will document the circumstances and justification in a memo
provided to the requesting office. The memo must be uploaded to the applicant’s record by the
evaluation panel.
Note: The purpose of a deviation is to fill a specific need that the managing FAA
office has for which there are no fully qualified applicants. The deviation process
requires that the applicant has met the minimum general qualification
requirements in DMS and have an active application. The expectation is that the
office would appoint the applicant within 30 days of granting the deviation. If the
applicant has not been appointed after 30 days, the process ends.
5. Evaluation.
a. Evaluation Panel. The SO will assign an evaluation panel to further evaluate the
applicant(s) that DMS identifies, and for applicants requesting expanded authority. At such time
that one or more viable applicants or current designees have been identified through DMS, an
evaluation panel is convened to consider the merits of each person. The panel should comprise of
members as described below:
(1) An ASI from the office that initiated the selection and appointment process
(required). This ASI should assume a lead role during the evaluation process and will coordinate
the evaluation panel results within DMS.
(2) At least one additional ASI which may include an office management member
(optional).
(3) An ASI from the Regulatory Support Division (AFS-600) (required). The SO must
contact AFS-600 via email to request an evaluation panel member before the evaluation panel is
5-24
09/21/23
8000.95C
created in DMS. The request for an AFS-600 evaluation panel member should be sent to the
following email: [email protected].
Note: If the EP is for an expanded authorization request for previously
authorized function codes that had been removed due to inactivity, that
information should be included in the email.
b. Evaluation Panel Tasks. The evaluation panel assesses each applicant’s background,
knowledge, and experience by conducting a thorough review of the designee application. When
current designees are considered for expanded authority, the same steps are followed in DMS. To
support this process, the following tasks must be accomplished:
(1) Review the applicant’s application and supporting documents in DMS.
(2) Verify that the applicant possesses the appropriate airman certificate for the
authorizations sought.
(3) Contact references as necessary.
(4) Review relevant information for each prospective application from each of the
following FAA databases in order to determine that candidate’s aviation background and any
issues which may have an adverse effect on that candidate’s application:
(a) Enforcement Information System (EIS);
(b) Accident Incident Data System (AIDS);
(c) SPAS;
(d) National Program Tracking and Reporting Subsystem (NPTRS); and
(e) DMS.
(5) Ensure, based on the research found in the databases above, that the requirements of
Volume 1, Chapter 4, Designee Appointment, are met.
(6) Review the applicant’s experience on the DMS application to determine what
authorizations or function codes they may qualify for. This should be done in advance of an
applicant interview. The AFS-600 ASI assigned to the evaluation panel should be able to assist
in clarifying experience requirements for the function codes.
(7) Interview the applicant to determine if the general and specific qualifications
necessary for appointment are present, responses are consistent with the application information,
and the qualities necessary to be successful as a designee are possessed. For DAR-T applicants,
the interview should also focus on determining if the applicant has the appropriate experience for
the function codes being considered.
(8) Evaluate the applicant’s facilities and equipment to be used for testing (DME/DPRE).
5-25
09/21/23
8000.95C
(9) If the EP is for an expanded authorization request for previously authorized function
codes that had been removed due to inactivity, the EP lead should enter a statement into the
comment section detailing that information.
c. Evaluation Panel Outcomes.
(1) When the evaluation panel determines that an applicant meets the requirements for
designation, the results are documented in DMS and a recommendation is provided to the AO
through the SO. If the AO is in agreement with the recommendation, the appointment process
will ensue. See Chapter 4 for information relating to the appointment process.
(2) If the evaluation panel, with concurrence from the SO, rejects all applications
provided by DMS for good cause, the managing FAA office should encourage suitable
applicants to apply through DMS so that they can be considered.
5-26
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 4. Designee Appointment
1. Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the designee appointment of DME,
DPRE, and DAR-T, referred to collectively in this chapter as designees. This designation typespecific policy and Volume 1 constitute the overall policy for the appointment of a DME, DPRE,
and DAR-T. Refer to the Selection and Appointment Process job aid for detailed information at
https://my.faa.gov/content/myfaa/en/org/linebusiness/avs/offices/air/div_dir/air600/dms.html.
2. General.
a. Appointment Process. Below is a high-level representation of the appointment process.
Figure 5-2. High-Level Appointment Process Flow
valuating panel and
selecting official make
recommendation
regarding appointment
I
I
...
..
Appointing official
accepts or rejects
recommendations
in DMS
I
I
...
..
1) DMS notifies applicant of
appointment or denial
2) If appointment is recommended,
DMS generates CLOA
b. Appointment Considerations.
(1) The managing specialist should issue appropriate privileges and limitations in the
CLOA based on the following:
(a) Applicant’s background experience;
(b) Applicant’s personal and professional qualifications as described in Chapter 2,
Application Process; and
(c) Needs of the appointing office.
(d) For DAR-Ts, limitations must be included for function codes 197 and 198 that
contain each air carrier for which they have been authorized and have received OJT by the
cognizant air carrier managing FAA office. Limitations should be included for function code 180
to address the needs of the managing FAA office.
(2) The managing specialist will verify that the following events are completed and
recorded in DMS:
(a) Successful completion of the initial designee-specific training conducted by the
FAA’s Designee Standardization Branch (AFS-640). For a list of the training, refer to the
following applicable website:
5-27
09/21/23
8000.95C
•
•
•
For DAR-Ts: https://www.faa.gov/other_visit/aviation_industry/designees_del
egations/individual_designees/dart/information/.
For DMEs: https://www.faa.gov/other_visit/aviation_industry/designees_dele
gations/individual_designees/dme/information/.
For DPREs: https://www.faa.gov/other_visit/aviation_industry/designees_dele
gations/individual_designees/dpre/information/.
(b) Applicant has attended an orientation at their managing office.
following:
1. For DMEs, DPREs and DAR-Ts, the managing FAA office should review the
(i) Product Certification. Caution the designee that any irregularities or
deficiencies related to the delegated work may result in the termination of the designation under
the provisions of 14 CFR part 183, § 183.15(b)(4).
(ii) Authorized Functions. Remind the designee to perform only authorized
activities within the limits of their authority.
(iii) Communication. Remind the designee to request preapproval through
DMS before accepting any applicant requests for certification, inspection, testing, or approval
activities. The DAR-T must also obtain any special directions or instructions deemed necessary
for their managing FAA office. AFS-640 does not manage designees and is not authorized to
provide direct guidance to designees in lieu of the managing FAA office guidance and
instruction.
(iv) Activity Reporting. Remind the designee that all activities performed
under their delegation must be recorded in DMS.
(v) Safeguarding of Forms. Emphasize that the designee must properly
safeguard all FAA forms, certificates, and other official documents. Under no circumstance will
any certificate be in the possession of an applicant until the designee has completed and signed
the certificate. All Airworthiness Certificates or approvals and related documents will include the
designee’s printed or typed name, signature, and designation number.
(vi) Conflicts of Interest. Remind the DAR-Ts that they are not allowed to
perform any mechanical, maintenance, or inspection function or to act as an agent on behalf of
an applicant (e.g., an owner, agent, repair station, or Production Approval Holder (PAH)) on
products for which the applicant seeks an Airworthiness Certificate or approval. Remind the
DMEs and DPREs they must ensure to remain free of influence from their employers when
conducting testing activities on behalf of the Administrator.
(vii) Use of Authority. Remind the DAR-Ts to ensure that products meet the
FAA-approved type design data, are in a condition for safe operation, and comply with any other
applicable regulations (e.g., Airworthiness Directives (AD), marking requirements, registration,
and special importing requirements) before issuing airworthiness or export certificates. The
5-28
09/21/23
8000.95C
DAR-T will seek guidance from their managing FAA office when problems arise that they
cannot resolve.
(viii) Document Submittal. Remind the designees to submit applicable original
or duplicate documents within 7 calendar-days of completion to the managing FAA office for
review. Designees must not submit aircraft certification documents or files directly to the
Aircraft Registration Branch (AFB-710) or Airmen Certification Branch (AFB-720).
(ix) Airworthiness Applications—DAR-T Only. Emphasize that the DAR-T is
to review applications for completeness and ensure that the various Airworthiness Certificates or
approvals have certification statements signed by an applicant or authorized agent. When
appropriate, the DAR-T must also obtain a completed FAA Form 8130-9, Statement of
Conformity, from an applicant before performing any inspections, in accordance with FAA
Order 8130.2, Airworthiness Certification of Aircraft.
(c) Designee has received required OJT for any air carrier authorized in DAR-T
function codes 197 or 198 and documented it in DMS.
(3) The managing specialist will observe the DME and DPRE applicants conducting their
first oral and practical (O&P) test. See the Chapter 6, subparagraph 3b(1), Direct Observations,
for more information.
3. Designee Number. See Volume 1.
4. CLOA. The CLOA will identify the designee type and the specific authorizations, or
function codes and limitations.
5. Appointment Duration.
a. Initial Duration. The initial duration of a designee’s appointment is up to
12 calendar-months.
5-29
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 5. Responsibilities and Obligations of a Designee
1. Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the responsibilities and obligations of
DMEs, DPREs, and DAR-Ts, referred to collectively in this chapter as designees. This
designation type-specific policy and Volume 1 constitute the overall policy for the
responsibilities and obligations of DMEs, DPREs, and DAR-Ts.
2. Designee Responsibilities.
a. General Responsibilities.
(1) Provide FAA testing and certification activities without prejudice or discrimination in
a fair and unbiased manner.
(2) Maintain a high level of knowledge, skill, and expertise commensurate with
authorizations.
(3) Charge no more than a reasonable fee for services.
(4) Keep abreast of current aviation trends and technologies.
(5) Serve as a willing resource to the aviation community on matters of FAA airman
and/or aircraft certification regulations and policy.
(6) Set a high standard of airmanship and safety through personal example.
(7) Exercise diligence and care in the preparation of airman certification documentation
and files.
(8) Always represent the FAA and its workforce to the public in a positive manner.
b. DME and DPRE Responsibilities.
(1) Designees must maintain a high degree of knowledge and skill in the subject areas
required for airman certification, evaluation, and testing techniques.
(2) Designees must give undivided attention to the applicant during the testing period.
(3) Designees must ensure that discussion following any test is private and is
confidential.
(4) Test security requirements apply to all tests generated, downloaded, and/or printed
from the system. Downloaded tests must not be kept on shared drives or sent to anyone via
email.
(5) Printed tests must not be available to anyone except DMEs and FAA personnel (when
conducting a direct observation (DO)). Tests should be kept in a locked office, desk drawer,
briefcase, or other secure area until the test is given or canceled. Once the test is completed or
canceled, it must be destroyed. Tests cannot be used for any other purpose other than delivery of
5-30
09/21/23
8000.95C
that test for the applicant indicated. Misuse or storage of tests by a DME could result in
termination of the designation or removal of access to download tests from the Mechanic Test
Generator.
(6) Designees must ensure they are free of influence from their employers when
conducting testing activities on behalf of the Administrator.
c. DME and DPRE Privileges. The DMEs and DPREs are authorized to:
(1) Accept applications for airman certificates and ratings using FAA Form 8610-2,
Airman Certificate and/or Rating Application – Mechanic and Parachute Rigger or the Integrated
Airman Certification and Rating Application (IACRA) equivalent when it is deployed by the
FAA for use.
(2) Conduct tests, in the English language, appropriate to the FAA CLOA held by the
designee, in accordance with the appropriate PTS/ACS.
(3) Issue Temporary Airman Certificates to applicants who have been tested and found
qualified for the certificate or rating sought. The managing FAA office may retain this privilege.
Note: DMEs and DPREs preparing to conduct authorized activities should
follow the procedures set forth in Order 8900.1, Volume 5, as applicable. Specific
sections that limit activities to an ASI also include properly trained designees
authorized on their CLOA to perform the activity.
d. DME and DPRE Limitations. The DME and DPRE must not:
(1) Conduct tests at locations not listed on the current CLOA held by the designee.
(2) Conduct or monitor any portion of computer knowledge tests.
(3) Reissue or amend any expired Temporary Airman Certificate.
(4) Endorse, amend, alter, or issue any permanent airman certificate.
(5) Exempt any applicant from the testing requirements in the applicable PTS/ACS.
(6) Combine teaching with testing during the testing of an applicant.
(7) Conduct tests unless an applicant presents proof of eligibility as prescribed in the
applicable part 65.
test.
(8) Conduct O&P tests unless the applicant has passed the required airman knowledge
Note: This does not apply to aviation mechanic applicants authorized to test in
accordance with § 65.80 or master parachute rigger applicants that hold a senior
certificate.
5-31
09/21/23
8000.95C
(9) Temporarily suspend a test to allow the applicant further study, and then continue the
same test later.
(10) Conduct an O&P test with more than one applicant at a time.
(11) Conduct tests in any language other than English.
(12) Conduct O&P tests at the base of operation that appears on the designee’s CLOA
unless the location is adequately equipped with available equipment and material necessary for
conducting the tests, and permission is granted by the managing FAA office through DMS.
(13) Conduct O&P tests to applicants unless they have been authorized in DMS.
(14) Engage in any activity that would create a potential conflict of interest, such as
providing applicant information to anyone other than the Administrator unless required by law,
or receiving compensation from an AMTS to conduct a test on behalf of the Administrator.
(15) Deny testing to any eligible applicant.
e. DAR-T Privileges.
(1) The DAR-Ts are authorized to perform examination, inspection, and testing services
necessary to issue certificates within the limits of their authorized function codes, as well as to
determine the continuing effectiveness of certificates.
(2) It is the FAA’s intention that DAR-Ts perform their authorized function(s) within
their normal geographic boundaries. However, a managing FAA office may authorize a designee
to perform authorized function(s) outside the normal geographic boundaries on a case-by-case
basis as long as the ability of the FAA to adequately monitor and supervise the designee is
maintained. See Chapter 6, Oversight and Management of a Designee, of this volume for
instructions on this process.
(a) A designee assigned to a FSDO is considered a domestic designee, and their
normal geographic boundaries are everything within the United States and U.S. territories.
(b) A designee assigned to an IFO is considered an international designee and their
normal geographic boundaries are everything outside the United States and U.S. territories.
Note: A designee performing an authorized function within their normal
geographic boundaries will not require a geographic expansion request.
f. DAR-T Limitations. The DAR-T must not:
(1) Perform any function for which they have not been authorized.
(2) Perform evaluations, surveillance, or investigation of quality control systems data,
procedures, methods, or service difficulty reports, on behalf of the FAA.
5-32
09/21/23
8000.95C
(3) Approve departures from specific policy and guidance, new or unproven
technologies, equivalent level of safety findings, special conditions, or exemptions. These are
inherently governmental functions and cannot be delegated to a designee.
(4) Issue U.S. Airworthiness Certificates or SFPs on non-U.S.-registered aircraft.
(5) Perform any mechanical, maintenance, or inspection function on behalf of an
applicant (e.g., owner, agent, repair station, or PAH); they may not act as the applicant or agent
for service on products or articles for which an Airworthiness Certificate or approval is sought.
Note: This would not preclude the DAR-Ts from performing maintenance,
mechanical functions, or inspections in a non-DAR-T capacity when not involved
in the airworthiness certification or approval actions under their DAR-T authority.
(6) Sub-delegate authorized functions.
(7) Perform authorized function(s) outside their normal geographic boundaries without
an approved geographic expansion request.
Note: Using DMS, the managing specialist may authorize a designee to perform
authorized function(s) outside the normal geographic boundaries (including other
countries) on a case-by-case basis as long as the ability of the FAA to adequately
monitor and supervise the designee is maintained. These requests may only be
made as part of the preapproval process. In each case, the request requires the
approval of the designee’s managing specialist and a geographic expansion
coordinator at the office responsible for the district where the activity is requested
to be performed.
g. Conflicts. Designees must maintain a cooperative attitude. If an issue occurs while acting
in an official capacity as a designee, contact your managing specialists. Designees are
responsible for following FAA guidance and the proper chain of command. Questions must be
directed to the assigned managing specialists. If a conflict cannot be resolved at that level, the
designee should contact the responsible Flight Standards office management for assistance.
Other FAA offices, including the Delegation Program Branch (AFS-650) or AFS-640, do not
manage designees and are not authorized to provide direct guidance to designees in lieu of the
assigned FS managing office guidance and instruction.
3. Ongoing Requirements of a Designee.
a. General Requirements. To complement the general requirements established in
Volume 1, Chapter 5, Responsibilities and Obligations of a Designee, a DME, DPRE, DAR-T
will:
(1) Maintain the minimum qualifications established for appointment as specified in this
order, including certification, initial and recurrent training, and attendance at the required annual
meetings.
5-33
09/21/23
8000.95C
(2) Maintain and use the most current versions of the CFR, the PTS/ACS, and applicable
FAA orders. Storage and retrieval of these documents may be electronic.
(3) Complete post-activity reports in DMS after performing certification functions.
Post-activity reports may require attachments to be uploaded by the designee depending on the
type of activity. The items required to be uploaded are identified in the DMS post-activity report.
b. Annual Meeting.
(1) DME, DPRE, and DAR-Ts must attend the annual designee meeting conducted by the
managing FAA office.
(2) The managing FAA office should attempt to schedule the annual meeting to allow all
designees of the same type to meet together in one location at the same time to discuss, at a
minimum, the following subject areas:
(a) Local issues;
(b) Local problem areas;
(c) Local procedures;
(d) Standardization issues;
(e) Designee performance; and
(f) National issues.
(3) A record of attendance by each designee must be documented in DMS by the
managing specialist.
(4) In cases where, beyond the designee’s control, it is not possible for a designee to
attend the annual meeting, the managing specialist must meet with that designee to discuss the
same subject material presented at the meeting. The managing FAA office may opt to record
their meetings on video and use the media for make-up meetings. This allows designees who
missed the meeting to also benefit from the dialogue between designees during the meeting. A
designee who misses this annual meeting must still satisfy the annual meeting requirement each
12 calendar-months.
4. References, Forms, and Supplies.
a. DME and DPRE Designee Materials. The managing FAA office should provide each
designee with supplies appropriate to the designation, or direct them to where they are available.
The following supplies are necessary for the performance of designee duties. The managing FAA
office may issue some or all of the designee materials at the time of selection. With the exception
of FAA Form 8060-4, Temporary Airman Certificate, the material can be found online at
www.faa.gov or through common sources such as the Government Publishing Office (GPO).
5-34
09/21/23
8000.95C
(1) DME and DPRE.
(a) FAA Form 8060-4, Temporary Airman Certificate.
(b) FAA Form 8610-2, Airman Certificate and/or Rating Application – Mechanic and
Parachute Rigger.
(2) DME.
(a) FAA Form 337, Major Repair and Alteration (Airframe, Powerplant, Propeller, or
Appliance).
(b) FAA-S-ACS-1 Aviation Mechanic General, Airframe, and Powerplant Airman
Certification Standards.
(c) FAA Order 8900.1.
(3) DPRE.
(a) FAA-S-8081-25, Parachute Rigger Practical Test Standards.
(b) FAA Order 8900.1.
b. DAR-T Designee Materials.
(1) FAA Form 8100-1, Conformity Inspection Record.
(2) FAA Form 8100-2, Standard Airworthiness Certificate
(3) FAA Form 8130-3, Authorized Release Certificate: Airworthiness Approval Tag.
(4) FAA Form 8130-7, Special Airworthiness Certificate.
(5) FAA Order 8130.2, Airworthiness Certification of Aircraft.
(6) FAA Order 8130.21, Procedures for Completion and Use of the Authorized Release
Certificate, FAA Form 8130-3, Airworthiness Approval Tag.
(7) FAA Order 8300.16, Major Repair and Alteration Data Approval.
(8) FAA Order 8900.1.
c. Security. Each designee is responsible to establish and carry out appropriate security
procedures. The security of the controlled material is important to prevent compromise, and to
ensure the applicants meet the aeronautical skill standards for aviation mechanic certificates and
ratings. The designee must secure the aforementioned material in a manner that will not allow
unauthorized access (e.g., a locked drawer, cabinet, or closet). Only authorized representatives of
the FAA Administrator will receive access to secured material. The designee should refer any
public request for the secured material to the managing FAA office. Misuse or storage of tests by
5-35
09/21/23
8000.95C
a DME could result in termination of the designation or removal of access to download tests
from the Mechanic Test Generator.
5-36
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 6. Oversight and Management of a Designee
1. Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the oversight and management of DME,
DPRE, and DAR-T designees, referred to collectively in this chapter as designees. This
designation type-specific policy and Volume 1 constitute the overall policy for the oversight and
management of DME, DPRE, and DAR-T. Also refer to the FS DMS Oversight
Activities Tab job aid for detailed information at https://my.faa.gov/content/myfaa/en/org/linebus
iness/avs/offices/air/div_dir/air600/dms.html.
2. General.
a. General Considerations.
(1) Designee oversight includes the managing, monitoring, and tracking of a designee’s
activities and performance. Managing specialists are also responsible for ensuring that DMEs
and DPREs are thoroughly coached in the importance of their role of administering oral
(knowledge) and practical (skill) tests to the applicants in accordance with the PTS/ACS and
Order 8900.1, Volume 5. Managing specialists assigned to DAR-Ts are responsible for ensuring
they perform airworthiness certification tasks in accordance with applicable policies and
procedures.
(2) Oversight will include scheduled inspection activities in DMS and a periodic OPE of
each designee. The OPE will be scheduled between 12 and 36 months based on the designee’s
past performance. Inspection activity results provide data to be used in completing each
designee’s OPE.
(3) Designees can expect that the managing FAA office will assign to each DME, DPRE,
and DAR-T a managing specialist that is a qualified ASI (Airworthiness) and will develop
oversight plans to ensure quality, integrity, and compliance with current policy, regulations, and
the PTS or ACS, as appropriate; the highest degree of professionalism; and the identification of
potential hazards and risks to aviation safety. If and when the FAA discovers deficiencies, the
managing specialist will respond in a manner prescribed by the common designee policy in this
order, and other relevant FAA guidance.
(4) DMEs and DPREs should expect the FAA to observe them conducting their first
complete test. Thereafter, the designees may be inspected or observed by FAA personnel at any
time with or without prior notice.
(5) The managing specialist, and ASIs not assigned to the designee, document oversight
activities and results in DMS. Such reporting is not only crucial for managing individual
designees, but also for implementing risk-based decision making to the management of FS
designees.
b. Managing FAA Office and Managing Specialist. When a designee has been approved
to perform work in DMS, regardless if the activity is inside or outside the managing FAA
office’s service area, the managing specialist and managing FAA office are responsible for the
oversight of the work being performed. To facilitate this responsibility, when the application for
a certification activity is made in the Airworthiness Certification (AWC) application, the
5-37
09/21/23
8000.95C
application must be assigned to the designee’s managing FAA office and managing specialist
prior to work being started by the designee.
c. Oversight and DMS.
(1) Designee oversight includes the managing, monitoring, and tracking of a designee’s
activities and performance. DMS establishes the minimum required oversight activities for each
designee based on their authorized activities and risk-based data. Additional oversight may be
conducted as deemed necessary by the managing specialist or managing FAA office. Oversight
activities are the responsibility of the designee’s managing specialist and the managing specialist
is expected to conduct the oversight activities. However, other ASIs can enter oversight activities
on the designee, and there are provisions in DMS for the managing specialist to accept an
oversight activity of the same type conducted by another ASI if it’s in the required timeframe.
Additional instructions are included in the DMS Job Aids for oversight activities.
(2) The managing specialist must conduct designee performance evaluations on an
ongoing basis and must record in DMS the results of individual oversight activities. All oversight
activities are required to be completed once each four quarters, except for direct observations.
Direct observations for DMEs and DPREs have a risk-based component, which means that the
dates will not be consistent from designee to designee, and may change from one fiscal year
quarter to the next. On the first day of each quarter, DMS “looks back” to determine how much
activity the designee had in the previous four quarters, and when the last direct observation was
conducted. Based on that data, DMS calculates the next due date for a direct observation. This
timeframe may be as short as the current quarter, or as long as 12 quarters.
(3) The managing specialist must also record in DMS an OPE. Refer to the FS DMS
Management Action Link job aid for detailed information at
https://my.faa.gov/content/myfaa/en/org/linebusiness/avs/offices/air/div_dir/air600/dms.html.
(4) Overdue Direct Observations. The managing specialist should ensure a designee’s
direct observation is completed on or before the due date listed in DMS. When a designee’s
direct observation cannot be completed before the due date, DMS will not prevent the designee
from performing additional delegated activities. All factors must be considered and risk managed
appropriately. If the managing specialist determines the lack of a completed direct observation
presents an unacceptable risk, the designee may be suspended in DMS until the direct
observation is completed. In cases where the managing specialist finds the risk acceptable, that
risk assessment must be documented in DMS using the “Special Emphasis Item” oversight and
putting “OVERDUE” in the National Use field, and an explanation of the factors considered and
the reason for the extension. If the designee has been actively performing the function codes
during the oversight cycle, direct observations may not be extended more than one quarter
beyond the due date (e.g., if the due date is June 30, 2020, it cannot be extended beyond
September 30, 2020). However, if the designee has not had any activity allowing oversight to be
performed, the oversight may be extended for one year. If after that time, oversight could not be
performed because of a lack of designee activity, the office must remove those function codes
from the designees CLOA. If a function code has been removed from the CLOA, the designee
must submit an expanded authority request in DMS if they wish to be reauthorized for the
function code.
5-38
09/21/23
8000.95C
Note: The office may remove function codes from a DAR-T due to a lack of
activity instead of extending the oversight. If the office chooses to extend the
oversight, they must set function codes in the extended group to manual approval.
d. Performance Measures. Many of the oversight activities include the following
performance measures to determine designee performance:
(1) Technical. The designee demonstrates sufficient knowledge, skill, and ability to
conduct authorized tasks within established guidance and standards. The designee possesses an
expert level of knowledge and skill, understands and uses appropriate terminology, uses the
correct equipment, applies appropriate standards, and accurately interprets results.
(a) Knowledge and Understanding. Does the designee understand the technical
terminology contained in FAA orders, the PTS/ACS, and other reference material used in
planning, describing, or conducting the certification activity? Does the designee demonstrate an
expert level of knowledge about the maintenance practice, aircraft operation, and systems (if
applicable)?
(b) Interpret and Apply. Does the designee correctly interpret and apply the technical
performance standards defined by the appropriate testing standard, order, or regulation?
(c) Equipment and Materials. Does the designee possess, select, use, or inspect (when
supplied by the applicant) the appropriate and serviceable equipment, devices, tools, reference
material, etc., when planning or conducting certifications?
(2) Procedural. The designee demonstrates the ability to complete administrative
functions correctly. The designee accurately completes and issues appropriate documentation,
submits required data, follows established procedures, and complies with all regulations, orders,
and directives.
(a) Review of Applications for Completeness. Does the designee follow the correct
procedure when accepting applications and determining applicant eligibility?
(b) Submittal of Information and Data to FAA. Does the designee properly submit
information, documents, and data to the FAA when it is required by FAA orders or by specific
instructions provided by the managing FAA office?
(c) Conducting Evaluations, Tests, and Certifications. Does the designee follow the
correct procedure when conducting airman or airworthiness certifications, grading, evaluating,
and providing feedback to applicants during certification?
(d) Issuing Certificate, Approval, Authorization, or Results to the Applicant. Does the
designee follow the correct procedure when completing and issuing certificates, approvals, test
results, or other findings to the applicant upon completion of the certification activity?
(3) Professional. The designee conducts activities in an ethical, courteous, and
conscientious manner reflecting highly on the Administrator. The designee presents a
cooperative attitude and demonstrates integrity, tact, and diplomacy when dealing with industry
5-39
09/21/23
8000.95C
and the FAA. The designee communicates effectively in a manner that reflects positively on the
FAA, both orally and written.
(a) Oral and Written Communication. Does the designee effectively communicate
either in writing or in conversation with the FAA and general public? Does the designee provide
feedback to the FAA with ways to improve the designee system?
(b) Professional Representation of the FAA. When dealing with the public, does the
designee demonstrate a positive reflection on the FAA and a willingness to comply with FAA
policy and managing FAA office instruction?
(c) Cooperative Attitude with the FAA. Is the designee easy to work with and do they
present a positive attitude when interacting with the FAA? Is the designee responsive to the FAA
and reasonably accessible to the FAA as required?
(d) Ethics and Judgment. Does the designee maintain high ethical standards and
demonstrate good judgment in the conduct of authorized activities and interactions with the
general public?
(4) DME, DPRE, and DAR-T Performance Measures. Additional performance measures
for DME, DPRE, and DAR-Ts include, but are not limited to the following:
(a) Completes pretest and post-test briefings as appropriate;
(b) Makes an accurate “pass/fail” determination (for DMEs and DPREs); and
(c) Properly completes appropriate certification documents. (Documents will be
evaluated for correctness, legibility, and compliance with FAA regulations/policies.)
3. Oversight Actions.
a. Planning an Oversight Activity.
(1) Risk-Based Analysis. Managing specialists conducting oversight of designees should
use a risk-based analysis to determine if an inspection is necessary. Circumstances that warrant
an oversight activity include, but are not limited to:
(a) Oversight from DMS-generated oversight activities. The managing specialist also
determines if additional oversight may be necessary.
(b) Complaints received about a designee’s conduct during certifications.
(c) New designees (inspections can occur at a higher level of frequency to ensure
compliance).
(d) Review of designee’s certification files or reports produced through DMS indicate
one or more of the following:
1. Overall problems with the certification files;
5-40
09/21/23
8000.95C
2. A “no failure” or “high pass rate” that seems unusual;
3. A high activity rate;
4. Applicants are traveling long distances; or
5. High rate of activities outside the designee’s normal geographic boundaries.
(2) Prepare for the Inspection.
(a) Review the following documents prior to the inspection:
1. Designee’s file;
2. DME or DPRE planning sheets;
Note: Copies of test planning sheets (for both DME/DPRE) are no longer
required to be kept in the managing FAA office file and must be included in
certification packages forwarded to AFB-720.
3. Preapproval requests specific to the activity to be observed.
4. Previous inspection reports and historic NPTRS and DMS entries; and
5. Any correspondence between the managing FAA office and designee since
the last inspection.
6. Since an applicant’s hours may be incompatible with the FAA’s normal duty
hours, the ASI will make every effort to be flexible when scheduling oversight of activities.
(b) If appropriate, review the designee’s preapproval within DMS and arrange the
inspection to coincide with the scheduled certification event.
b. Oversight Activities. Designee oversight includes the comprehensive management,
monitoring, and tracking of a designee and related activities. All of these actions are considered
oversight activities in DMS. A complete surveillance of a DME, DPRE, or DAR-T involves a
group of oversight activities performed to observe the designee’s performance. These oversight
activities may be completed independently within a set timeframe, or any number of them may
be completed in conjunction with one another. This approach to oversight was adopted to allow
managing specialist flexibility in completing oversight activities as the opportunity arises, and to
encourage focus on the specific element being evaluated. Designee oversight is most effective
when it occurs throughout the year rather than an all-at-once, infrequent approach. The
frequency of DME and DPRE direct observations will be determined by DMS at the beginning
of each fiscal year quarter. All other scheduled oversight activities are based on a
12 calendar-month recurring interval. Oversight is usually accomplished by the assigned
managing specialist, but oversight activities contained in this volume may be performed by other
FS ASIs and recorded in DMS.
5-41
09/21/23
8000.95C
(1) Direct Observations. A direct observation is an oversight activity that includes a
managing specialist observing the designee performing certification work that allow the
managing specialist to determine the designee’s performance. Direct observations provide the
managing specialist the opportunity to determine if the designee is performing the work within
the guidelines, give feedback to the designee, and gain insight into the designee’s technical,
professional, and procedural attributes. A direct observation may be performed in person, or by
using remote technology if it provides access to everything the managing specialist wants to
observe. A minimum number of direct observations will be required by policy to be completed
by a managing specialist (see DMS to determine frequency). The number of direct observations
may be increased by managing specialists if deemed appropriate due to various risk indicators
that may be established, such as when a designee’s performance is “Unsatisfactory” or “Needs
Improvement”, or any other reason deemed appropriate.
(a) During a direct observation for a DME or DPRE, the managing specialist should
assure the applicant that the observation is focused on the designee and not the applicant.
Although this may not alleviate the heightened level of anxiety, the managing specialist should
make the applicant as relaxed as possible.
(b) If the managing specialist observes a designee that is not following proper
certification policy, the managing specialist has the responsibility to stop the certification and
discuss the concern with the designee without the applicant being present. Under no
circumstances will the managing specialist allow the certification to be issued until the
discrepancy(ies) are corrected.
(c) Managing specialists may, at their discretion, allow the DME and DPRE to
continue with the O&P test, after discovering that the designee omitted an item required by the
PTS/ACS. The managing specialist may allow the designee to complete the O&P, but must not
allow the airman certificate to be issued.
Note: This type of discrepancy would be noted in DMS as a procedural issue and
might require additional observations by the managing specialist to ensure the
problem does not continue.
(d) Observe the DME or DPRE conducting an exam and perform pretest inspection
activities as described below:
1. Review the planning sheet to determine the following:
(i) Does the DPRE planned test include all the questions and projects
required by the mechanic and/or parachute rigger O&P test standard?
(ii) Does the DPRE test cover each subject area/area of operation required by
the PTS/ACS for the certificate/rating sought?
(iii) The Mechanic Test Generator (MTG) creates the exam for the DME. The
exam generated by the MTG meets the testing standard.
5-42
09/21/23
8000.95C
2. Ensure the DME or DPRE receives and properly reviews a completed
application from the applicant and the applicant is eligible to take the oral (knowledge) and
practical (skill) examinations.
3. Ensure the DME or DPRE requests appropriate identification from the
applicant to validate the applicant’s identity.
4. Ensure the DME or DPRE does not intend to administer the O&P test to more
than one applicant at a time.
5. Ensure the applicant is informed that the inspector is principally observing the
DME or DPRE’s performance and that at the conclusion of the tests, unless circumstances
otherwise warrant, the DME or DPRE will issue a temporary certificate if the applicant passes
the test.
6. Ensure the DME or DPRE conducts the O&P portions of the exam in
accordance with the procedures in Order 8900.1.
Note: The inspector should request a copy of the planning sheet for the specific
test being observed in advance of the test in order to avoid interruption. The
inspector should direct any questions regarding the test plan or adequacy of the
test to the DME or DPRE in private before the beginning of the test. At the
completion of the exam, the inspector will return the test copy to the DME to be
destroyed.
(e) Observe the DAR-T’s Delegated Work Activities. At least once during each
4-quarter period, witness the designee performing an authorized function for each of the function
groups held to ensure satisfactory performance. DMS will identify the required direct
observations and other required activities for each DAR-T. Direct observations by function code
groups include the following:
1. Observe a complete aircraft certification activity, export certificate of
airworthiness or SFP (function codes (F/C) 101–176).
2. Observe a complete domestic airworthiness approval or export airworthiness
approval (F/Cs 177–196).
3. Observe a complete inspection (aging aircraft notification of records reviews
and aircraft inspections) (F/Cs 197–198).
Note: The responsible Flight Standards office for the carrier may perform this
observation if requested by the managing specialist using the ASI role in DMS.
4. Review and/or observe a data approval (field approvals) (F/Cs 199–220).
(2) Post-Certification Oversight Activities.
5-43
09/21/23
8000.95C
(a) DME or DPRE. Ensure the DME or DPRE completes and submits the
certification file in accordance with Order 8900.1. After observing the DME or DPRE conduct
an oral (knowledge) and practical (skill) test of the applicant, note one of the four possible
outcomes below. In each of these outcomes, conduct a debriefing with the DME or DPRE
separate from the applicant. Discuss the performance of the applicant and the DME or DPRE,
and recommend areas of improvement needed by the DME or DPRE.
1. If the DME or DPRE and the applicant perform satisfactorily, observe the
DME or DPRE properly completing FAA Form 8610-2 and issuing FAA Form 8060-4.
2. If the DME or DPRE performs satisfactorily but the applicant is
unsatisfactory, observe the DME or DPRE properly completing FAA Form 8610-2 and properly
identifying the subject areas or area of operation or task failed or not tested in the block for
remarks.
3. If the DME or DPRE performs unsatisfactorily but the applicant performs
satisfactorily, allow the DME or DPRE to complete FAA Form 8610-2, and issue FAA
Form 8060-4. This is only possible if the inspector determines that an adequate test was given. If
the DME or DPRE’s performance was inadequate, resulting in an invalid test, then the airman
applicant was not properly evaluated and FAA Form 8060-4 should not be issued.
4. If the DME or DPRE and the applicant perform unsatisfactorily, allow the
DME or DPRE to properly complete FAA Form 8610-2, properly identifying the O&P projects
failed or subject areas and tasks not tested.
(b) DAR-T. The managing specialist will monitor the designee’s activity by
reviewing the work records and reports for accuracy and by observing the activity to ensure that
proper procedures and satisfactory inspection techniques or methods are used.
(3) Site Visit/Facility Inspection.
(a) Visit the Designee’s Fixed Base. Validate that the designee meets the continued
eligibility requirements of the designation by inspecting the following:
1. Ensure the designee is providing adequate security for controlled documents.
Whatever form of storage is utilized, the designee must prevent unauthorized access to controlled
documents.
2. Validate that the designee maintains a copy of all the forms and documents
provided by the managing FAA office required for the designation.
3. Inspect the activity files/records and validate that the designee activity
submitted to the managing FAA office is being maintained by the designee as required.
ratings.
4. Examine the designee’s airman certificates for currency and appropriate
5-44
09/21/23
8000.95C
5. Review the CLOA in DMS with the designee and validate that all information
is still current and accurate.
6. Ensure the designee completed a recurrent standardization training within the
required interval.
Note: The fixed base for a DME or DPRE is the address listed on their CLOA. A
DAR-T may have a fixed base of operations; however, the site visit activity may
be performed at any location suggested by the DAR-T that is acceptable to the
FAA provided that all the DAR-T requirements in this chapter are met at
whatever location is inspected.
(b) In addition, for DMEs:
1. Determine if the facility is adequately equipped to support testing to the ACS
by inspecting the tools, equipment, airworthy assemblies, unairworthy assemblies,
subassemblies, operational mockups, and materials required to complete a project assignment
and demonstrate the basic skills for the certificate and rating sought to meet the equipment
requirements of Order 8900.1.
2. Ensure that the DME maintains current copies (paper or electronic) of the
following DME-related documents:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Aviation Mechanic ACS.
FAA Form 337, Major Repair and Alteration.
FAA Form 8060-4, Temporary Airman Certificate.
FAA Form 8610-2, Airman Certificate and/or Rating Application –
Mechanic and Parachute Rigger.
Title 14 CFR Part 43, Maintenance, Preventive Maintenance, Rebuilding,
and Alteration.
Title 14 CFR Part 65, Certification: Airmen Other Than Flight
Crewmembers.
Title 14 CFR Part 183, Representatives of the Administrator.
FAA-H-8083-17A, Parachute Riggers Handbook.
FAA-H-8083-30, Aviation Maintenance Technician Handbook—General.
FAA-H-8083-31, Aviation Maintenance Technician Handbook—
Airframe.
FAA-H-8083-32, Aviation Maintenance Technician Handbook—
Powerplant.
Other data such as advisory circulars (AC), technical data, etc., which may
be required for the development and administration of the test.
(c) In addition, for DPREs:
1. Determine if the facility is adequately equipped to support testing to the level
required by the PTS/ACS by inspecting the tools, equipment, airworthy assemblies, unairworthy
assemblies, subassemblies, operational mockups, and materials required to complete a project
5-45
09/21/23
8000.95C
assignment and demonstrate the basic skills for the certificate and rating sought to meet the
equipment requirements of Order 8900.1.
2. Ensure that the DPRE maintains current copies (paper or electronic) of the
following DPRE-related documents:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Order 8900.1.
Parachute Rigger PTS/ACS.
Applicable manufacturers’ parachute packing instructions.
Dan Poynter’s The Parachute Manual: A Technical Treatise on
Aerodynamic Decelerators, Volumes 1 and 2.
Technical Standard Order (TSO)-C23 Series, Personnel Parachute
Assemblies and Components.
FAA Form 8060-4, Temporary Airman Certificate.
Title 14 CFR Part 105, Parachute Operations.
Title 14 CFR Part 183, Representatives of the Administrator.
Parachute Industry Association (PIA) Technical Standard (TS) Publication
PIA-TS-108, Parachute Canopy Fabric Pull Test Non Destructive Method.
AC 105-2, Sport Parachuting.
SAE International Aerospace Standard (AS), SAE AS8015 Series,
Minimum Performance Standards for Parachute Assemblies and
Components, Personnel.
Other data such as ACs, technical data, etc., which may be required for the
development and administration of the test.
(d) In addition, for DAR-Ts:
1. Ensure that the designee has acquired and maintains all guidance material
necessary to perform the authorized function(s). For DAR-Ts performing certification activities
of aircraft, determine that they have access to the FAA Electronic Document Retrieval System
(EDRS) to perform necessary records research.
function(s).
2. Determine that the designee is performing within the scope of the authorized
3. Verify that the designee’s attendance at the appropriate standardization
training is in accordance with this order.
4. Ensure that the designee coordinates with the FAA when authorized to work
outside the designee’s normal geographic boundaries.
5. Ensure that the designee is obtaining preapproval of all activities before
performing delegated functions. Also ensure that preapproval by the FAA addresses any special
directions or instructions that may be necessary before performing the delegated function(s).
Note: Managing specialists must take immediate action on safety-related
situations.
5-46
09/21/23
8000.95C
Note: The designee must contact the managing FAA office should they have any
concerns or questions regarding any delegated activity.
(4) Review of Certification Packages. Reviewing certification packages provides the
managing specialist the opportunity to determine if the designee is performing the work within
the guidelines, give feedback to the designee, and gain insight into the designee’s technical,
professional, and procedural attributes. The managing specialist is responsible for reviewing the
certification packages completed by their assigned designees. These reviews will be recorded in
DMS. Correction notices received from the Civil Aviation Registry Division (AFB-700) will
also be recorded in DMS.
(a) For Mechanic and Parachute Rigger Applications. Every certificate or rating
certification package will be reviewed for correctness by either the managing specialist, an ASI,
or an OA. These certification packages must be sent to the managing office within 7 calendardays of the test date. A certification file may only contain an FAA Form 8610-2, but may contain
additional documents as annotated in Designated Examiner’s Report depending on the type of
exam and if the applicant passed or failed. Review of certification files is required and must be
documented in DMS using the Oversight Activities tab, Unscheduled Activities, Review of
Certification Packages. Select the appropriate preapproval number and record the required
information. After the review is complete, the managing specialist will complete the FAA
Inspector’s Report and forward the certification file to AFB-700 as appropriate.
Note: The managing specialist is not required to complete SAS records while
completing certification file reviews using DMS.
(b) For DAR-T. Document reviews of certification files are required by Order 8130.2
each time an application for an Airworthiness Certificate (FAA Forms 8130-1 and 8130-6) is
submitted from a DAR-T. Oversight of the DAR-T may be increased by the specialist if deemed
appropriate due to various risk indicators that may be established (such as when a “needs
improvement” event has been identified), or for any other reason deemed appropriate. Review of
data approvals by DAR-Ts holding any function code between 199 and 208 will also be
documented using the “Review of Certification Packages” process in DMS.
(5) Interviews of Recently Tested Airmen (DME and DPRE). The managing specialist,
an ASI or OA should conduct interviews of recently tested airmen to ensure that the examiner is
properly following the PTS/ACS when the FAA is not in attendance. Inform interviewees that
the questions are to evaluate the testing procedure and are not a reexamination of their
certificates. Conduct enough interviews to provide confidence that the designee is properly
conducting the test. If the interviews indicate satisfactory performance by the designee, the
schedule for direct observations developed by DMS may be followed. However, if the interviews
of recently tested applicants indicate a deficiency with designee performance, the managing FAA
office must conduct additional direct observations.
Note: OAs conducting interviews of recently tested Airman must be provided
training by the managing office.
5-47
09/21/23
8000.95C
(6) Provide Technical Assistance. Each managing specialist will document in DMS when
they spend time providing technical assistance to one of their designees. This does not include
answering a quick phone call or email, but primarily when research or training is involved in the
assistance.
(7) Review DMS Activity Log. Each managing specialist will review the activity log of
each of the designees they manage for the previous four quarters. The managing specialist will
look for compliance with FAA policy.
(8) Review Feedback. Each managing specialist will record in DMS any information that
has been received from outside sources regarding the performance of their designee. This may be
positive or negative feedback, and may come from another FAA employee, or may come from
someone outside the FAA. If any followup action is required, and what that action should be,
will be determined by the managing specialist.
(9) Annual Meeting. Each managing specialist will record the attendance at the annual
meeting of each of their designees.
(10) Special Emphasis Evaluation of Designees (SEED). The Regulatory Support Division
(AFS-600) will notify the designee’s managing FAA office whenever the division becomes
aware of an issue through a SEED inspection or by other means that could require a designee to
be suspended or terminated. The managing FAA office is responsible to process the suspension
or termination. In the event AFS-600 and the managing FAA office disagree on the termination
of a designee, AFS-600 will make the final determination.
c. Outcomes of Oversight Activities. For all oversight activity, the managing specialist or
ASI selects from three performance measure categories: Satisfactory, Needs Improvement, or
Unsatisfactory. If the designee’s oversight outcome results in “Needs Improvement” or
“Unsatisfactory,” the managing specialist must enter descriptive text in the appropriate
performance measure category(ies).
(1) Followup Action. If the designee’s oversight outcome results in “Needs
Improvement” or “Unsatisfactory,” then appropriate followup action(s) must be determined and
recorded in DMS. This is accomplished by using the Corrective Action process in DMS, which
may include any of the following:
(a) Counseling. As conditions warrant, the FAA will provide direct guidance and
counseling to designees.
(b) Suspension. The most common reason for a suspension is when the designee has
not been following certification policy as described in FAA policy.
(c) Termination. If counseling or suspension does not correct a deficiency in designee
performance, termination of the designation must be initiated. Immediate termination may also
be appropriate when a designee knowingly acts contrary to and/or deliberately disregards FAA
policy.
5-48
09/21/23
8000.95C
Note: Corrective actions as defined in this policy are intended to address issues
with designee performance and are not the same as corrective actions as defined
in FAA Order 2150.3, FAA Compliance and Enforcement Program.
Note: A result of unsatisfactory for an oversight activity does not require
suspension or termination provided that the issue is immediately corrected. If the
unsatisfactory event cannot be corrected, then suspension or termination may be
warranted.
(2) FAA Actions to Address Regulatory or Statutory Noncompliance. In the event that
inappropriate actions by a designee require action against the designee’s airman certificate, the
managing specialist must refer to and follow FAA Order 8900.1, Volume 14, Compliance and
Enforcement, and Order 2150.3 for the correct procedures and to determine action choice(s).
Actions taken under the Compliance Program may range from counseling to revocation of
airman certificates. Note that revocation is necessitated, in most cases, by fraudulent
certifications performed by the designee. In the most egregious cases, criminal charges may be
levied under Title 18 of the United States Code (18 U.S.C.) § 1001, which may lead to
imprisonment.
(3) Special Emphasis Evaluation of Designees (SEED). The Regulatory Support Division
(AFS-600) will notify the designee’s managing FAA office whenever the division becomes
aware of an issue through a SEED inspection or by other means that could require a designee to
be suspended or terminated. The managing FAA office is responsible to process the suspension
or termination. In the event AFS-600 and the managing FAA office disagree on the termination
of a designee, AFS-600 will make the final determination.
d. OPE. The OPE is a consolidated review of oversight activity and other data available
outside of DMS on a recurring basis. The performance evaluation results in an overall rating for
the performance period and considers risk-based elements. The objectives of the OPE are for the
managing specialist to:
(1) Identify performance trends that are:
(a) Specific to the designee.
(b) Local. Compared to designees similar in authority locally.
(c) National. Compared to designees similar in authority nationwide.
(2) Determine if corrective action is needed.
(3) Conduct a risk assessment of the designee.
(4) Review all data for the current performance evaluation period.
(5) Determine performance result. See Volume 1.
e. Investigations and Inquiries. See Volume 1.
5-49
09/21/23
8000.95C
4. Followup Actions.
a. Counseling. See Volume 1.
b. Additional Training. See Volume 1.
5. Designee Management Functions.
a. Expand Authorities and/or Change Limitations. See Volume 1 and Volume 5,
Chapter 2.
b. Reduce Authority. See Volume 1.
c. Record Note. See Volume 1.
d. Send Message to Designee. The managing specialist is able to transmit messages and
notifications through DMS, such as changes in the PTS/ACS, regulations, upcoming meetings,
and other communications, as necessary.
e. Record Feedback or Interaction With a Designee. See Volume 1.
f. Preapproval.
(1) Ensure designees understand that they must obtain preapproval in order to perform
functions on behalf of the FAA. The managing specialist will issue any special instructions to the
designee during the preapproval process. DME, DPRE, and DAR-T preapprovals require the
designee to request and receive approval to conduct authorized activity at least 24 hours prior to
commencing that activity on behalf of the FAA. However, preapprovals should be submitted as
far in advance as possible. The managing specialist will be notified through the DMS message
center any time a designee submits a preapproval less than 24 hours in advance. The notification
is to assist the FAA in managing planned oversight activities that may be impacted. It is
acceptable for DAR-Ts to submit request function codes 177-196 preapprovals with less than
24 hours’ notice, however this must be based on applicant needs and not the convenience of the
DAR-T. Preapprovals may be authorized through two methods: manual and automatic.
(a) Manual Preapproval. Manual preapproval requires the managing specialist to
review the designee’s request for activity and approve it in DMS. This allows the managing
specialist to stay informed of the designee’s activities and the nature of the certification activity
involved. It provides a means of managing a designee’s activity and ensuring only those
activities that the managing FAA office chooses to delegate are accomplished by the designee.
(b) Automatic Preapproval. Automatic preapproval allows the managing specialist to
set the DMS function to automatically approve an activity request by a specific designee. This
feature provides the managing specialist with a flexible option to provide preapproval and
continue to manage a designee’s activity. Automatic preapproval will only be used when the
designee’s performance remains acceptable and analysis indicates that the type of certification
activity requested presents an acceptable risk. Automatic preapprovals will not be granted:
5-50
09/21/23
8000.95C
1. To a DME, DPRE, or DAR-T during the first 30 days of appointment.
boundaries.
2. At any time for geographic expansion activities outside normal geographic
(2) DMS allows the designee to change or cancel a preapproval request.
(3) For DMEs, DPREs, and DAR-Ts, each certification activity must be approved before
the designee can perform any function for the FAA. Managing FAA offices should ensure that
adequate FAA personnel and/or designees are available to address the certification requests
within their geographic area of the United States. IFOs must use their experience and discretion
to determine the number of designees required, but may also utilize other designees as provided
in this procedure to support valid certification requests in the IFO’s district. IFOs have a unique
role regarding certification activity that takes place outside the United States. The complexities
of meeting FAA obligations to international agreements with other countries require that these
offices serve a key role in determining whether the FAA should support individual certification
requests outside of the United States and U.S. territories. Certain FAA certification activities
requested to be performed outside of the United States and U.S. territories require a regulatory
determination of undue burden by the FAA. Although the FAA may delegate some certification
activities outside the United States to designees, the decision to perform or not perform the
activity rests solely with the FAA.
(4) Geographic Expansion (DMEs, DPREs, and DAR-Ts). It is the FAA’s intention that
DMEs and DPREs only conduct tests at locations listed on their current CLOA, and DAR-Ts
perform their authorized function(s) within their normal geographic boundaries. However, a
managing FAA office may authorize a designee to perform activities outside the normal
geographic boundaries on a case-by-case basis as long as the activity meets the FAA criteria of
need and ability to manage. Geographic expansion requests are processed as a function of the
preapproval request. The designee must utilize the DMS preapproval process to initiate any
geographic expansion requests using the following guidance:
(a) Geographic Boundaries. When the designee makes a request in DMS to perform
an activity that is within their normal geographic boundaries, or is listed on their CLOA, they
should select “No” in the Facility Information section when they are asked if the activity is
outside of their assigned office area. They should only select “Yes” if the activity is outside of
their normal geographic boundaries. The DAR-T will enter the AWC application number, if
applicable for the activity, in the comment section of the preapproval.
(b) Geographic Expansion. Designees may request a geographic expansion to
perform an activity outside their normal geographic boundaries when the FAA has determined
that the activity should be supported by the FAA, and is consistent with Title 49 of the United
States Code (49 U.S.C.) § 44702 and pertinent international agreements. The geographic
expansion request must be made as part of the preapproval request in DMS at least
10 calendar-days in advance of the activity to allow the FAA sufficient time to coordinate any
necessary oversight and provide any notification that may be required to other Civil Aviation
Authorities (CAA), if necessary. At the time a DAR-T initiates a preapproval request in DMS, in
5-51
09/21/23
8000.95C
addition to the AWC application number, they must upload a signed copy of the appropriate
application and a complete agent for service letter, if applicable.
(c) Evaluating the Request for Geographic Expansions. Managing specialists and
other DMS users that are required to evaluate any element of a geographic expansion request
should use the factors below before entering their individual approval or denial of the request.
Where multiple users are required to review and approve a geographic expansion request, the
review may be performed simultaneously after approval by the designee’s managing FAA office.
DMS notifies each user that is required to review a geographic expansion request. The list is not
all inclusive, but provides minimum items that should be reviewed for a geographic expansion
request:
1. The responsible office having responsibility for the location where the activity
will be performed must complete a determination of need and ability to manage before
authorizing a designee not assigned to that office to perform certification work within their area
of responsibility.
2. The FAA’s ability to provide oversight does not exceed available resources,
and oversight is possible.
3. For airman certifications outside the United States, the applicant is a U.S.
citizen, or the activity is in support of a government-to-government initiative.
4. For aircraft certifications, the work should be evaluated to ensure that it is a
legitimate FAA certification request. If the activity is outside the United States and there is no
need to complete this type of certification, other than to circumvent local or responsible CAA,
we should not support this activity (e.g., issuing a Standard Airworthiness Certificate for the sole
purpose of obtaining an export certificate of airworthiness).
5. For international activity, the use of international designees takes precedence
over domestic designees requesting expansion work. The IFO makes the final determination to
approve or deny the activity.
6. The designee has adequately identified the specific reasons for this activity to
be performed outside their geographic area. In cases where an aircraft owner or operators
anticipates multiple activities for the same aircraft (i.e., multiple SFPs to relocate the aircraft to
different facilities for maintenance, refurbishment, painting, etc.), DAR-Ts receiving the request
are expected to provide this information in the request. Making multiple isolated requests is
discouraged and is detrimental to supporting requests from aircraft owners and operators for
airworthiness certification.
Note: Completed certification files and other documentation required for
certification activity will be submitted to the designee’s managing FAA office.
The geographically responsible office having responsibility for the area where the
activity will be performed may, however, request to review any certification work
performed by a designee by contacting the managing FAA office.
5-52
09/21/23
8000.95C
Note: Before a managing specialist authorizes a DAR-T to perform any activities
outside the United States, the managing FAA office will review the appropriate
Bilateral Aviation Safety Agreement (BASA) Implementation Procedures for
Airworthiness (IPA) or other pertinent international agreements to determine if
the CAA requires written notification. If required, the managing FAA office will
follow the procedures in the BASA IPA or other pertinent international
agreements.
(d) When designees work outside their geographic area in excess of
6 calendar-months, the managing specialist should temporarily transfer supervisory and
monitoring responsibilities to the appropriate geographic office where the activity is located.
This transfer will require coordination and concurrence between both managing FAA offices.
The office handing off the designee to the temporary geographic office will reassign the designee
in DMS to the new managing specialist at the temporary geographic location. The new managing
FAA office will be responsible for all oversight responsibilities while the designee is temporarily
under their supervision.
(5) Provisions for Unique Circumstances. The following procedures provide FAA offices
a method to address certification activity in unique circumstances.
(a) DAR-T Function Codes 197 and 198 Preapproval Including Geographic
Expansion Requests. Function codes 197 and 198 provide authority for DAR-Ts to issue
notification of completion to air carriers after conducting record reviews and aircraft inspections
required by the Aging Aircraft Safety Act of 1991 in accordance with the responsible Flight
Standards office procedures. DAR-Ts authorized this function can only conduct these activities
after completing OJT on the air carriers approved maintenance policies and procedures from the
responsible Flight Standards office. This task requires coordination between ASIs, DAR-Ts,
Certificate Management Offices (CMO), and air operators. Coordination is not limited to actions
within DMS, and may require communication via telephone calls or emails. Because of the
unique requirements of this function, DAR-Ts are allowed to perform this activity outside their
normal geographic boundaries in accordance with the procedures below. DAR-Ts requesting
authorization to perform an aging aircraft inspection and records review must utilize the DMS
preapproval process for any requests to perform this activity. Based on the required advance
coordination above, these activities are not required to be treated as geographic expansion on the
preapproval request. DMS notifies each user that is required to review a preapproval request for
this activity. DAR-Ts are not allowed to issue notification of completion to air carriers after
conducting record reviews and aircraft inspections, for ineligible aircraft. Refer to Order 8900.1,
Volume 6, Chapter 11, Section 14, Safety Assurance System: Conducting Records Reviews and
Aircraft Inspections Mandated by the Aging Airplane Rules for Parts 121, 129, and 135, for
eligible aircraft, and specific requirements to perform this function.
Note: The procedures above for authorizing function codes 197 and 198 activity
are unique and only apply to these functions. If other FAA-delegated activities are
to be performed on the aircraft by the designee, the procedures in
subparagraph 5f(4) above must be followed.
5-53
09/21/23
8000.95C
(b) Memorandums of Understanding (MOU). Long-term MOUs can be used in order
to accommodate unique situations, such as a need for a shared designee resource between two FS
offices. MOUs must be coordinated and approved by the specific offices. Copies of MOUs must
be uploaded in DMS. MOUs must be maintained in DMS for the designee affected by the MOU.
g. Post-Activity Reports.
(1) DMEs, DPREs, and DAR-Ts are required to complete post-activity reports in DMS
after performing certification functions. Post-activity reports may require attachments to be
uploaded by the designee depending on the type of activity. See Figure 5-3.
Figure 5-3. Designee Post-Activity Attachments
DAR-T Function Codes 101-176
DAR-T Function Codes 177-196
DAR-T Function Codes 197-198
DAR-T Function Codes 199-208
Tests conducted by DMEs
Tests conducted by DPREs
A copy of each of the following documents, if issued: Airworthiness
Certificate, SFP, Operating Limitations, Export Certificate of
Airworthiness, Letter of Denial.
No attachments are required.
A copy of the report submitted to the responsible Flight Standards
office or CMO.
A copy of the FAA Form 337 (front and back), or letter of denial.
A copy of the completed test planning sheet.
A copy of the completed test planning sheet.
(2) Post-activity reports provide the managing specialist with a record of the activity for
that designee. These reports can aid in planning an appropriate level of oversight of the designee.
(3) If designees have post-activity reports that have passed the requisite 7 calendar-day
submission deadline, DMS will not grant another preapproval number until all outstanding postactivity reports have been submitted.
(4) Access to post-activity reports will remain available to a DME, DPRE, or DAR-T for
up to 7 calendar-days after a termination, suspension, voluntary surrender, or expired status to
allow the designee to record any results.
h. Authorization to Test from Another FSDO.
(1) Permission to test applicants that have received their authorization to test from
another FSDO.
Note: The DME or DPRE must receive preapproval in DMS prior to performing
any test. For all applicants who have been previously authorized by another FAA
office, the DME or DPRE must note in the preapproval request the location the
original authorization occurred.
(2) Since the applicant was previously authorized, there is no requirement for the FAA to
reevaluate the applicant’s experience or to re-determine eligibility.
5-54
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 7. Training
1. Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the training of DME, DPRE, and
DAR-T designees, referred to collectively in this chapter as designees. This designation
type-specific policy and Volume 1 constitute the policy for the training of a designee.
2. General. This chapter prescribes the initial and recurrent training requirements for DMEs,
DPREs, DAR-Ts, and FAA personnel, including managing specialists, with designee
management and oversight responsibilities. Applicants and designees register for training
through the Designee Registration System (DRS). Successful completion of the training is
documented in DMS. Information regarding designee standardization training is available at the
following websites:
•
•
•
For DAR-Ts: https://www.faa.gov/other_visit/aviation_industry/designees_delegations/
individual_designees/dart/information/.
For DMEs: https://www.faa.gov/other_visit/aviation_industry/designees_delegations/in
dividual_designees/dme/information/.
For DPREs: https://www.faa.gov/other_visit/aviation_industry/designees_delegations/i
ndividual_designees/dpre/information/.
3. Designee Training Requirements.
a. DME/DPRE/DAR-T Training.
(1) Initial Training.
(a) Before appointment, DME, DPRE, and DAR-T applicants must satisfactorily
complete the initial training program for the designee type and authority for which they are being
considered for appointment. The initial training will be conducted by online web-based training,
face-to-face classroom training, or both depending on the authorized functions the prospective
designees are seeking. Prospective designees will register for training through the DRS. Training
requirements for each designee type are available at the websites listed in paragraph 2 above.
(b) Information and registration for designee standardization training are available at
the websites listed in paragraph 2 above. Each applicant must successfully complete the initial
standardization training requirement within the 1-year period before initial designation. In order
to not exceed this 1-year limit, DME/DPRE/DAR-T applicants shall not attend initial training
until they have been notified by the appointing FAA office that they have been selected for
appointment.
(2) Recurrent Training.
(a) Once a designee is appointed, attendance and successful completion of a recurrent
training is due on an established seminar interval from the completion date of the initial training
or most recent completion of recurrent training. Recurrent training requirements and the
maximum completion interval in calendar-months are available at the websites listed in
paragraph 2 above. Completion of recurrent training is mandatory and must not exceed the
maximum interval listed for each designee type and authorization held. For DAR-T, it should be
5-55
09/21/23
8000.95C
noted that different authorizations require different recurrent training and those recurrent training
intervals may not be on the same schedule.
(b) Designees must schedule themselves for a recurrent training as required and
notify the managing FAA office. The designee must forward a copy of the Certificate of
Completion to the managing FAA office.
(3) Specialized Training. DAR-Ts who perform one or more of these specialized
functions must complete the associated specialized training course prior to initial appointment,
added authority, and at the recurrent interval specified regardless of any other initial or recurrent
training requirement. A complete list of DAR-T specialized functions and the associated training
requirements is available at the website listed in paragraph 2 above.
(4) Comprehensive Post-Course Test.
(a) Following training, the applicant/designee will take a comprehensive post-course
test that will test the applicant/designee on any or all subjects in which the class received
instruction. Some of the test questions will require knowledge beyond that encompassed by the
authorizations indicated on an individual applicant/designee’s current or proposed CLOA. The
designee candidate will receive a completion certificate only after achieving at least a 70 percent
on the post-course test.
(b) Should an applicant/designee fail to pass the post-course test after completing the
training curriculum, AFS-640 will notify the manager of the applicant/designee’s assigned
managing FAA office. After a review of the circumstances related to the failure, the managing
FAA office may:
1. For initial training, elect not to appoint the applicant, or to allow the applicant
to retake the training course. If appropriate, the managing FAA office will allow the applicant
only one additional attempt at successfully completing the training.
2. For recurrent training, elect to terminate the designee for failure to complete
training requirements, or if justification is provided, allow the designee to repeat the training. If
appropriate, the managing FAA office will allow the designee only one additional attempt at
successfully completing the training. The designee may not exercise the privileges of their
designation until training has been successfully completed.
3. Successful completion of all required training is a prerequisite for holding a
designation. Under most circumstances, if an applicant/designee is more than 1 hour late, the
course manager will not permit that applicant/designee to complete the training. If they arrive in
the first hour of training, the course manager will require the applicant/designee to make up the
missed instruction with instructor personnel outside of normal class hours. Once the
applicant/designee has accomplished this, they will take the final examination with the class.
Designees or applicants will be marked as absent after 15 minutes has elapsed from the
announced start time at the beginning of each day, or after the announced start time following a
scheduled break. An applicant/designee marked as absent twice in the same class will not receive
credit for the training, and will not be allowed to complete the final examination with the class.
5-56
09/21/23
8000.95C
4. Applicants and designees register for training through the DRS. Information
regarding designee standardization training is available at the websites listed in paragraph 2
above.
5. Successful completion of initial and recurrent training is documented in DMS.
When designees have completed initial or required recurrent training, they must send a copy of
the training certificate for each completed course to their managing specialist through the DMS
message center. The managing specialist will enter the training in DMS, along with a new due
date, and upload a copy of the new training certificate. When new training is added, the
managing specialist must remove the training due date from superseded training.
b. Training Limitations.
(1) The managing specialist will suspend DMEs and DPREs who fail to meet recurrent
training requirements; however, for DAR-Ts, it should be noted that different authorizations
require different recurrent training, and those recurrent training intervals may not be on the same
schedule. The managing specialist must take the appropriate action necessary to ensure the
designee does not exercise an authorization with expired training. Appropriate action may
include removing automatic approval in DMS from a function code, removal of a function code
from the CLOA, or suspension if appropriate. If a function code is removed from the CLOA, the
DAR-T may submit an expanded authority request in DMS when training requirements have
been met.
(2) Designees may complete the initial training in lieu of the recurrent training to meet
the recurrent training requirements.
(3) A designee must not exercise designation privileges unless the required training
identified by the websites listed in paragraph 2 above is current.
4. FAA Personnel Training.
a. Initial and Recurrent Training Requirements. Initial training requirements for ASIs
with managing specialist responsibilities for DME, DPRE, and DAR-T include completion of the
GA Airworthiness ASI indoctrination courses, or equivalent.
b. Training. Specific courses required for designee oversight are listed in the “Inspector
Training for Designee Oversight” matrix. The training matrix is maintained on the FS Workforce
Development Division (AFB-500) website at https://my.faa.gov/org/linebusiness/avs/offices/afx/
divisions/afb/afb500.html. The training matrix is organized by designee type, and promotes the
FS philosophy that the most appropriate person (or target audience) should attend the right
training at the right time. The training coordinators can also provide access to the training matrix
and assistance on the Training Needs Assessment (TNA) for ASIs assigned to manage designees.
5-57
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 8. Annual Request for Extension of a Designee’s Designation
See Volume 1, Chapter 8, Annual Request for Extension of a Designee’s Designation.
5-58
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 9. Termination of a Designation
1. Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to termination of a DME, DPRE, or
DAR-T. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1 constitute the overall policy for
termination of DMEs, DPREs, or DAR-Ts.
Note: A managing FAA office must not accept a voluntary surrender if a
termination for cause is warranted.
2. General. The following items require the managing specialist to initiate termination of a
designee:
a. Any actions, at any time, by the designee that may reflect poorly on the FAA, such as
misuse of the designation or failure to maintain a reputation for integrity and dependability in the
industry and the community.
b. Any time that a reexamination of an airman under 49 U.S.C. § 44709 becomes necessary
due to an inadequate or inappropriate test performed by the designee, the managing FAA office
must immediately suspend the designee and begin the termination process.
c. Any time that the FAA must revoke an Airworthiness Certificate improperly issued by a
DAR-T, the managing FAA office must immediately suspend the designee and begin the
termination process.
3. Termination Investigation. See Volume 1.
4. Termination for Cause Review Panel Responsibilities. See Volume 1.
5. Termination for Cause Review Panel Members. For a DME, DPRE or DAR-T that holds
no other designation(s), the appointing official will convene a termination for cause review panel
comprising three members:
a. The appointing official associated with the designation. This individual will be the panel
point of contact (POC);
b. An AFS-600 division representative; and
c. An AFS-300 division representative.
Note: For designees with multiple designations, refer to Volume 1 for
appropriate termination for cause review panel procedures.
5-59
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 10. Suspension of a Designation
See Volume 1.
5-60
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 11. Other Designee Management Functions
1. Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to other designee management functions.
This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1 constitute the overall policy for the other
designee management functions. Also refer to the DMS Management Action Links job aid for
detailed information at https://my.faa.gov/content/myfaa/en/org/linebusiness/avs/offices/air/div_
dir/air600/dms.html.
2. Assign DMS Roles—Master Role Assigner (MRA). For FS GA designees, the MRA is
typically the office manager or FLM. See Volume 1.
3. Send Message to Managing Specialist. See Volume 1.
4. Update Profile. Updates to certain information in the designee record, such as change in
physical address or qualifications, may affect the designation. A change of physical address may
cause the FAA to review need and ability to manage considerations. If the requested address
change is in a different managing FAA office area, that office will make the determination if
there is a need for the designation in that area. The designee should not expect to automatically
be redesignated in the new area.
5-61
09/21/23
8000.95C
VOLUME 6. APD DESIGNEE POLICY
Chapter 1. General Information
Section 1. Introduction
1. Purpose of This Volume. This volume supplements the common designee policy by
providing specific guidance for the administration of the Aircrew Program Designee (APD)
designee management program not otherwise provided in detail in Volume 1, Common Designee
Policy.
2. Audience. The primary audience for this volume is APDs and FAA personnel with oversight
responsibilities of designee programs, including FAA management, operational, and
administrative employees, as appropriate.
3. Implementation. Compliance with this order will be achieved in accordance with the
implementation plans established by each Service/Office for their respective designee types.
Implementation will involve transition from existing management and information systems and
designee management policies to the DMS information technology (IT) tool and policy. Affected
employees and designees will be notified through a directive/memo when each implementation
will begin and end, as well as when full compliance with this policy is required. FAA employee
and designee login credentials and instructions will be provided at the beginning of each
implementation. Timing for release and completion of each implementation plan will depend
upon:
a. Availability of the DMS IT tool for the respective designee type.
b. Completion of transition training in the electronic Learning Management System (eLMS)
by the managing specialist (MS) and their respective management officials.
4. Conflicts With Other FAA Orders. The guidance in this order may conflict with that in
other FAA orders and directives. This situation may arise inadvertently or because it is
impractical to revise all orders simultaneously. Because FAA Order 8000.95 encompasses all
aspects of designee management, this order takes precedence over other orders containing
conflicting information. If the guidance in this order conflicts with 14 CFR, 14 CFR takes
precedence. Inspectors should refer questions about such conflicts to their immediate
supervisors.
Section 2. Overview of Designee Functions
1. APD. An APD is an individual who is authorized by the Administrator to perform
evaluations and certification functions in one type of aircraft within an approved air carrier
training program.
6-1
09/21/23
8000.95C
a. Employment and Qualifications. APD candidates must be employed by or under
contract to an air carrier and qualified as a check pilot or check Flight Engineer (FE) for that
carrier before being designated as an APD.
b. Evaluations. APDs can only conduct evaluations for applicants employed by the air
carrier as part of an approved air carrier training program.
c. APD Authorizations. Specific APD authorizations are listed on the designee’s
Certificate Letter of Authority (CLOA) issued through DMS. The following tables list the
authorizations that may be issued to an APD:
Table 6-1. Certificate Level Testing Authorizations
CE
Commercial Pilot
Examiner
A CE administers commercial pilot practical tests for the original issuance
of a Commercial Pilot Certificate.
ATPE
Airline Transport Pilot An ATPE administers airline transport pilot (ATP) practical tests for the
Examiner
original issuance of an ATP Certificate.
FEE
Flight Engineer
Examiner
An FEE administers FE practical tests for the original issuance of a Flight
Engineer Certificate.
TYPE
Type Rating
Examiner
A type rating examiner administers aircraft type rating practical tests for a
specific make and model (M/M) of aircraft.
AQPE Advanced
An AQPE administers tests and checks as required by an air carrier’s
Qualification Program approved Advanced Qualification Program (AQP).
Examiner
Table 6-2. Aircraft Category and Class Authorizations
ASEL
Airplane Single-Engine This authorizes a designee to administer practical tests in
Land
single-engine land airplanes.
AMEL
Airplane Multiengine
Land
ASES
Airplane Single-Engine This authorizes a designee to administer practical tests in
Sea
single-engine sea airplanes.
AMES
Airplane Multiengine
Sea
This authorizes a designee to administer practical tests in multiengine
sea airplanes.
PLFT
Powered-Lift
This authorizes a designee to administer practical tests in powered-lift
aircraft.
RH
Rotorcraft-Helicopter
This authorizes a designee to administer practical tests in helicopters.
RECP
Reciprocating
This authorizes an FEE to administer practical tests in reciprocating
engine-powered aircraft.
TPRP
Turboprop
This authorizes an FEE to administer practical tests in
turboprop-powered aircraft.
TJET
Turbojet
This authorizes an FEE to administer practical tests in
turbojet-powered aircraft.
This authorizes a designee to administer practical tests in multiengine
land airplanes.
6-2
09/21/23
8000.95C
Table 6-3. Administrative Authorizations
FPE
MCE
GIE
FIRE
RPE
Foreign Pilot
Examiner
An FPE reviews applicants’ records, verifies computer test reports for the
foreign pilot instrument knowledge tests, and may issue private pilot
certificates and ratings at the private pilot certification level on the basis of
the applicant’s foreign license qualification in accordance with 14 CFR part
61, § 61.75. An FPE may also issue a Private Pilot, Commercial Pilot, or
ATP Certificate on the basis of a Bilateral Aviation Safety Agreement
(BASA) Implementation Procedures for Licensing (IPL) in accordance with
§ 61.71(c). Additionally, an FPE may convert a European Union Part-Flight
Crew Licensing (EU Part-FCL) pilot license to an FAA pilot certificate
using the FAA/European Union Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) Technical
Implementation Procedures—Licensing (TIP-L). Certificates issued will be
at the private pilot certification level.
Military Competency An MCE reviews a military pilot’s records, verifies computer test reports of
Examiner
the military competency knowledge test, and issues Commercial Pilot
Certificates and ratings to qualified military pilot applicants as authorized
(e.g., § 61.73). The MCE may issue or upgrade pilot certificates bearing
type ratings based on the applicant’s military pilot qualifications. The MCE
may accept applications for a flight instructor certificate and appropriate
ratings from current and former U.S. military instructor pilots or U.S.
military pilot examiners who meet the eligibility requirements as set forth in
§ 61.73(g).
Ground Instructor
A GIE reviews applications and knowledge test results, and issues ground
Examiner
instructor certificates for the basic, advanced, or instrument ratings, as
specifically authorized (as per § 61.213).
Flight Instructor
A FIRE is authorized by the managing Flight Standards office to accept
Renewal Examiner applications for renewal of a flight instructor certificate that is still current
and for which the renewal process is merely administrative (i.e., a practical
test is not required for renewal of the applicant’s flight instructor
certificate). The FIRE must identify himself/herself as a FIRE on FAA Form
8710-1, Airman Certificate and/or Rating Application, when processing
flight instructor renewals.
Remote Pilot
An RPE reviews an applicant’s knowledge test report, training course
Examiner
completion certificate, pilot certificate, and logbook, as applicable, for the
issuance of a Remote Pilot Certificate, as specifically authorized (as per
14 CFR part 107, §§ 107.61 and 107.63).
Table 6-4. Special Authorizations 1
CPE
CFEE
Check Pilot
Examiner
A CPE is authorized to conduct initial and recurrent check pilot
observations in accordance with 14 CFR part 121, § 121.413, or part 135,
§ 135.339.
Check Flight
A CFEE is authorized to conduct initial and recurrent check FE
Engineer Examiner observations in accordance with § 121.413 or § 135.339.
1
Although these observations are not activity covered by Title 49 of the United States Code (49 U.S.C.) §
44702(d)(1), the FAA uses the DMS to oversee and manage the performance of these regulatory functions
performed by designees.
6-3
09/21/23
8000.95C
Aircrew Designated Examiner (ADE) Programs. An ADE program is established for the
purpose of delegating certification authority and activity to select employees of part 121 and 135
air carriers.
d. Program Description. APDs are trained and designated in an ADE program associated
with air carriers who conduct their own program of airman qualification. It is the preferred
program for conducting the certification of flightcrew members for complex part 121 and 135 air
carriers.
e. History. The ADE program was originally designed for air carriers with sophisticated
training capabilities (including flight simulators), with highly trained personnel, and with a large
volume of certification activity. The program has since been used by a broader range of air
carriers.
f. Establish Program. Managing offices should consider establishing an ADE program
before an air carrier’s airman certification workload for any aircraft type exceeds the FAA’s
ability to meet requirements using available inspector resources.
g. Program Composition. The ADE program comprises:
(1) One or more of an air carrier’s check pilots and/or check FEs further authorized by
the FAA as an APD to conduct airman certifications on behalf of the Administrator; and
(2) An FAA inspector known as an Aircrew Program Manager (APM) who oversees the
APDs’ activities.
Note: ADE program guidance can be found in FAA Order 8900.1, Volume 13,
Flight Standards Designees.
Section 3. Roles and Responsibilities
1. FAA Personnel Roles and Responsibilities.
a. Office Manager.
(1) Office managers are responsible for the personnel, training, and budget resources
necessary to accomplish the management and oversight of designees.
(2) Office managers should anticipate changes in personnel requirements as a result of
the “need and ability” standard discussed in Chapter 3, Selection and Evaluation of a Designee
Applicant.
(3) Office managers are responsible for continually evaluating the effectiveness of the
designee program and MSs.
b. Appointing Official (AO). The AO has the authority to appoint a designee in DMS. AOs
are typically office managers, but may be Front Line Managers (FLM) or Principal Operations
Inspectors (POI).
6-4
09/21/23
8000.95C
c. Selecting Official (SO). The SO initiates the selection of new designee applicants in
DMS. SOs are typically FLMs, but may be office managers.
d. Master Role Assigner (MRA). MRAs ensure inspectors, supervisory staff, and
administrative staff are assigned appropriate roles within DMS to carry out assigned duties.
MRAs are typically office managers, but may be FLMs.
e. Managing Specialist (MS). MSs are experienced FAA aviation safety inspectors (ASI)
whose specialty is part 121 or 135 operations. MSs provide oversight, guidance, and support to
assigned APDs.
(1) The MS is typically one of the following:
(a) POI;
(b) Assistant Principal Operations Inspector (APOI);
(c) APM;
(d) Assistant APM (AAPM);
(e) Partial Program Manager (PPM); or
(f) Other assigned inspector.
(2) MSs must ensure APDs are prepared to perform their duties, including the completion
of required training and the maintenance of the minimum qualifications for designation as
prescribed in Chapter 2, Application Process.
(3) MSs are responsible for ensuring APDs maintain airman certification standards as
prescribed by regulation, approved training programs, and applicable policies. MSs must conduct
an active program of meetings and oversight to achieve this objective.
(4) Designee management must consider potential risks and hazards to safety. MSs
should remain constantly vigilant for such risks and hazards. These ASIs should review DMS
data and other resources, such as the Safety Performance Analysis System (SPAS), to ensure
oversight on problem areas.
(5) MSs must work closely with assigned air carriers to assess risk and ensure designee
programs meet the highest level of safety, standardization, and quality assurance.
f. Proxy. The proxy function allows an office to assign a surrogate or backup in DMS to a
person holding a primary DMS role for offices with a large number of designees or for when the
person holding the primary role will be unavailable.
(1) Proxies should meet the same qualifications required to hold the primary role.
(2) Proxies may be assigned for a defined amount of time or indefinitely.
6-5
09/21/23
8000.95C
(3) Only the AO, SO, and MS roles may be proxied.
(4) An AO or SO may have only one proxy. Only an AO may assign an AO proxy. Only
an AO or SO may assign a SO proxy.
(5) Each designee may have only one MS and up to three MS proxies. An AO, SO, and
the MS who will be proxied may assign an MS proxy.
proxy.
(6) Proxy candidates must accept the proxy request in DMS in order to be assigned a
(7) Primary role holders and proxies should coordinate designee-related activities outside
of DMS to prevent duplicate efforts or entries in DMS.
g. Aviation Safety Inspector (ASI). In addition to the roles listed above, any ASI may
access DMS to record specific oversight and other activities using the ASI role in DMS.
h. Reporting. The reporting role allows the user to access DMS reports to view designee
data and assess risk.
i. Office Administrator (OA). The OA role allows certain FAA administrative office
personnel limited MS functionality to submit administrative DMS entries such as training and
meetings. The OA is typically an aviation safety assistant (ASA) or aviation safety technician
(AST), but may also be an ASI.
j. Company Administrator (CA). The CA role allows certain company management
and/or administrative representatives limited access to DMS to track designee currency,
qualifications, and activity. A person may only be approved as a CA for one company.
6-6
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 2. Application Process
1. Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to an individual applying to be an APD.
This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1 constitute the overall policy for the
application process for an APD applicant.
2. General.
a. Application Considerations. The application process to designate an APD is initiated by
the employing part 121 or 135 air carrier.
(1) The part 121 or 135 certificate holder must submit a letter to the managing office
requesting appointment of the designee applicant. The air carrier will ensure the request letter is
provided to the APD applicant for upload into DMS. The letter of request must contain the
following:
(a) Justification of need based on FAA criteria;
(b) Identification of specific authority requested;
(c) Projected timeline of internal evaluator curriculum completion;
(d) Explanation of how this applicant is the most qualified of eligible applicants; and
(e) Statement that air carrier management has determined the applicant meets all
eligibility and minimum qualification requirements for appointment.
(2) The APD applicant must:
(a) Complete an application in DMS; and
(b) Upload the air carrier request letter and a current résumé and/or supplemental
information sheet (available in DMS).
(3) The air carrier will coordinate APD applications with the MS. APD applicants will
not be considered for designation without a completed DMS application, receipt of the request
letter, and uploaded supplemental information.
(4) An APD candidate is nominated by an air carrier from the ranks of its proficiency
check pilots or check FEs and is given training in FAA policies and certification procedures
before being authorized by the FAA as an APD.
(5) FAA Tracking Number (FTN). APD applicants must enter their FTN as part of their
application in DMS. The FTN is an essential link between DMS and the Integrated Airman
Certification and Rating Application (IACRA) that verifies designee authorizations and allows
activity and certification records to align between systems. Applicants can locate their FTN by
logging into IACRA.
6-7
09/21/23
8000.95C
b. Who Should Apply. Employees of an air carrier that have been recommended for
nomination as an APD.
c. Multiple Designations. The FAA may designate an airman to perform multiple
certification services as a designee. In addition, a designee may be designated to hold more than
one type of designation. For APD applicants, consideration should be given to the effect of
multiple designations on the ability of the designee to perform functions appropriately.
3. Minimum Qualifications for APDs. To be eligible for consideration as an APD, candidates
must first:
a. Meet the requirements of Volume 1, this chapter, and DMS.
b. Hold the appropriate airman certificate and rating(s) for the authority requested.
(A medical certificate is not required for simulator evaluators.)
c. Be employed by the air carrier either full time, part time, or under contract to the air
carrier.
d. Be an FAA-approved, proficiency check pilot or check FE, as applicable, for the air
carrier in the aircraft in which the APD candidate is to perform examiner duties. To perform
examiner duties in an aircraft in flight, a pilot APD candidate must also be an FAA-approved
line check pilot—all seats, and proficiency check pilot—aircraft.
e. Have served as a check pilot or check FE for a minimum of one year (for pilot APD
candidates—preferably 6 months as a proficiency check pilot) before designation as an APD.
(Check pilot/check FE experience in other types of aircraft and in service with other air carriers
may be credited toward a request for deviation from minimum qualifications, per the Deviation
from Minimum Qualifications process listed in Chapter 3, Selection and Evaluation of a
Designee Applicant.)
f. Have an excellent record as an airman regarding history of compliance actions,
violations, accidents, and incidents. The MS must verify the airman information through the
FAA’s recordkeeping systems before scheduling any training or qualification observations.
g. Have successfully completed the air carrier’s approved training program in which the
candidate will be authorized to conduct evaluations for the issuance of certificates.
4. Expanded Authority. Designees may request additional authorizations to their designation.
All requests must be made in DMS using the designee’s action link. Requests for additional
authorizations are viewable in DMS by the SO.
5. Disqualifiers. See Volume 1.
6. Privilege, Not a Right. See Volume 1.
7. Post-Application. See Volume 1.
6-8
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 3. Selection and Evaluation of a Designee Applicant
1. Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the selection and evaluation of APD
applicants. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1 constitute the overall policy of
the selection and evaluation of an APD applicant.
2. General.
a. Selection Process. The selection process for an APD applicant is initiated after the air
carrier submits a letter of request to the assigned Flight Standards office and the designee
applicant completes the DMS application. The SO then initiates the selection process through
DMS. Below is a high-level representation of the selection process.
Figure 6-1. High-Level Selection Process Flow
determines
if minimum
qualifications
are met
Selecting official
completes need
and ability
Evaluat ion panel completes
applicant evaluation
and makes recommendation
to appointing official
b. Selection Considerations.
(1) The air carrier should put forth recommendations of the most qualified applicants
based on experience, knowledge, and ability.
(2) The SO should review all information provided by the air carrier, MS, and ASIs
associated with the air carrier when selecting the applicant for evaluation.
(3) Preferred sources for APD candidates are airmen who are actively engaged in the
activity for which examinations will be conducted.
3. Need and Ability to Manage. The SO must determine that a need exists and the office has
the ability to manage the designee. The SO should work closely with assigned inspectors and the
MS that will likely be responsible for determining need and ability. In order to determine need
and ability, the Flight Standards office should consider the following:
a. Need Considerations.
(1) The ability of the air carrier to provide the required testing and checking within a
reasonable time.
(2) Activity at the air carrier has increased or is forecasted to increase, and cannot be
supported with existing designees.
(3) The ability of the FAA to support the certification work and need with existing
designees.
6-9
09/21/23
8000.95C
(4) The FAA has lost an employee or designee resource.
(5) The number and types of aircraft and flight simulation training devices (FSTD).
(6) The historical and projected number of evaluations predicted by the air carrier over a
specified period of time.
b. Ability to Manage Considerations.
(1) FAA inspector staffing must be sufficient and possess the technical skills and
knowledge required to manage and oversee the designee.
(2) The existing and projected office workload must allow the office to effectively
manage the designee.
(3) Funding must be adequate to allow inspector travel necessary to perform designee
management and oversight. If existing budget constraints do not allow for proper oversight, then
the designee appointment must not be made.
(4) The geographic location of the designee must not prohibit the ability of the FAA to
provide normal designee management and oversight.
c. Other Considerations.
(1) The need for a new designee is driven by the need and ability to manage and not by
the impact on existing designees or scheduling convenience. Prior to designation, the air carrier
must clearly show a need for the requested APD.
(2) A utilization review of all APDs at the air carrier with similar authority should be
accomplished when need is determined. If there is a large variation of activity between APDs
with similar authority, the ability of the air carrier to efficiently schedule should be assessed. A
large variation of activity would normally prevent the designation of additional APDs.
(3) A Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) is required to establish and maintain an
ADE program and to provide training for FAA Operations ASIs assigned to provide oversight
duties at the air carrier. Any ADE program proposing an MOU that does not conform strictly to
the guidance in Order 8900.1, Volume 13, Chapter 2, Section 2, FAA’s Management of an
Aircrew Designated Examiner Program, to include the sample MOU, will be reviewed,
approved, and signed by the Air Transportation Division (AFS-200), the POI, and the
certificate-holding office manager. AFS-200 will notify the Regulatory Support Division
(AFS-600).
4. Requesting Qualified Applicants.
a. List of Qualified Applicants. Once the FAA establishes the need and ability to manage a
designee, the SO can request a list of applicants from DMS. DMS will search active applicants to
identify candidates that most closely match the specified criteria.
6-10
09/21/23
8000.95C
b. Deviation from Minimum Qualifications. When an applicant in DMS does not meet a
qualification requirement, the MS may request that the SO petition AFS-600, who will
coordinate with AFS-200 for a deviation from minimum qualifications as follows:
(1) Documentation. The SO will document and communicate the circumstances and
justification for the deviation in a memo outside of DMS.
(2) Coordination. The SO must route the request to AFS-600 for concurrence external to
DMS. Deviation requests will be sent to [email protected]. If in agreement with the
recommendation, AFS-600, in coordination with AFS-200, will document the circumstances and
justification in DMS and complete the required DMS process.
Note: The purpose of a deviation is to fill a specific need that the managing
office has for which there are no qualified applicants in DMS. The expectation is
the office will appoint the applicant within 30 days of the deviation being granted.
If the applicant has not been appointed after 30 days, the process ends.
5. Evaluation.
a. Evaluation of a Designee Applicant. The FAA is required to determine if an applicant is
the best qualified for appointment as an APD. An FAA goal is to establish a uniform designee
candidate assessment process (as much as practicable) for all designee types. When an air carrier
presents one or more APD applicants for selection, the Flight Standards office will establish an
evaluation panel to further review and determine each applicant is appropriately qualified.
b. Evaluation Panel. The evaluation panel must include at least two individuals:
(1) The MS who is expected to be assigned to the designee. The presumed MS will
assume the lead role during the evaluation process and coordinate the evaluation panel results in
DMS.
(2) The office manager, FLM, or any other operations inspector.
c. Evaluation Panel Checklist. For each prospective APD candidate, the evaluation panel
must complete the following checklist:
(1) Review the air carrier request letter and determine if it contains the required elements.
(2) Review the APD application in DMS.
(3) Verify the minimum qualifications have been met.
(4) Verify the applicant possesses the appropriate airman certificate, category and class
rating, and type rating for the authorities being sought.
(5) Determine if the APD duties will be conducted in the aircraft and if a medical
certificate is required.
6-11
09/21/23
8000.95C
(6) Conduct an interview of the APD applicant to verify qualifications, application
information, and ensure qualities exist to be successful as a designee.
(7) Contact references as necessary.
(8) Review relevant information from the following FAA databases to determine the
candidate’s aviation background and any issues which may have an adverse effect on the
candidate’s application:
(a) DMS;
(b) SPAS;
(c) Accident Incident Data System (AIDS);
(d) Enforcement Information System (EIS);
(e) National Program Tracking and Reporting Subsystem (NPTRS); and
(f) Safety Assurance System (SAS).
d. Evaluation Panel Tasks. In addition to the checklist above, the evaluation panel must
ensure the APD applicant has completed the following activities prior to designation:
(1) Verify the FAA APD training has been completed successfully and recorded in DMS
(see Chapter 7, Training).
(2) Ensure the APD candidate has been observed conducting a complete certification test
consisting of oral, simulator, and aircraft portions, or a Qualification Line Operational
Evaluation (QLOE) under an AQP, as applicable (see Chapter 6, Oversight and Management of a
Designee).
e. Evaluation Panel Outcomes. At the conclusion of the evaluation events, the evaluation
panel will make a recommendation in DMS to the SO whether to appoint the applicant or not,
and indicate what authorities or limitations should be included on the CLOA. There are two
appointment recommendation types:
(1) Approve. The evaluation panel recommends appointment and now must:
(a) Identify recommended authorizations and limitations.
(b) Prepare the recommendation for review by the SO and AO.
(2) Disapprove. If the evaluation panel recommends disapproval, justification must be
provided in DMS.
f. SO Actions. The SO may accept or reject the evaluation panel recommendation.
6-12
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 4. Designee Appointment
1. Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the appointment of an APD. This
designation type-specific policy and Volume 1 constitute the overall policy for the appointment
of an APD.
2. General.
a. Appointment Process. Below is a high-level representation of the designee appointment
process.
Figure 6-2. High-Level Appointment Process Flow
valuating panel and
selecting official make
recommendation
regarding appointment
I
..
I
"'
Appointing official
accepts or rejects
recommendations
in DMS
I
I
..
1) DMS notifies applicant and
company of appointment or denial
"'
2) If appointment is recommended,
DMS generates CLOA
b. Appointment Checklist. The evaluation panel recommends appropriate privileges and
limitations on the CLOA based on the applicant’s:
(1) Background experience;
(2) Personal and professional qualifications; and
(3) Needs of the appointing office.
c. AO Actions. The AO may accept or reject the evaluation panel and SO
recommendations.
3. Designee Number. See Volume 1.
4. CLOA. See Volume 1.
5. CLOA Expiration Date. Upon designee appointment, DMS will generate a CLOA with an
expiration date on the last day of the 12th month following the CLOA’s approval date. DMS will
continue to extend the expiration date for 12 calendar-months annually subject to the following
conditions:
a. Designee Completes DMS Action Item. The designee must complete the action item in
DMS within 60 calendar-days of expiration.
b. Designee Maintains Qualifications. The designee must continue to meet all
requirements to maintain the authorizations listed on the CLOA.
c. Length of Appointment. The designee may serve at the discretion of the Administrator
until their designation is terminated in DMS.
6-13
09/21/23
8000.95C
6. Reinstatement. A former APD who was terminated “not for cause” may apply for
reinstatement up to 12 calendar-months after termination only for the air carrier where last
assigned. The air carrier must submit a reinstatement request letter, and the former APD must:
a. Have a prior record in DMS; and
b. Continue to meet all requirements for issuance of the designation.
7. Reinstatement Process. Once the Flight Standards office determines the former designee is
still competent to perform authorized activities, the CLOA is reissued with the original
designation number used for reinstatement.
6-14
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 5. Responsibilities and Obligations of a Designee
1. Purpose. This chapter describes the policy associated with the responsibilities and
obligations of an APD. This designation type-specific policy and the common policy in
Volume 1 constitute the overall policy of responsibilities and obligations of an APD.
2. APD Responsibilities. In addition to the responsibilities listed in Volume 1 of this order,
APDs must:
a. Complete Administrative Tasks. APDs must complete the airman certification forms or
entries in accordance with FAA policy and regulatory requirements. The paperwork must be
accurate, complete, and timely. All certification packages must be completed via IACRA or sent
to the managing office within 7 calendar-days of completion.
b. Establish Recency of Experience.
(1) A pilot APD may accomplish recency-of-experience requirements in an approved
level C or D full flight simulator (FFS).
(2) An APD with an FE authorization may accomplish recency-of-experience
requirements in an approved Level 6 or 7 flight training device (FTD), as well as all levels of an
approved full-flight simulator.
c. Assure Confidentiality. Designees must ensure that information regarding tests or
checks remains private and confidential.
d. Maintain Security of Controlled Material. Each APD is responsible for maintaining
the security of controlled material pertaining to the issuance of the airman certificate. The APD
must use appropriate security procedures as identified by the air carrier and MS. At a minimum,
APDs shall ensure adequate security of:
(1) Knowledge element questions developed for the tests;
(2) Skill element plans of action developed for the tests;
and
(3) Airman Certificate and/or Rating Applications and Temporary Airman Certificates;
(4) Applicant Personally Identifiable Information (PII).
e. Report Undue Pressure or Interference. If an APD experiences undue pressure or
interference while conducting delegated activities, the APD will notify the managing office.
3. APD Authorizations.
a. Check Pilot and Check FE Observations. An APD may be authorized to conduct both
initial and recurrent check pilot or check FE observations per § 121.413 or § 135.339. APDs may
6-15
09/21/23
8000.95C
be restricted to either initial or recurrent observations. The MS or other assigned inspectors may
conduct a check pilot or check FE observation at any time if desired.
(1) For APDs at non-AQP air carriers that train and check under part 121 subparts N and
O or part 135 subpart H, the APD-CPE and/or APD-CFEE authorizations must be listed on the
APD’s CLOA, and APDs must record check pilot observations in DMS.
(2) For APDs at AQP air carriers, check pilot- or check FE-required evaluations of
proficiency will be conducted in accordance with the approved AQP, the APD-CPE and/or APDCFEE authorizations need not be listed on the APD’s CLOA, and evaluations of proficiency will
be recorded under the approved AQP, not in DMS.
b. APD-FE Knowledge Test Endorsement. APD-FEs are authorized to endorse FAA
Form 8060-7, Airman’s Authorization for Written/Knowledge Test, following verification the
applicant has presented satisfactory evidence of having completed one of the experience
requirements of § 63.37 and is qualified to take the appropriate FE knowledge test.
c. Administrative Authority. An APD may be authorized to perform the administrative
certificate functions listed in Table 6-3 in Chapter 1, General Information, Section 2, Overview
of Designee Functions, subject to the following conditions:
(1) The appropriate administrative authorizations must be listed on the APD’s CLOA;
(2) An APD may only perform administrative functions for employees of the APD’s air
carrier; and
(3) The APD receives FAA training on the issuance of certificates related to each specific
administrative function authorized.
d. Administrative Removal of Certificate Limitations. If appropriately rated, an APD
may remove the limitations associated with §§ 61.64, 61.159, and 61.160. No specific
administrative authorization is required on the APD’s CLOA. The applicant must be employed
by the APD’s air carrier and needs only to present satisfactory evidence that they have met the
appropriate requirements. Refer to Order 8900.1, Volume 5, Chapter 3, Section 1, Application
Phase—ATP Applicants Engaged in Operations Under 14 CFR Parts 121, 135, or 91 Subpart
K—Airplanes and Helicopters.
Note: Each certification activity must be approved before the designee can
perform any function on behalf of the FAA. Designees will complete
preapprovals and post activities in DMS for all certificates issued
4. APD Limitations. APDs must adhere to the following limitations:
a. Proof of Eligibility. A designee may not conduct tests unless an applicant presents proof
of eligibility as prescribed in regulation.
b. Completion of Airman Knowledge Test. A designee may not conduct an oral or
practical test unless the applicant has passed the required airman knowledge test.
6-16
09/21/23
8000.95C
c. Pilots and FEs of the Employing Air Carrier. APDs may only conduct evaluations for
pilots and FEs of the employing air carrier.
d. Examiners-at-Large. APDs may not act as examiners-at-large by conducting practical
tests or proficiency checks for the general pilot and FE population.
e. Functioning as a Crewmember. An APD may not function as a required crewmember
while conducting simulator evaluations.
f. Teaching During Testing or Checking. An APD may not combine teaching with testing
or checking during the evaluation of an applicant.
g. Participation in Recent Training or Testing. Unless specifically authorized under an
approved AQP, an APD may not evaluate an applicant for a certificate, additional rating, or an
amendment without the expressed permission of the managing office if the APD has instructed
the applicant in preparation for the certificate or rating sought, when the APD has recommended
the applicant, or when the APD has found the applicant’s performance to be unsatisfactory on the
previous evaluation. Exceptions to this policy may be granted on a case-by-case basis after
considering any unique or extenuating operational circumstances surrounding the particular
request. Scheduling convenience and trainee availability are not valid reasons to grant such
permission.
h. Applicant’s Third Evaluation. An APD may not conduct an evaluation of an applicant
for any certificate action without the expressed permission of the managing office if, during the
previous two attempts, the applicant was issued a Notice of Disapproval. The applicant’s third
evaluation will be conducted by a qualified ASI. Exceptions to this policy may be granted on a
case-by-case basis after considering any unique or extenuating operational circumstances
surrounding the particular request.
i. Expired APD Authority. An APD must not conduct any evaluation after the APD
expiration date listed in DMS.
j. Use of the English Language. All tests and checks must be conducted using the English
language.
k. Exemptions from Testing or Checking Requirements. An APD may not exempt any
applicant from the testing or checking requirements listed in the applicable practical test
standards (PTS)/Airman Certification Standards (ACS), the approved curriculum, or applicable
qualification module.
l. Suspension of a Test or Check. An APD may not temporarily suspend a test or check to
allow the applicant further study, and then continue the same test later.
m. Amendment or Alteration of a Certificate. An APD may amend or alter a certificate
only:
(1) When adding a rating to the certificate of an applicant that the APD has tested and
found to be competent.
6-17
09/21/23
8000.95C
(2) When removing a limitation from a certificate, if authorized.
(3) APDs may add a second-in-command (SIC) type rating to an airman’s certificate, if
the applicant has successfully completed an approved air carrier curriculum that meets the
requirements of § 61.55.
(4) An APD authorized as an FE may remove the restriction imposed by Exemption 4901
for an FE applicant provided the APD has been appropriately trained and authorized to perform
the removal.
n. Expired Temporary Airman Certificate. An APD may not reissue or amend any
expired Temporary Airman Certificate.
o. Waivers, Special Medical Evaluations, Competency Tests. An APD may not conduct
special medical evaluations, tests for waivers, or any test for competency under 49 U.S.C.
§ 44709. Such applicants will be referred to the responsible Flight Standards office.
p. Evaluations Outside the United States. An APD may not conduct evaluations outside
the United States without the permission of the assigned managing office.
6-18
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 6. Oversight and Management of a Designee
1. Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the oversight and management of APDs.
This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1 constitute the overall policy for the oversight
and management of an APD.
2. General.
a. Considerations. Effective oversight of APDs is founded on a dogged strategy of risk
management in which safety management principles by an air carrier, and oversight by the FAA,
includes a continual process of weighing the harm potential of any hazard against the likelihood
of its occurrence, and taking appropriate preventive action.
b. APD Oversight. APD oversight includes the comprehensive evaluation, management,
and monitoring of an APD’s activities. Complete surveillance involves a group of activities
designed to evaluate an APD’s overall performance.
(1) Oversight in DMS is not tied to the CLOA expiration date. Oversight need only be
completed at some point within a given time period as defined by regulation and DMS.
(2) Oversight activities may be completed independently over a set period of time, or any
number of activities may be completed together.
(3) This approach to oversight was adopted to allow the MS flexibility in completing
oversight activities as the opportunity arises, and to encourage focus on the specific element
being evaluated. Designee oversight is most effective when it occurs throughout the year rather
than with an all-at-once, infrequent approach.
3. Oversight Roles.
a. Managing Office and MS.
(1) The FAA must allocate sufficient resources, including manpower and funds, to ensure
effective management and efficient oversight of any designee. Office managers continually
evaluate the effectiveness of the respective designee processes, and are responsible for prompt
response and feedback to designees.
(2) MSs are responsible for ensuring designees maintain airman certification and
checking standards as prescribed by regulation, FAA orders, the PTS/ACS, and approved
training programs. MSs must conduct an active program of meetings and oversight to achieve
this objective.
4. Oversight and DMS.
a. Designee Oversight. Designee oversight includes the managing, monitoring, and
tracking of a designee’s activities and performance. Oversight activities include those generated
in DMS and any additional oversight deemed appropriate by the MS.
6-19
09/21/23
8000.95C
b. Oversight Record. Maintaining an accurate oversight record in DMS is crucial not only
to managing individual designees, but it also allows for the identification of strengths and
weaknesses in the entire system. The MS must conduct designee performance evaluations on an
ongoing basis predicated on the outcome of oversight activities. An OPE must also be recorded
in DMS.
5. Oversight Actions.
a. Planning an Oversight Activity. In addition to guidance provided in Volume 1, MSs
should use a risk-based analysis to determine when an oversight activity is necessary.
Circumstances that warrant an oversight activity include, but are not limited to:
(1) Oversight of designees in accordance with DMS-generated oversight activities and
additional oversight as deemed necessary;
(2) Complaints received about a designee’s conduct during certifications;
(3) Designees determined to be in the “high risk” category;
(4) Persons newly designated (inspections can occur at a higher level of frequency to
ensure compliance); and
(5) The MS identifies a deficiency during an oversight activity or performance evaluation
and determines the need for additional oversight.
b. Preparing for the Inspection. Review the following documents prior to the inspection:
(1) The designee’s record;
(2) Previous inspection reports, historic data, and DMS entries;
(3) Any correspondence between the Flight Standards office and the designee since the
last inspection;
(4) The APD’s plan of action and the air carrier’s approved training program; and
(5) The oversight activity preapproval in DMS.
c. Conducting Inspections. Although unannounced inspections are required and
appropriate under some conditions, MSs should consider conducting inspections at a time
coordinated with the APD. Oversight plans for designees that operate around or nearly around
the clock should include inspections throughout the designee’s operating hours.
d. Job Aids. MSs should use job aids when available to assist with and standardize
inspection functions. When a job aid is not available, inspectors should use the detailed guidance
found in this order.
6-20
09/21/23
8000.95C
6. Oversight Activities. In DMS, the following oversight activities are available:
a. Direct Observation. The APD is observed conducting a complete test or check to ensure
the designee performs in accordance with regulatory requirements, FAA policy, and applicable
standards. If a designee is both a pilot and FE APD, then the designee must be observed
conducting both a pilot and an FE test or check.
(1) Purpose of Observation. The purpose of the observation is to evaluate the APD’s
ability to exercise authority in accordance with the checking and/or testing requirements, and
complete appropriate documentation. In DMS, each direct observation is split into two parts, the
ground (oral) portion and the flight portion (flight portion only (LOE) for AQP).
(2) Evaluation. MSs must ensure that each APD observation is completed by an FAA
inspector qualified in accordance with Order 8900.1, Volume 1, Chapter 3, Inspector
Responsibilities, Administration, Ethics and Conduct. The evaluation will include an observation
of the APD conducting a complete test or check to include the associated briefings and
debriefings appropriate for the authorization(s) requested. Initial APD candidates must be
observed conducting a complete certification event.
(3) APD Aircraft Authority. If an APD will have authority in a simulator and in an
aircraft, then an observation of the APD performing both functions is required:
(a) If the APD is authorized to conduct a segment of the check or test in an aircraft, it
is acceptable for the MS to conduct the observation entirely in a simulator, provided the
simulator can replicate all required maneuvers.
(b) Those events normally conducted in the aircraft must be observed in the simulator
with the APD in the crewmember position occupied when evaluating in the aircraft. If the APD’s
normal position is in the right seat, then the MS may act as the applicant in the pilot-in-command
(PIC) position, if current and qualified. If the observation is conducted in something other than
an airplane, then the typical seat position should be used.
(c) The APD must still demonstrate in a simulator all tasks that would be evaluated in
the simulator from the evaluator operating panel.
(4) APD Administrative Authority. APDs with administrative authorizations should
expect the FAA to observe their first administrative certification actions. Thereafter, APDs may
be observed conducting administrative functions at any time without prior notice, subject to the
following requirements:
(a) Administrative observations will be recorded in DMS as a Direct Observation—
Administrative.
(b) The APD will be observed conducting a complete administrative certification
event, from the applicant presenting the application, to the APD completing appropriate
documentation and issuing the certificate.
6-21
09/21/23
the MS.
8000.95C
(c) Timing and frequency of administrative direct observations are at the discretion of
(d) Administrative direct observations do not meet the testing and/or checking direct
observation requirements listed above.
(5) Direct Observation Frequency.
(a) Observation After Initial Appointment. All APDs will be observed at least once
within the first 4 calendar-quarters after initial designation.
(b) Recurrent Observations. APDs will be observed according to the risk-based
activity matrix within DMS. At a minimum, the observation will consist of an actual certification
event at least once every 8 calendar-quarters.
1. When a risk-based recurrent direct observation is due before the observation
of an actual certification event is due, the following methods of observation may be used to
count toward the risk-based direct observation due date at the discretion of the managing office,
in descending order of preference:
(i) The inspector may observe the APD conducting a competency or
proficiency check or a Continuing Qualification Line Operational Evaluation (CQLOE) for
APDs issued AQP authority.
(ii) The inspector may act as the applicant.
(c) APDs with Special Authorizations. APDs with CPE and CFEE authority may be
observed as determined by the MS. CPE and CFEE direct observations will be recorded in DMS.
(d) Following is a summary of APD direct observation requirements and frequency:
1. The initial observation to appoint an APD candidate must be of an actual
certification event;
2. Newly appointed APDs must be observed at least once within the first 4
calendar quarters after initial designation. This may or may not be an observation of an actual
certification event;
3. After that, APDs will be observed according to the risk-based matrix in DMS,
but at a minimum, the observation will consist of an actual certification event at least once every
8 calendar quarters.
(e) Overdue Direct Observations. The MS should ensure a designee’s direct
observation is completed on or before the due date listed in DMS. When a designee’s direct
observation cannot be completed before the due date, DMS will not prevent the designee from
performing additional delegated activities. All factors must be considered and risk managed
appropriately. If the MS determines the lack of a completed direct observation presents an
unacceptable risk, the designee must be suspended in DMS until the direct observation is
6-22
09/21/23
8000.95C
completed. In cases where the MS finds the risk acceptable, the designee may be granted a 1
calendar-quarter extension and the risk assessment must be documented in DMS using the
“Special Emphasis Item” oversight and putting “OVERDUE” in the National Use field, along
with an explanation of the factors considered and the reason for the extension. Direct
observations may not be extended more than 1 calendar-quarter beyond the due date (e.g., a due
date of June 30 may not be extended beyond September 30). Designees who still haven’t been
observed after the 1 calendar-quarter extension must be suspended in DMS until the direct
observation is completed.
(6) Unannounced Direct Observations. It is noted that, when the FAA plans an
observation of any portion of a practical test (either ground or flight), an applicant’s permission
is not required. Further, advance notice to either the designee or applicant is not required.
Unannounced observations are at the discretion of the MS, and can be a useful tool in
determining the quality of the designee’s work when they are not expecting to be observed.
b. Annual Meeting. The MS conducts an annual meeting with the APD. This meeting may
be combined with recurrent FAA-conducted APD training.
c. Activity Log. The MS reviews the activity log in DMS for the previous four quarters in
order to:
(1) Evaluate whether APD activity justifies continued need for the designation.
(2) Identify any compliance issues or other risk factors (e.g., a test taking an
unreasonable amount of time, comparing activity reported in DMS to actual aircraft or training
records).
d. Certification Package Review. When IACRA is not used, reviewing certification
packages submitted to the office provides the MS the opportunity to determine if the designee is
performing work within the guidelines, give feedback to the designee, and gain insight into the
designee’s procedural attributes. These reviews are recorded in DMS. Correction notices
received from the Civil Aviation Registry Division (AFB-700) are also recorded. Designees must
accurately complete certification packages and submit them to the managing office within 7
calendar-days.
e. Review Feedback. The MS records in DMS any information regarding the performance
of their designee.
f. Provide Technical Assistance. The MS will document in DMS when technical
assistance is provided to a designee. Technical assistance does not include answering a quick
question via phone or email, but consists of more indepth assistance involving research and/or
training.
g. Special Emphasis Items. Each MS will record in DMS the completion of any special
emphasis item(s). These activities are not routine surveillance or management of designees, but
will be directed by the National Policy Office (NPO). Specific instructions for recording this
activity will be provided.
6-23
09/21/23
8000.95C
7. Performance Measures. For many of the oversight activities, the MS should use the
following performance measures to determine designee performance:
a. Technical. The designee demonstrates sufficient knowledge, skill, and ability to conduct
authorized tasks within established guidance and standards. The designee possesses an expert
level of knowledge and skill, understands and uses appropriate terminology, uses the correct
equipment, applies appropriate standards, and accurately interprets results.
(1) Knowledge and Understanding. Does the APD understand the terminology contained
in FAA orders, the PTS/ACS, and other reference material used in planning, describing, or
conducting airman testing? Does the APD demonstrate an expert level of knowledge about
aircraft operation and systems?
(2) Equipment and Materials. Does the APD select or use the appropriate equipment,
device, tools, and reference material, etc., when planning or conducting tests?
(3) Interpret and Apply. Does the APD correctly interpret and apply performance
standards as required by the authorization?
b. Procedural. The designee demonstrates the ability to complete administrative functions
correctly. The designee accurately completes and issues appropriate documentation, submits
required data, follows established procedures, and complies with all regulations, orders, and
directives.
(1) Screening Applicants. Does the APD follow the correct procedure when accepting
applications and determining applicant eligibility?
(2) Submittal of Information and Data to the FAA. Does the APD properly submit
information, documents, or data to the FAA when it is required by FAA orders or by specific
instructions provided by the FAA managing office?
(3) Conducting Evaluations and Tests. Does the APD follow the correct procedure when
conducting, grading, and providing feedback to applicants during testing?
(4) Issuing Certificates, Approvals, Authorizations, or Results to the Applicant. Does the
APD follow the correct procedure when completing and issuing certificates, approvals, test
results, or other findings to the applicant upon completion of the testing activity?
c. Professional. The designee conducts activities in an ethical, courteous, and conscientious
manner reflecting highly on the Administrator. The designee presents a cooperative attitude, and
demonstrates integrity, tact, and diplomacy when dealing with industry and the FAA. The
designee communicates effectively in a manner that reflects positively on the FAA, both orally
and written.
(1) Ethics and Judgment. Does the APD maintain high ethical standards and demonstrate
good judgment in the conduct of authorized activities?
6-24
09/21/23
8000.95C
(2) Cooperative Attitude With the FAA. Is the APD easy to work with and does the APD
present a positive attitude when interacting with the FAA? Is the designee responsive and
accessible to the FAA when required?
(3) Professional Representation of the FAA to the Public and Stakeholders. Does the
APD demonstrate a positive reflection on the FAA and a willingness to comply with FAA policy
and managing office instruction?
(4) Oral and Written Communication. Does the APD effectively communicate either in
writing or in conversation with the FAA or general public? Does the APD provide feedback to
the FAA with ways to improve the designee system?
8. Outcomes of Oversight Activities. For all oversight activities, the MS or ASI selects from
three performance measure categories: “Satisfactory,” “Needs Improvement,” or
“Unsatisfactory.” If the designee’s oversight outcome results in “Needs Improvement” or
“Unsatisfactory,” the MS must enter descriptive text in the appropriate performance measure
category.
a. Followup Action. If the designee’s oversight outcome results in “Needs Improvement”
or “Unsatisfactory,” then appropriate followup action(s) must be determined and recorded in
DMS. These actions may include any of the following:
(1) Counseling. As conditions warrant, the FAA will provide direct guidance and
counseling to designees.
(2) Additional Training. MSs may prescribe additional training to correct a deficiency
related to a specific event, an oversight activity, or to address specific performance issues.
(3) Suspension. The most common reason for a suspension is when the designee has not
been following certification policy.
(4) Reduce Authority. An MS may initiate a reduction in a designee’s authority until the
performance issue has been corrected.
(5) Termination. If counseling or suspension does not correct a deficiency in designee
performance, termination of the designation must be initiated. Immediate termination may also
be appropriate when a designee knowingly acts contrary to and/or deliberately disregards FAA
policy.
Note: A result of “Unsatisfactory” for an oversight activity does not require
suspension or termination provided the issue is immediately corrected. If the
unsatisfactory event cannot be corrected, then suspension or termination may be
warranted.
b. Actions to Address Regulatory or Statutory Noncompliance. If compliance or
enforcement action is required, the MS should refer to FAA Order 8900.1, Volume 14,
Compliance and Enforcement, and FAA Order 2150.3, FAA Compliance and Enforcement
Program, for correct procedures and to determine action choice(s).
6-25
09/21/23
8000.95C
Note: Corrective actions as defined in this policy are intended to address issues
with designee performance and are not related to corrective actions as defined in
Order 2150.3.
9. OPE. See Volume 1.
10. Designee Management Functions.
a. Expand Authorities or Change Limitations. This functionality of DMS is available to
managing offices to address changes in the need and ability to manage requirements. The APD
requests additional authority in DMS and uploads a letter of request from the air carrier along
with documentation to indicate the APD is qualified for the additional authority. If approved,
DMS will automatically update the APD’s authorities and CLOA.
b. Reduce Authority. The MS may initiate, or an APD may request, a reduction in an
APD’s authority through DMS. The MS must provide justification and an AO must approve all
requests to reduce authority. If approved, DMS will automatically update the APD’s authorities
and CLOA.
c. Record Note. Record note allows the MS to make a personal note in the APD’s DMS
record that only the MS can view. This note does not remain a permanent part of the APD
record.
d. Send Message to Designee. The MS is able to transmit messages and notifications
through DMS, such as changes in the regulations, upcoming meetings, and other
communications, as may be necessary.
e. Record Feedback. Record feedback allows any FAA employee with access to DMS to
record information pertaining to the designee. This may be positive or negative feedback, and
may come from sources within or outside the FAA. Followup action, if required, will be
determined by the MS.
f. Preapproval. APDs must obtain preapproval to perform functions on behalf of the FAA.
The MS will issue any special instructions to the designee during the preapproval process.
Preapprovals may be authorized through two methods, manual or automatic.
(1) Manual Preapproval. Manual preapproval requires the MS to review each request for
activity and approve it in DMS. This allows the MS to stay informed of the APD’s activities and
plan appropriate oversight. It provides a means for the managing office to ensure an APD is
performing only those functions authorized in the CLOA.
(2) Automatic Preapproval. Automatic preapproval allows the MS to set DMS to
automatically approve an activity request by a specific APD. This feature provides the MS with a
flexible option to provide preapproval while continuing to manage the designee’s activity.
Automatic preapproval will only be used when the APD’s performance remains acceptable and
analysis indicates that the type of activity requested presents an acceptable risk.
6-26
09/21/23
8000.95C
Note: Automatic preapprovals will not be granted to an APD during the first
30 days of initial appointment.
(3) Preapproval Timeframe. APDs should complete preapprovals as far in advance as
possible to allow the MS or another ASI time to prepare for possible oversight. APDs work in a
dynamic and variable environment that may require completion of preapprovals less than 24
hours prior to the requested activity. While this may occur fairly often, consistently late
preapprovals may be an indicator of risk. MSs should closely monitor preapproval timeframes
and manage risk appropriately. MSs will receive a notification in DMS when a designee submits
a preapproval less than 24 hours prior to the requested activity.
(4) Change, Cancel, or Copy Preapproval. DMS allows the designee to change, cancel, or
copy a preapproval request.
g. Post-Activity. APDs are required to complete post-activity reports in DMS after
performing each activity. Post-activity reports provide the MS with a record of activity for each
designee. These reports can aid in planning an appropriate level of oversight.
(1) Post-activity reports shall be completed within 7 calendar-days of the approved
activity.
(2) If an APD does not complete a post-activity report within the requisite 7 calendar-day
submission deadline, DMS will not grant another preapproval number until all outstanding postactivity reports have been completed.
(3) Access to post-activity reports will remain available to an APD for up to
7 calendar-days after a termination, suspension, or expiration for the APD to record any results.
6-27
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 7. Training
1. Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the training of APDs and FAA
personnel. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1 constitute the overall policy for
the training of APDs and FAA personnel.
2. General.
a. MS Actions.
(1) The MS should work closely with the air carrier to coordinate and schedule APD
training and meeting requirements.
(2) The MS will validate in DMS that the APD completed all required training before
initial appointment, during each performance evaluation, and prior to the next training due date.
(3) The MS will suspend an APD who fails to complete training and/or meeting
requirements.
(4) The MS must conduct adequate oversight of APD initial and recurrent training
curriculums that are conducted by the air carrier. This oversight is recorded outside of DMS.
b. APD Training Considerations.
(1) APDs may complete the initial training in lieu of the recurrent training in order to
meet the recurrent training requirements.
(2) APDs will not exercise their authority as designees unless they satisfactorily meet all
training requirements.
3. FAA-Conducted Training and Meetings. MSs will ensure APDs are trained in the
elements listed in Table 6-5, FAA-Conducted Training and Meeting Requirements. APDs should
be encouraged to contact the MS and include the air carrier to resolve questions or difficulties.
Sufficient contact is essential and will include training, regular meetings, and special meetings.
All training conducted by the FAA will be recorded in DMS.
a. Initial FAA-Conducted APD Training. The FAA must train APD candidates in the
specific areas identified below in Table 6-5.
b. Recurrent FAA-Conducted APD Training. APDs must attend recurrent training every
24 calendar-months. MSs will ensure training is provided for those elements listed in Table 6-5.
c. Regular Safety Standardization Meetings. At least annually, MSs will conduct
regularly scheduled meetings with APDs for the purpose of maintaining desirable standards and
effective working relationships. This meeting may be combined with recurrent FAA-conducted
training. MSs should use professional judgment when choosing areas of discussion. Examples of
meeting topics include:
6-28
09/21/23
8000.95C
(1) Updates on administrative procedures and personnel.
(2) Updates in approved programs.
(3) New testing standards or training techniques.
(4) National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) or FAA Flight Standardization Board
(FSB) recommendations on specific aircraft.
d. Special Safety Standardization Meetings. MSs will call special meetings whenever a
significant change affects the process of FAA airman certification or other APD functions
deemed necessary by the POI, APM, and/or MS.
Table 6-5. FAA-Conducted Training and Meeting Requirements
FAA-Conducted Training and
Meeting Elements
Administrative procedures and
relationships with FAA inspectors.
Designee roles and responsibilities,
authorities, limitations, representation of
the FAA:
Applicable changes to 14 CFR
New FAA policy and procedures
Conduct of practical tests and checks
Testing Standards/AQP
Review and updating of test scenarios
Airman certificate application/IACRA
Feedback on approved training
programs
Regional and national issues (trends,
considerations, etc.)
Activity and pass/fail rates
Administrative discrepancies
DMS interface and requirements
Written test
At least annually, MSs will conduct
regularly scheduled meetings with
APDs for the purpose of maintaining
desirable standards and effective
working relationships.
MSs will call special meetings whenever
a significant change affects the process
of FAA airman certification with respect
to APDs.
Regular Safety
Standardization
Meetings
Special Safety Initial Training and
Standardization
24-Month
Meetings
Recurrent Training
X
X
X
X
X
6-29
09/21/23
8000.95C
4. FAA Personnel Training.
a. Initial Training Requirements. Training requirements for MSs with APD
responsibilities include:
(1) Completion of the air carrier operations ASI indoctrination courses, or equivalent.
(2) Completion of the managing FAA office’s MS on-the-job training (OJT) program.
(3) Completion of appropriate FS designee management training courses.
(4) Currency and qualification in accordance with Order 8900.1 for performing direct
observations of APDs or applicants.
Note: MSs need not be qualified in every aircraft in which the air carrier
operates. If needed, an MS may request a national resource or other available
inspector to conduct required direct observations.
b. Recurrent Training Requirements. FAA personnel with designee oversight
responsibilities should complete recurrent designee management training every 3 years.
Note: For detailed information regarding the training of APMs managing
designees in an ADE program, see Order 8900.1, Volume 13.
c. Training. Specific courses required for designee oversight are listed in the “Inspector
Training for Designee Oversight” matrix. The training matrix is maintained on the Flight
Standards Workforce Development Division (AFB-500) website at https://my.faa.gov/org/
linebusiness/avs/offices/afx/divisions/afb/afb500.html. The training matrix is organized by
designee type, and promotes the FS philosophy that the most appropriate person (or target
audience) should attend the right training at the right time. The local training coordinator can
also provide access to the training matrix and assistance on training needs assessment for ASIs
assigned to designee management.
6-30
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 8. Annual Request for Extension of a Designee’s Designation
See Volume 1.
6-31
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 9. Termination of a Designation
1. Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to termination of an APD. This designation
type-specific policy and Volume 1 constitute the overall policy for termination of APDs.
2. General. See Volume 1.
3. Termination Investigation. See Volume 1.
4. Termination For Cause Review Panel Responsibilities. See Volume 1.
5. Termination For Cause Review Panel Members. For an APD that holds no other
designation(s), the AO will convene a termination for cause review panel comprising three
members:
a. The AO associated with the designation. This individual will be the panel POC;
b. An AFS-600 division representative;
c. An AFS-200 division representative.
Note: For designees with multiple designations, refer to Volume 1 for appropriate
termination for cause review panel procedures.
6-32
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 10. Suspension of a Designation
See Volume 1.
6-33
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 11. Other Designee Management Functions
1. Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to other APD management functions. This
designation type-specific policy and Volume 1 constitute the overall policy for other designee
management functions for an APD.
2. Assign DMS Roles.
a. General. See Volume 1.
b. MRA. The MRA is typically the office manager or FLM.
3. Send Message to MS. See Volume 1.
4. Update Profile. See Volume 1.
5. Retention of Existing Designee Management Files. See Volume 1.
6-34
09/21/23
8000.95C
VOLUME 7. TCE DESIGNEE POLICY
Chapter 1. General Information
Section 1. Introduction
1. Purpose of This Volume. This volume supplements the common designee policy by
providing specific guidance for the administration of the Training Center Evaluator (TCE)
designee management program not otherwise provided in detail in Volume 1, Common Designee
Policy.
2. Audience. The primary audience for this volume is TCEs and FAA personnel with oversight
responsibilities of designee programs, including FAA management, operational, and
administrative employees, as appropriate.
3. Implementation. Compliance with this order will be achieved in accordance with the
implementation plans established by each Service/Office for their respective designee types.
Implementation will involve transition from existing management and information systems and
designee management policies to the DMS information technology (IT) tool and policy. Affected
employees and designees will be notified through a directive/memo when each implementation
will begin and end, as well as when full compliance with this policy is required. FAA employee
and designee login credentials and instructions will be provided at the beginning of each
implementation. Timing for release and completion of each implementation plan will depend
upon:
a. Availability of the DMS IT tool for the respective designee type.
b. Completion of transition training in the electronic Learning Management System (eLMS)
by the managing specialist (MS) and their respective management officials.
4. Conflicts With Other FAA Orders. The guidance in this order may conflict with that in
other FAA orders and directives. This situation may arise inadvertently or because it is
impractical to revise all orders simultaneously. Because FAA Order 8000.95 encompasses all
aspects of designee management, this order takes precedence over other orders containing
conflicting information. If the guidance in this order conflicts with 14 CFR, 14 CFR takes
precedence. Inspectors should refer questions about such conflicts to their immediate
supervisors.
Section 2. Overview of Designee Functions.
1. TCE. A TCE is an individual employed by a training center certificate holder who is
authorized by the Administrator to perform tests for certification, added ratings, authorizations,
and proficiency checks that are authorized by the certificate holder’s training specifications
(TSpec).
a. Title 14 CFR Parts 142 and 183. TCEs are issued authority to conduct various
evaluations based on the FAA’s need and ability to manage the TCEs. The regulatory basis for
the designation of a TCE may be found in parts 142 and 183. The FAA considers TCEs with
7-1
09/21/23
8000.95C
certification authority to be examiners as the term is used in part 183. Training centers
certificated under part 142 are required to have sufficient personnel to support their training
objectives, which includes the appointment of TCEs. Part 142 also outlines the prerequisites,
training requirements, operating procedures, and limitations of TCEs.
b. Contract Check Pilot Authorization. A TCE may, with the approval of the operator’s
Principal Operations Inspector (POI), be authorized to act as a contract check pilot for that
operator. Contract check pilots and their associated authorities are not a part of DMS or this
policy. Contract check pilot policy and regulatory information can be found in FAA
Order 8900.1 and the associated regulatory sections.
c. TCE Authorizations. Specific TCE authorizations are listed on the designee’s
Certificate Letter of Authority (CLOA) issued through DMS. The following tables list the
authorizations that may be issued to a TCE:
Table 7-1. Certificate Level Testing and Checking Authorizations
PE
CE
IRE
FIE
ATPE
FEE
TYPE
61.58
PPE
Private Pilot
Examiner
Commercial Pilot
Examiner
Instrument Rating
Examiner
Flight Instructor
Examiner
Airline Transport
Pilot Examiner
Flight Engineer
Examiner
Type Rating
Examiner
61.58 Pilot
Proficiency
Examiner
A PE administers private pilot practical tests for the original issuance of
a private pilot certificate.
A CE administers commercial pilot practical tests for the original
issuance of a Commercial Pilot Certificate.
An IRE administers the practical test for the addition of an instrument
rating to a pilot certificate.
An FIE conducts practical tests for the initial issuance, renewal, and
reinstatement of flight instructor certificates and additional ratings. An
FIE is authorized to issue flight instructor renewals, reinstatements, and
additional ratings on the basis of practical tests only.
An ATPE administers Airline Transport Pilot (ATP) practical tests for
the original issuance of an ATP Certificate.
An FEE administers Flight Engineer (FE) practical tests for the original
issuance of a Flight Engineer Certificate.
A type rating examiner administers aircraft type rating practical tests for
a specific make and model (M/M) of aircraft.
A 61.58 PPE administers the pilot-in-command (PIC) proficiency
checks required by 14 CFR part 61, § 61.58. 1
Although these proficiency checks are not activity covered by Title 49 of the United States Code (49 U.S.C.)
§ 44702(d)(1), the FAA uses the DMS to oversee and manage the performance of these regulatory functions
performed by designees.
1
7-2
09/21/23
8000.95C
Table 7-2. Aircraft Category and Class Authorizations
ASEL
Airplane Single-Engine
Land
AMEL Airplane Multiengine
Land
ASES Airplane Single-Engine
Sea
AMES Airplane Multiengine Sea
PLFT
Powered-Lift
RH
Rotorcraft-Helicopter
RECP Reciprocating
TPRP Turboprop
TJET
Turbojet
This authorizes a designee to administer practical tests in
single-engine land airplanes.
This authorizes a designee to administer practical tests in
multiengine land airplanes.
This authorizes a designee to administer practical tests in
single-engine sea airplanes.
This authorizes a designee to administer practical tests in
multiengine sea airplanes.
This authorizes a designee to administer practical tests in poweredlift aircraft.
This authorizes a designee to administer practical tests in
helicopters.
This authorizes an FEE to administer tests or checks in
reciprocating-engine-powered aircraft.
This authorizes an FEE to administer tests or checks in
turboprop-powered aircraft.
This authorizes an FEE to administer tests or checks in
turbojet-powered aircraft.
7-3
09/21/23
8000.95C
Table 7-3. Administrative Authorizations
FPE
MCE
GIE
FIRE
RPE
Foreign Pilot
Examiner
An FPE reviews applicants’ records, verifies computer test reports for
the foreign pilot instrument knowledge tests, and may issue private pilot
certificates and ratings at the private pilot certification level on the basis
of the applicant’s foreign license qualification in accordance with
§ 61.75. An FPE may also issue a private pilot, commercial pilot, or ATP
Certificate on the basis of a Bilateral Aviation Safety Agreement (BASA)
Implementation Procedures for Licensing (IPL) in accordance with
§ 61.71(c). Additionally, an FPE may convert a European Union
Part-Flight Crew Licensing (EU Part-FCL) pilot license to an FAA pilot
certificate using the FAA/European Union Aviation Safety Agency
(EASA) Technical Implementation Procedures—Licensing (TIP-L).
Certificates issued will be at the private pilot certification level.
Military Competency An MCE reviews a military pilot’s records, verifies computer test reports
Examiner
of the military competency knowledge test, and issues Commercial Pilot
Certificates and ratings to qualified military pilot applicants as authorized
(e.g., § 61.73). The MCE may issue or upgrade pilot certificates bearing
type ratings based on the applicant’s military pilot qualifications. The
MCE may accept applications for a flight instructor certificate and
appropriate ratings from current and former U.S. military instructor pilots
or U.S. military pilot examiners who meet the eligibility requirements as
set forth in § 61.73(g).
Ground Instructor
A GIE reviews applications and knowledge test results, and issues
Examiner
ground instructor certificates for the basic, advanced, or instrument
ratings, as specifically authorized (as per § 61.213).
Flight Instructor
A FIRE is authorized by the managing Flight Standards office to accept
Renewal Examiner applications for renewal of a flight instructor certificate that is still current
and for which the renewal process is merely administrative (i.e., a
practical test is not required for renewal of the applicant’s flight instructor
certificate). The FIRE must identify himself/herself as a FIRE on FAA
Form 8710-1, Airman Certificate and/or Rating Application, when
processing flight instructor renewals.
Remote Pilot
An RPE reviews an applicant’s knowledge test report, training course
Examiner
completion certificate, pilot certificate, and logbook, as applicable, for
the issuance of a Remote Pilot Certificate, as specifically authorized (as
per 14 CFR part 107, §§ 107.61 and 107.63).
7-4
09/21/23
8000.95C
Table 7-4. Special Authorizations
142.53 142.53 Instructor
IE
Examiner
142.55 142.55 Pilot
PPE
Proficiency
Examiner
SCCP Standardized
Curriculum Check
Pilot
CAT II
Category II
Examiner
CAT III Category III
Examiner
A 142.53 IE administers the training center instructor observations
required by part 142, § 142.53(a)(1) and the training center instructor
proficiency checks required by § 142.53(a)(7). 1
A 142.55 PPE administers the TCE proficiency checks required by
§ 142.55(a)(4). 2
A Standardized Curriculum Check Pilot (SCCP) is authorized to conduct
the competency and proficiency checks required by 14 CFR part 135, §§
135.293(a)(2) and (b) and 135.297. The SCCP authorization applies
only to those check pilots approved under a standardized curriculum.
A CAT II examiner administers Category II pilot authorization practical
tests in accordance with § 61.67.
A CAT III examiner administers Category III pilot authorization practical
tests in accordance with § 61.68.
2. TCEs Abroad.
a. Approved Training Program. A TCE may be authorized to serve at locations outside
the United States, provided the TCE will examine only those applicants from the training center
for which TCE authorization is held, in accordance with the part 142 training program.
b. Managing Office. A designee serving internationally will generally be managed by the
Flight Standards office responsible for the TCE’s training center.
c. Non-U.S. Citizen Authorization. An individual who is not a U.S. citizen may be
authorized as a TCE abroad only when the need cannot be filled by a U.S. citizen, and the
individual has met the U.S. certification requirements for the examining authority requested.
Section 3. Roles and Responsibilities
1. FAA Personnel Roles and Responsibilities.
a. Office Manager.
(1) Office managers are responsible for the personnel, training, and budget resources
necessary to accomplish the management and oversight of designees.
(2) Office managers should anticipate changes in personnel requirements as a result of
the “need and ability” standard discussed in Chapter 3, Selection and Evaluation of a Designee
Applicant.
Although these observations are not activity covered by 49 U.S.C. § 44702(d)(1), the FAA uses the DMS to
oversee and manage the performance of these regulatory functions performed by designees.
2
Although these proficiency checks are not activity covered by 49 U.S.C. § 44702(d)(1), the FAA uses the DMS to
oversee and manage the performance of these regulatory functions performed by designees.
1
7-5
09/21/23
8000.95C
(3) Office managers are responsible for continually evaluating the effectiveness of the
designee program and MSs.
b. AO. The AO has the authority to appoint a designee in DMS. AOs are typically office
managers, but may be Front Line Managers (FLM) or Training Center Program Managers
(TCPM).
c. SO. The SO initiates the selection of new designee applicants in DMS. SOs are typically
FLMs, but may be office managers.
d. MRA. MRAs ensure inspectors, supervisory staff, and administrative staff are assigned
appropriate roles within DMS to carry out assigned duties. MRAs are typically office managers,
but may be FLMs.
e. Managing Specialist (MS). MSs are experienced FAA aviation safety inspectors (ASI)
whose specialty is part 142 operations. MSs provide oversight, guidance, and support to assigned
TCEs.
(1) The MS is typically one of the following:
(a) TCPM;
(b) Assistant Training Center Program Manager (ATCPM);
(c) Fleet Training Program Manager (FTPM);
(d) Partial Program Manager (PPM); or
(e) Other assigned inspector.
(2) MSs must ensure TCEs are prepared to perform their duties, including the completion
of required training and the maintenance of the minimum qualifications for designation as
prescribed in Chapter 2, Application Process.
(3) MSs are responsible for ensuring TCEs maintain airman certification standards as
prescribed by regulation, approved training programs, and applicable policies. MSs must conduct
an active program of meetings and oversight to achieve this objective.
(4) Designee management must consider potential risks and hazards to safety. MSs
should remain constantly vigilant for such risks and hazards. These ASIs should review DMS
data and other resources, such as the Safety Performance Analysis System (SPAS), to ensure
oversight on problem areas.
(5) MSs must work closely with assigned training centers to assess risk and ensure TCE
programs meet the highest level of safety, standardization, and quality assurance.
7-6
09/21/23
8000.95C
f. Proxy. The proxy function allows an office to assign a surrogate or backup in DMS to a
person holding a primary DMS role for offices with a large number of designees or for when the
person holding the primary role will be unavailable.
(1) Proxies should meet the same qualifications required to hold the primary role.
(2) Proxies may be assigned for a defined amount of time or indefinitely.
(3) Only the AO, SO, and MS roles may be proxied.
(4) An AO or SO may have only one proxy. Only an AO may assign an AO proxy. Only
an AO or SO may assign a SO proxy.
(5) Each designee may have only one MS and up to three MS proxies. An AO, SO, and
the MS who will be proxied may assign an MS proxy.
proxy.
(6) Proxy candidates must accept the proxy request in DMS in order to be assigned a
(7) Primary role holders and proxies should coordinate designee-related activities outside
of DMS to prevent duplicate efforts or entries in DMS.
g. Aviation Safety Inspector (ASI). In addition to the roles listed above, any ASI may
access DMS to record specific oversight and other activities using the ASI role in DMS.
h. Reporting. The reporting role allows the user to access DMS reports to view designee
data and assess risk.
i. Office Administrator (OA). The OA role allows certain FAA administrative office
personnel limited MS functionality to submit administrative DMS entries such as training and
meetings. The OA is typically an aviation safety assistant (ASA) or aviation safety technician
(AST), but may also be an ASI.
j. Company Administrator (CA). The CA role allows certain company management
and/or administrative representatives limited access to DMS to track designee currency,
qualifications, and activity. A person may only be approved as a CA for one company.
7-7
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 2. Application Process
1. Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to an individual applying to be a TCE. This
designation type-specific policy and Volume 1 constitute the overall policy for the application
process for a TCE applicant.
2. General.
a. Application Considerations. The application process to designate a TCE is initiated by
the employing part 142 training center.
(1) The part 142 certificate holder must submit a letter to the managing office requesting
appointment of the TCE applicant. The training center will ensure the request letter is provided
to the TCE applicant for upload into DMS. The letter of request must contain the following:
(a) Justification of need based on FAA criteria;
(b) Identification of specific authority requested;
(c) Projected timeline of internal evaluator curriculum completion;
(d) Explanation of how this applicant is the most qualified of eligible applicants; and
(e) Statement that training center management has determined that the applicant
meets all eligibility and minimum qualification requirements for appointment.
(2) The TCE applicant must:
(a) Complete an application in DMS; and
(b) Upload the training center request letter and a current résumé and/or supplemental
information sheet (available in DMS).
(3) The training center will coordinate TCE applications with the MS. TCE applicants
will not be considered for designation without a completed DMS application, receipt of the
request letter, and uploaded supplemental information.
(4) FAA Tracking Number (FTN). TCE applicants must enter their FTN as part of their
application in DMS. The FTN is an essential link between DMS and the Integrated Airman
Certification and Rating Application (IACRA) that verifies designee authorizations and allows
activity and certification records to align between systems. Applicants can locate their FTN by
logging into IACRA.
b. Who Should Apply. Employees of a training center that have been recommended for
nomination as a TCE.
c. Multiple Designations. The FAA may designate an airman to perform multiple
certification services as a designee. In addition, a designee may be designated to hold more than
7-8
09/21/23
8000.95C
one type of designation. For TCE applicants, consideration should be given to the effect of
multiple designations on the ability of the TCE to perform functions appropriately.
3. Minimum Qualifications for TCEs. To be eligible for consideration as a TCE, candidates
must first:
a. Meet the requirements listed in Volume 1, this chapter, and DMS.
b. Hold an unrestricted FAA pilot or FE certificate, as appropriate, to act as PIC or FE for
the specific aircraft in which the applicant seeks authority.
c. Meet the instructor qualification and training requirements of part 142 subpart C.
d. Be currently assigned as an instructor at the employing training center.
e. Be qualified in each specific curriculum and the associated flight training equipment for
which TCE privileges are requested.
f. Have an excellent record as an airman regarding history of compliance actions,
violations, accidents, and incidents. The MS must verify the airman information through the
FAA’s recordkeeping systems before scheduling any training or qualification observations.
g. Have at least 1 year of part 142 training center experience as a simulator instructor, and
have accumulated at least 100 hours of flight simulation training device (FSTD) operating
experience within the previous 12 calendar-months in the same aircraft make, model, series
(M/M/S), and type (if type is applicable) of FSTD or aircraft for which the designation is
requested.
h. To ensure standardization, requests for deviations to the 1-year experience requirement
will be forwarded to the appropriate policy office per the deviation process listed in Chapter 3,
Selection and Evaluation of a Designee Applicant. Managing offices should consider the
following before submitting a deviation request:
(1) Managing offices may consider the candidate’s previous experience as an alternative
to the 1-year experience requirement if such experience is appropriate, timely (within the last 36
calendar-months), and equivalent to the 1-year prerequisite.
(2) When considering a candidate’s previous experience to determine its equivalency
relative to the authorization(s) being requested, the managing office must carefully evaluate the
candidate’s overall experience in the type of operation and aircraft for which authorization is
sought.
(3) Examples of experience that may be considered include prior experience as a TCE,
APD, DPE, 14 CFR part 91 subpart K (part 91K) check pilot, or a 14 CFR part 119 certificated
air carrier check pilot.
Note: The requirement for 100-hours of experience in the same M/M/S of FSTD
is not subject to deviation.
7-9
09/21/23
8000.95C
(4) The 1-year training center experience and 100-hour requirement to be considered as a
TCE do not apply to the introduction of a new aircraft type to the certificate holder’s program,
which would allow an initial cadre (see paragraph 5 below).
4. TCE (Aircraft). When maneuvers and procedures cannot be fully completed in an approved
FSTD, a TCE may be authorized to conduct evaluations in an aircraft in flight.
a. Additional Requirements. TCEs who conduct aircraft evaluations must meet the same
requirements specified for FSTD instructors, plus the additional training requirements listed in
§ 142.53(a)(5) and (6).
b. Hours as PIC. Candidates requesting authorization to conduct evaluations in an aircraft
while acting as a required crewmember must have logged at least 100 hours as PIC in the M/M/S
of the aircraft, except when approved as initial cadre on newly certificated aircraft types, or
newly acquired aircraft for the employing training center.
5. Initial Cadre TCEs. During the early phases of establishing a TCE program, initial cadre
TCEs are required. Initial cadre TCE candidates must first become fully qualified as flightcrew
members and then be trained, evaluated, and approved as TCEs. Because the regulatory language
of part 142 does not address a training process for initial cadre TCEs, this section provides the
necessary guidance. The process that follows is valuable for startup operations, or when a new
aircraft type is introduced to a training center, because it is a practical way to initiate and build a
TCE program, and because it takes advantage of initial training when the center is under close
FAA scrutiny (with desirable effects on the TCE program).
a. Existing Training Program. The introduction of an aircraft which is new to a particular
satellite training center, but for which the certificate holder already has an existing training
program established at another location, does not qualify for approval of instructors and/or
evaluators under an initial cadre.
b. Training Center Request. The overseeing inspector must arrange with the training
center to approve one or more TCE candidates to form an initial cadre. The training center must
submit a letter of request and an initial implementation plan. The implementation plan must
include a description of the prerequisites, training, and checking that the initial cadre TCEs will
undergo, as well as any associated administrative functions. Specifically, quality control (QC)
measures, the training curriculum, recordkeeping, and the methods that will be used for the
instructor to gain experience must be clearly identified, as well as any additional information
required by the MS or the TCPM. The letter of request must contain the following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Name of initial cadre candidates,
Business address,
Candidate airman certificate numbers,
Candidate current positions,
Requested TCE authorities,
Aircraft type,
Brief résumé of each candidate’s aviation background and experience, and
Copies of each candidate’s training records.
7-10
09/21/23
8000.95C
Note: The TCPM or MS may require additional information to suit
circumstances.
c. Training, Startup, or New Aircraft Introduction. The training center must provide a
full qualification process for the initial cadre of TCEs nominated.
d. Initial Training and Certification. Prior to initial cadre TCE designation, the training
center must first arrange to have the initial cadre TCE candidates trained and appropriately
certificated. The training center may provide the training internally, or by contracting with a
manufacturer, another part 142 training center, or with other qualified individuals such as flight
test pilots (FTP). In any case, initial cadre TCE candidates must meet all of the regulatory
requirements of part 142.
e. Gaining Proficiency as an Instructor. After the initial training and certification, initial
cadre TCE candidates must become proficient in the training center’s approved training program
by instructing one another. During this training, a training center may arrange for a pilot from the
manufacturer, an operator, or another source to act as the safety pilot or instructor pilot, if
needed.
f. Proficiency and Competency Checks. After the first initial cadre TCE candidates have
become proficient as instructors, they may then begin the training and checking of other initial
cadre TCE candidates in accordance with the training center’s initially approved flight training
and qualification curriculum segments.
(1) Each check must be observed by an FAA inspector who meets the qualification
requirements of FAA Order 8900.1, Volume 1, Chapter 3, Inspector Responsibilities,
Administration, Ethics and Conduct.
(2) If the inspector determines that the performance of an initial cadre TCE candidate
conducting a certain check is satisfactory, the inspector will recommend to the overseeing
inspector that the airman be approved as a TCE for that type of check.
(3) One initial cadre TCE candidate may check another initial cadre TCE. Initial cadre
TCEs can repeat this process until each candidate has been approved as a TCE or has been
terminated from the program. If only one individual is considered the initial cadre TCE, an
inspector will observe that individual conducting a check of another airman.
g. Designation of Initial Cadre TCE. Designation of an initial cadre TCE follows the same
basic procedures as for normal (not initial cadre) TCEs.
h. Surveillance of Initial Cadre TCEs. Initial cadre TCEs may not meet the 1-year and
100-hour experience requirements, as a normal TCE (not initial cadre) would. Additional FAA
surveillance may be required to mitigate the risk associated with this lack of experience.
Although the TCE may be issued a CLOA after the initial surveillance/observation is completed
as part of the normal designation process, additional surveillance may also be performed.
Typically, an additional three to five surveillance activities are performed within the first 6 to 9
months following designation; however, TCPMs may deviate below these normal surveillance
expectations when the TCE candidate possesses exceptional experience. Conversely, additional
7-11
09/21/23
8000.95C
surveillance may be required for TCE candidates who lack previous experience that would
normally be expected. The following are factors to consider when determining additional
surveillance:
(1) Overall training center industry experience with the aircraft type. For example, is this
the first curriculum at any training center for this aircraft type?
(2) The specific training center’s overall experience with introducing new aircraft type
curriculums. For example, is this the first new aircraft type the training center has introduced
since certification as an air agency?
(3) Previous surveillance results during the introduction of a new aircraft type curriculum
at that specific training center.
(4) Previous experience of each individual TCE, including previous experience as an
APD or check pilot on the same aircraft type. For example, does the TCE have previous TCE
experience on other aircraft of the same make? Or does the TCE have previous experience as an
APD for an air carrier on the same aircraft type?
6. Expanded Authority. Designees may request additional authorizations to their designation.
All requests must be made in DMS using the designee’s action link. Requests for additional
authorizations are viewable in DMS by the SO.
7. Disqualifiers. See Volume 1.
8. Privilege, Not a Right. See Volume 1.
9. Post-Application. See Volume 1.
7-12
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 3. Selection and Evaluation of a Designee Applicant
1. Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the selection and evaluation of TCE
applicants. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1 constitute the overall policy for
the selection and evaluation of a TCE applicant.
2. General.
a. Selection Process. The selection process for a TCE applicant is initiated after the training
center submits a letter of request to the assigned Flight Standards office and the designee
applicant completes the DMS application. The SO then initiates the selection process through
DMS. Below is a high-level representation of the designee selection process.
Figure 7-1. High-Level Selection Process Flow
determines
if minimum
qualifications
are met
Selecting official
completes need
and ability
Evaluat ion panel completes
applicant evaluation
and makes recommendation
to appointing official
b. Selection Considerations.
(1) The training center should put forth recommendations of the most qualified applicants
based on experience, knowledge, and ability.
(2) The SO should review all information provided by the training center, MS, and ASIs
associated with the training center, when selecting the applicant for evaluation.
(3) Preferred sources for TCE candidates are:
(a) Current or former FAA designees.
(b) Current or former air carrier, military, or foreign CAA evaluators who have
engaged in evaluation activities that involved testing and/or checking.
3. Need and Ability to Manage. The SO must determine that a need exists and the office has
the ability to manage the designee. The SO should work closely with assigned inspectors and the
MS that will likely be responsible for determining need and ability. The following items must be
considered when determining the need and the ability to manage each TCE:
a. Need Considerations.
(1) The ability of the training center to provide the required testing or checking of
applicants within 7 calendar-days after the completion of training.
(2) The number of complaints received from the public, if any, about a lack of TCEs to
provide certification.
7-13
09/21/23
8000.95C
(3) The activity at the training center has increased or is forecasted to increase, and
cannot be supported with existing designees.
(4) The ability of the FAA to support the certification work and need with existing
designees.
(5) The FAA has lost an employee or designee resource.
(6) The total number of FSTDs.
(7) The number and use of satellite training centers.
b. Ability to Manage Considerations.
(1) FAA inspector staffing must be sufficient and possess the technical skills and
knowledge required to manage and oversee the designee.
(2) The existing and projected office workload must allow the office to effectively
manage the designee.
(3) Funding must be adequate to allow inspector travel necessary to perform designee
management and oversight. If existing budget constraints do not allow for proper oversight, then
the designee appointment must not be made.
(4) The geographic location of the designee must not prohibit the ability of the FAA to
provide normal designee management and oversight.
c. Other Considerations.
(1) The need for a new designee is driven by the needs of the public. Prior to designation,
the training center must clearly show a need for the requested TCE. Scheduling convenience or
allowing an individual to meet some other requirement, such as designation by a foreign entity,
cannot be considered as justification for the designation.
(2) A utilization review of all TCEs at the training center with similar authority should be
accomplished when need is determined. If there is a large variation of activity between TCEs
with similar authority, the ability of the training center to efficiently schedule TCEs should be
assessed. A large variation of activity would normally prevent the designation of additional
TCEs.
(3) A Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) is required to establish and maintain TCEs
and to provide training for FAA Operations ASIs assigned to provide oversight duties at the
training center. The MOU must be written in accordance with the instructions and the sample
MOU which can be found on the list of effective documents located on the part 142 training
centers website at https://www.faa.gov/pilots/training/part_142/. Any deviations to this template
must be approved in writing by the Air Transportation Division (AFS-200), who will notify the
Regulatory Support Division (AFS-600).
7-14
09/21/23
8000.95C
4. Requesting Qualified Applicants.
a. List of Qualified Applicants. Once the FAA establishes the need and ability to manage a
designee, the SO can request a list of applicants from DMS. DMS will search active applicants to
identify candidates that most closely match the specified criteria.
b. Deviation from Minimum Qualifications. When an applicant in DMS does not meet a
qualification requirement, the MS may request that the SO petition AFS-600, who will
coordinate with AFS-200 for a deviation from minimum qualifications as follows:
(1) Documentation. The SO will document and communicate the circumstances and
justification for the deviation in a memo outside of DMS.
(2) Coordination. The SO must route the request to AFS-600 for concurrence external to
DMS. Deviation requests will be sent to [email protected]. If in agreement with the
recommendation, AFS-600, in coordination with AFS-200, will document the circumstances and
justification in DMS and complete the required DMS process.
Note: The purpose of a deviation is to fill a specific need that the managing
office has for which there are no qualified applicants in DMS. The expectation is
the office will appoint the applicant within 30 days of the deviation being granted.
If the applicant has not been appointed after 30 days, the process ends.
5. Evaluation.
a. Evaluation of a Designee Applicant. The FAA is required to determine if an applicant is
the best qualified for appointment as a TCE. An FAA goal is to establish a uniform designee
candidate assessment process (as much as practicable) for all designee types. When a training
center presents one or more TCE applicants for selection, the Flight Standards office will
establish an evaluation panel to further review and determine if each applicant is appropriately
qualified.
b. Evaluation Panel. The evaluation panel must include at least two individuals:
(1) The MS who is expected to be assigned to the designee. The presumed MS will
assume the lead role during the evaluation process and coordinate the evaluation panel results in
DMS.
(2) The office manager, FLM, or any other operations inspector.
c. Evaluation Panel Checklist. For each prospective TCE candidate, the evaluation panel
must complete the following checklist:
(1) Review the training center request letter and determine if it contains the required
elements.
(2) Review the TCE application in DMS.
7-15
09/21/23
8000.95C
(3) Verify the minimum qualifications have been met.
(4) Verify the applicant possesses the appropriate airman certificate, category and class
rating, and type rating for the authorities being sought.
(5) Determine if the TCE duties will be conducted in an aircraft and if a medical
certificate is required.
(6) Conduct an interview of the TCE applicant to verify qualifications, application
information, and ensure qualities exist to be successful as a designee.
(7) Contact references as necessary.
(8) Review relevant information from the following FAA databases to determine the
candidate’s aviation background and any issues which may have an adverse effect on the
candidate’s application:
(a) DMS;
(b) SPAS;
(c) Accident Incident Data System (AIDS);
(d) Enforcement Information System (EIS);
(e) National Program Tracking and Reporting Subsystem (NPTRS); and
(f) Safety Assurance System (SAS).
d. Evaluation Panel Tasks. In addition to the checklist above, the evaluation panel must
ensure the TCE applicant has completed the following activities prior to designation:
(1) Verify the following training has been completed successfully:
(a) The training center’s approved TCE training; and
(b) The FAA TCE training (see Chapter 7, Training).
(2) Ensure the proficiency check required by § 142.55(a)(4) has been completed (see
Chapter 6, Oversight and Management of a Designee).
(3) Ensure the TCE candidate has been observed conducting a complete certification test
consisting of oral, simulator, and aircraft portions if required, when certification authority is
requested. If certification authority is not requested, then observe the check for the requested
authority (see Chapter 6).
e. Evaluation Panel Outcomes. At the conclusion of the evaluation events, the evaluation
panel will make a recommendation in DMS to the SO whether to appoint the applicant or not,
7-16
09/21/23
8000.95C
and indicate what authorities or limitations should be included in the CLOA. There are two
appointment recommendation types:
(1) Approve. The evaluation panel recommends appointment and now must:
(a) Identify recommended authorizations and limitations.
(b) Prepare the recommendation for review by the SO and AO.
(2) Disapprove. If the evaluation panel recommends disapproval, justification must be
provided in DMS.
f. SO Actions. The SO may accept or reject the evaluation panel recommendation.
7-17
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 4. Designee Appointment
1. Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the appointment of TCE designees. This
designation type-specific policy and Volume 1 constitute the overall policy for the appointment
of a TCE.
2. General.
a. Appointment Process. Below is a high-level representation of the designee appointment
process.
Figure 7-2. High-Level Appointment Process Flow
valuating panel and
selecting official make
recommendation
regarding appointment
I
..
I
"'
Appointing official
accepts or rejects
recommendations
in DMS
I
I
..
1) DMS notifies applicant and
company of appointment or denial
"'
2) If appointment is recommended,
DMS generates CLOA
b. Appointment Checklist. The evaluation panel recommends appropriate privileges and
limitations in the CLOA based on the applicant’s:
(1) Background experience;
(2) Personal and professional qualifications; and
(3) Needs of the appointing office.
c. AO Actions. The AO may accept or reject the evaluation panel and SO
recommendations.
3. Designee Number. See Volume 1.
4. CLOA. See Volume 1.
5. CLOA Expiration Date. Upon designee appointment, DMS will generate a CLOA with an
expiration date on the last day of the 12th month following the CLOA’s approval date. DMS will
continue to extend the expiration date for 12 calendar-months annually subject to the following
conditions:
a. Designee Completes DMS Action Item. The designee must complete the action item in
DMS within 60 calendar-days of expiration.
b. Designee Maintains Qualifications. The designee must continue to meet all
requirements to maintain the authorizations listed on the CLOA.
c. Length of Appointment. The designee may serve at the discretion of the Administrator
until their designation is terminated in DMS.
7-18
09/21/23
8000.95C
6. Reinstatement. A former TCE who was terminated “not for cause” may apply for
reinstatement up to 12 calendar-months after termination only for the training center where last
assigned. The training center must submit a reinstatement request letter, and the former TCE
must:
a. Have a prior record in DMS; and
b. Continue to meet all requirements for issuance of the designation.
7. Reinstatement Process. Once the Flight Standards office determines the former designee is
still competent to perform authorized activities, the CLOA is reissued with the original
designation number used for reinstatement.
7-19
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 5. Responsibilities and Obligations of a Designee
1. Purpose. This chapter describes the common policy associated with the responsibilities and
obligations of a TCE. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1 constitute the overall
policy for the responsibilities and obligations of a TCE.
2. TCE Responsibilities. In addition to the responsibilities listed in Volume 1 of this order,
TCEs must:
a. Complete Administrative Tasks. TCEs must complete the airman certification forms or
entries in accordance with FAA policy and regulatory requirements. The paperwork must be
accurate, complete, and timely. All certification packages must be completed via IACRA or sent
to the managing office within 7 calendar-days of completion.
b. Establish Recency of Experience.
(1) A pilot TCE may accomplish recency of experience requirements in an approved
level C or D full flight simulator (FFS).
(2) A TCE with an FE authorization may accomplish recency-of-experience requirements
in an approved level 6 or 7 flight training device (FTD), as well as all levels of an approved fullflight simulator.
c. Assure Confidentiality. Designees must ensure that information regarding tests or
checks remains private and confidential.
d. Maintain Security of Controlled Material. Each TCE is responsible for maintaining the
security of controlled material pertaining to the issuance of the airman certificate. The TCE must
use appropriate security procedures as identified by the training center and MS. At a minimum,
TCEs shall ensure adequate security of:
(1) Knowledge element questions developed for the tests;
(2) Skill element plans of action developed for the tests;
and
(3) Airman Certificate and/or Rating Applications and Temporary Airman Certificates;
(4) Applicant Personally Identifiable Information (PII).
e. Report Undue Pressure or Interference. If a TCE experiences undue pressure or
interference while conducting delegated activities, the TCE will notify the managing office.
7-20
09/21/23
8000.95C
3. TCE Authorizations.
a. Section 142.53 Authority. If authorized on the CLOA as a 142.53 IE, a TCE may
conduct the instructor observations required by § 142.53(a)(1) and (7). 14 The TCE must be from
the same training center and qualified and current in the specific curriculum and flight training
equipment as the instructors being observed. MSs should list the specific curricula for which the
TCE is authorized 142.53 IE authority in the limitations section of the CLOA.
b. Section 142.55 Authority. If authorized on the CLOA as a 142.55 PPE, a TCE may
conduct the TCE proficiency checks required by § 142.55(a)(4). 5 The TCE must be from the
same training center and qualified and current in the specific curriculum and flight training
equipment as the TCE being checked. MSs should list the specific curricula for which the TCE is
authorized 142.55 PPE authority in the limitations section of the CLOA. The MS or other
assigned inspectors may conduct the § 142.55 TCE proficiency check at any time if desired.
c. Issue Airman Certificates Based on Check Pilot Authority. A TCE with full
certification authority may issue an ATP Certificate and/or the appropriate aircraft type rating
after successful completion of a proficiency check under § 121.441, or both a competency check
under § 135.293(a)(2) and (b) and a PIC instrument proficiency check (IPC) under § 135.297.
Anytime a TCE issues an airman certificate based on an air carrier check, the TCE must
complete a preapproval to document the activity in DMS.
(1) Check Pilot Authorization Under a Standardized Curriculum. A TCE may be
authorized to act as a part 135 check pilot under a standardized curriculum. Because standardized
curricula and the associated check pilots are approved under part 142 by the TCPM, check pilot
authority will be granted in DMS and listed on the TCE CLOA, along with the list of
standardized curricula for which the TCE is approved as a check pilot.
(2) Contract Check Pilot Authorization. A TCE may, with the approval of the operator’s
POI, be authorized to act as a contract check pilot for that operator. Contract check pilots and
their associated authorities are not a part of this policy. Contract check pilot authority is not
listed on the TCE CLOA. Contract check pilot policy can be found in Order 8900.1.
d. Second-in-Command (SIC) Type Rating. A TCE may, with appropriate certification
authority, issue an SIC type rating to an applicant in conjunction with the satisfactory completion
of a training center’s approved curriculum provided the applicant:
(1) Is enrolled in a curriculum approved to meet the requirements of § 61.55; and
(2) Has not failed to complete a curriculum approved to meet the requirements of
§ 61.58, § 61.63, or § 61.157.
Although this activity is not covered by 49 U.S.C. § 44702(d)(1), the FAA uses the DMS to oversee and manage
the performance of these regulatory functions performed by designees.
5
Although this activity is not covered by 49 U.S.C. § 44702(d)(1), the FAA uses the DMS to oversee and manage
the performance of these regulatory functions performed by designees.
4
7-21
09/21/23
8000.95C
Note: An applicant who has applied for an initial or additional type rating may
not be granted an SIC type rating due to their inability to successfully complete
the initial or additional type rating training course. In those instances, the
individual will be issued a Notice of Disapproval.
e. TCE-FE Knowledge Test Endorsement. TCE-FEs are authorized to endorse FAA
Form 8060-7, Airman’s Authorization for Written/Knowledge Test, following verification the
applicant has presented satisfactory evidence of having completed one of the experience
requirements of § 63.37 and is qualified to take the appropriate FE knowledge test.
f. Administrative Authority. A TCE may be authorized to perform the administrative
certificate functions listed in Table 7-3 in Chapter 1, General Information, Section 2, Overview
of Designee Functions, subject to the following conditions:
(1) The appropriate administrative authorizations must be listed on the TCE’s CLOA;
(2) A TCE may only perform administrative functions for employees and students at the
TCE’s employing training center; and
(3) The TCE receives FAA training on the issuance of certificates related to each specific
administrative function authorized.
g. Administrative Removal of Certificate Limitations. If appropriately rated, a TCE may
remove the limitations associated with §§ 61.64, 61.159, and 61.160. No specific administrative
authorization is required on the TCE’s CLOA. The applicant must be an employee or student at
the TCE’s employing training center and needs only to present satisfactory evidence that they
have met the appropriate requirements. Refer to Order 8900.1, Volume 5, Chapter 3, Section 1,
Application Phase—ATP Applicants Engaged in Operations Under 14 CFR Parts 121, 135, or 91
Subpart K—Airplanes and Helicopters.
Note: Each certification activity must be approved before the designee can
perform any function on behalf of the FAA. Designees will complete
preapprovals and post activities in DMS for all certificates issued.
4. TCE Limitations. TCEs must adhere to the following limitations:
a. Multiple Training Centers. A TCE may not be a TCE for more than two different
training center certificate holders.
b. Maximum Evaluation Time. Combined instruction and evaluation time in an FSTD
may not exceed 8 hours in any 24-consecutive-hour period. This limitation does not include
preflight and postflight briefings associated with flight training.
c. Three or More Grades of Pilot Certificate. A TCE may not conduct evaluations for
three or more grades of pilot certificate unless specifically justified and approved by the
managing office.
7-22
09/21/23
8000.95C
d. Multiple Aircraft. Before a TCE can be approved for a second aircraft, the MS must
carefully evaluate the differences between the aircraft currently authorized and that of the second
type requested. In many cases, an aircraft type rating will encompass a number of different
models and series of aircraft within that type rating. Different models and/or series within a
specific type may have vastly different operating characteristics and systems. Levels of
differences (designated A–E) are described in Order 8900.1, Volume 3, Chapter 19, Flightcrew
Member Training and Qualification Programs. Because the TCE’s knowledge and skills directly
affect the quality of an evaluation, the MS must consider the following guidelines and limitations
when determining the reasonable number of aircraft in which a TCE may be authorized to
conduct evaluations:
(1) A TCE may not be authorized in more than two aircraft types or two different M/M/S
within the same type if they are significantly different.
(2) A TCE may not be authorized to conduct evaluations in more than one aircraft type
and one training course for non-type-rated aircraft.
(3) A TCE may conduct evaluations in up to four different series of one aircraft model,
provided the differences between series are not significant (no more than level A or B
differences). Authorization to conduct evaluations in an aircraft model or series that encompass
level A or B differences are relatively easy to accomplish (e.g., DHC-8-100 versus DHC-8-200)
and may not affect the TCE’s ability to effectively transition between the aircraft.
(4) Authorization to evaluate in a model and series that requires level C, D, or E
differences training will affect the complexity of the evaluation and must be considered before
additional authority is granted (e.g., LR-25 versus LR-55).
(5) Authorization to evaluate in aircraft that require separate curricula and/or flight
training equipment must be considered as another type rating even though they may list the same
type rating on the pilot’s certificate (e.g., DC-9-30 versus MD-88 or B717).
(6) Evaluations resulting from a specialty curriculum, such a CAT II or III authorization,
also affect overall complexity.
(7) Consideration must also be given to the number of annual proficiency checks and
training events required to maintain the TCE’s currency.
e. Proof of Eligibility. A TCE may not conduct tests unless an applicant presents proof of
eligibility as prescribed in 14 CFR part 61.
f. Completion of Airman Knowledge Test. A TCE may not conduct a practical test unless
the applicant has passed the required airman knowledge test.
g. Graduates of the Employing Training Center. TCEs may only conduct evaluations for
graduates of the employing training center or satellite center(s).
h. Examiners-at-Large. TCEs may not act as examiners-at-large by conducting practical
tests or proficiency checks for the general pilot population.
7-23
09/21/23
8000.95C
i. Functioning as a Crewmember. A TCE may not function as a required crewmember
while conducting simulator evaluations.
j. Teaching During Testing or Checking. A TCE may not combine teaching with testing
or checking during the evaluation of an applicant, except when conducting approved progressive
checks.
k. Participation in Recent Training or Testing. A TCE may not evaluate an applicant for
a certificate, additional rating, or an amendment without the expressed permission of the
managing office if the TCE participated in one of the three previous flight training events, when
the TCE has recommended the applicant, or when the TCE has found the applicant’s
performance to be unsatisfactory on the previous evaluation. Exceptions to this policy may be
granted on a case-by-case basis after considering any unique or extenuating operational
circumstances surrounding the particular request. Scheduling convenience and trainee
availability are not valid reasons to grant such permission.
l. Applicant’s Third Evaluation. A TCE may not conduct an evaluation of an applicant
for any certificate action without the expressed permission of the managing office if, during the
previous two attempts, the applicant was issued a Notice of Disapproval. The applicant’s third
evaluation will be conducted by a qualified ASI. Exceptions to this policy may be granted on a
case-by-case basis after considering any unique or extenuating operational circumstances
surrounding the particular request.
m. Expired TCE Authority. A TCE must not conduct any evaluation after the expiration
date listed on their CLOA.
n. Use of the English Language. All tests and checks must be conducted using the English
language.
o. Exemptions from Testing or Checking Requirements. A TCE may not exempt any
applicant from the testing or checking requirements listed in the applicable practical test
standards (PTS)/Airman Certification Standards (ACS), the approved curriculum, or other
qualification module.
p. Suspension of a Test or Check. A TCE may not temporarily suspend a test or check to
allow the applicant further study, and then continue the same test later.
q. Amendment or Alteration of a Certificate. A TCE may amend or alter a certificate
only:
(1) When adding a rating to the certificate of an applicant that the TCE has tested and
found to be competent.
(2) When removing a limitation from a certificate, if authorized. For example, a TCE
may remove the “Circling Approach–VMC Only” limitation when the applicant has completed
an approved course of training and the TCE has completed the appropriate qualification module.
7-24
09/21/23
8000.95C
(3) When adding an SIC type rating to an airman’s certificate, if the applicant has
successfully completed an approved training curriculum that meets the requirements of § 61.55.
(4) A TCE authorized as an FE may remove the restriction imposed by Exemption 4901
for an FE applicant, provided the TCE has been appropriately trained and authorized to perform
the removal per the training center’s approved TSpecs.
r. Expired Temporary Airman Certificate. A TCE may not reissue or amend any expired
Temporary Airman Certificate.
s. Waivers, Special Medical Evaluations, Competency Tests. A TCE may not conduct
special medical evaluations, tests for waivers, or any test for competency under 49 U.S.C.
§ 44709. Such applicants will be referred to the responsible Flight Standards office.
7-25
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 6. Oversight and Management of a Designee
1. Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the oversight and management of TCEs.
This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1 constitute the overall policy for the oversight
and management of a TCE.
2. General.
a. Considerations. Effective oversight of TCEs is founded on a dogged strategy of risk
management in which safety management principles by a training center, and oversight by the
FAA, includes a continual process of weighing the harm potential of any hazard against the
likelihood of its occurrence, and taking appropriate preventive action.
b. TCE Oversight. TCE oversight includes the comprehensive evaluation, management,
and monitoring of a TCE’s activities. Complete surveillance of a TCE involves a group of
activities designed to evaluate a TCE’s overall performance.
(1) Oversight in DMS is not tied to the CLOA expiration date. Oversight need only be
completed at some point within a given time period as defined by regulation and DMS.
(2) Oversight activities may be completed independently over a set period of time, or any
number of activities may be completed together.
(3) This approach to oversight was adopted to allow the MS flexibility in completing
oversight activities as the opportunity arises, and to encourage focus on the specific element
being evaluated. Designee oversight is most effective when it occurs throughout the year rather
than with an all-at-once, infrequent approach.
3. Oversight Roles.
a. Managing Office and MS.
(1) The FAA must allocate sufficient resources, including manpower and funds, to ensure
effective management and efficient oversight of any designee. Office managers continually
evaluate the effectiveness of the respective designee processes, and are responsible for prompt
response and feedback to designees.
(2) MSs are responsible for ensuring designees maintain airman certification and
checking standards as prescribed by regulation, FAA orders, the PTS/ACS, and approved
training programs. MSs must conduct an active program of meetings and oversight to achieve
this objective.
4. Oversight and DMS.
a. Designee Oversight. Designee oversight includes the managing, monitoring, and
tracking of a designee’s activities and performance. Oversight activities include those generated
in DMS and any additional oversight deemed appropriate by the MS.
7-26
09/21/23
8000.95C
b. Oversight Record. Maintaining an accurate oversight record in DMS is crucial not only
to managing individual designees, but it also allows for the identification of strengths and
weaknesses in the entire system. The MS must conduct designee performance evaluations on an
ongoing basis predicated on the outcome of oversight activities. An OPE must also be recorded
in DMS.
5. Oversight Actions.
a. Planning an Oversight Activity. In addition to guidance provided in Volume 1, MSs
should use a risk-based analysis to determine when an oversight activity is necessary.
Circumstances that warrant an oversight activity include, but are not limited to:
(1) Oversight of designees in accordance with DMS-generated oversight activities and
additional oversight as deemed necessary;
(2) Complaints received about a designee’s conduct during certifications;
(3) Designees determined to be in the “high risk” category;
(4) Persons newly designated (inspections can occur at a higher level of frequency to
ensure compliance); and
(5) The MS identifies a deficiency during an oversight activity or performance evaluation
and determines the need for additional oversight.
b. Preparing for the Inspection. Review the following documents prior to the inspection:
(1) The designee’s record;
(2) Previous inspection reports, historic data, and DMS entries;
(3) Any correspondence between the Flight Standards office and the designee since the
last inspection;
(4) The TCE’s plan of action and the training center’s approved curriculum; and
(5) The oversight activity preapproval in DMS.
c. Conducting Inspections. Although unannounced inspections are required and
appropriate under some conditions, MSs should consider conducting inspections at a time
coordinated with the TCE. Oversight plans for designees that operate around or nearly around
the clock should include inspections throughout the designee’s operating hours.
d. Job Aids. MSs should use job aids when available to assist with and standardize
inspection functions. When a job aid is not available, inspectors should use the detailed guidance
found in this order.
7-27
09/21/23
8000.95C
6. Oversight Activities. In DMS, the following oversight activities are available:
a. Direct Observation. The TCE is observed conducting a complete test or check to ensure
the designee performs in accordance with regulatory requirements, FAA policy, and applicable
standards. The purpose of this observation is to evaluate the TCE’s ability to test or check in
accordance with requirements and complete appropriate documentation. In DMS, each direct
observation is split into two parts, the ground (oral) portion and the flight portion. If a designee is
both a pilot and FE TCE, then the designee must be observed conducting both a pilot and an FE
test or check.
Note: The TCE’s aircraft-specific knowledge and flight training equipment
proficiency is evaluated during the annual instructor proficiency check for each
curriculum.
(1) Initial TCE Designation. Each candidate will be observed and evaluated conducting
each portion of a complete practical test (or proficiency check, if authorization is limited to
§ 61.58 proficiency checks only) by an FAA inspector qualified in accordance with
Order 8900.1, Volume 1, Chapter 3, Inspector Responsibilities, Administration, Ethics and
Conduct. This evaluation will include an observation of the applicant conducting the complete
oral, FSTD, and (if appropriate) aircraft flight-testing modules, as well as associated briefings
and debriefings appropriate for the authorizations requested.
(2) TCE Certification Authority. For TCEs requesting to maintain or add full certification
authority, the observation will consist of an actual certification event at least once every
8 calendar-quarters, subject to the following conditions:
(a) The qualification evaluations referenced above must be conducted in accordance
with a core curriculum approved for the employing training center and appropriate for the
evaluation authority being sought. The applicant must also demonstrate the proper completion of
the training and curriculum paperwork required by the employing center, as well as appropriate
FAA documentation and reporting to include airman certification and/or qualification forms,
IACRA (if applicable), and appropriate DMS entries.
(b) When a risk-based recurrent direct observation is due before the observation of an
actual certification event is due, a proficiency check administered under § 61.58 or § 121.441 or
combined competency/proficiency checks under §§ 135.293 and 135.297 may be observed at the
discretion of the managing office. If credit will be for the completion of either a § 121.441
proficiency check or combined §§ 135.293 and 135.297 competency and proficiency checks,
these specific checks must be accomplished using the curriculum of one of the center’s
customers for which the TCE has also been authorized as a contract check pilot.
(c) The MS’s authority to accept a competency or proficiency check in lieu of a
certification event for a TCE observation may only be exercised provided the TCE has been
observed conducting an actual certification event at least once in the previous
8 calendar-quarters.
(d) If a TCE with certification authority is unable to be observed conducting an actual
certification event at least once every 8 calendar-quarters due to the center’s lack of workload,
7-28
09/21/23
8000.95C
the MS shall evaluate the need for the TCE to hold certification authority. Inability to observe a
TCE conducting a practical test for an actual certification event is justification for a reduction of
the TCE’s authority or termination of the TCE’s designation.
(3) TCE Proficiency Check-Only Authority. For TCEs with authorizations limited to
proficiency checks only, an observation of a complete proficiency check will be required. The
TCE will be observed in the context of all phases applicable to the TCE’s authority (oral, FFS,
and aircraft). If the observation is conducted during a part 121 or 135 proficiency check, the
inspector must sign the air carrier/operator’s proficiency check form to document the observation
requirements of § 121.413 or § 135.339.
(4) Multiple Aircraft Types. If the TCE is qualified in more than one type of aircraft,
alternating observations should be planned. If the aircraft are not in the same category and class,
evaluations that are more frequent must be scheduled. In this situation, the TCE’s next
observation must be accomplished in the alternate aircraft. It is important to note that TCE
observations are not the same as the requirement for each instructor to annually demonstrate
instructional proficiency in a representative segment of each curriculum in which they are
authorized to instruct (refer to § 142.53(a)(1)).
(5) TCE Aircraft Authority. If the TCE will have authority in a simulator and in an
aircraft, then an observation of the TCE performing both functions is required:
(a) If the TCE is authorized to conduct a segment of the check or test in an aircraft, it
is acceptable for the MS to conduct the observation entirely in an FFS, provided the FFS can
replicate all required maneuvers.
(b) Those events normally conducted in the aircraft must be observed in the FFS with
the TCE in the crewmember position occupied when evaluating in the aircraft. If the TCE’s
normal position is in the right seat, then the MS may act as the applicant in the PIC position, if
current and qualified. If the observation is conducted in something other than an airplane, then
the typical seat position should be used.
(c) The TCE must still demonstrate in an FFS all tasks that would be evaluated from
the evaluator operating panel.
(6) TCE Administrative Authority. TCEs with administrative authorizations should
expect the FAA to observe their first administrative certification actions. Thereafter, TCEs may
be observed conducting administrative functions at any time without prior notice, subject to the
following requirements:
(a) Administrative observations will be recorded in DMS as a Direct Observation—
Administrative.
(b) The TCE will be observed conducting a complete administrative certification
event, from the applicant presenting the application, to the TCE completing appropriate
documentation and issuing the certificate.
7-29
09/21/23
the MS.
8000.95C
(c) Timing and frequency of administrative direct observations are at the discretion of
(d) Administrative direct observations do not meet the testing and/or checking direct
observation requirements listed above.
(7) Direct Observation Frequency. The frequency of direct observations depends on the
TCE authority held:
(a) Observation After Initial Appointment. All TCEs will be observed at least once
within the first 4 calendar-quarters after initial designation.
(b) TCEs With Certification Authority. A TCE with full certification authority will be
observed according to the risk-based activity matrix within DMS. At a minimum, the observation
will consist of an actual certification event at least once every 8 calendar-quarters.
(c) TCEs With Proficiency Check-Only Authority. A TCE with proficiency
check-only authority will be observed at least once every 8 calendar-quarters.
(d) TCEs With Special Authorizations. TCEs with special authorizations will be
observed as needed by the MS. Special authorization direct observations will be recorded in
DMS.
(e) Following is a summary of TCE direct observation requirements and frequency,
based on TCE authority:
1. TCEs with Full Certification Authority:
(i) The initial observation to appoint a TCE candidate must be of a complete
actual certification event;
(ii) Newly appointed TCEs will be observed at least once within the first 4
calendar quarters after initial designation. If the initial observation of the TCE consisted of an
actual certification event, this may or may not be an observation of an actual certification event;
(iii) After that, TCEs will be observed according to the risk-based matrix in
DMS, but at a minimum, the observation will consist of an actual certification event at least once
every 8 calendar quarters.
2. TCEs with Proficiency Check-Only Authority:
proficiency check;
(i) The initial observation to appoint a TCE candidate must be of a complete
(ii) Newly appointed TCEs will be observed at least once within the first 4
calendar quarters after initial designation;
7-30
09/21/23
8000.95C
(iii) After that, TCEs with proficiency check-only authority will be observed
every 8 calendar quarters.
(f) Overdue Direct Observations. The MS should ensure a designee’s direct
observation is completed on or before the due date listed in DMS. When a designee’s direct
observation cannot be completed before the due date, DMS will not prevent the designee from
performing additional delegated activities. All factors must be considered and risk managed
appropriately. If the MS determines the lack of a completed direct observation presents an
unacceptable risk, the designee must be suspended in DMS until the direct observation is
completed. In cases where the MS finds the risk acceptable, the designee may be granted a 1
calendar-quarter extension and the risk assessment must be documented in DMS using the
“Special Emphasis Item” oversight and putting “OVERDUE” in the National Use field, along
with an explanation of the factors considered and the reason for the extension. Direct
observations may not be extended more than 1 calendar-quarter beyond the due date (e.g., a due
date of June 30 may not be extended beyond September 30). Designees who still haven’t been
observed after the 1 calendar-quarter extension must be suspended in DMS until the direct
observation is completed.
(8) Unannounced Direct Observations. It is noted that, when the FAA plans an
observation of any portion of a practical test (either ground or flight), an applicant’s permission
is not required. Further, advance notice to either the designee or applicant is not required.
Unannounced observations are at the discretion of the MS, and can be a useful tool in
determining the quality of the designee’s work when they are not expecting to be observed.
b. Annual Meeting. The MS conducts an annual meeting with the TCE. This meeting may
be combined with recurrent FAA-conducted TCE training.
c. Activity Log. The MS reviews the activity log in DMS for the previous four quarters in
order to:
(1) Evaluate whether TCE activity justifies continued need for the designation.
(2) Identify any compliance issues or other risk factors (e.g., exceeding the number of
events or time allowed in a 24-hour period, comparing activity reported in DMS to actual
training records).
d. Section 142.55 TCE Proficiency Check. Each TCE must satisfactorily pass a written
test and annual proficiency check as required by § 142.55(a)(4). The proficiency check may be
conducted by an FAA inspector qualified in accordance with Order 8900.1, Volume 1,
Chapter 3, or another TCE with 142.55 PPE authority from the same training center who is
qualified and current in the specific curriculum and flight training equipment. If a designee is
both a pilot TCE and an FE TCE, then the designee must complete a proficiency check as both a
pilot and FE.
(1) The proficiency check must be taken in a FFS or aircraft that represents the M/M/S of
aircraft in which the TCE will be conducting evaluations. In addition, if authorized to evaluate in
the aircraft due to the limitations of the FSTD for 100-percent testing and checking, the TCE
7-31
09/21/23
8000.95C
must accomplish an annual proficiency check in the aircraft on the maneuvers that cannot be
accomplished in the FSTD.
Note: An instructor proficiency check that is designed to evaluate “a
representative segment of each curriculum” as permitted by § 142.53 (as opposed
to the full requirements of the appropriate PTS or ACS), does not meet the testing
or checking requirements for a TCE. A TCE proficiency check, however, may be
considered to meet the instructor proficiency requirements of § 142.53.
(2) Each required proficiency check must have been accomplished within
12 calendar-months of the previous proficiency check. Completion of the proficiency check in
the calendar-month before or the calendar-month after the month in which it is due is considered
to have been completed in the month it was due.
(3) A TCE may accomplish required part 142 subpart C proficiency check requirements
by one of the following methods:
(a) Accomplish the annual proficiency evaluation as required by § 142.55; or
(b) Complete an air carrier’s proficiency evaluation in accordance with § 121.441 or
§§ 135.293 and 135.297 for the M/M/S of aircraft for which the TCE holds evaluation authority.
Note: TCEs that maintain their § 142.55 qualification through an approved air
carrier program must accomplish all of the maneuvers required by the ATP PTS
or ACS, as appropriate, regardless of the specific air carrier’s proficiency check
requirements. For example, an air carrier may not be approved to conduct circling
approaches at published minimums. In order for the TCE to remain qualified to
instruct and evaluate circling approaches at published minimums, the TCE must
be evaluated accomplishing the circling maneuver at published minimums during
their proficiency check. This requirement must be met to ensure the TCE’s part 61
qualifications are maintained.
(4) The content of the proficiency check must include a demonstration of the following:
(a) The knowledge and skill areas required for the original issuance of the certificate
for which the TCE holds authority; and
(b) All maneuvers and procedures listed in the PTS or ACS, as appropriate, for the
applicable certificate and rating. In addition, this check must include other crewmember
functions that the TCE may be expected to evaluate in the accomplishment of assigned duties,
such as CAT II or Head-Up Display (HUD)/Enhanced Vision Systems (EVS) approaches.
e. Certification Package Review. When IACRA is not used, reviewing certification
packages submitted to the office provides the MS the opportunity to determine if the designee is
performing work within the guidelines, give feedback to the designee, and gain insight into the
designee’s procedural attributes. These reviews are recorded in DMS. Correction notices
received from the Civil Aviation Registry Division (AFB-700) are also recorded. Designees must
7-32
09/21/23
8000.95C
accurately complete certification packages and submit them to the managing office within 7
calendar-days.
f. Review Feedback. The MS records in DMS any information regarding the performance
of their designee.
g. Provide Technical Assistance. The MS will document in DMS when technical
assistance is provided to a designee. Technical assistance does not include answering a quick
question via phone or email, but consists of more indepth assistance involving research and/or
training.
h. Special Emphasis Items. Each MS will record in DMS the completion of any special
emphasis item(s). These activities are not routine surveillance or management of designees, but
will be directed by the National Policy Office (NPO). Specific instructions for recording this
activity will be provided.
7. Performance Measures. For many of the oversight activities, the MS should use the
following performance measures to determine designee performance:
a. Technical. The designee demonstrates sufficient knowledge, skill, and ability to conduct
authorized tasks within established guidance and standards. The designee possesses an expert
level of knowledge and skill, understands and uses appropriate terminology, uses the correct
equipment, applies appropriate standards, and accurately interprets results.
(1) Knowledge and Understanding. Does the TCE understand the terminology contained
in FAA orders, the PTS/ACS, and other reference material used in planning, describing, or
conducting airman testing? Does the TCE demonstrate an expert level of knowledge about
aircraft operation and systems?
(2) Equipment and Materials. Does the TCE select or use the appropriate equipment,
devices, and reference material, etc., when planning or conducting tests?
(3) Interpret and Apply. Does the TCE correctly interpret and apply performance
standards as required by the authorization?
b. Procedural. The designee demonstrates the ability to complete administrative functions
correctly. The designee accurately completes and issues appropriate documentation, submits
required data, follows established procedures, and complies with all regulations, orders, and
directives.
(1) Screening Applicants. Does the TCE follow the correct procedure when accepting
applications and determining applicant eligibility?
(2) Submittal of Information and Data to the FAA. Does the TCE properly submit
information, documents, or data to the FAA when it is required by FAA orders or by specific
instructions provided by the FAA managing office?
7-33
09/21/23
8000.95C
(3) Conducting Evaluations and Tests. Does the TCE follow the correct procedure when
conducting, grading, and providing feedback to applicants during testing?
(4) Issuing Certificates, Approvals, Authorizations, or Results to the Applicant. Does the
TCE follow the correct procedure when completing and issuing certificates, approvals, test
results, or other findings to the applicant upon completion of the testing activity?
c. Professional. The designee conducts activities in an ethical, courteous, and conscientious
manner reflecting highly on the Administrator. The designee presents a cooperative attitude, and
demonstrates integrity, tact, and diplomacy when dealing with industry and the FAA. The
designee communicates effectively in a manner that reflects positively on the FAA, both orally
and written.
(1) Ethics and Judgment. Does the TCE maintain high ethical standards and demonstrate
good judgment in the conduct of authorized activities?
(2) Cooperative Attitude With the FAA. Is the TCE easy to work with and present a
positive attitude when interacting with the FAA? Is the designee responsive and accessible to the
FAA when required?
(3) Professional Representation of the FAA to the Public and Stakeholders. Does the
TCE demonstrate a positive reflection on the FAA and a willingness to comply with FAA policy
and managing office instruction?
(4) Oral and Written Communication. Does the TCE effectively communicate either in
writing or in conversation with the FAA or general public? Does the TCE provide feedback to
the FAA with ways to improve the designee system?
8. Outcomes of Oversight Activities. For all oversight activities, the MS or ASI selects from
three performance measure categories: “Satisfactory,” “Needs Improvement,” or
“Unsatisfactory.” If the designee’s oversight outcome results in “Needs Improvement” or
“Unsatisfactory,” the MS must enter descriptive text in the appropriate performance measure
category.
a. Followup Action. If the designee’s oversight outcome results in “Needs Improvement”
or “Unsatisfactory,” then appropriate followup action(s) must be determined and recorded in
DMS. These actions may include any of the following:
(1) Counseling. As conditions warrant, the FAA will provide direct guidance and
counseling to designees.
(2) Additional Training. MSs may prescribe additional training to correct a deficiency
related to a specific event, an oversight activity, or to address specific performance issues.
(3) Suspension. The most common reason for a suspension is when the designee has not
been following certification policy.
7-34
09/21/23
8000.95C
(4) Reduce Authority. An MS may initiate a reduction in a designee’s authority until the
performance issue has been corrected.
(5) Termination. If counseling or suspension does not correct a deficiency in designee
performance, termination of the designation must be initiated. Immediate termination may also
be appropriate when a designee knowingly acts contrary to and/or deliberately disregards FAA
policy.
Note: A result of “Unsatisfactory” for an oversight activity does not require
suspension or termination, provided the issue is immediately corrected. If the
unsatisfactory event cannot be corrected, then suspension or termination may be
warranted.
b. Actions to Address Regulatory or Statutory Noncompliance. If compliance or
enforcement action is required, the MS should refer to the current editions of Order 8900.1,
Volume 14, Compliance and Enforcement, and FAA Order 2150.3, FAA Compliance and
Enforcement Program, for correct procedures and to determine action choice(s).
Note: Corrective actions as defined in this policy are intended to address issues
with designee performance and are not related to corrective actions as defined in
Order 2150.3.
9. OPE. See Volume 1.
10. Designee Management Functions.
a. Expand Authorities or Change Limitations. This functionality of DMS is available to
managing offices to address changes in the need and ability to manage requirements. The TCE
requests additional authority in DMS and uploads a letter of request from the training center,
along with documentation to indicate the TCE is qualified for the additional authority. If
approved, DMS will automatically update the TCE’s authorities and CLOA.
(1) Addition of Certification Authority. A TCE with proficiency check-only authority
may add certification authority to conduct 14 CFR part 61 or 63 practical tests. The TCE must be
observed by the FAA conducting an actual certification event as described under
subparagraph 6a, Direct Observation.
(2) Additional Aircraft Authority. A TCE may add the authorization to evaluate in an
additional M/M/S, and type (if applicable), of FSTD and/or aircraft.
(a) The TCE must satisfactorily pass a written test and proficiency check in the
M/M/S, and type (if applicable), of aircraft to be added.
(b) The TCE must be observed and evaluated conducting each portion of a complete
practical test (or proficiency check, if authorization is limited to § 61.58 proficiency checks only)
by an FAA inspector qualified in accordance with Order 8900.1, Volume 1, Chapter 3.
7-35
09/21/23
8000.95C
Note: TCEs who already hold full certification authority need not be observed
conducting an actual certification event in order to add a series that is not significantly
different to an existing make and model on the TCE’s CLOA. In this case, observation of
the TCE conducting a complete proficiency check in the additional series is sufficient to
add full certification authority in the additional series.
(3) Section 142.53 and 142.55 Authorities. A TCE may be authorized to conduct the
instructor observations and proficiency checks required by § 142.53 and the TCE proficiency
checks required by § 142.55.
(4) Standardized Curriculum Check Pilot (SCCP). A TCE may be authorized under an
approved standardized curriculum as a part 135 check pilot.
(5) Administrative Authorities. A TCE may be authorized to perform administrative
certificate functions for students enrolled in an approved training center curriculum.
(6) CAT II and III Authorities. A TCE may be authorized to conduct CAT II and/or
CAT III practical tests required by §§ 61.67 and 61.68, subject to the following requirements:
(a) The MS must provide adequate training.
(b) TCEs must complete an approved instructor and TCE CAT II/III training
curriculum developed by the training center.
(c) TCEs will not be given authority to conduct CAT II/III practical tests until they
have satisfactorily demonstrated adequate knowledge and at least one CAT II/III practical test to
the MS or other authorized inspector.
(d) In addition to the initial CAT II/III practical test observed by the MS, at least
every tenth CAT II/III practical test conducted by an authorized TCE will be observed and
deemed satisfactory by the MS or other authorized inspector. Direct observations of CAT II/III
practical tests will be recorded in DMS under Direct Observation – Special Authorizations.
b. Reduce Authority. The MS may initiate, or a TCE may request, a reduction in a TCE’s
authority through DMS. The MS must provide justification and an AO must approve all requests
to reduce authority. If approved, DMS will automatically update the TCE’s authorities and
CLOA.
c. Record Note. Record note allows the MS to make a personal note in the TCE’s DMS
record that only the MS can view. This note does not remain a permanent part of the TCE record.
d. Send Message to Designee. The MS is able to transmit messages and notifications
through DMS, such as changes in the PTS/ACS, regulations, upcoming meetings, and other
communications, as may be necessary.
e. Record Feedback. Record feedback allows any FAA employee with access to DMS to
record information pertaining to the designee. This may be positive or negative feedback, and
7-36
09/21/23
8000.95C
may come from sources within or outside the FAA. Followup action, if required, will be
determined by the MS.
f. Preapproval. TCEs must obtain preapproval to perform functions on behalf of the FAA.
The MS will issue any special instructions to the designee during the preapproval process.
Preapprovals may be authorized through two methods, manual or automatic:
(1) Manual Preapproval. Manual preapproval requires the MS to review each request for
activity and approve it in DMS. This allows the MS to stay informed of the TCE’s activities and
plan appropriate oversight. It provides a means for the managing office to ensure the TCE is
performing only those functions authorized in the TCE’s CLOA.
(2) Automatic Preapproval. Automatic preapproval allows the MS to set DMS to
automatically approve an activity request by a specific TCE. This feature provides the MS with a
flexible option to provide preapproval while continuing to manage the TCE’s activity. Automatic
preapproval will only be used when the designee’s performance remains acceptable and analysis
indicates that the type of activity requested presents an acceptable risk.
Note: Automatic preapprovals will not be granted to a TCE during the first
30 days of initial appointment.
(3) Preapproval Timeframe. TCEs should complete preapprovals as far in advance as
possible to allow the MS or another ASI time to prepare for possible oversight. TCEs work in a
dynamic and variable environment that may require completion of preapprovals less than 24
hours prior to the requested activity. While this may occur fairly often, consistently late
preapprovals may be an indicator of risk. MSs should closely monitor preapproval timeframes
and manage risk appropriately. MSs will receive a notification in DMS when a designee submits
a preapproval less than 24 hours prior to the requested activity.
(4) Change, Cancel, or Copy Preapproval. DMS allows the designee to change, cancel, or
copy a preapproval request.
g. Post-Activity. TCEs are required to complete post-activity reports in DMS after
performing each activity. Post-activity reports provide the MS with a record of activity for each
TCE. These reports can aid in planning an appropriate level of oversight.
(1) Post-activity reports shall be completed within 7 calendar-days of the approved
activity.
(2) If a TCE does not complete a post-activity report within the requisite 7 calendar-day
submission deadline, DMS will not grant another preapproval until all outstanding post-activity
reports have been completed.
(3) Access to post-activity reports will remain available to a TCE for up to
7 calendar-days after a termination, suspension, or expiration for the TCE to record any results.
7-37
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 7. Training
1. Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the training of TCEs and FAA
personnel. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1 constitute the overall policy for
the training of TCEs and FAA personnel.
2. General.
a. MS Actions.
(1) The MS should work closely with the training center to coordinate and schedule TCE
training and meeting requirements.
(2) The MS will validate in DMS that the TCE completed all required training before
initial appointment, during each performance evaluation, and prior to the next training due date.
(3) The MS will suspend a TCE who fails to complete training and/or meeting
requirements.
(4) The MS must conduct adequate oversight of TCE initial and recurrent training
curriculums that are conducted by the training center. This oversight is recorded outside of DMS.
b. TCE Training Considerations.
(1) TCEs must meet all regulatory requirements as defined by § 142.55.
(2) TCEs may complete the initial training in lieu of the recurrent training in order to
meet the recurrent training requirements.
(3) TCEs will not exercise their authority as designees unless they satisfactorily meet all
training requirements.
3. TCE Training Requirements. TCEs must complete FAA-approved training conducted by
the employing training center and training conducted by the FAA.
a. Training Center-Conducted Training. The training center will normally develop and
conduct training for TCEs in the following categories: initial, recurrent, and other.
(1) Initial TCE Training. An approved course of training that is comprehensive in nature
and prepares a TCE applicant for duties as a TCE. This training provides TCEs with the basic
elements for testing and checking airmen and completing appropriate documentation. An
overview of the training can be found in Table 7-5.
7-38
09/21/23
8000.95C
Table 7-5. TCE Training Requirements
TCE Training Conducted by the Training Center in Accordance
With FAA-Approved TCE Training Curriculum
X
X
Recurrent
Every
12 months
X
X
X
X
X
X
Initial
1) Evaluator duties, functions, and responsibilities
2) Methods, procedures, and techniques for conducting required tests
and checks
3) Procedures for the evaluation of pilot performance; the knowledge,
abilities, and skill requirements for the original issuance of the
certificate and added ratings, as applicable
4) Procedures for the management of unsatisfactory tests and
subsequent corrective action
5) Observation and practice in conduction of tests and checks
(simulator- and/or aircraft-based training)
X
(2) Recurrent TCE Training. An approved course of training conducted at least annually
by the training center. The training is a condensed curriculum consisting of the elements required
for initial training, except for observation and practice in the conduct of checks and tests. A TCE
who completes this training in the calendar-month before or after the month in which it is due is
considered to have taken it in the month in which it was due. Recurrent training center-conducted
training meets the annual requirement listed in § 142.55(a)(3).
(3) Other TCE Training. A training center may develop other approved training for TCEs
in any areas not specifically covered. Examples would be:
(IOS).
(a) To address the differences between simulators and Instructor Operating Stations
(b) When the training center introduces a new aircraft type.
(c) To train a TCE for additional authorizations.
(d) To address changes in technology which require additional evaluator skill or
knowledge, such as a HUD, Electronic Flight Bag (EFB), or Required Navigation Performance
(RNP) operations, etc.
(4) Air Carrier Evaluator Training. The Administrator may give credit for the
requirements of § 142.55(a)(3) to an evaluator who has satisfactorily completed an evaluator
training course for a part 121 or 135 certificate holder if the Administrator finds that:
(a) The course is equivalent to the requirements of § 142.55(a)(3); or
(b) The course is an approved option in the TCE curriculum.
b. FAA-Conducted Training and Meetings. MSs will ensure TCEs are trained in the
elements listed in Table 7-6, FAA-Conducted Training and Meeting Requirements. TCEs should
be encouraged to contact the MS and include the training center to resolve questions or
7-39
09/21/23
8000.95C
difficulties. Sufficient contact is essential and will include training, regular meetings, and special
meetings. All training conducted by the FAA will be recorded in DMS.
(1) Initial FAA-Conducted TCE Training. The FAA must train TCE candidates in the
specific areas identified below in Table 7-6.
(2) Recurrent FAA-Conducted TCE Training. TCEs must attend recurrent training every
24 calendar-months. MSs will ensure training is provided for those elements listed in Table 7-6.
(3) Regular Safety Standardization Meetings. At least annually, MSs will conduct
regularly scheduled meetings with TCEs for the purpose of maintaining desirable standards and
effective working relationships. This meeting may be combined with recurrent FAA-conducted
training. MSs should use professional judgment when choosing areas of discussion. Examples of
meeting topics include:
(a) Updates on administrative procedures and personnel.
(b) Updates in approved training curricula.
(c) New testing standards or training techniques.
(d) National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) or FAA Flight Standardization
Board (FSB) recommendations on specific aircraft.
(4) Special Safety Standardization Meetings. MSs will call special meetings whenever a
significant change affects the process of FAA airman certification or other TCE functions
deemed necessary by the TCPM and/or MS.
7-40
09/21/23
8000.95C
Table 7-6. FAA-Conducted Training and Meeting Requirements
FAA-Conducted Training and
Meeting Elements
Regular Safety
Special Safety
Standardization Standardization
Meetings
Meetings
Administrative procedures and relationships with
FAA inspectors
Designee roles and responsibilities, authorities,
limitations, representation of the FAA
Applicable changes to 14 CFR
New FAA policy and procedures
Conduct of practical tests and checks
Testing standards/PTS/ACS
Review and updating of test scenarios
Airman certificate application/IACRA
Feedback on approved training curricula
Regional and national issues (trends,
considerations, etc.)
Activity and pass/fail rates
Administrative discrepancies
DMS interface and requirements
Written test
At least annually, MSs will conduct regularly
scheduled meetings with TCEs for the purpose of
maintaining desirable standards and effective
working relationships
MSs will call special meetings whenever a
significant change affects the process of FAA
airman certification with respect to TCEs
Initial Training
and 24-Month
Recurrent
Training
X
X
X
X
X
4. FAA Personnel Training.
a. Initial Training Requirements. Training requirements for MSs with TCE
responsibilities include:
(1) Completion of the Air Carrier (AC) or General Aviation (GA) operations, as
appropriate, ASI indoctrination courses, or equivalent.
(2) Completion of the managing FAA office’s MS on-the-job training (OJT) program.
(3) Completion of appropriate FS designee management training courses.
(4) Currency and qualification in accordance with Order 8900.1 for performing direct
observations of TCEs or applicants.
7-41
09/21/23
8000.95C
Note: MSs need not be qualified in every aircraft for which the training center
provides training. If needed, an MS may request a national resource or other
available inspector to conduct required direct observations.
b. Recurrent Training Requirements. FAA personnel with designee oversight
responsibilities should complete recurrent designee management training every 3 years.
c. Training. Specific courses required for designee oversight are listed in the “Inspector
Training for Designee Oversight” matrix. The training matrix is maintained on the Flight
Standards Workforce Development Division (AFB-500) website at https://my.faa.gov/org/
linebusiness/avs/offices/afx/divisions/afb/afb500.html. The training matrix is organized by
designee type, and promotes the FS philosophy that the most appropriate person (or target
audience) should attend the right training at the right time. The local training coordinator can
also provide access to the training matrix and assistance on training needs assessment for ASIs
assigned to designee management.
7-42
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 8. Annual Request for Extension of a Designee’s Designation
See Volume 1.
7-43
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 9. Termination of a Designation
1. Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to termination of a TCE. This designation
type-specific policy and Volume 1 constitute the overall policy for termination of TCEs.
2. General. See Volume 1.
3. Termination Investigation. See Volume 1.
4. Termination For Cause Review Panel Responsibilities. See Volume 1.
5. Termination For Cause Review Panel Members. For a TCE that holds no other
designation(s), the AO will convene a termination for cause review panel comprising three
members:
a. The AO associated with the designation. This individual will be the panel POC;
b. An AFS-600 division representative;
c. An AFS-200 division representative.
Note: For designees with multiple designations, refer to Volume 1 for appropriate
termination for cause review panel procedures.
7-44
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 10. Suspension of a Designation
See Volume 1.
7-45
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 11. Other Designee Management Functions
1. Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to other TCE management functions. This
designation type-specific policy and Volume 1 constitute the overall policy for other designee
management functions for a TCE.
2. Assign DMS Roles.
a. General. See Volume 1.
b. MRA. The MRA is typically the office manager or FLM.
3. Send Message to MS. See Volume 1.
4. Update Profile. See Volume 1.
5. Retention of Existing Designee Management Files. See Volume 1.
7-46
09/21/23
8000.95C
VOLUME 8. DMIR AND DAR-F DESIGNEE POLICY
Chapter 1. General Information
Section 1. Introduction
1. Purpose of This Volume. This volume establishes policy and procedures for the selection,
appointment, orientation, training, oversight, renewal, tracking, and termination of certain
representatives of the Administrator, under the cognizance of the Aircraft Certification Service
(AIR). The information contained in this volume is the result of an ongoing effort to improve the
processes involving representatives of the Administrator and defines procedures related to
Designated Manufacturing Inspection Representatives (DMIR) and Designated Airworthiness
Representatives—Manufacturing (DAR-F).
2. Audience. The audience of this volume includes manufacturing designee applicants, DMIRs,
DAR-Fs, and the FAA employees involved in the selection, appointment, and oversight of these
designee types.
Section 2. Designee Overview
1. Airworthiness Designee Types.
a. DMIRs. An individual appointed to act on behalf of the FAA in accordance with 14 CFR
part 183, § 183.31 who possesses aeronautical knowledge and experience, is employed by a
Production Approval Holder (PAH) or a PAH’s approved supplier, and meets the established
qualification requirements.
b. DAR-Fs. An individual appointed to act on behalf of the FAA in accordance with
§ 183.33 who possesses aeronautical knowledge and experience and meets the established
qualification requirements.
Section 3. Managing Specialists
1. Obligations and Qualifications of Managing Specialists. FAA manufacturing aviation
safety inspectors (ASI) must complete initial designee management training prior to being given
the DMS role of Managing Specialist (MS). Prior to completion of designee management
training, ASIs may be given the DMS role of ASI which allows them to conduct Direct
Observations (DOs) and serve as panel members for evaluating applicants.
8-1
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 2. Application Process
1. Purpose. This chapter describes the process by which a qualified private individual may
apply for appointment as DMIR or DAR-F in DMS.
2. General.
a. DMIR Application Considerations. When an individual elects to pursue appointment,
the DMIR applicant must apply for specific authority using DMS. Supplemental information,
such as a résumé, PAH, and/or supplier request letter must be uploaded via DMS and will
become part of the application.
Note: Companies seeking DMIR appointments will coordinate a need for
additional designees with their principal inspector or local Certificate
Management Section (CMS) prior to directing employees to apply for a
designation. This coordination will include a detailed description of the function
codes the applicant should pursue and this information will be included in the
required company letter.
(1) DMIR applicants must submit a letter from their employer requesting appointment
and identifying any special recommendations or limitations considered appropriate with respect
to the function codes requested. This letter must be included with the application submittal in
DMS.
Note: A DMIR terminated in good standing due to a change of employment and
who retains currency with all recurrent training requirements does not have to
reaccomplish initial training prior to appointment.
(2) DMIR applicants at a PAH’s approved supplier facility requesting appointment must
be initiated by a letter from the supplier. This letter must attest to the applicant’s qualifications,
integrity, sound judgment, and cooperative attitude. The request for appointment must also
contain a letter from the PAH detailing the need for the DMIR appointment. These documents
must be uploaded in DMS by the applicant for evaluation by the CMS. Applicants must apply to
the CMS in the geographic area where the supplier is located, which will determine the need and
ability to manage the designee.
(3) A supplier DMIR will be limited to perform authorized functions on products and
articles produced under a type certificate (TC) or Supplemental Type Certificate (STC) for the
PAH for which the designee is appointed only.
Note: If a TC/STC applicant who does not hold a production approval has
articles manufactured at a supplier that does not hold a production approval, the
required conformity inspections must be performed by a DAR/ASI.
(4) A PAH may supply articles to a TC/STC applicant who does not hold a production
approval. In this case, a qualified PAH DMIR (or a DAR) will perform any required conformity
inspections. A TC/STC applicant who does not hold a production approval may make a written
request to a PAH supplier to provide a DMIR to make conformity inspections on articles
8-2
09/21/23
8000.95C
manufactured in that facility on the applicant’s behalf. This written request should include the
project number and information, and the specific need for the DMIR. The PAH acting as a
supplier will coordinate the request with its geographic CMS requesting the DMIR’s CLOA be
amended to include this additional authorization. Evidence of the request must be uploaded in
DMS.
(5) Applying as a DMIR located outside the United States:
(a) Section 183.31(c) allows a DMIR to perform authorized function(s) at any
location permitted by the FAA. A PAH or a PAH’s approved supplier may apply for a DMIR
appointment outside the United States in accordance with the applicable criteria found in the
application. The application must be accompanied by adequate written justification providing all
information (such as work location, type of work, duration, etc.) necessary for the FAA to render
a judgment.
(b) The managing office may permit the appointment of a DMIR located outside the
United States only when it can adequately supervise, monitor, train, and track the DMIR’s
activity. The request will be denied if adequate oversight cannot be maintained. This must
include the ability to conduct DOs, including the use of remote technology, on the designee at
the facility identified on the CLOA.
(c) During the review process, the managing office will request information from the
CAA to determine if the applicant has a history of regulatory violations from that country. If the
applicant has a violation history, an evaluation must be conducted to ascertain the type of
violation(s), any special or mitigating circumstance(s), and the attitude toward compliance with
the CAA regulations.
Note: Before appointing a designee outside the United States, the FAA
managing office must comply with the requirements in FAA Order 8100.11,
Requirements for Finding Undue Burden and No Undue Burden Under 14 CFR
Part 21.
b. DAR-F Application Considerations. When an individual elects to pursue the DAR-F
designation, the applicant must apply for specific authority using DMS. Supplemental
information supporting the request for appointment, such as a résumé, must be uploaded via
DMS and will become part of the application. Failure to provide sufficient documentation to
validate the required experience will result in non-selection.
(1) DAR-F applicants are required to provide three verifiable technical references to
substantiate that the applicant possesses the required technical expertise for the function codes
sought. The applicant must include daytime telephone numbers at which the references may be
reached during normal Monday through Friday business hours. These references must be
individuals who have first-hand knowledge of the applicant’s technical abilities.
(2) Applying as a DAR-F located outside the United States:
8-3
09/21/23
8000.95C
(a) The managing office may permit the appointment of a DAR-F only when it can
adequately supervise, monitor, train, and track the DAR-F’s activity. The request will be denied
if adequate oversight cannot be maintained.
(b) Applications submitted in DMS must also be accompanied by a letter from the
CAA of the country, addressed to the appointing manager, stating that it has no objection to the
DAR-F making findings of conformity or compliance on aircraft and components located in its
country.
(c) The managing office will request information from the CAA to determine if the
applicant has a history of regulatory violations from that country. If the applicant has a violation
history, an evaluation must be conducted to ascertain the type of violation(s), any special or
mitigating circumstance(s), and the attitude toward compliance with the CAA regulations. The
selection and appointment process will continue in accordance with this chapter.
Note: Before appointing a designee outside the United States, the FAA
managing office must comply with the requirements in Order 8100.11.
c. Requests for Multiple Appointments, Expanded Authority, and Transfer. This
paragraph provides the application and evaluation panel requirements for currently appointed
designees seeking multiple appointments, dual appointments, expansion to their authority, and
transfer to a different managing office.
(1) Requests for Multiple Appointments. An active designee requesting an appointment
for more than one type of designation (such as DMIR or DAR-F) will submit a complete
application package in DMS.
(2) Expand Authorities or Change Limitations.
only.
(a) Authorities can be expanded and limitations changed on an existing designation
(b) When a DAR-F believes that they are qualified to perform additional authorized
tasks within their designee type, other than those that the FAA currently authorizes, they may
request additional authorizations in DMS.
Note for DMIRs: DMIRs do not have the ability in DMS to request additional
authorizations and instead must coordinate the request with the MS. With
company approval, the MS will initiate this process in DMS using the guidance in
subparagraph 2c(2)(c) of this chapter. All documentation associated with the
expansion must be uploaded in DMS.
Note: MSs will ensure the designee has completed the required training for the
expansion of authority.
(c) If a DAR-F submits a request for additional authorizations in DMS, the MS will
review the request and notify the SO. The SO will establish need and ability to manage, select
8-4
09/21/23
8000.95C
the designee’s application for the additional authorizations, and assign a panel to evaluate the
applicant. The panel will make a recommendation to the AO.
Note: When a DAR-F submits a request for additional authorizations, the
information in the request will be viewable in the designee record under the
activity history tab.
(d) The AO must approve all expansions in authority and/or changes of limitations in
DMS. In order for the AO to approve the request, the designee must meet all requirements, and
the FAA must have the need and ability to manage the designee.
(e) If approved, DMS will automatically update the authority and CLOA as
appropriate, notifying both the designee and the MS. A designee shall not exercise any expanded
authority until the request has been approved and official notification has been made.
(3) Transfer. The FAA is under no obligation to transfer a designee to a new managing
office. Designees may request to relocate to a different geographic area if the receiving FAA
office agrees to the transfer. Designees requesting a transfer should communicate with their
managing office as well as the potential new office. Any change in location, including a change
of managing office, is conducted in DMS.
Note: Prior to a MS transferring an active designee, all open action items, postactivity report submittals, and any pending actions shown under the Activity
History tab in the designee records must be completed. DMS will not allow a
transfer of a designee with pending actions for the existing MS.
3. Minimum Qualifications. In addition to qualification requirements found in Volume 1,
Chapter 2, Application Process, an applicant requesting appointment or an existing designee
requesting additional authorizations must have the minimum requirements listed in Table 8-1.
8-5
09/21/23
8000.95C
Table 8-1. Minimum Qualification Requirements
Certification Activity
Issuance of FAA
Form 8130-3, Authorized
Release Certificate:
Airworthiness Approval Tag,
for Domestic and Export
Approvals of Engines,
Propellers, and Articles.
Minimum Qualification Requirements
Original/Recurrent Domestic Approvals for Aircraft Engines,
Propellers, or Articles. Minimum qualification requirements for
issuance of original/recurrent airworthiness approvals for engines,
propellers, or articles designated for domestic use (such as module,
subassembly, article, etc.) made under an FAA production approval, at
least ONE of the following must apply:
a) The applicant must present evidence of 12 months of experience in
actually issuing (or having responsibility for managing programs
leading to the issuance of) original airworthiness approvals for
aircraft engines, propeller, or articles of the same type and
complexity as those for which authorization is sought.
b) The applicant must present evidence of 12 months of experience
with quality control methods and techniques. This experience must
demonstrate the applicant’s ability to determine that articles (of the
same type and complexity as those for which authorization is
sought) conform to approved design and are in a condition for safe
operation. This should include documented knowledge of the
following:
1. Use of FAA-approved type design data.
2. First article, in-process, and final assembly inspections.
3. Quality assurance provisions of special processes (e.g., heat
treating, brazing, welding, carbonizing, and plating).
4. Destructive and nondestructive inspections.
5. Manufacturing processes.
6. Airworthiness assurance.
7. Development and implementation of quality control systems and
procedures.
8. Testing procedures.
NOTE: DMIR applicants must be employed by a PAH or a PAH’s
approved supplier.
Original/Recurrent Export Airworthiness Approvals for Engines,
Propellers, or Articles. Minimum qualification requirements for
issuance of original/recurrent export approvals for engines, propellers,
and articles designated for export made under an FAA production
approval, at least ONE of the following must apply:
a) The applicant must present evidence of 12 months of experience in
actually issuing (or having responsibility for managing programs
leading to the issuance of) original domestic or export airworthiness
approvals for aircraft engines, propellers, or articles of the same type
and complexity as those for which authorization is sought.
b) The applicant must have up-to-date knowledge and present
evidence of 12 months of experience with quality control methods
and techniques. This experience must demonstrate the applicant’s
ability to determine that articles (of the same type and complexity as
those for which authorization is sought) conform to approved design,
are in a condition for safe operation, and comply with 14 CFR
Part 21 Subpart L, Export Airworthiness Approvals. This should
include knowledge of the following:
8-6
09/21/23
8000.95C
Certification Activity
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
FAA Conformity
Determination on Aircraft
Minimum Qualification Requirements
Use of FAA-approved type design data.
First article, in-process, and final assembly inspections.
Quality assurance provisions of special processes (e.g., heat
treating, brazing, welding, carbonizing, and plating).
Destructive and nondestructive inspections.
Manufacturing processes.
Airworthiness assurance.
Development and implementation of quality control systems and
procedures.
Testing procedures.
NOTE: DMIR applicants must be employed by a PAH or a PAH’s
approved supplier.
Making FAA Conformity Determinations on Aircraft (including
those submitted for FAA tests). Before the issuance of an FAA type
design approval, at least ONE of the following must apply:
a) The applicant must have up-to-date extensive knowledge and must
present evidence of 60 months of experience in making conformity
determinations (or having responsibility for managing programs
leading to the determinations of) that prototype or test aircraft (of the
same type and complexity as those for which authorization is
sought) conform to the proposed type design being evaluated.
b) The applicant must have up-to-date extensive knowledge and must
present evidence of 60 months of experience with quality control
methods and techniques. This experience must demonstrate the
applicant’s ability to determine that prototype or test aircraft (of the
same type and complexity as those for which authorization is
sought) to be used for FAA design evaluation conform to the
proposed type design being evaluated. This should include
knowledge of the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Use of FAA-approved type design data.
Aircraft inspection experience.
First article, in-process, and final assembly inspections.
Quality assurance provisions of special processes (e.g., heat
treating, brazing, welding, carbonizing, and plating).
5. Destructive and nondestructive inspection.
6. Manufacturing processes.
7. Airworthiness assurance.
8. Development and implementation of quality control systems and
procedures.
9. Testing procedures.
FAA Conformity
Making FAA Conformity Determinations on Engines, Propellers, or
Determination on Engines,
Articles (including those submitted for FAA tests) and Production
Propellers, and/or Articles,
Conformities. Before the issuance of an FAA type design approval, at
and Production Conformities least ONE of the following must apply:
a) The applicant must have up-to-date extensive knowledge and must
present evidence of 36 months of experience in making conformity
determinations (or having responsibility for managing programs
leading to the determinations of) that prototype or test engines,
propellers, or articles (of the same type and complexity as those for
8-7
09/21/23
Certification Activity
8000.95C
Minimum Qualification Requirements
which authorization is sought) conform to the proposed type design
being evaluated.
b) The applicant must have up-to-date extensive knowledge and must
present evidence of 36 months of experience with quality control
methods and techniques. This experience must demonstrate the
applicant’s ability to determine that prototype or test engines,
propellers, or articles (of the same type and complexity as those for
which authorization is sought) to be used for FAA design evaluation
conform to the proposed type design being evaluated. This should
include knowledge of the following:
1. Use of FAA-approved type design data.
2. First article, in-process, and final assembly inspections.
3. Quality assurance provisions of special processes (e.g., heat
treating, brazing, welding, carbonizing, and plating).
4. Destructive and nondestructive inspection.
5. Manufacturing processes.
6. Airworthiness assurance.
7. Development and implementation of quality control systems and
procedures.
8. Testing procedures.
Conformity Certifications for Issuance of Conformity Certifications for Articles Manufactured in
Articles Manufactured in the the United States for Non-U.S. Product Manufacturers. At least ONE
United States for Non-U.S.
of the following must apply:
Product Manufacturers
a) The applicant must have up-to-date extensive knowledge and must
present evidence of 36 months of experience in making conformity
determinations (or having responsibility for managing programs
leading to the determinations of) that prototype or test engines,
propellers, or articles (of the same type and complexity as those for
which authorization is sought) conform to the proposed type design
being evaluated.
b) The applicant must have up-to-date extensive knowledge and
present evidence of 36 months of experience with quality control
methods and techniques. This experience must demonstrate the
applicant’s ability to determine that prototype or test engines,
propellers, or articles to be used for FAA design evaluation conform
to the proposed type design being evaluated. This should include
knowledge of the following:
1. Use of FAA-approved type design data.
2. First article, in-process, and final assembly inspections.
3. Quality assurance provisions of special processes (e.g., heat
treating, brazing, welding, carbonizing, and plating).
4. Destructive and nondestructive inspection.
5. Manufacturing processes.
6. Airworthiness assurance.
7. Development and implementation of quality control systems and
procedures.
8. Testing procedures.
8-8
09/21/23
Certification Activity
Standard Airworthiness
Certification for U.S.
Registered Aircraft
Special Airworthiness
Certification for U.S.
Registered Aircraft
8000.95C
Minimum Qualification Requirements
The applicant must have up-to-date extensive knowledge and must
present evidence of 60 months of experience in actually issuing (or
having responsibility for managing programs leading to the issuance of)
original Airworthiness Certificates for U.S.-registered aircraft of the same
type and complexity as those for which authorization is sought.
In addition, the applicant must have up-to-date extensive knowledge and
must present evidence of 60 months of experience inspecting new or
modified aircraft, including aircraft systems, engines, instruments,
landing gear, and brakes, and knowledge of Weight and Balance (W&B)
calculations, to determine airworthiness and conformity to type design
and determining an aircraft is in a condition for safe operation.
The applicant must have up-to-date extensive knowledge and must
present evidence of 60 months of experience in actually issuing (or
having responsibility for managing programs leading to the issuance of)
Special Airworthiness Certificates for U.S.-registered aircraft of the same
type and complexity as those for which authorization is sought.
In addition, the applicant must have up-to-date extensive knowledge and
must present evidence of 60 months of experience inspecting new or
modified aircraft, including aircraft systems, engines, instruments,
landing gear, and brakes to ensure that prototype or test aircraft (of the
same type and complexity as those for which authorization is sought)
conform to the type design or proposed type design being evaluated and
determining an aircraft is in a condition for safe operation.
The applicant must have one of the following qualifications based on
experience that occurred within the past 48 months:
Special Airworthiness
Certification for Unmanned
Aircraft Weighing 55 Pounds
a) A current Mechanic Certificate with Airframe and Powerplant (A&P)
or Less That Do Not Meet the
ratings and a minimum of 24 months of experience building,
Requirements in 14 CFR
modifying, maintaining, or conducting repairs on an Unmanned
Part 107
Aircraft System (UAS).
b) A minimum of 24 months of experience as a field technical
representative or quality assurance inspector employed by a
manufacturer who builds unmanned aircraft. This experience must
include hands-on aircraft inspections and/or providing technical
assistance to the manufacturer on the assembly and testing of their
aircraft.
c) 24 months of experience as a UAS maintenance technician on a
U.S. Department of Defense (DOD) or other Federal, state, or local
government UAS program.
Standard, Special, and
Export Airworthiness
Certification and Making
Conformity Determinations
for U.S.-Registered UAS
Certificated as Special Class
and Designated as Low Risk
d) 24 months of experience as an FAA ASI issuing UAS certificates,
working directly with UAS applicants conducting inspections leading
to a certificate, or working with an applicant pursuing a TC.
The applicant must possess current knowledge relating to the design,
fabrication, assembly, operating characteristics, control mechanisms,
and safety considerations associated with UAS operations based on
experience that occurred within the past 48 months. The applicant must
also have at least one of the following qualifications:
a) A current Mechanic Certificate with A&P ratings and a minimum of
24 months of experience building, modifying, maintaining, or
conducting repairs on a UAS.
8-9
09/21/23
Certification Activity
Standard, Special, and
Export Airworthiness
Certification for
U.S.-Registered UAS and
Optionally Piloted Aircraft
(OPA)
Export Airworthiness
Certification of Aircraft
Issuance of FAA
Form 8130-31, Statement of
Conformity – Military Aircraft
Amateur-Built and LightSport Aircraft (LSA)
Certification
8000.95C
Minimum Qualification Requirements
b) A minimum of 24 months experience as a field technical
representative or quality assurance inspector employed by a
manufacturer who builds unmanned aircraft. This experience must
include hands-on aircraft inspections and/or providing technical
assistance to the manufacturer on the assembly and testing of their
aircraft.
c) Experience as an FAA ASI or designee (manufacturing or
airworthiness) who has issued at least three Special Airworthiness
Certificates for limited, restricted, experimental, or light-sport aircraft,
or has issued three special flight permits for any purpose, or has
issued three denial letters for any of the above.
The applicant must have up-to-date extensive knowledge and must
present evidence of 60 months of experience in actually issuing (or
having responsibility for managing programs leading to the issuance of)
original Airworthiness Certificates for U.S.-registered aircraft or UAS or
UAS/OPA aircraft of the same type and complexity as those for which
authorization is sought. This experience must include extensive
knowledge in inspecting new or modified aircraft, including aircraft
systems, engines, instruments, landing gear, and brakes, and
knowledge of Weight and Balance (W&B) calculations, to determine
airworthiness and conformity to type design as applicable, and
determining an aircraft is in a condition for safe operation. The applicant
must also have 24 months experience working on UAS programs
pursuing a TC or an Airworthiness Certificate.
Issuance of Original Export Airworthiness Approvals for Aircraft.
The applicant must have 60 months of experience in actually issuing (or
having responsibility for managing programs leading to the issuance of)
original domestic or export airworthiness approvals for aircraft of the
same type and complexity as those for which authorization is sought.
In addition, the applicant must have up-to-date extensive knowledge and
must present evidence of 60 months of experience inspecting aircraft,
including aircraft systems, engines, instruments, landing gear, and
brakes, and knowledge of W&B calculations, to determine airworthiness
and conformity to type design and determining an aircraft is in a
condition for safe operation.
Issuance of FAA Form 8130-31, Statement of Conformity – Military
Aircraft. At least one of the following must apply:
a) The applicant must have up-to-date extensive knowledge and must
present evidence of 60 months of experience in actually issuing (or
having responsibility for managing programs leading to the issuance
of) original Airworthiness Certificates for aircraft of the same type
and complexity as those for which authorization is sought.
b) An organization holding an FAA production certificate (PC) must
have a person(s) in its employ with up-to-date extensive knowledge
and must present evidence of 60 months of experience similar to
that specified in the paragraph above.
Amateur-Built Aircraft. For the issuance of Special Airworthiness
Certificates for the purpose of operating amateur-built aircraft, the
applicant must have up-to-date extensive knowledge relating to the
8-10
09/21/23
Certification Activity
8000.95C
Minimum Qualification Requirements
fabrication, assembly, and operating characteristics of amateur-built
aircraft and meet ONE or more of the following criteria:
a) Hold a current Mechanic Certificate with A&P ratings and have
performed a minimum of three condition inspections on amateurbuilt aircraft or LSA of the same class and complexity as those for
which authorization is sought.
b) Received a Repairman Certificate for at least one certificated
amateur-built aircraft or LSA the applicant has built and have
performed a minimum of three condition inspections. That aircraft
must have been operated for a minimum of 100 hours.
c) Experience as an FAA inspector or DAR-F who has completed at
least three original airworthiness inspections for amateur-built,
experimental light-sport, or light-sport category aircraft in the same
class of aircraft for which authorization is sought.
Experimental Light-Sport Aircraft (ELSA) Specialized Experience.
For issuance of Special Airworthiness Certificates for the purpose of
operating LSA, the applicant must possess current knowledge relating to
the fabrication, assembly, and operating characteristics of LSA and meet
ONE or more of the following criteria:
a) Hold a current Mechanic Certificate with A&P ratings or LSA
Repairman Certificate with maintenance rating, and have performed
a minimum of three condition inspections on amateur-built aircraft or
LSA, of the same class of aircraft and complexity for which
authorization is sought.
b) Have a minimum of 36 months of experience as either a field
technical representative or a quality assurance inspector for an LSA
or amateur-built kit aircraft manufacturer. Those responsibilities must
have included aircraft inspection and providing technical assistance
to builders on the assembly and testing of their aircraft that are for
the same class of aircraft for which authorization is sought.
c) Experience as an FAA inspector or DAR-F who has completed at
least three original airworthiness inspections for amateur-built,
experimental light-sport, or light-sport category aircraft in the same
class of aircraft for which authorization is sought.
Light-Sport Category Specialized Experience (LSA). For the
issuance of Special Airworthiness Certificates in the light-sport category,
the applicant must possess current knowledge relating to the fabrication,
assembly, and operating characteristics of light-sport category aircraft
and meet ONE or more of the following criteria:
a) Hold a current Mechanic Certificate with A&P ratings or LSA
Repairman Certificate with maintenance rating. The individual also
must have a minimum of 36 months of experience maintaining the
same class of aircraft for which authorization is sought.
b) Have a minimum of 36 months experience as a field technical
representative or a quality assurance inspector employed by a lightsport category aircraft or amateur-built kit aircraft manufacturer.
Those responsibilities must have included aircraft inspection and/or
providing technical assistance to builders on the assembly and
8-11
09/21/23
Certification Activity
8000.95C
Minimum Qualification Requirements
testing of aircraft of the same class of aircraft for which authorization
is sought.
c) Experience as an FAA inspector or DAR-F who has completed at
least three original airworthiness inspections for amateur-built,
experimental light-sport, or light-sport category aircraft in the same
class of aircraft for which authorization is sought.
a. Interface Qualifications and Requirements for Applicants.
(1) The applicant must have a good command of the English language (read, write,
speak, and understand) that is sufficient to allow them to perform the functions sought.
(2) The applicant must possess a high degree of integrity, sound judgment, and a
cooperative attitude.
(3) The applicant must be sufficiently knowledgeable in technical and administrative
functions associated with the appointment and must satisfactorily demonstrate this to the FAA
before appointment.
b. Interface Qualifications and Requirements for Amateur-Built and Light-Sport
Applicants.
(1) The applicant must have a good command of the English language (read, write,
speak, and understand), sufficient to allow them to perform the functions sought.
(2) Three verifiable character references are required to substantiate the applicant
possesses integrity and sound judgment. These may be the same persons or organizations used
for technical references.
(3) The applicant must possess a high degree of integrity, sound judgment, and a
cooperative attitude. The applicant also must be sufficiently knowledgeable in technical and
administrative functions associated with the appointment and must satisfactorily demonstrate this
to the FAA before appointment.
(4) The applicant must have the ability to maintain the highest degree of objectivity while
performing authorized functions on behalf of the FAA. Owners and principal partners of LSA
companies are not eligible for appointment as LSA DAR-Fs for certification of products from
their companies. LSA DAR-F applicants employed by a company are eligible for appointment.
However, LSA DAR-Fs may not certificate any LSA on which they supervise employees or
perform any tasks to any LSA on behalf of the company. See Chapter 3, Selection and
Evaluation of a Designee Applicant.
c. Limitations. DAR-Fs with amateur-built function codes and light-sport function codes
must be limited by class (i.e., airplane, glider, Weight Shift Control (WSC), balloon, Powered
Parachute (PPC), powered lift, and seaplane) and complexity (i.e., metal, tube and fabric,
composite, wood, and tube and sail) on their CLOA and will be annotated in DMS.
8-12
09/21/23
8000.95C
d. Changes to Limitations. Existing DAR-Fs with amateur-built function codes who wish
to add class and complexity within their authorized function codes to their CLOA may do so
through equivalent training or experience as determined by their managing office.
Note: For example, a DAR-F with amateur-built function codes for airplane,
metal/composite may add airplane, metal/composite/tube and fabric to their
CLOA after receiving the appropriate training or experience. The method of
appropriate training or experience to be received will be determined by the
DAR-F’s managing CMS (e.g., repairman maintenance training, Experimental
Aircraft Association workshops).
4. Disqualifiers. See Volume 1, Common Designee Policy.
5. Privilege, Not a Right. See Volume 1.
6. Post-Application. See Volume 1.
7. Maintaining an Active Designee Application. See Volume 1.
8. Selectable Functions and Codes. Persons interested in applying for a DAR-F and/or DMIR
authorization and appointed designees requesting expansion of authority will find a list of
available function codes within the DMS automation. Function codes and descriptions are also
available on the designees and delegations information page for DMIRs and DAR-Fs at
www.faa.gov.
8-13
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 3. Selection and Evaluation of a Designee Applicant
1. Purpose. This chapter describes the policy related to the FAA’s selection and evaluation of
the qualifications and skills of a DMIR and DAR-F designee applicant and final selection of a
qualified applicant. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1 constitute the overall
policy for an individual applying for designation authority.
Figure 8-1. High-Level Selection Process Flow
determines
if application
requirements
are met
Selecting official
completes need
and ability
Evaluation panel completes
applicant evaluation
and makes recommendation
to selecting official
2. General. This chapter describes the procedure to process and evaluate an application.
a. Process. The selection and evaluation process involves the SO’s determination of need
and ability to manage the designation and the evaluation by the evaluation panel. This section
also describes the selection and evaluation process for existing designees requesting additional
authorizations.
b. Geographic CMS Responsibility. The geographic CMS is not responsible to evaluate
every DMIR and DAR-F application that is submitted. Once the candidate submits an
application, DMS makes an initial determination if the applicant is qualified. DMS will
automatically notify designee applicants regarding the status of their application in the DMS
message center. Submitted applications will be valid for 12 calendar-months and all applicants
are required to update their application annually to be considered for selection. Only after the SO
has identified the need for and ability to manage a particular designee type should the FAA
initiate the selection process in DMS. Applicants should not contact the managing office they
applied to in an attempt to encourage the FAA to consider their application. The office does not
have access to applications until the managing office manager determines a need and ability to
manage before initiating the selection process. Further, this type of action by an applicant
indicates an inability to follow procedures and demonstrates an uncooperative attitude towards
the FAA.
3. Need and Ability to Manage. Need and ability to manage are based on a variety of factors
such as project workload, geographic location, number of FAA employees, specialized training
for oversight of designation, funding, and ratio of designees to MS. If the FAA determines there
is a need and adequate FAA resources to manage the designee, the SO will initiate a search for
qualified applicants in DMS.
Note: For company designees, the managing office will coordinate with the
company to determine the need for a designee. If the managing office determines
that there is a need for a designee, they will direct the company to have qualified
employees submit applications in DMS.
8-14
09/21/23
8000.95C
4. Requesting Qualified Applicants via DMS.
a. Search Criteria. The SO initiates the selection process and indicates whether the search
is for an independent designee applicant, company-affiliated designee applicant, or an existing
designee requesting additional authorizations, and establishes the qualifications necessary for an
applicant or designee to meet the specific FAA need. The SO should avoid applicants whose
position within a company could result in a conflict of interest.
b. Deviation. When selecting company designees (DMIRs), the managing office may need
to coordinate a deviation for equivalent qualifications for a specific applicant. In this case, the
SO will use an override feature in DMS to move the application through the screening process
and request a deviation from the Policy & Standards Division, System Oversight & Delegation
Section (AIR-634).
5. Evaluation.
a. Special Considerations. Special considerations may cause the FAA to reduce or deny
the applicant based on the evaluation panel review of the application.
b. Evaluation Panel. The SO will assign an evaluation panel to review each application
selected.
Note: For DMIRs terminated in good standing due to company closure or
changes to location, or other situations requiring a new appointment, the
evaluation panel is optional.
(1) For a DAR-F requesting additional authorizations, the evaluation panel is required.
DMS will prompt the SO to assign a minimum of two ASIs who are knowledgeable in the
selection and appointment process. The lead ASI is responsible for documenting the evaluation
outcome in DMS.
Note: The evaluation panel must consist of at least three individuals for
applicants seeking specialized delegation for vintage aircraft: one from the
Central Certificate Management Branch and two who are in one of the requested
vintage aircraft disciplines. For applicants seeking special vintage aircraft
delegation for engines, the evaluation panel will also include a member from the
East Certificate Management Branch. A representative of the Flight Standards
office with knowledge of the applicant’s activity is also highly recommended.
(2) Evaluation panel members should meet in person but may also participate by a
conference call or use remote technology.
Note: The applicant’s assigned MS may be a member of the evaluation panel. A
SO’s participation should be reserved for potential appeals; therefore, SOs should
not serve on the evaluation panel.
8-15
09/21/23
8000.95C
c. Evaluation Process.
(1) The evaluation panel will conduct a review of the application package for general
qualifications and scope.
(2) If the applicant has a violation history, an evaluation must be conducted to ascertain
the type of violation(s) and any special or mitigating circumstances, or attitude toward
compliance with FAA regulations.
(3) All DAR-F applicants must be interviewed by the evaluation panel. The evaluation
panel has the option to conduct a face-to-face or remote technology interview of the applicant
and may request additional information or documentation at any point during the evaluation
process.
(4) For a DMIR applicant, the evaluation panel may or may not interview the applicant.
If an interview is conducted, it may either be face-to-face or by remote technology. The panel
may request additional information or documentation at any point during the evaluation process.
(5) The evaluation panel will make recommendations in accordance with established
policies and procedures.
(6) The evaluation panel will make one of the following recommendations to the SO:
(a) Recommend selection.
(b) Recommend denying the selection. The panel has determined not to recommend
appointment (comments conditionally required).
(7) The Lead Panel Member receives the action in DMS and is responsible for
coordinating the process and documenting the evaluation panel recommendation and uploading
any supporting documentation as a result of the panel recommendation.
(8) For the remaining steps based on recommendations made by the evaluation panel, see
Volume 1.
8-16
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 4. Designee Appointment
1. Purpose. This chapter describes the policy associated with the appointment of a selected
DMIR and DAR-F applicant. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1 constitute the
policy for the appointment of a designee.
Figure 8-2. High-Level Appointment Process Flow
valuating panel and
selecting official make
recommendation
regarding appointment
I
_..
r
I
Appointing official
accepts or rejects
recommendations
in DMS
I
I
_..
1) DMS notifies applicant of
appointment or denial
r
2) If appointment is recommended,
DMS generates CLOA
2. General.
a. Appointment Checklist.
(1) The MS should issue appropriate functions and limitations in the CLOA based on the
applicant’s:
(a) Background experience;
(b) Personal and professional qualifications; and
(c) Needs of the appointing office.
(2) Prior to appointment, the MS must verify the identity of the designee applicant. Such
identification must include an official government-issued identification that includes a
photograph of the applicant, the applicant’s signature, and the applicant’s residential address, if
different from the mailing address. This information may be presented in more than one form of
identification.
Note: This is a visual verification of documents. Do not copy or attach this
information in DMS.
(3) The MS must also validate that the designee applicant who has been evaluated by the
evaluation panel with positive results has successfully completed the initial standardization
training seminar. (See Chapter 7, Training, for initial training requirements.)
Note: Former DMIRs who were terminated in good standing, and who have
maintained the appropriate recurrent training requirements, may be appointed
without repeating the initial training.
b. Designee Orientation.
(1) The assigned MS is responsible for the initial orientation for a newly appointed
designee. The applicant must have successfully completed initial standardization training.
8-17
09/21/23
8000.95C
(2) A DMIR will be supplied with, and guided by, the same requirements and
instructions applicable to FAA inspectors in the performance of similar duties. FAA designees
and PAHs should understand that the DMIR program is of mutual benefit to the FAA and the
PAH in accomplishing the certification responsibilities. Therefore, the MS must inform the
DMIR’s employer that it will be necessary to allow the DMIR sufficient time to attend meetings,
briefings, training sessions and seminars, and related functions relative to the administration and
performance of the appointment.
(3) A DAR-F will be supplied with, and guided by, the same requirements and
instructions applicable to FAA inspectors in the performance of similar duties. A DAR-F must
ensure attendance at meetings, briefings, training sessions and seminars, and related functions
relative to the administration and performance of the appointment.
(4) For those designees authorized to conduct conformity inspections, the MS should
accompany the designee on their first conformity inspection and document a DO in DMS under
the oversight tab.
(5) For those designees authorized to perform aircraft certification functions, including
unmanned aircraft, the MS should accompany the designee on their first airworthiness
certification inspection and document a DO in DMS under the oversight tab.
(6) The MS will review each authorized function code(s), including any limitations, with
the designee.
c. Orientation Topics. The MS will download the Orientation Checklist in DMS, fill out
the form during orientation, and upload the completed form in DMS. The MS should provide a
copy to the designee. The MS will review the following with each designee during orientation:
(1) Authority and Responsibility. Remind the designee to perform only authorized
functions within the limits of designated authority when authorized in DMS. Designee may not
issue U.S. Airworthiness Certificates or SFPs on non-U.S.-registered aircraft, are not authorized
to perform evaluations, surveillance, or investigation of quality control systems data, procedures,
methods, or Service Difficulty Reports (SDR), on behalf of the FAA. The FAA inspector will not
authorize any privilege not included in § 183.31 for a DMIR or § 183.33 for a DAR-F.
(2) Communication. Designees are appointed by the local CMS based on FAA need and
ability to manage. Once appointed, the designee will communicate directly with the managing
office on all questions concerning policy, procedure, or any other aspect of conducting
certification activity on behalf of the FAA. Explain the importance of the preapproval process
and attention to detail when completing the request. This is included in initial training but it may
be necessary to highlight the specific requirements, especially for a DAR-F.
(a) Designees must have access to DMS and email through the internet.
(b) The designee is responsible for accessing DMS and checking DMS messages,
notifications, and email on a regular and recurring basis.
8-18
09/21/23
8000.95C
(3) Certification Process. Remind the designee to comply with certification requirements
in accordance with FAA orders. For example:
•
•
•
•
FAA Order 8110.4, Type Certification;
FAA Order 8130.2, Airworthiness Certification of Aircraft;
FAA Order 8130.21, Procedures for Completion and Use of the Authorized
Release Certificate, FAA Form 8130-3, Airworthiness Approval Tag; and
FAA Order 8130.34, Airworthiness Certification of Unmanned Aircraft
Systems and Optionally Piloted Aircraft.
Note: The designee must contact the managing office to obtain any special
directions, instructions, or concurrence of operating limitations before issuing an
experimental certificate.
Note: For requests to issue special airworthiness certificates outside the United
States, the designee must select the box “this activity will be conducted outside
the United States” in the pre-approval workflow. The designee must then enter the
country(s) over which the applicant desires to operate the aircraft to allow the MS
to coordinate with the CAA(s).
Note: The use of remote technology by a designee to conduct inspections
leading to the issuance of a certificate or conformity determination is limited to
specific guidance in the FAA orders that specify the inspection process for those
certification activities.
(4) Preapproval. Ensure the designee understands preapprovals are required for
performing all functions authorized on behalf of the FAA. Preapproval requires the designee to
request approval in DMS to conduct authorized certification activity prior to commencing that
activity on behalf of the FAA. There are two preapproval settings available to the MS, manual
and automatic.
(a) Manual Preapproval. Manual preapproval requires the MS to review the
preapproval request from the designee and either approve or deny the request. This setting
provides the MS the capability to review the details of the request and to add additional special
instructions for the designee to follow during the activity.
(b) Automatic Preapproval.
1. The automatic setting allows the MS to have DMS automatically approve the
request without any review. The MS can select automatic or manual preapproval by function
code to facilitate the review of higher-risk certification activities.
Note: Newly appointed DMIR or DAR-Fs authorized aircraft certification
functions must not be put on automatic preapproval until the first DO has been
satisfactorily completed. See Chapter 6, Oversight and Management of a
Designee.
8-19
09/21/23
8000.95C
2. Automatic preapproval will only be used when the designee’s performance
remains acceptable and an analysis indicates that the type of certification activity requested
presents an acceptable risk.
(c) Post-Activity Reports. If designees have post-activity reports that have passed the
requisite 7-day submission deadline, DMS will not grant approval to another preapproval
number until all outstanding post-activity reports have been submitted.
(5) Designee’s Signature on Forms. All Airworthiness Certificates or approvals and
related documents must include the DMIR or DAR-F’s printed or typed name, signature, and
unique designee identification number.
(6) Product Certification. DMIRs and DAR-Fs should be cautioned that any irregularities
or deficiencies related to their certification activities might result in the termination of their
designation.
(7) Use of Authority. DMIRs and DAR-Fs may conduct any inspections that may be
necessary to determine that products and/or articles meet the FAA-approved type design data, are
in a condition for safe operation, and comply with any other applicable regulations (such as
Airworthiness Directives (AD), marking requirements, registration, and special importing
requirements) before issuing Airworthiness Certificates. The DMIR or DAR-F should seek
guidance from the assigned MS when problems arise.
(8) Conformity. Inform the DMIR and DAR-F to document certification activities in
accordance with the instructions provided in Order 8110.4, and any special instructions from the
MS.
(9) Conflicts of Interest. DAR-Fs are not allowed to perform any mechanical,
maintenance, or inspection function on behalf of an applicant (such as owner, agent, repair
station, or PAH) on products for which an Airworthiness Certificate or approval is sought. This
does not preclude the DAR-F from performing maintenance, mechanical functions, or
inspections in a non-DAR-F capacity when not involved in the airworthiness certification or
approval actions under the DAR-F’s authority.
(10) A DMIR or a DAR-F conducting certification work for a company that experiences
undue pressure or interference in conducting an inspection or certification activity should notify
the MS for assistance.
3. Designee Number. See Volume 1.
4. CLOA. See Volume 1 for general information.
5. Appointment Duration. The initial appointment is 12 calendar-months. See Chapter 8,
Annual Request for Extension of a Designee’s Designation, for additional information.
8-20
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 5. Responsibilities and Obligations of a Designee
1. Purpose. This chapter describes the policy associated with the responsibilities and oversight
of a DMIR and DAR-F designee. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1 constitute
the policy for the responsibilities and obligations of a designee.
2. Ongoing Requirements of a Designee.
a. Authorizations. DMIRs and DAR-Fs, within limits and under the supervision of the MS,
may be authorized to perform examinations, inspections, and witness tests in the manufacturing
areas.
b. Access to FAA Publications and Documents. Designees must be familiar with and have
ready access to all appropriate FAA publications and documents. Designees may not perform
any functions until the required documents are obtained. Information may be downloaded from
the FAA Designee and Delegation website at https://www.faa.gov.
c. Functions Not Authorized. Designees are not authorized to:
(1) Perform evaluations, surveillance, or investigation of quality control systems data,
procedures, methods, or service difficulty reports, on behalf of the FAA.
(2) Approve departures from specific policy and guidance, new/unproven technologies,
equivalent level of safety findings, special conditions, or exemptions. These are inherently
governmental functions and cannot be delegated to a designee.
(3) Issue U.S. Airworthiness Certificates or SFPs on non-U.S.-registered aircraft.
d. Part 183. The FAA inspector will not authorize any privileges not covered in part 183.
Designees will perform only authorized functions within the limits of designated authority.
e. Not FAA Employees. Designees, while acting pursuant to their appointment, are
representatives of the Administrator for specified functions and are not considered employees of
the FAA. Designees are authorized to use their titles, DMIR or DAR-F, only when performing
those functions specifically delegated by the FAA managing office.
f. Privilege, Not a Right. All applicants must understand that an appointment as a designee
is a privilege and not a right and can be terminated by the FAA at any time, for any reason.
g. Guidance Material. Designees are responsible for obtaining and maintaining all
guidance material (including FAA forms) necessary to perform their authorized functions. All
designees are encouraged to obtain guidance material through the reference library located on the
designee website. The reference library is intended to be the primary source of electronic
designee guidance material. If designees are unable to obtain guidance material through the
internet, they may contact their managing or appointing offices for assistance.
h. Conflicts. Designees must maintain a cooperative attitude. If an issue occurs while acting
in an official capacity as a designee, contact your MS. Designees are responsible for following
8-21
09/21/23
8000.95C
FAA guidance and the proper chain of command. Questions must be directed to the assigned
MS. If a conflict cannot be resolved at that level, the designee should contact the CMS manager
for assistance. Other FAA offices, including AIR-634 or the Designee Standardization Branch
(AFS-640), do not manage designees and are not authorized to provide direct guidance to
designees in lieu of the local CMS guidance and instruction. Designees will not contact AIR-634
for guidance. Designees will not contact AFS-640 for any matters other than training course
information, registration, or technical issues with course materials.
i. Update Profile. The FAA requires designees to update their DMS profile when changes
occur and to validate their profile at least annually. Your profile contains your email address
used for notifications from DMS and your managing office. See Chapter 8 for additional
information.
8-22
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 6. Oversight and Management of a Designee
1. Purpose. This chapter describes the policy associated with the oversight and management of
DMIR and DAR-F designees. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1 constitute the
overall policy for overseeing and managing a designee.
2. General Oversight and Management Considerations. See Volume 1, Chapter 6.
a. Managing Office and MS. The managing office is responsible for supervising,
monitoring, and tracking a designee’s activities to ensure that the designee is performing
assigned authorized functions in accordance with the appropriate regulations, policies, and
procedures. In performing oversight functions, the FAA uses the tools described in this chapter
to enhance the working relationship with the designee.
3. Oversight and DMS. DMS is the official record for all designee management activities.
DMS provides several tools for documenting designee performance and activity.
a. Corrective Action. This is used to record details of corrective action assigned to a
designee and establish a due date for completion.
b. Counseling. This is used to record details of a counseling session.
c. Direct Observation. This is used to record pertinent information concerning designee
certification activity observed by the MS.
d. Initiate Designee Transfer. This is used to transfer a designee to another office.
e. Manage CLOA. This is used to add or remove function codes, limitations, and PAHs.
f. OPE. This is used to record the performance evaluation of a designee. This is done every
12 months for manufacturing designees.
g. Record Feedback. This tool is available to any FAA employee to record information on
a designee.
h. Suspend Designation. This is used to suspend a designee.
i. Terminate Designation. This is used to begin the termination process.
j. Training Record. This is used to record completion of required training.
k. Preapproval Setting. This is used to select manual or automatic preapproval.
4. DO. This is the process for conducting a required oversight activity that includes a MS
observing the designee performing certification work that allows the MS to evaluate the
designee’s performance. MSs may conduct the DO in a face-to-face environment or by using
remote technology. The DO events provide the MS the opportunity to determine if the designee
is performing the work within FAA guidelines, give feedback to the designee, and gain insight
into the designee’s technical, professional, and procedural attributes. This is not a review of
8-23
09/21/23
8000.95C
documentation, although this may be part of a DO event. The MS must plan a face-to-face or
remote technology event with the designee to observe the entire process of a certification
activity.
a. FAA Form 8130-3 Issuance. For a designee authorized to issue FAA Form 8130-3, this
would require observation of the process and documentation used to issue the form. For a DMIR,
this must be accomplished at a location authorized on the designee’s CLOA.
b. Conformity Certifications. For a designee authorized to conduct conformity
certifications, this event must include observation of the designee conducting and documenting
the results of the inspection, and issuing the required documents. For a DMIR, this must be
accomplished at a location authorized on the designee’s CLOA or identified in the FAA Request
for Conformity.
c. Certificate Complete Aircraft. For a designee authorized to certificate complete
aircraft, this event requires observation of the designee conducting the inspection and issuing the
certificate or denial letter. If an applicant’s aircraft is not available for completing the DO by the
activity due date, a DO must be conducted on the next preapproval for certification of an aircraft.
The MS will add a special emphasis entry in the DMS Oversight tab detailing the reason for the
delay in compliance to the due date for the event. If no applicant aircraft are available, the MS
may observe the designee’s inspection of a substitute complete aircraft to demonstrate inspection
techniques necessary for aircraft airworthiness certification and aircraft records review. For a
DMIR, this must be accomplished at a location authorized on the designee’s CLOA.
d. Highest Associated Risk. For each designee, this event will be conducted on the type of
certification activity with the highest risk associated with the activity. For example, for a
designee authorized to issue FAA Form 8130-3, conduct conformity inspections, and authorized
to certificate complete aircraft, this DO event must be an inspection and certification of a
complete aircraft. For a designee authorized to conduct conformity inspections and issue FAA
Form 8130-3, the DO event must be performed on a conformity inspection.
Table 8-2. Schedule a DO Based on the Highest Risk from this Table
Certification
Activity
Issuance of Form
8130-03
Conformity
Determinations
Aircraft Certification
Function Codes
Function Codes 1-8
Function Codes 20-29
Function Code 30-81
Severity of Risk
Minimum Risk
Moderate Risk
Highest Risk
e. Lack of Certification Activity. If a required DO event cannot be conducted due to the
lack of certification activity available to the designee and if the time delay for a required DO
exceeds 6 months, consideration must be made to reducing the designee’s authority or
termination due to a lack of FAA need for the designee.
8-24
09/21/23
8000.95C
5. Establishing the DO Cycle.
a. Timeframe. For all newly appointed designees, a DO will be accomplished once every
12 calendar-months for a period of at least 24 months. Use the following guidance to establish
the DO cycle for the period beginning after the first 24 months of appointment. When changing
the DO cycle, you must document the justification in DMS.
Note: For a newly appointed DMIR or DAR-F holding aircraft certification
functions, the first DO will be conducted on the first preapproval request for
aircraft certification. Designees must be put on manual preapproval for all aircraft
certification functions until the first aircraft certification DO has been
satisfactorily completed. The DO may be performed in a face-to-face environment
or by using remote technology. When using remote technology to accomplish the
DO, the MS will identify the use of remote technology in DMS.
(1) After 24 months from the date of appointment and two consecutive satisfactory DO
events, the next DO for a DAR-F may be extended to 24 months. When a designee’s OPE or DO
results in a “needs improvements” or “unsatisfactory” outcome, the DO cycle will be adjusted in
accordance with the DMS tool parameters.
(2) For a DMIR at a Level 1 high-risk facility, after 24 months from the date of
appointment and two consecutive satisfactory DO events, the next DO may be extended to
24 months.
(3) For a DMIR at a Level 2 facility, after 24 months from the date of appointment and
two consecutive satisfactory DO events, the next DO may be extended to 24 months or up to
36 months dependent on the facility risk level.
(4) For a DMIR at a Level 3 facility, after 24 months from the date of appointment and
two consecutive satisfactory DO events, the next DO may be extended to 24 months or up to
60 months dependent on the facility risk level.
(5) In all cases, when a designee’s performance results in a less than satisfactory
outcome, performance issues will be documented and the DO cycle will be adjusted in
accordance with the DMS tool parameters.
b. Inspection Criteria for a DO.
(1) Article. Observe the designee’s inspection of a PAH produced engine, propeller, or
article or an FAA conformity of an engine, propeller, or article. The observation should ensure
satisfactory inspection techniques are used. Depending on availability, it may be necessary to use
either an in-process or a noncommercial article to fulfill this requirement. If the MS determines
that no suitable engine, propeller, or articles are available, the designee may demonstrate
inspection techniques and knowledge of the pertinent guidance material by simulating this
requirement. Simulations cannot be used to meet DO requirements on a consecutive basis or
when the DO cycle is greater than 24 months.
8-25
09/21/23
8000.95C
(2) Aircraft. Observe the designee’s inspection of a complete aircraft and the issuance or
denial of the certificate. If an applicant aircraft is not available a substitute airworthy aircraft may
be used to complete the DO. If no applicant aircraft or substitute airworthy aircraft is available
by the due date, the managing office may defer the DO up to 180 days. However, the next preapproval for aircraft certification must be a DO.
c. Documentation. Ensure all documentation initiated by a designee is processed in
accordance with the appropriate regulations, guidance material (such as orders, advisory
circulars (AC), and notices), and any instructions provided by the MS.
Note: The number of DO events may be increased by MSs if deemed appropriate
due to various performance indicators, including non-compliances to FAA policy
or procedures, discovered during a DO event resulting in the designee’s
performance documented as “Unsatisfactory” or “Needs Improvement” in DMS.
Additional or more frequent DOs may be necessary if the certification activity has
a higher risk.
6. OPE. At least once every 12 calendar-months, MSs must complete an OPE of the designee’s
performance and document this review in DMS. This activity consists of reviewing the past
performance of a designee’s post-activity reports and any other documentation in the designee
record. There is no requirement to conduct a DO or meet with the designee when documenting
an OPE.
7. Performance Measures. For many of the oversight activities, the MS should use the
following performance measures to determine designee performance:
Figure 8-3. Performance Measures and Oversight Activity Results
echnical
Performance
Criteria
Result of oversight event
recorded in OMS
Procedural
Performance
Criteria
i. Satisfactory
)-- - - - - - - - ~ ii. Needs Improvement
iii. Unsatisfactory- Suspend
Iv. Unsatisfactory- Terminate
Professional
Performance
Criteria
a. Technical. The designee demonstrates sufficient knowledge, skill, and ability to conduct
authorized tasks within established guidance and standards. The designee possesses an expert
level of knowledge and skill, understands and uses appropriate terminology, uses the correct
equipment, applies appropriate standards, and accurately interprets results.
(1) Knowledge and Understanding. Does the designee understand the technical
terminology contained in FAA orders, regulations, and other reference material used in planning,
8-26
09/21/23
8000.95C
describing, or conducting the certification activity? Does the designee demonstrate an expert
level of knowledge about the aircraft operation and systems?
(2) Interpret and Apply. Does the designee correctly interpret and apply the technical
performance standards defined by the appropriate testing standard, order, or regulation? (This
performance measure is most appropriate for DO.)
(3) Equipment and Materials. Does the designee possess, select, use, or inspect (when
supplied by the applicant) the appropriate equipment, devices, tools, reference material, etc.,
when planning or conducting certifications? (This performance measure is most appropriate for
DO or site visits.)
b. Procedural. The designee demonstrates the ability to complete administrative functions
correctly. The designee accurately completes and issues appropriate documentation, submits
required data, follows established procedures, and complies with all regulations, orders, and
directives.
(1) Authority. Does the designee perform within the scope of their authorized
function(s)?
(2) Submittal of Information and Data to FAA. Does the designee properly submit
information, documents, or data to the FAA when it is required by FAA orders or by specific
instructions provided by the FAA managing office?
(3) Conducting Evaluations, Tests, and Certifications. Does the designee follow the
correct procedure when conducting certifications, grading or evaluating, and providing feedback
to applicants during certification?
(4) Issuing Certificate, Approval, Authorization, or Results. Does the designee follow the
correct procedure when completing and issuing certificates, approvals, test results, or other
findings upon completion of the certification activity?
c. Professional. The designee conducts activities in an ethical, courteous, and conscientious
manner reflecting highly on the Administrator. The designee presents a cooperative attitude, and
demonstrates integrity, tact, and diplomacy when dealing with industry and the FAA. The
designee communicates effectively in a manner that reflects positively on the FAA, both orally
and written.
(1) Oral and Written Communication. Does the designee effectively communicate either
in writing or in conversation with the FAA and the general public? Does the designee provide
feedback to the FAA with ways to improve the designee system?
(2) Professional Representation of the FAA (With the Public). Does the designee
demonstrate a positive reflection on the FAA and a willingness to comply with FAA policy and
managing office instruction?
8-27
09/21/23
8000.95C
(3) Cooperative Attitude with the FAA. Is the designee easy to work with and does the
designee present a positive attitude when interacting with the FAA? Is the designee responsive to
the FAA and reasonably accessible to the FAA as required?
(4) Ethics and Judgment. Does the designee maintain high ethical standards and
demonstrate good judgment in the conduct of authorized activities?
8. Other Oversight Activities and Considerations.
a. General. The MS is responsible for continuous management and oversight of the
designee. The orientation session with the designee during the appointment process is the place
to establish expectations for the designee’s performance. Developing consistent communication
with the designee is essential to managing the designee. The MS will monitor the designee’s
activity by reviewing the post-activity reports and by observing the designee’s performance to
ensure that they use proper procedures and satisfactory inspection techniques or methods. The
designee is responsible for all training requirements. DMS sends the designee training notices
starting 180 days prior to the due date. The MS is copied on several of these DMS messages. The
MS must monitor the designee’s completion of required recurrent training for the function codes
authorized. The designee’s failure to complete recurrent training by the due date will result in
immediate suspension by the MS.
b. Training Record. The MS is responsible for:
(1) Monitoring DMS for designee training notifications in the DMS message center.
(2) Verifying completion of required training prior to the due date in DMS.
(3) Documenting the successful completion of required training in DMS.
Note: MSs must not enter training not applicable to the individual designee
authorization, such as ODA training, 14 CFR part 21, etc.
Note: When a designee fails to complete the required training or a designee fails
a test during recurrent training regardless of the due date, the designee must be
suspended immediately (see Chapter 10, Suspension of a Designation). When a
designee fails a test during recurrent training AFS-640 will notify the managing
office of the failure. Do not use Manage CLOA to remove authorized functions to
avoid suspending the designee.
c. Activity Preapproval. The MS must approve all designee activity in advance using the
preapproval process in DMS. There are two settings, manual or automatic preapproval. MSs
should be cautious in setting preapproval to automatic for DAR-Fs with authority to issue other
than Standard Airworthiness Certificates to allow review of requests that may have greater risks
associated with the activity, and provide any additional guidance or instructions.
d. Responsibilities. The MS will:
8-28
09/21/23
8000.95C
(1) Maintain proper communication and documentation with the designee.
Communication and documentation are essential in identifying, monitoring, and evaluating
performance expectations. It is also important in identifying and solving problems, as well as
taking necessary corrective action.
(2) Provide oversight to ensure that the designee is performing assigned authorized
functions in accordance with the appropriate regulations, policies, and procedures.
(3) Ensure that the designee has acquired and maintains all guidance material necessary
to perform the authorized function(s).
(4) Determine that the designee is performing within the scope of authorized function(s).
(5) Verify the designee’s attendance at the appropriate recurrent training seminar.
(6) Verify the designee has ongoing activities to justify the continuance of the
designation.
(7) When applicable, ensure that the designee has direct communication with appropriate
authorities within the PAH or PAH’s approved supplier’s organization and with the assigned MS
at the managing office.
(8) Emphasize that the designee should seek the MS’s assistance relative to any concerns
connected with the authorized functions.
e. Management Level DMIR/DAR-F Evaluation Considerations. When evaluating the
designee the MS should verify that the DMIR/DAR-F is able to act independently
and impartially. This is based on an analysis of how well the DMIR/DAR-F is able to separate
internal company functions and the ability to adequately exercise the DMIR/DAR-F authority.
Below are examples of actions that may lead to discoveries of a change in the DMIR’s/DAR-F’s
performance that may affect the DMIR’s/DAR-F’s ability to meet the above criteria in terms of
separation of function. These examples are not all encompassing and serve only as examples for
the CMS when complying with this order.
(1) Performance Degradation. If during an interaction, a meeting, or a specific review,
designee performance degradation is perceived or found, then the DMIR’s/DAR-F’s MS should
consider the DMIR’s/DAR-F’s position as a possible cause and investigate further.
(2) Changed Roles and/or Responsibilities. For any DMIR/DAR-F who has had roles,
responsibilities, or a title change within that company, the MS should conduct a review. The
review should be aimed at the effect of those changes on the DMIR’s/DAR-F’s activities
and delegated authority. These changes may inhibit the DMIR’s/DAR-F’s ability to continue to
perform authorized functions without undue pressure. Examples of this may include the
following:
(a) A promotion of a working level inspector to a supervisory role within the
company. The promotion would include leading a larger group of inspectors, thereby giving that
DMIR/DAR-F additional responsibilities that may adversely affect the DMIR’s/DAR-F’s ability
8-29
09/21/23
8000.95C
to perform impartially or stay focused on the delegated authority. This may be further
compounded if by the company still chooses to use the DMIR/DAR-F in previous technical areas
of expertise.
(b) A promotion and/or transfer to another area within the company, thereby not
allowing the DMIR/DAR-F to maintain the awareness needed to carry out DMIR/DAR-F
responsibilities. In this case, if the company still wanted to use the DMIR/DAR-F in the original
capacity, it would be grounds for termination.
(c) Leniency of Compliance Findings. This occurs, for example, when a review
establishes that a DMIR/DAR-F is not submitting technically complete work products for simple
certification efforts that were easily achieved by that DMIR/DAR-F on past projects.
9. Correcting Performance-Related Issues.
a. Improvement Options. When a designee’s performance does not meet FAA
expectations, the MS should consider options to aid in improving the designee’s performance to
a satisfactory level. These options include counseling the designee, providing onthe-job training
(OJT), requiring the designee to complete additional formal training, closely monitoring the
designee’s work activities for a determined amount of time, and reducing the authorized areas or
functions.
Note: The ability to upload supporting documents is available in each workflow.
These actions must be documented in DMS as appropriate to allow a proper
evaluation of the designee’s performance improvement. It is the FAA’s desire to
coach, counsel, and provide additional training to a poorly performing designee,
to enable them to return to a satisfactory performance level.
b. DMS Tools for Documentation. The following DMS tools should be used in this
sequence to document a designee’s poor performance:
Note: The first tools available to the MS in communicating with the designee are
the telephone, emails, and face-to-face visits when practical.
(1) Counseling. This tool allows the MS to make a written record of a counseling session
with a designee. Entries should include prescriptive details concerning the reason for the
counseling and the anticipated outcomes in performance by the designee.
(2) Corrective Action. This tool should be used to change designee performance when
counseling has not resulted in the desired outcomes for designee performance. Corrective action
provides a process for the MS to assign specific actions and establish a deadline for completing
the corrective action. Corrective action might include additional training or other mentoring.
Within 30 calendar-days of completed corrective action, conduct a follow-up session to
determine if the designee’s performance is acceptable. If the designee’s performance remains
unsatisfactory, discuss possible suspension or other actions with the office manager.
(3) Suspend Designation. This tool is normally used to take more definitive action for a
designee when performance issues persist after counseling and corrective action. Suspension
8-30
09/21/23
8000.95C
provides a process to stop the designee from performing designee functions until additional
training or other requirements are accomplished. Suspension provides a process that could allow
the designee to return to full use of their authority.
Note: Suspension of a designee’s authority must be discussed with the office
manager before initiating the action in DMS.
(4) Terminate Designation. If after counseling, corrective action, and suspension, the
designee’s performance does not improve to an acceptable level, and the managing office
determines that the designee’s continued performance does not meet FAA expectations, the
designation will be terminated. See Chapter 9, Termination of a Designation.
Note: Act on safety-related situations immediately.
Note: It is imperative that the MS document all actions in DMS concerning the
designee’s poor performance along with all steps taken to correct the designee’s
poor performance. This documentation must be detailed and specific to allow a
thorough evaluation of the designee’s performance with the AO to determine
termination action when warranted.
10. Additional Training. See Volume 1.
11. Record Note. See Volume 1.
12. Send Message to Designee. See Volume 1.
13. Record Feedback or Interaction With a Designee. See Volume 1.
14. CMS Geographic Area. Each CMS has a geographic area of responsibility. It is the FAA’s
intention that all designees perform their authorized function(s) within the managing office’s
geographic boundaries. However, a managing office may authorize a designee to perform
certification activities outside the geographic boundaries when the FAA need and ability to
adequately monitor and supervise the designee is maintained. The designee shall utilize the DMS
preapproval process to submit all requests.
Note: When the certification activity is outside the geographic CMS’s area and
the preapproval request is associated with a required DO, the MS should reach out
to the CMS where the designee will be performing the certification activity to
request assistance in performing a DO. Any AIR ASIs holding the ASI role in
DMS can access the designee record to record the results of oversight. Requests
for an ASI in another office to perform oversight will be handled via a phone call
or an email to the manager of said office.
Note: There are two geographic areas for manufacturing designee activity: (1)
the United States, and (2) locations outside the United States. Requests to issue
Special Airworthiness Certificates outside the United States must be made in the
DMS pre-approval workflow. When the designee requests certification outside the
United States DMS moves the pre-approval request to the manual approval
8-31
09/21/23
8000.95C
process requiring the MS to review the request. The MS will review the request,
coordinate with the appropriate CAAs, and either approve or deny the request in
DMS.
a. Managing Specialist. The MS will review the designee’s preapproval request and
approve or deny the request. If the MS denies the designee’s request, the MS will document the
denial in DMS. In both cases, DMS will send a notification to the designee via the DMS message
center.
Note: Before a managing office authorizes a designee to perform any activities
outside the United States, the managing office will check the individual bilateral
agreement for the country. The Bilateral Airworthiness Agreement (BAA) or
Bilateral Aviation Safety Agreement (BASA) with Implementation Procedures for
Airworthiness (IPA) or the FAA/European Union Aviation Safety Agency
(EASA) Technical Implementation Procedures (TIP) provide for airworthiness
technical cooperation between the FAA and its counterpart CAAs.
15. Post-Activity Reports. DMIRs and DAR-Fs are required to complete post-activity reports in
DMS after performing certification functions.
a. Post-activity reports provide the MS with a record of the activity for that designee. These
reports can aid in planning an appropriate level of oversight of the designee.
b. If designees have post-activity reports that have not been submitted within the requisite
7 calendar-day submission deadline, DMS will not authorize another preapproval number until
all outstanding post-activity reports have been submitted.
c. Access to post-activity reports will remain available to DMIRs and DAR-Fs for up to
5 business-days after their status is set to expiration, suspension, or termination for the designee
to record any results.
8-32
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 7. Training
1. Purpose. Designees and FAA personnel must enhance and maintain the technical skills,
knowledge, ability, and proficiency to effectively perform their duties and roles. This chapter
describes the policy associated with the training of DMIR and DAR-F designees. This
designation type-specific policy and Volume 1 constitute the policy on training requirements.
2. General. Candidates and designees are required to successfully complete initial and recurrent
training as specified in this chapter Candidates must also successfully complete additional
training when tasked through DMS. This training will normally be conducted online. Designees
must also successfully complete any other training as tasked by the managing office.
3. Designee Training Requirements. Each applicant seeking an authorization or a designee
authorized to perform certain functions must attend FAA training seminars as described at
https://www.faa.gov.
a. Initial Training. All applicants must successfully complete initial training prior to initial
appointment. Training is provided by AFS-640, located in Oklahoma City, OK. Course
information and registration is available at https://av-info.faa.gov/DsgReg/Sections.aspx.
Note: Applicants should use caution when enrolling in and completing initial
designee training as the training is only valid for 24 months from the date of
training completion. It may be beneficial to wait until being notified by the FAA
selecting office that an applicant has been selected for evaluation and possible
appointment.
b. Recurrent Training.
(1) All designees must successfully complete applicable recurrent training every
36 calendar months beginning from the date of completion of their initial training or last
successful recurrent training. All designees must also complete any modular recurrent training
when tasked by their managing office.
(2) DMS will notify designees when their recurrent training requirements are due.
c. Failure to Complete Training.
(1) A designee who fails a test during recurrent training regardless of the due date for that
training will be immediately suspended. A designee who fails to attend and successfully
complete recurrent training within the 36 calendar-month cycle will be immediately suspended.
A designee who fails to successfully complete additional training as tasked through DMS or the
managing office by the due date will be suspended immediately.
Note: A designee with authority in more than one specific area (for example,
complete aircraft and conformity determinations) who fails to complete
conformity training will be suspended. Do not use Manage CLOA to remove
authority to avoid suspension until the designee completes the required training.
8-33
09/21/23
8000.95C
(2) Suspension can only be lifted when the designee attends and successfully completes
the appropriate recurrent training seminar or other training, as required. Designees must use
DMS and submit a suspension release request. Once a suspension release request is submitted,
the assigned MS must review and concur that the designee has successfully completed the
required training.
d. FAA Managing Specialist Training Requirements.
(1) Manufacturing ASIs. Manufacturing ASIs must complete designee management
training before being assigned to manage designees. This training is Managing AIR
Manufacturing Designees, which is developed and managed by the AIR Workforce Development
Branch (AIR-940). MSs must also complete any specialized training, such as UAS, prior to
managing a designee with UAS authority.
(2) Completion of Course. ASIs must complete eLMS course #27200132, Special
Airworthiness Certification of Unmanned Aircraft Systems and Optionally Piloted Aircraft, prior
to managing a designee with UAS and/or OPA authorizations.
(3) Manufacturing MSs Continuing Designee Management Training. Manufacturing MSs
will complete continuing designee management training when tasked. Training will be tasked
and managed through eLMS. Training will be modular consisting of voice on slide, video, or
PowerPoint presentations. Training topics will include, but are not limited to: upgrades to or new
processes in DMS, Order 8000.95 changes that impact manufacturing designee management,
rule changes that impact the certification work that manufacturing designees perform, and other
order changes that impact the type of certification work designees perform.
e. FAA Employee Training Requirements. See Volume 1.
8-34
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 8. Annual Request for Extension of a Designation
See Volume 1, Chapter 8, Annual Request for Extension of a Designee’s Designation.
8-35
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 9. Termination of a Designation
1. Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to termination of a DMIR or DAR-F. This
designation type-specific policy and Volume 1 constitute the overall policy for termination of a
DMIR or DAR-F.
2. General. See Volume 1.
3. Termination For Cause Investigation. See Volume 1, Chapter 6 and Volume 1, Chapter 9.
4. Termination For Cause Review Panel See Volume 1.
5. Termination For Cause Review Panel Considerations for DMIR/DAR-F terminations.
a. Panel Members. For a DMIR or DAR-F who holds no other designation(s), the AO will
convene a termination for cause review panel comprising three members:
(1) The AO associated with the designation. This individual will be the panel POC;
(2) An AO or SO from a separate CMS; and
(3) A MS or ASI not involved in the termination process or management of the designee.
Note: For designees with multiple designations, refer to Volume 1 for
appropriate termination for cause review panel procedures.
8-36
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 10. Suspension of a Designation
1. Purpose. This chapter describes the common policy associated with other designee
management functions in DMS. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1 constitute
the policy for other designee management functions in DMS.
2. General. This chapter provides the procedures and requirements for the suspension and
reinstatement of the designation of a DMIR and DAR-F.
a. Fair and Equitable Treatment. Suspension procedures are intended to ensure fair and
equitable treatment of the designee, with the continued integrity, quality, and efficiency of the
FAA’s overall delegation system being paramount.
b. Removal of Authorization. Suspension is a management tool available to the FAA
managing office that allows the removal of some or all of a designee’s authorization to act on
behalf of the FAA. This tool allows the managing office to take corrective action on a designee
without terminating the appointment. Suspension is appropriate when the FAA determines that a
designee should not exercise authority because the designee’s performance warrants counseling
or additional training, or when the performance falls below FAA standards.
3. Types of Suspension. There are two types of suspension available in DMS: manual and
automatic.
a. Manual Suspension. Manual suspension is a management tool available to the FAA
managing office that allows the removal of some or all of a designee’s authorization to act on
behalf of the FAA. This tool allows the managing office to take corrective action on a designee
without terminating the appointment. Suspension is appropriate when the FAA determines that a
designee should not exercise authority because the designee’s technical, professional and/or
procedural performance warrants counseling or additional training, or when performance falls
below FAA standards.
(1) When a designee fails to accomplish recurrent training within the timeframes
specified in this order, the MS shall suspend the designee immediately until successful
completion of recurrent training.
(2) When a designee accomplishes the training but fails the recurrent training test, the
designee will continue in a suspended status until successful completion of recurrent training. In
lieu of the successful completion of recurrent training, the designees may also attend and
successfully complete the appropriate initial seminars.
b. Automatic Suspension. DMS provides automatic suspension for a designee when certain
conditions exist, including when the FAA initiates the termination process.
c. Reinstatement from Suspension. Reinstatement from suspension is the FAA action
taken to remove a suspension. A suspended designee must request a suspension release utilizing
the link in DMS. The FAA managing office will review the request and provide a response to the
designee through the DMS message center.
8-37
09/21/23
8000.95C
Note: MSs must follow the reinstatement process in DMS to lift the suspension.
This activity requires the suspended designee to request and justify a suspension
release in DMS. Do not use “cancel” to reinstate a designee.
4. Followup Actions. See Volume 1.
8-38
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 11. Other Designee Management Functions
1. Purpose. This chapter describes the common policy associated with other designee
management functions in DMS. This chapter and the corresponding designation type-specific
volumes constitute the policy for other designee management functions in DMS.
2. Assign DMS Roles.
a. General. The primary purpose of this process is to authorize a qualified FAA employee
to have appropriate access to functionality within DMS.
(1) DMS roles allow users the ability to access DMS and perform functions within each
process, including apply, select, appoint, etc., as described in this order. DMS roles control
specific user access within DMS. The FAA may assign users more than one role within DMS.
(2) DMS roles are assigned when the individual meets all the qualifications as described
in the designation type-specific volumes of this order.
(3) The term “DMS role” does not convey an official position or title.
b. MRA. The MRA makes the initial assignment or assigns an existing user to a role in
DMS.
(1) “Designee” is a role, but is not assigned via the MRA process. DMS automatically
assigns the designee role during appointment.
(2) The MRA function may be given at different levels within each Service/Office.
3. Annual Request to Extend Expiration Date. The FAA requires designees to request an
extension of their expiration date every 12 months.
a. Notifications.
(1) Designees will be notified by DMS to submit their annual request for extension of
their expiration date 60 calendar days prior to the due date.
(2) If designees have not submitted their annual request for extension of their expiration
date, the MS will be notified by DMS 15 calendar-days prior to the due date.
b. Expired Status. If the designee does not submit their annual request for extension of
their expiration date by the due date, DMS will change their status to expired. In this status, the
designee will not be able to request preapproval or conduct any certification activity until they
submit their request to extend their expiration date.
Note: The FAA managing office does not have any control over this process and
is not responsible for any action involved in this process.
8-39
09/21/23
8000.95C
Note: For manufacturing designees, when placed in “Expired” status, access to
the Airworthiness Certification (AWC) application tool will also change to
“Expired” status, denying access.
c. Impact of Updates to Information. Depending on the designation type, updates to
certain information in the designee record, such as a change in physical address or qualifications,
may affect the designation.
(1) A change of physical address may cause the FAA to review need and ability to
manage considerations. DMS will notify the current MS if there has been a change of physical
address, and the MS will determine if the new address will initiate a change in the managing
office. If so, the AO at the gaining office must determine need for the designee and/or the ability
to manage the designee.
(2) The FAA is under no obligation to transfer the designee to a new overseeing office.
d. Change of Name. The MS should verify a name change through reviewing governmentissued forms of identification prior to generating a new CLOA.
Note: See Volume 1 for additional information.
8-40
09/21/23
8000.95C
VOLUME 9. DER DESIGNEE POLICY
Chapter 1. General Information
Section 1. Introduction
1. Purpose of This Volume. This volume supplements the common designee policy by
providing specific guidance for the Designated Engineering Representatives (DER) designee
management program not otherwise provided in Volume 1.
2. Audience. The audience of this volume is DERs and the FAA personnel involved in the
selection, appointment, and oversight of this designee type.
Section 2. DER Overview
1. DER Types.
a. Company DER (DER-Y). An individual may be appointed to act as a company DER for
the individual’s employer and may approve, or recommend approval to the FAA of, only
technical data for the company. If a company DER is assigned to work in a consortium, business
arrangement (such as using other companies’ DERs), partnership, licensing agreement, etc., the
company representative should coordinate with the managing office before the designee requests
to expand the existing delegation in the DMS. The company must provide an endorsement letter
that the applicant must submit as part of the application.
b. Consultant DER (DER-T). An individual may be appointed to act as an independent
consultant DER to approve, or recommend approval of, technical data to the FAA for a client.
2. Technical Disciplines. An individual may be appointed in one or more of the following
technical disciplines.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Structural Engineering.
Powerplant Engineering.
Electrical Systems and Equipment Engineering.
Mechanical Systems and Equipment Engineering.
Engine Engineering.
Propeller Engineering.
Flight Analyst.
Flight Test Pilot.
Acoustical Engineering.
3. Delegation Philosophy. The philosophy for engineering delegation is that authority is stated
in the context of a technical discipline and one or more 14 CFR parts (airworthiness and/or
environmental standards). In addition, while DERs find compliance with specific regulations
within the authorized 14 CFR part, their ability to do so varies depending upon the application of
those regulations. For instance, a DER who is authorized 14 CFR part 25 findings might be
qualified to make a finding with § 25.301 when it is applied to an interior structural item such as
9-1
09/21/23
8000.95C
an avionics rack, but may not have the necessary knowledge and skills to make a finding with
§ 25.301 when the application is to a pressure bulkhead. Because of this, the FAA documents a
DER’s authority using a knowledge-based system of charts that identify authorized delegations
and areas of expertise, including limitations, in a very broad manner. The FAA then authorizes
the DER to use that chart authority on a project-by-project basis or as agreed to by the DER’s
managing office for special delegations such as major repair data approval.
4. DER Authority. The scope of the designation authority, and any limitation(s) considered
necessary, will be clearly indicated in the DMS and on the Certificate Letter of Authority
(CLOA). Although authority is provided in terms of current 14 CFR parts, that authority also
includes the delegation for predecessor and other applicable regulations for that part unless
specifically excluded in the DER’s limitations.
5. DER Charts. The FAA documents DER authority in DMS using technical disciplinespecific charts. Each chart is made up of applicable authorized delegations combined with areas
of expertise and has special delegations that may be authorized within each discipline or in
general. The specific authorized delegations, areas of expertise, and special delegations for each
technical discipline are located within DMS and are also available on the DMS Support website.
a. Authorized Delegations. An authorized delegation is generally the technical area
involved in determining compliance with applicable airworthiness regulations.
b. Areas of Expertise. An area of expertise is generally the specific portion or system of an
aircraft or the type of engine or propeller or specialized area to which a delegation applies.
c. Recognition of Authority across Multiple Disciplines. The authorized delegations of
Software, Airborne Electronic Hardware, HIRF/Lightning/EMC (specific to Electrical Systems
Engineering) and the special delegations of Project Management, Safety Analysis, PMA
Identicality and Repair Specifications, are unique in that each can be authorized in a single DER
technical discipline but used for projects related to other project technical disciplines unless
specifically limited otherwise in the DER’s CLOA. For example, an Electrical Systems DER
with the authorized delegation of Software can be authorized to approve software data on a
Mechanical System, Engine, Powerplant, Propeller, etc. project, without a DER delegation in
those technical disciplines. Likewise, a Mechanical Systems DER with the special delegation for
Repair Specifications can manage a repair specification project for a Structures, Electrical
Systems, Engine, Powerplant, Propeller etc. repair specification without a DER delegation in
those technical disciplines. The managing office has the flexibility to determine how best to
manage and/or limit these specific authorities.
d. Limitations.
(1) Limitations of DER Authority. A DER may be appointed for, or limited to, specific
types of work. A Mechanical Systems DER could be limited to handling data approval of
alterations to specific types of systems (for example, hydraulic and pressurization on only one
airplane model), or a Flight Test Pilot DER could be limited to conducting flight tests on
fixedwing aircraft of a specified maximum gross weight. Another example is the limitations
section for special delegations of Electrical Wiring Interconnect Systems (EWIS) and Part 26
9-2
09/21/23
8000.95C
where specific authority for EWIS or part 26 Aging Aircraft Safety Rule (AASR), as prescribed
in policy memos, is either documented or identified in DMS and referred to elsewhere. Caution
should be exercised in making delegations so narrowly limited that they become burdensome to
the FAA.
(2) Other Acceptable Airworthiness Requirements. All DER authorizations are stated in
the context of a technical discipline and one or more airworthiness or environmental standards
(14 CFR parts 23, 25, 27, 29, 31, 33, 34, 35, 36) but can be extended to certification
requirements outside the CFRs that the FAA has found appropriate for special classes of aircraft.
When these additional and/or alternative certification requirements are applicable to a special
class aircraft, or to the engines or propellers installed on a special class of aircraft, they must be
specifically identified in a DER’s authority in order for the DER to approve data that meet those
requirements. Certification requirements outside of the CFR that the FAA has found
appropriate include the airship design criteria, the Joint Airworthiness Requirements (JAR) for
sailplanes (gliders), the JAR for very light airplanes (VLA), and any other airworthiness criteria
the FAA may find provide an equivalent level of safety to the airworthiness standards under 14
CFR 21.17(b). In these cases, a DER would be authorized an appropriate CFR (i.e. Part 23, Part
25 etc.) and then have special class design criteria called out in limitations.
e. Special Delegations. A DER may be authorized to approve technical data under a special
delegation. Each engineering delegation has an area of special delegations to cover this
contingency. When the managing office authorizes a special delegation, it will be noted on the
CLOA. The managing office may use limitations to more specifically define the authority. A
DER or DER applicant seeking a special delegation must have significant experience in the
appropriate area to be given a special delegation and, in some cases, specialized minimum
qualifications must be met. The availability of a particular special delegation is dependent on the
technical discipline except as noted below. The authorization of special delegations other than
those defined in this order must be coordinated with the Organization and System Policy Branch
(AIR-630). The following special delegations may be authorized:
(1) Major Repairs. A DER requires specific authorization to examine and approve data
for major repairs. The FAA may assign a DER the special delegation of “major repairs,” which
will be related to the DER’s authorized delegations/areas of expertise. A DER only needs this
delegation if an FAA Form 8110-3, Determination of Compliance with Airworthiness Standards,
will be referenced as the approved data for a specific major repair. The special delegation for
Major Repairs is limited to serial number specific or work order specific repairs unless authority
to approve data for multiple repairs in support of repair specifications is documented in the
DER’s limitations. In order to approve repair data in support of a repair specification, a DER
must also have the special delegation of “major repair” along with the following note included in
the Authorized Limitations/Notes section of the DER’s chart in DMS: “Authority to approve
data for multiple use repairs in support of repair specifications.” Service documents and overhaul
manuals produced by the original design or Production Approval Holder (PAH) are not
considered major repair data that require this specific authorization. This special delegation
requires specialized training that must be completed prior to receiving this
authority. Refer to the training section of the Information for DERs website.
9-3
09/21/23
8000.95C
Note: Specific authorization for a major repair may be granted by the MS on a
one-time basis if requested by the DER in DMS. The DER must meet all
requirements (except formal training) before the one-time request will be
approved. The ability to request a one-time approval is not intended to be a
substitute for the special delegation. A DER who requests these on a regular basis
should be directed to apply for the special delegation in DMS.
(2) Major Alterations. Similar to major repairs, a DER requires specific authorization to
examine and approve data for major alterations. The FAA may assign a DER the special
delegation of “major alterations” which will be related to the DER’s authorized delegations/areas
of expertise. A DER only needs this delegation if an FAA Form 8110-3 will be referenced as the
approved data for a specific major alteration. Service documents and overhaul manuals produced
by the original design or PAH are not considered major alteration data that require this specific
authorization. This special delegation requires specialized training that must be completed prior
to receiving this authority. Refer to the training section on the Information for DERs website.
Note: Specific authorization for a major alteration may be granted by the MS on
a one-time basis if requested by the DER in DMS. The DER must meet all
requirements (except formal training) before the one-time request will be
approved. The ability to request a one-time approval is not intended to be a
substitute for the special delegation. A DER who requests these on a regular basis
should be directed to apply for the special delegation in DMS.
(3) Repair Specification (RS). An “RS-DER” is a shortened name for a DER with the
special delegation for repair specifications authorizing the DER to manage the approval of nonserial number-specific major repairs. The RS-DER special delegation is not technical discipline
specific unless noted in a DER’s limitations.
(a) An RS-DER is responsible for managing the repair specification project and
ensuring that technical data associated with the repair specification is approved via an FAA Form
8110-3 before approving the RS cover sheet. The RS-DER may rely on other DER-approved
data, provided the DER has the appropriate delegation of multiple repairs in support of repair
specifications.
(b) Once the RS-DER is satisfied that the repair specification meets all the
requirements, the RS cover sheet must be signed with the RS-DER’s name and DER number.
The RS cover sheet must be uploaded into DMS as non-8110-3 activity.
(4) Parts Manufacturer Approval (PMA). A DER requires specific authorization to
examine and make findings of identicality to obtain a PMA. This is appropriate only where a
DER has access to the original design approval holder’s data, allowing them to make a direct
comparison of design data. The FAA authorizes test and computation findings within the scope
of the DER’s basic authority and does not require a PMA special delegation. This special
delegation is not discipline specific unless noted in a DER’s limitations.
(5) Alternative Method of Compliance (AMOC). The FAA may give a design approval
holder’s Structural DER the authority to approve AMOCs for specific structural Airworthiness
9-4
09/21/23
8000.95C
Directives (AD) when the intent of the AD is to restore the airplane to its type certification basis
or other known, defined, and published standards. Other DER disciplines can be given AMOC
authority on a case-by-case basis for minor deviations from an AD’s requirements not associated
with correcting the unsafe condition. The DER may also be authorized to approve either a global
AMOC or an individual AMOC applicable to multiple products (as in the case of rotable or
unserialized parts) on a case-by-case basis for a pattern of identical approvals for a defined set of
products.
(6) Service Documents. A properly authorized DER can approve descriptive data
included in the service documents. However, if the FAA has issued, or intends to issue, an AD
that addresses an unsafe condition that is the subject of a service document, then the DER must
coordinate with the project office and obtain concurrence prior to approving the descriptive data
included in the service document. The FAA may reserve the approval of AD-related service
documents and revisions.
(7) Project Management. A DER authorized for project management performs FAA
certification project management duties for the agency, acting as an FAA project manager. They
organize the applicant’s certification program, directing, overseeing, and managing the tasks of
technical assessments and findings of compliance. They ensure that all technical data required to
show compliance is reviewed and approved by the appropriate technical DER, except those items
reserved by the FAA for approval. This special delegation is not discipline specific unless noted
in a DER’s limitations.
(8) Safety Analysis. A DER may be authorized to conduct an orderly and thorough
evaluation of the effects on safety of the foreseeable failures or other events, such as errors or
external circumstances, separately or in combination, involving one or more aircraft or system
functions. This special delegation is not discipline specific unless noted in a DER’s limitations.
(9) Foreign Civil Aviation Authority (CAA) Compliance Findings. A DER may be
authorized to find compliance with foreign regulations as part of a request from the foreign CAA
to the FAA. This may be done in accordance with the Implementation Procedures for
Airworthiness (IPA) under a Bilateral Aviation Safety Agreement (BASA) or some other written
FAA-approved arrangement with that country.
(10) Title 14 CFR Part 26 Compliance Findings. A DER may be authorized to find
compliance with part 26 sections that are not specifically retained by the FAA. This special
delegation may only be authorized for a Structural DER with 14 CFR part 25 and damage
tolerance authority or a Powerplant DER with 14 CFR part 25 authority.
(11) Electrical Wiring Interconnection Systems (EWIS). DERs may be authorized for
specific EWIS rules in four areas: Design, Installation, Analysis, and Maintenance. This special
delegation may only be authorized for an Electrical Systems DER with 14 CFR part 25 authority.
Section 3. Managing Specialists
6. Obligations and Qualifications of Managing Specialists. FAA Aviation Safety Engineers
(ASE) must complete designee management training prior to managing DERs. See Chapter 7,
Training.
9-5
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 2. Application Process
1. Purpose. This chapter describes the process by which a private individual may apply for
appointment as a DER. This chapter and Volume 1 constitute the policy for the application
process for a DER.
2. DER Application Considerations. When an individual elects to pursue appointment as a
DER, the applicant must apply in DMS. The FAA uses a combination of minimum qualifications
and experience to determine if an applicant is qualified for the authority being requested.
Application information will be collected in DMS as part of the application process. The
applicant should ensure that they meet all qualifications and have provided supplemental
information sufficient to document their qualifications and experience prior to submitting an
application.
a. Who May Apply. Anyone may apply to be a DER but prospective applicants must meet
all qualifications prior to appointment.
b. DER Applicants. An applicant may choose to apply to any managing office. The
DER-applicant should consider the following:
(1) Where you expect to do the majority of your work. Although there are no geographic
restrictions on where a DER works within the United States, the applicant should consider
applying to the managing office that would benefit the most from the appointment since the
managing office will be responsible for the management and oversight of the designation.
(2) Whether you are willing to travel to the managing office if they request it.
c. Separate Applications. Each DER type (company or consultant) and discipline
(i.e., structures, propulsion) combination must have a separate application in DMS. Only one
application per combination is allowed.
d. Supplement Information Sheets. In addition to specific requirements listed in Volumes
1 and 9, the applicant will be required to substantiate their knowledge and experience by filling
out a Supplemental Information Sheet (SIS) during the application process. Each SIS is specific
to a discipline (i.e., structures, mechanical systems, etc.) and must be included for each
application submitted. The SIS is available in DMS and on the DMS Support and Job Aids
website.
e. References. Each application must include references. All information must be current
and must include daytime telephone numbers at which the references may be reached during
normal business-hours, Monday through Friday. References will be provided in the SIS.
f. Technical References. Three verifiable technical references are required to substantiate
that the applicant possesses the required technical expertise for the areas of delegation being
sought. These references must be individuals who have first-hand knowledge of the applicant’s
technical abilities. The referring individuals must possess the technical knowledge necessary to
make such a judgment regarding the applicant’s technical ability. Although not required, it is
9-6
09/21/23
8000.95C
helpful if the references are individuals known to the Aircraft Certification Service (AIR). These
references may be the same individuals used for character references.
(1) Character References. Three verifiable character references are required to
substantiate that the applicant possesses integrity and sound judgment. These references may be
the same individuals used for technical references.
g. Initial Training. Each applicant must successfully complete DER Initial Training prior
to submitting their application (see Chapter 7, Training). The certificate of completion provided
upon successful completion of this training is evidence of successful completion and must be
included as part of the application package. If the applicant is a former FAA advisor or FAA
managing specialist, this training is not required. For additional information, refer to the
Information for DERs website.
h. Qualified Applicants. The FAA will use DMS to determine whether the applicant meets
minimum qualifications. If so, the application will be held in a “pool” of qualified applicants.
The FAA has no obligation to evaluate an application. The selection of a qualified application for
evaluation is soley dependent on the FAA’s need for an additional DER and the FAA’s ability to
manage an additional DER. Applicants will be notified of the status of their application in their
message center in DMS. Applicants are discouraged from contacting the FAA directly regarding
the status of their application. The applicant must ensure that their information is kept up to date.
See Volume 1 for additional information.
3. Additional Considerations for DER-Y Applicants. Company representatives should
coordinate with the managing office before their prospective applicant applies in DMS. The FAA
must have the need for and the ability to manage an additional DER-Y and coordinating with the
managing office will assist the process. The DER applicant must provide a company
endorsement as part of the application process that includes a statement from the company
attesting to the applicant’s technical competency. The applicant’s documented technical
expertise will be evaluated against the requested authorizations and will be used to determine the
scope of the appointment.
a. The applicant must report to a level of management in the organization sufficient to
enable the applicant to administer the pertinent regulations effectively without undue pressure or
influence from other organizational elements.
b. The applicant’s position within a company should not result in any significant conflict of
interest when the designee is acting on behalf of the FAA.
c. There may be local working agreements between the managing office and specific
companies that provide guidelines for identifying individuals as prospective designees; however,
all prospective applicants must meet all qualification criteria before appointment.
4. Qualifications. In addition to the qualifications listed in Volume 1, DER applicants must
meet the following general and specialized qualifications (where applicable) for the delegation(s)
requested:
9-7
09/21/23
8000.95C
a. General Minimum Qualifications. The following list of minimum qualifications applies
to all DER applicants.
(1) The applicant must possess professionalism and sound judgment. All DERs must
possess and maintain a reputation in the aviation industry, their profession, and the community
for a high degree of integrity, honesty, professionalism, dependability, sound judgment, and a
cooperative attitude. Company applicants must include a statement from the company attesting
to these attributes.
(2) The applicant must have the ability to maintain the highest degree of objectivity while
performing authorized functions on behalf of the FAA.
(3) The applicant must be cognizant of regulatory requirements and issues related to civil
aircraft approvals and have direct experience in the general certification process.
(4) The applicant must have a thorough working knowledge of the specific 14 CFR parts
for which the designation is requested.
(5) The applicant must have been in a responsible position in connection with the type of
work for which designation is sought. The applicant must be cognizant of related technical
requirements and problems related to civil aircraft approval or must otherwise demonstrate
suitability for the designation sought.
(6) The applicant must have the basic engineering knowledge appropriate to the
designation being sought, as demonstrated by 8 years of progressively responsible engineering
experience for which an engineering degree may be substituted for up to 4 years of maximum
credit. Applicants may substitute one year of experience for completion of a Master of Science
degree in Airworthiness Engineering from a university program that has been accepted by the
FAA. Specific details on the expectations of qualifying Master of Science degree programs, as
well as a list of accepted university programs, can be found on the FAA-Accepted Master of
Science Degree in Airworthiness Engineering webpage. Applicants may also earn experience
credit while working in aircraft design/certification while concurrently pursuing their Master of
Science in Airworthiness Engineering. An applicant who has not earned an engineering degree
may substitute 40 credit-hours of successfully completed course work in engineering or related
curriculum for 1 year of experience, up to 1 year maximum credit.
(7) The applicant’s place of residence must be in the United States, but U.S. citizenship is
not a requirement for appointment.
(8) Each applicant must possess knowledge of pertinent regulations, directives, and
related guidance material related to the designee program as well as DER responsibilities,
authority, limitations, activities, and procedures, while serving as a representative of the FAA
Administrator. The certificate of completion of the DER Initial Training provided upon
successful completion of the training is used as evidence of this knowledge. The applicant may
also list other experience, training, etc., that has helped the applicant gain this knowledge.
(9) The applicant must have significant experience working directly with the FAA. The
applicant’s experience must be related to the processing of engineering data pertaining to FAA
9-8
09/21/23
8000.95C
approval of the type in which the applicant is seeking appointment. The applicant’s range of
activities in obtaining FAA approvals must have been adequate enough to enable the FAA to
determine that the applicant is cognizant of the technical and procedural requirements involved
in obtaining such approvals and that the applicant is well versed in all pertinent regulation(s).
b. Technical Qualifications and Experience. The FAA has defined a broad amount of
authority that is dependent on a number of factors, such as technical discipline, areas of
expertise, and authorized delegations. The authority granted is based on the qualifications and
experience of the applicant. Some qualifications are specific, such as the number of
pilot-in-command (PIC) hours required for a Flight Test Pilot DER. Others are less exact and
based more on the applicant’s experience and familiarity with FAA and industry standards. It is
incumbent on the applicant to ensure that enough information is provided to allow the FAA to
evaluate each application for the requested authority. This information will typically be provided
on the SIS described above. The applicant may also choose to upload a resume.
(1) Flight Test Pilot. For a Flight Test Pilot DER designation, the applicant must also
meet the following:
(a) Hold a Commercial Pilot Certificate with an instrument rating, and be qualified in
an aircraft of the same category and class and similar in design to that in which the applicant will
be conducting tests.
(b) Have logged a minimum of 2,000 PIC flying hours (1,000 hours for helicopters)
of which at least 100 hours have been logged within the past 12 calendar-months.
(c) Have logged a minimum of 100 hours of appropriate experimental flight testing
experience in the same certification category and in a similar type of aircraft for which the DER
appointment is requested.
Note: The requirements of subparagraph (1)(b) and (1)(c) above are initial
requirements, not annual requirements.
Note: Former FAA test pilots may be exempted from the 100 hours in 12 months
requirement in paragraph 1(b), at the discretion of the Flight Test Branch
evaluation panel. An explanation for not meeting this requirement must be
provided in the supplemental information sheet in the application.
(2) Human Factors/Flight Deck Evaluation. For a Flight Analyst DER designation with
human factors/flight deck evaluation authority, the applicant must also possess the following:
(a) Formal training in human factors in aviation-related field.
(b) Experience performing human factors evaluations.
(c) Experience in conducting flight tests.
(d) Understanding of regulations containing human factors aspects.
9-9
09/21/23
8000.95C
(e) Understanding of human factors best practices and guidance material.
(f) Performance history working with the FAA Flight Test Branch.
(3) Software Approval. For a DER with an authorization for software approval, the
applicant also must provide evidence of the following experience, knowledge, and capabilities
for the requested software development assurance level:
Activity
Experience/Knowledge
Software Levels A, B, and C Have at least 4 years of experience
within the past 10 years in the
development or review of software
Activities such as:
• Reviewing software life planning, requirements, design,
coding, integration, and integral
cycle processes and
processes life cycle data using the
data; and
guidance recognized by the current
• Evaluating software
edition of AC 20-115, Airborne
modifications.
Software Development Assurance
Using EUROCAE ED-12( ), or other
acceptable means of compliance for
airborne software assurance. This
qualification may be satisfied by an
aggregate of experience with different
software development programs.
Capabilities
Ability to assess a project’s
compliance with the guidance
recognized by AC 20-115.
Ability to assess the development
team’s adherence to approved
plans and standards.
Proficient in at least one
programming language used in
software for airborne systems.
Have familiarity with the systems
safety assessment methodology;
specifically, those portions that
establish the software levels as a
function of criticality and the
techniques that may be employed to
reduce software levels.
Software Level D
Activities such as:
• Reviewing software life
cycle processes and
data, and
• Evaluating software
modifications.
Have a thorough working knowledge
and understanding of the guidance
recognized by AC 20-115.
Have at least 1 year experience in the
development or review of life cycle
data using the guidance of AC 20-115
or other acceptable means of
compliance for airborne software
assurance.
Have familiarity with the systems
safety assessment methodology;
specifically, those portions that
establish the software levels as a
function of criticality and the
techniques that may be employed to
reduce software levels.
Have a working knowledge and
understanding of the guidance
recognized by AC 20-115.
9-10
Ability to assess a project’s
compliance with the guidance
recognized by AC 20-115
applicable to software level D.
Ability to assess the development
team’s adherence to approved
plans and standards.
Competent in at least one
programming language.
09/21/23
8000.95C
Note: The managing office will determine what limitations, if any, will be
placed on the DER’s software approval level. The general experience, knowledge,
and skills for software levels A, B, and C are the same. However, the software
levels indicated in the applicant’s supporting evidence should be considered, and
appropriate limitations to approval authority by software level should be reflected
in the designation. There is no requirement for a minimum number of years of
experience with each software level. That is at the discretion of the managing
office. Applicants that satisfy the criteria for software levels A, B, and C will also
be granted approval for software level D without having to provide additional
information.
Note: Normally, the Plan for Software Aspects of Certification and Software
Accomplishment Summary should be reserved for approval by the managing
office.
(4) Damage Tolerance. For a Structural DER with an authorization for damage tolerance
evaluation, the applicant must also possess the following:
(a) A degree in one of the following: engineering mechanics, aerospace or
aeronautical engineering, mechanical engineering, or civil engineering.
Note: In addition to one of the above, a course in fracture mechanics is desirable,
if not taken during the degree program.
(b) At least 2 years of experience in airframe stress analysis within the past 10 years.
At least 3 years of experience in damage tolerance analysis within the past 10 years.
(5) Fatigue Analysis. For a Structural DER with an authorization for fatigue analysis, the
applicant must also possess the following:
(a) A degree in one of the following: engineering mechanics, aerospace or
aeronautical engineering, mechanical engineering, or civil engineering.
Note: In addition to one of the above, a course in fatigue analysis is desirable, if
not taken during the degree program.
(b) At least 2 full years of experience in fatigue analysis in the past 10 years.
(6) Repair Specification. For an RS-DER, the managing office will ensure that the
applicant for the special delegation of RS-DER has the following experience before authorizing
repair specification authority:
(a) Experience in approving repair designs as a DER with the special delegation of
major repairs (or equivalent experience, for example, as an aviation safety engineer in a
managing office or Organization Designation Authorization (ODA) Unit Member (UM)). The
experience should be of sufficient quality and quantity to ensure that the applicant will be able to
execute the delegation appropriately. For example, the applicant should demonstrate this by
having approved more than 12 major repairs in 1 year.
9-11
09/21/23
8000.95C
(b) Experience managing projects and being responsible for ensuring that all
applicable certification requirements for the repair are identified. This can be evidenced by
overseeing others who develop and approve data that demonstrates compliance with the
certification requirements, and ensuring compliance issues resulting from or associated with
overlapping of engineering disciplines are resolved.
Note: A DER may be limited to working on repair specifications appropriate to
their experience. For example, the FAA may limit a structure DER to airframe
repair specifications. A DER might not be limited if experience allows managing
repair specification data approvals in other technical areas with the support of
appropriately authorized DERs in those areas.
(7) Foreign CAA Compliance Findings. For DER applicants seeking authority to make
determinations of compliance with foreign CAA’s regulations, knowledge in the application and
interpretation of the specific foreign regulations must be demonstrated.
(8) Airborne Electronic Hardware. For a DER with an authorization for airborne
electronic hardware approval, the applicant also must possess the following:
(a) Thorough working knowledge and understanding of the guidance recognized by
AC 20-152 (current version) or other acceptable means of compliance for airborne electronic
hardware assurance.
(b) Understanding of and experience with hardware life cycle data required for
certification (such as Plan for Hardware Aspects of Certification, Hardware Accomplishment
Summary, Hardware Process Assurance Plan, Hardware Configuration Management Plan,
Hardware Design Plan, Hardware Verification Plan, Hardware Validation Plan, Hardware
Design Standards, and Traceability Data). The DER should also demonstrate the ability to assess
the quality of hardware life cycle data and the development team’s adherence to approved plans,
standards, and procedures.
(c) Familiarity with the systems safety assessment process; specifically, those
portions that establish the hardware development assurance levels.
(d) Demonstrated knowledge of the rationale for, and the significance of, each
process and activity in the hardware life cycle, as well as its supporting standards, procedures,
and documentation. The DER should be able to identify and to evaluate the critical aspects and
contents of the related documents.
(e) Ability to distinguish between complex and simple electronic hardware. This
should include the ability to evaluate the classification of the device as “simple” and its
justification, assess the test and analysis strategy, and evaluate the test and analysis results to
confirm verification coverage required for the “simple” classification of the electronic hardware.
(f) Experience gained from participation in some technically responsible capacity
over a complete airborne electronic hardware life cycle. This qualification may be satisfied by an
aggregate of involvement in different airborne electronic hardware development programs and
various roles in those programs.
9-12
09/21/23
8000.95C
(g) Experience interacting with the phases of airborne electronic hardware
development and testing processes, including use of the associated configuration management
and process assurance. This experience should include significant responsible involvement in
several of those phases.
(h) Experience with the design of some different kinds of airborne electronic
hardware devices, such as Application Specific Integrated Circuits (ASIC), Programmable Logic
Devices (PLD), Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGA), and other types of custom
micro-coded devices.
(i) Familiarity with hardware description languages used for programming airborne
electronic hardware, and an understanding of the types of verification required for use of such
languages.
(j) Familiarity with various tools used in the design, verification, validation, and
configuration control of airborne electronic hardware. Familiarity with typical airborne
electronic hardware tools available to facilitate the development, documentation, and consistency
checking processes is highly desirable.
(k) Demonstrated knowledge of the sources of airborne electronic hardware
anomalies, the relative merits of the types of verification processes and activities able to detect
errors and anomalies, and the characteristics of a thorough verification program.
(l) Understanding of the system and hardware design techniques that may be used to
assign or to reduce a hardware development assurance level, such as redundancy, built-in-test,
monitoring, circuit or function isolation, and dissimilarity. This should include the ability to
assess the acceptability of proposed mitigation techniques relative to the required system
integrity and reliability.
(m) Experience in addressing errors in the different processes and activities in which
errors can be introduced in airborne electronic hardware (for example, handling of components,
use of development tools, design, and manufacturing and fabrication process).
(n) Knowledge of hardware characteristics that can impact interfaces with software
and other hardware components, including safety, integrity, and reliability aspects.
(o) Experience with airborne electronic hardware verification process activities,
including reviews, analyses, simulation, or emulation, and testing.
(p) Familiarity with post-certification airborne electronic hardware processes, such as
manufacturing quality control, factory configuration control, acceptance test procedures, factory
installation and test equipment, production equipment control, and installation approvals for
Technical Standard Order (TSO) authorization equipment.
(q) Familiarity with airborne electronic hardware modification processes, including
modifications to previously developed hardware, changes of aircraft installation, change of
application or design environment, upgrading a design baseline, and conducting change impact
analyses and regression testing and analyses.
9-13
09/21/23
8000.95C
(r) A minimum level of successful experience before being allowed to approve data
pertaining to airborne electronic hardware. The experience to be considered in relation to
airborne electronic hardware development assurance levels is as follows:
Level A Airborne Electronic Hardware
Level B Airborne Electronic Hardware
Level C Airborne Electronic Hardware
Level D Airborne Electronic Hardware
A DER should have demonstrated knowledge of the
different design assurance considerations and
strategies in RTCA DO-254 appendix B, including
Functional Failure Path Analysis, Architectural
Mitigation, Product Service Experience, and
Advanced Verification Methods. A DER should have
at least 12 months of successful experience reviewing
level A airborne electronic hardware data submittals
before being designated to approve any level A data.
A DER should have demonstrated knowledge of the
different design assurance considerations and
strategies in RTCA DO-254 appendix B, including
Functional Failure Path Analysis, Architectural
Mitigation, Product Service Experience, and
Advanced Verification Methods. A DER should have
at least 12 months of successful experience reviewing
level A or level B airborne electronic hardware data
submittals before being designated to approve any
level B data.
A DER should have at least 12 months of successful
experience reviewing level A, level B, or level C
airborne electronic hardware data submittals before
being designated to approve any level C data.
A DER may be designated to approve level D data if
the qualification criteria for appointment as a DER
with airborne electronic hardware approval have been
met.
Note: The managing office will determine what limitations will be placed on the
DER’s authority. These limitations should be expressed in the terms used in AC
20-152 and must be defined in the DER’s CLOA.
Note: Certain data approvals should be reserved for approval by the managing
office: the Plan for Hardware Aspects of Certification, Top Level Drawing or
Hardware Configuration Index, and the Hardware Accomplishment Summary.
For some systems and airborne electronic hardware requiring development
assurance level A or level B, the verification and validation data may also be
reserved for approval by the managing office.
(9) EWIS Authorization. For an applicant seeking an EWIS authorization for transport
airplane electrical systems, the applicant also must possess the following for each as listed
below:
9-14
09/21/23
8000.95C
Activity
Design
Activities such as system or
component power requirement
assessment, wire sizing or
selection, wire bundle design
considering the environment
effects, duty cycle, altitude, and
other de-rating factors, etc.
Experience/Knowledge
Skills
Have an engineering degree plus Electrical systems types and
4 years employment experience in characteristics for transport
aircraft wiring design
airplanes
Have a thorough working
Designing writing in a factory
knowledge and experience in the setting for transport airplanes
areas provided in the next column
Developing test procedures for
testing and inspecting electrical
wiring
Wire and cable selection
Wire connection and associated
hardware
Installation
Have a minimum of 4 years of
employment with practical
Activities such as wire routing,
experience in wiring installations
wire bundle fabrication, installation
for aircraft
drawing preparation, wire length
determination, form boards, etc. Have a thorough working
knowledge of and experience in
each of the areas provided in the
next column
Aspects of RTCA DO-160 and
AC 43.13-1
Wire installations in a factory
setting in transport airplanes
Performing wiring inspections
Aircraft wire types and their
unique characteristics
Aircraft zones and unique
characteristics (e.g., temperature,
vibration, moisture, etc.)
Wire connection and installation
hardware
Analysis
Have an engineering degree
Activities such as developing and
reviewing electrical load analysis,
zonal and enhanced zonal
analysis, system safety analysis,
failure mode and effect analysis,
etc.
Have a thorough working
knowledge and experience that
includes the application or
development of each of the
following area provided in the next
column
Aircraft wiring separation
standards and wiring best
practices
Aircraft electrical load analysis
Safety analysis
Industry EWIS design standard
Aircraft functional hazard
assessments
System functional hazard
assessments
System safety assessments (fault
tree analysis or dependence
diagrams)
Failure modes and effects
analysis common cause analyses
(zonal analysis or common mode
analysis)
9-15
09/21/23
Activity
Maintenance
Activities such as developing or
performing maintenance tasks,
ICA, standard wiring practice
manual, etc.
8000.95C
Experience/Knowledge
Have a minimum of 4 years
employment with a thorough
working knowledge and
experience in each of the areas
provided in the next column
Skills
Performing electrical wiring
maintenance at a maintenance
facility
Performing wiring tests,
inspections and troubleshooting
Wire and cable selection
Wiring components and
installation hardware
Standard wiring practice manual
Aircraft zonal analysis
Wiring inspection techniques (e.g.,
visual inspection, detailed visual
inspection, etc.)
Understanding of and experience
with the aspects of AC 43.13-1
(10) Title 14 CFR Part 34, Fuel Venting and Exhaust Emission Requirements for Turbine
Engine Powered Airplanes. An applicant seeking authorization to make findings with part 34
must have a thorough knowledge of the applicable statutes and regulations associated with
aircraft exhaust emissions and/or fuel venting which include:
(a) Part 34, Fuel Venting and Exhaust Emissions Requirements for Turbine Engine
Powered Airplanes; 40 CFR part 87, Control of Air Pollution from Aircraft and Aircraft Engines;
and the relationship between the FAA and the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), as
specified under Title II of the Clean Air Act, Sections 231 through 234, in establishing and
implementing aircraft engine emissions standards; and
(b) International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) Annex 16, Environmental
Protection, Volume 2, Aircraft Engine Emissions, which is incorporated by reference into
40 CFR part 87 and referenced in associated guidance material such as AC 34-1, Fuel Venting
and Exhaust Emission Requirements for Turbine Engine Powered Airplanes, and the ICAO
Environmental Technical Manual, Volume II, Procedures for the Emissions Certification of
Aircraft Engines.
Note: Additional information regarding the applicant’s knowledge of the
emissions area, additional technical considerations, and how an applicant may
demonstrate their qualifications must be included in the SIS.
Note: The following note should be added to the CLOA: Findings of compliance
with [list specific regulations being delegated, e.g., § 34.XX] may be fully
delegated to this DER.
5. Disqualifiers. See Volume 1.
9-16
09/21/23
8000.95C
6. Multiple Appointments.
a. Separate Appointments. An individual may be appointed as more than one type of
designee. For example, an applicant can be appointed as a DAR and DMIR, or as a DAR, DMIR,
and DER, if all appointment criteria are met. In such cases, separate appointments will be made.
A separate managing specialist should be identified for each functional organization with a DER
and DAR appointment; the designee will report to two different offices and two managing
specialists. If the delegations are in separate areas of responsibilities, but within the same
geographic area, the two managing offices must ensure each office is aware of the delegations.
Note: A designee performing engineering and manufacturing DMIR and DAR
functions (or other combination thereof) may not perform both functions on the
same product or article. For example, a manufacturing DMIR and DAR cannot
perform a conformity inspection on the same product or article for which the
design was approved as a DER.
b. Appointment of DERs Outside of the United States. The FAA will not appoint as a
DER an individual who does not have a legal permanent residence in the United States. The
FAA has determined the burden to the agency of managing a DER who does not reside in the
United States outweighs any FAA need that might be met by appointing such a DER.
7. Transfer. A DER may determine that a transfer to another managing office would be
beneficial for any number of reasons. Although there are no restrictions on which office can
manage a DER, a transfer request should be given the same considerations that an applicant uses
to determine where to apply. Where does the DER expect to do the majority of their work? Will
the new managing office benefit more from the appointment? Will the new managing office be
able to manage your delegation? A DER who wishes to transfer to another managing office
should communicate with their managing office as well as the potential new office about the
possibility and the reason(s) for the request. The FAA is under no obligation to transfer a
designee but if the managing offices agree to the transfer, the DER’s managing specialist will
initiate the transfer request in DMS. If the receiving office rejects the transfer request, the DER
will not be assigned to the new office and will continue to be managed by their current office.
9-17
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 3. Selection and Evaluation of a Designee Applicant
1. Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the selection and evaluation of DER
applicants, referred to collectively in this chapter as applicants. The designation type-specific
policy and Volume 1 constitute the overall policy for the selection and evaluation of a DER
applicant.
2. General. Selection and evaluation is the process by which a selecting official (SO) at a
managing office, based on specific criteria, can obtain a list of qualified applicants that may be
evaluated for possible appointment.
a. Managing Office Responsibility. The managing office is not responsible for evaluating
every DER application that is submitted. Only after the SO has identified the need for a
particular DER type should the selection process be initiated in DMS. This is considered FAAinitiated and is used for the selection of DER-T applicants.
b. DER-Ys. The selection process for DER-Y applicants is similar except that the process is
initiated by a company approaching the FAA (via the appropriate point of contact) and
identifying the need for a DER. The managing office still must have the need for the additional
DER and the ability to manage the additional DER.
c. Documentation in DMS. DMS will facilitate the selection and appointment process flow
and must be used to capture all notes, documentation, and deliberation records, as appropriate,
via direct entry or upload into the applicant record.
3. Need and Ability to Manage. The SO must document the need for an additional DER and
the ability to manage an additional DER in DMS.
4. Requesting Qualified Applicants.
a. Applicant Search. The SO will initiate a search in DMS based on the type of DER
(company or consultant) that is needed for that office. DMS will provide all qualified applicants
that meet the search criteria, including applicants that may have been previously evaluated but
not selected for appointment.
b. Deviation from Minimum Qualifications. Applicants who do not meet minimum
qualifications will not be appointed. Deviations from minimum qualifications are not allowed.
5. Evaluation. The SO must follow the recommendations of the initial evaluator and/or
evaluation panel.
a. Initial Evaluation. Once a list of qualified applicants has been provided, the selecting
official determines which applicant(s) will be evaluated. There is no limit to the number of
applicants that can be selected for evaluation. Determining which applicants will be evaluated for
appointment is at the sole discretion of the selecting official. Once the determination is made,
DMS will prompt the selecting official to identify an initial evaluator to conduct the initial
evaluation. The initial evaluator must be qualified to manage DERs (have the managing
9-18
09/21/23
8000.95C
specialist role), should be in the same discipline as the applicant, and should be familiar with the
selection and appointment process.
(1) Initial Evaluator Responsibilities. The initial evaluator will accomplish the following:
(a) Review the application for completeness and ensure that the minimum
qualifications have been met.
(b) Contact the applicant’s references, if necessary.
(c) Verify that initial training has been completed. The certificate of completion that
applicants must submit with their application package serves as verification. If the applicant is a
former FAA advisor or FAA managing specialist, a certificate is not required and the evaluator
should answer “yes” to the initial training question in DMS.
(d) Reduce the scope of authority sought and add limitations, when appropriate,
based on the application and evaluation of technical capability. Expanding the scope of requested
authority is not allowed.
(e) Upload any notes, documentation, and deliberation records as appropriate via
direct entry or upload into the applicant record in DMS. The initial evaluator should be diligent
in providing sufficient information to justify the recommendation they will make.
(f) Make a recommendation based on the initial evaluation.
(2) Initial Evaluator Recommendation.
(a) If the recommendation is to deny selection, the SO must return the applicant to
the pool of qualified applicants.
(b) If the initial evaluator recommends selection, the SO must select an evaluation
panel and continue the evaluation process.
b. Evaluation Panel. The purpose of the evaluation panel is to compare qualifications to the
appointment criteria and to make a recommendation regarding appointment as appropriate. DMS
will prompt the SO to select a minimum of two individuals for the evaluation panel and to
identify a lead. Evaluation panel members should be in the same discipline as the applicant and
familiar with the selection and evaluation process. When possible, the evaluation panel should
include the individual that will likely be assigned as the managing specialist. The applicant’s
initial evaluator may also be a member of the evaluation panel and one individual must be
identified as the evaluation panel lead. The evaluation panel should meet in person when
practical but may use other methods if necessary. The evaluation panel will be conducted outside
of DMS, but deliberations and outcomes will be documented in DMS by the initial evaluator.
The evaluation panel will accomplish the following:
(1) Review the application package that was submitted by the initial evaluator. The
application package will be available in DMS.
9-19
09/21/23
8000.95C
(2) Interview the applicant or document the reasons why an interview was not necessary.
(3) Reach consensus on one of the following recommendations:
(a) Recommend selection.
(b) Recommend selection with reduced authority.
(c) Recommend denying selection.
(4) The evaluation panel lead must provide the initial evaluator the evaluation panel
recommendation along with any relevant documentation that was generated including notes from
interviews or deliberations, reductions in scope of requested authority and limitations, or any
other information relevant to the evaluation panel activities.
(5) Special Requirements for Acoustical Engineering DERs. Acoustical DER
appointments require the evaluation panel to obtain concurrence of the Office of Environment
and Energy, Noise Division (AEE-100), or AEE personnel to whom they have delegated
concurrence. Evidence of concurrence may be documented in DMS in the applicant’s record or
retained locally outside of DMS such as in an email record.
c. Documenting the Evaluation Panel Outcome. The initial evaluator will upload any
provided documentation to the applicant record, adjust the requested authority as necessary, and
document the evaluation panel recommendation in DMS. Once completed, the initial evaluator
will submit the recommendation to the SO.
9-20
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 4. Designee Appointment
1. Purpose. This chapter describes the policy associated with the appointment of a selected
DER applicant. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1 constitute the policy for the
appointment of DERs.
2. Reviewing Evaluation Panel Results. Once the outcome of the evaluation panel has been
documented in DMS, the SO will be tasked to review the results.
a. Denying Selection. If the evaluation panel recommends denying selection, the SO must
follow the recommendation. DMS will notify applicants that are not selected for appointment.
b. Recommending Selection. If the evaluation panel recommends selection or selection
with reduced authority, the SO must follow the recommendation. The managing specialist will
complete the appointment preparation.
3. Appointment Preparation. The managing specialist will be responsible for completing the
appointment preparation. The managing specialist must do the following:
a. Verify That All Required Training Has Been Completed. This not only includes
initial training but also any specialized training requirements that may be required prior to
appointment.
b. Select a Proposed Expiration Date. The default expiration date will be one year plus to
the end of the current month. The expiration date can be changed from the default but may not be
extended.
c. Conduct an Orientation.
4. DER Orientation. The managing specialist is responsible for ensuring the initial orientation
of a DER applicant is conducted prior to appointment. The orientation should be conducted in
person if possible but other options may be used if necessary. The following items should be
included:
a. Identity Verification. Verify the DER applicant’s identity as specified in Volume 1.
b. AIR Organizational Structure. Review the AIR organizational structure.
c. Certification Branch Structure. Review the Certification Branch structure.
d. Personnel. Introduce the applicant to personnel as appropriate if orientation is given in
person.
e. Assigned Tasks. Emphasize that the DER must have adequate time to perform their
assigned duties and to adequately represent the Administrator.
9-21
09/21/23
8000.95C
f. Good Practices. Explain that good practices exemplify that which has been shown to be
reliable and satisfactory. Methods or procedures inconsistent with, or departing from, good
practice become questionable practices and should be brought to the attention of the DER.
g. Geographic Restrictions. Explain the procedures for working outside the country.
h. The Role of DMS. Explain the role of DMS and how it is used to manage a DER.
i. Use of Department of Transportation (DOT) or FAA Logos. Emphasize to the
applicant that DERs may not infer that they are FAA employees or use the DOT or FAA logo on
items such as business cards, letterheads, facsimile covers, document covers, or any other
business forms. Emphasize that a DER cannot sign FAA correspondence on behalf of the FAA.
j. Use of Designee Numbers. Explain to the designee that using a designee number when
signing company or personal reports, drawings, service documents, or letters is not allowed. This
ensures that the designee signature on such documents does not constitute FAA approval.
k. Compliance with Policy. Explain that the DER must use and implement FAA policy and
guidance material (for example, notices, orders, and policy memos) in addition to the regulations
and any other special instructions. For example, a Memorandum of Understanding (MOU)
conveyed by the managing office. In addition, explain to the applicant that these policy and
guidance materials must be followed and complied with.
Note: The managing specialist should explain that a signed issue paper for the
certification project being conducted is binding for that project. Also, explain that
a documented FAA technical position for a certification project that is
coordinated, in writing, with the appropriate standards branch participation is
binding for that project.
l. Request Additional Authorizations. Explain the process of expanding the DER’s
authority by requesting additional authorizations in DMS.
m. Extension of a DER’s Authorization. Explain the process for extending the DER’s
expiration date in DMS.
n. Change of Location. Explain that a change in location may require the FAA to initiate a
transfer but that the receiving office is under no obligation to accept the request.
o. Training. Explain the recurrent training requirements.
p. Designation Privilege. Explain that designation is a privilege, not a right, and at the time
of appointment, there is no property right to be implied by the appointment. Emphasize that
DERs are entitled to only as much due process as the FAA provides. See Volume 1, Chapter 9,
Termination of a Designation, for the termination process.
q. Authorized Functions. Remind the applicant that no authority that the FAA has
delegated may be further delegated by a DER.
9-22
09/21/23
8000.95C
r. Approval Authority. Review in detail what the DER may approve and what the DER
only may recommend for approval and how they must remain within the authority that has been
documented on their chart. Review how authority is delegated.
s. DER Guidance Handbook. Review in detail Order 8110.37.
t. FAA Form 8110-3. Explain how to complete FAA Form 8110-3.
u. Use of Authority. Advise the DER to exercise the full extent of delegated authority.
Inform the DER that if the delegated authority is not exercised, an explanation must be provided
on FAA Form 8110-3 when submitted. Advise the DER to explain submittal rejections.
v. Test Plan Approval. Note that the managing office may delegate test plan approval to
the DER. Inform the DER that specific approval from the FAA must be obtained before
witnessing a test as the FAA representative. Explain that the managing office and the DER must
agree beforehand on how to document the approval.
w. Other Pertinent Information. Review other pertinent information, such as AC 21-40,
Application Guide for Obtaining a Supplemental Type Certificate; other applicable ACs; FAA
Order 8110.4, Type Certification; material burn requirements; service difficulties; major and
minor changes; and job aids. Provide the DER with copies of information of particular interest to
the appointment specialty.
x. Company Influence. Advise all DERs to contact the managing office immediately if any
pressure is put on them by a company’s management to approve data that they believe should not
be approved.
y. Questions Concerning Approval Authority. Emphasize that if the DER has any doubts
about the approval authority or has questions on any subject, the appropriate managing specialist
or manager in the managing office should be contacted.
z. DER Executive Conflict of Interest. Explain the possible conflicts of interest of
individuals who are in the executive or lead category within a company, or an executive
consultant in an engineering organization who applies for a DER appointment. Emphasize that if
additional monitoring, supervision, or surveillance becomes required as a result of their position
or changes in their position within the company, it may affect the FAA’s need for, or ability to
manage, the DER.
5. Designee Number. See Volume 1.
6. CLOA. See Volume 1.
7. Appointment Duration. See Volume 1.
9-23
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 5. Responsibilities and Obligations of a Designee
1. Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the responsibilities and obligations of
DERs, referred to collectively in this chapter as designees. This designation type-specific policy
and Volume 1 constitute the policy related to the responsibilities and obligations of a DER.
2. Responsibilities and Obligations.
a. Publications. DERs must be familiar with and have ready access to all appropriate FAA
publications and documents. Material may be accessed and downloaded from the FAA Designee
and Delegation website.
b. Authority. DERs must work within the limits and scope of the authority they have been
authorized. A DER’s authority is documented by the FAA in a broad manner that may depend on
the project, repair or alteration. The DER must coordinate with their managing specialist or
project team member (PTM) if there is any question about the work being within the limits and
scope of their authority.
c. Departures from Policy. DERs may not approve departures from specific policy and
guidance, establish or grant an equivalent level of safety, establish special conditions, or grant
exemptions. These exceed the scope of the matters the Administrator may delegate under 49
U.S.C. § 44702(d).
d. DER Title. DERs are not employees of the FAA. DERs are authorized to use their titles
only when performing those functions specifically delegated by the FAA managing office.
e. Privilege, Not a Right. DERs, upon appointment and extension of their authorizations,
must acknowledge that designation is a privilege, not a right, and understand the designation may
be terminated at any time for any reason at the discretion of the Administrator.
f. Guidance Material. DERs are responsible for obtaining and maintaining all guidance
material necessary to perform their authorized functions. All DERs are encouraged to obtain
guidance material through the reference library. The reference library is intended to be the
primary source of electronic designee guidance material. This website can be accessed from the
Designee and Delegation website. If designees are unable to obtain guidance material through
the internet, they may contact their managing office or managing specialist for assistance.
g. Conflicts. Designees must maintain a cooperative attitude. If an issue occurs while acting
in an official capacity as a designee, contact your managing specialist. Designees are responsible
for following FAA guidance and the proper chain of command. Questions must be directed to the
assigned managing specialist. If a conflict cannot be resolved at that level, the designee should
contact the managing office manager for assistance. Other FAA offices, including AIR-630, do
not manage designees and are not authorized to provide direct guidance to designees in lieu of
the local managing office guidance and instruction.
9-24
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 6. Oversight and Management of a Designee
1. Purpose. This chapter describes the policy associated with the oversight and management of
a DER. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1 constitute the policy for the
oversight and management for DERs.
2. General.
a. Philosophy. DER oversight is most effective when it occurs throughout the year rather
than with an all-at-once, infrequent approach. Every interaction between the DER and the FAA
constitutes an opportunity for oversight. These interactions may be in the form of documentation
review for a project, major repair, or major alteration. Others may be direct observations of a
DER performing work such as flight tests or personal contact (for example, face-to-face visits or
telephone calls). DMS provides a way to document oversight regardless of who interacts with the
DER. Documenting oversight in DMS is critical to the continued success of the DER program
and provides information that allows the managing office to more effectively manage its limited
resources.
b. Oversight Roles.
(1) Managing Office. The managing office must allocate sufficient resources, including
manpower and funds, to ensure effective management and efficient oversight of its DERs.
(2) Managing Specialists. The managing specialist is responsible for managing,
monitoring, and tracking a DER’s activities to ensure that the DER is performing assigned
authorized functions in accordance with the appropriate regulations, policies, and procedures.
(3) Project Team Member (PTM). It is likely that the DER will interact with other ASEs
while working on certification projects not associated with the managing specialist. These ASEs,
or PTMs, should provide oversight based on their interactions with the DER. Although the
managing specialist is responsible for the overall performance of a DER, the oversight provided
by the PTMs are critical to the overall success of DER oversight.
c. Oversight and DMS.
(1) DER Oversight. DER oversight includes the managing, monitoring, and tracking of a
DER’s activities and performance. Oversight activities include those generated in DMS and any
additional oversight deemed appropriate by the managing specialist.
(2) Oversight Record. All oversight must be documented in DMS. Maintaining an
accurate oversight record in DMS is crucial not only to managing DERs, but it also allows for
the identification of strengths and weaknesses in the entire system.
d. Performance Measures. DERs will be evaluated in three areas: technical, procedural,
and professional. These measures will be used when documenting oversight activities and in the
OPE of the DER. The following is intended to provide additional information on the
performance measures as they apply to DERs and to assist in determining the outcome for each
at the conclusion of an oversight event or the OPE.
9-25
09/21/23
8000.95C
(1) Technical. The DER demonstrates sufficient knowledge, skill, and ability to conduct
authorized tasks within established guidance and standards. The DER possesses an expert level
of knowledge and skill, understands and uses appropriate terminology, uses the correct
equipment, applies appropriate standards, and accurately interprets results.
(a) Application of Regulations. The DER produces acceptable compliance findings
with complete supporting data. The DER demonstrates understanding and proper application of
regulations, etc., during the course of certification activities including meetings with the FAA,
appropriate compliance findings and determinations, etc.
(b) Demonstrates Technical Competence in Area of Appointment. The DER’s
technical work and interaction with the FAA, particularly on complex technical issues,
demonstrates the DER’s competence in the delegated area. The DER demonstrates competence
through properly developed test plans, appropriate compliance findings, technically accurate and
complete substantiation, and test reports.
(c) Quality of Submittals. The DER’s data submittals and FAA forms are complete,
logically arranged, legible, accurate, are of good quality, and clearly establish compliance with
the applicable airworthiness requirements such that review by the FAA may be minimal. The
DER submits test plans, test reports, substantiation, drawings, etc. that meet the listed criteria.
(d) Identification of Significant Issues. As early as practical in the program, the
designee identifies to the FAA areas of new technology, unusual design features, or those areas
requiring special guidance or direct FAA involvement.
1. The DER makes timely informal contact with FAA to alert areas of concern.
2. The DER participates in certification meetings to identify significant technical
issues for issue papers.
(e) Knowledge and Understanding. The DER understands the technical terminology
contained in FAA orders and other reference material used in exercising their authorizations. The
DER can communicate effectively with their managing specialist, applicant representatives, and
engineers using technical terminology appropriately.
(2) Procedural. The DER demonstrates the ability to complete administrative functions
correctly. The designee accurately completes and issues appropriate documentation, submits
required data, follows established procedures, and complies with all regulations, orders, and
directives.
(a) Application of Regulations, Policy, and Guidance. The DER properly applies
airworthiness requirements of administrative policy or guidance. The DER demonstrates
understanding and proper application of FAA policy and guidance during the course of
certification activities, including meetings with the FAA, appropriate compliance findings and
determinations, etc.
9-26
09/21/23
8000.95C
(b) Timely Identification of Significant Issues. The DER identifies significant issues
in a timely manner. The DER identifies procedural issues or significant items that merit issue
papers and reports them to their FAA counterpart.
(c) Timely Review of Data.
1. The DER submits compliance data within timeframes consistent with program
schedules and required FAA review.
2. The DER consistently avoids last minute “data dumps,” thus allowing
adequate time for FAA actions prior to critical program milestones.
(d) Follow Policy and Procedures. The DER submits all required information
appropriately (selects and completes forms/submissions accurately and timely) and follows all
relevant procedures.
activity.
1. The DER can describe the correct procedure for conducting a delegated
2. The DER demonstrates care with FAA Form 8110-3 and activity summary
reports and they are accurate, descriptive, and complete.
(3) Professional. The DER conducts activities in an ethical, courteous, and conscientious
manner reflecting highly on the Administrator. The designee presents a cooperative attitude and
demonstrates integrity, tact, and diplomacy when dealing with industry and the FAA. The DER
communicates effectively in a manner that reflects positively on the FAA.
(a) Oral and Written Communication. Does the DER effectively communicate both in
writing and in conversation with the FAA and general public?
1. The DER provides reports and documents that are accurate, consistently
comprehensible, and uses terminology that is consistent with FAA orders and policies.
2. The DER orally communicates using comprehensible terminology that is
consistent with FAA orders and policies.
(b) Professional Representation of FAA with the Public. Does the DER demonstrate a
positive reflection on the FAA and a willingness to comply with FAA policy and managing
office instruction?
(c) Cooperative Attitude with the FAA. Is the DER easy to work with and does the
DER present a positive attitude when interacting with the FAA? Is the DER responsive to the
FAA and reasonably accessible to the FAA as required? Repeated attempts should not have to be
made by the FAA managing office to successfully contact the designee. The DER should return
phone calls and emails to the FAA as required.
(d) Ethics and Judgment. Does the DER maintain high ethical standards and
demonstrate good judgment in the conduct of authorized activities?
9-27
09/21/23
8000.95C
3. Oversight Activities.
a. Planning an Oversight Activity. Oversight for a DER is generally not required at
specific intervals, so it is not necessary to plan an oversight activity.
b. Oversight Activities for DERs. Oversight activities can only be documented in DMS by
the PTM or the managing specialist. There are two types of oversight activities for DERs.
(1) Direct Observation.
(a) Direct observation is observing the DER performing work within the scope of
their authority. Direct observation would be appropriate for such activities as flight tests,
compliance inspections, or test set up and data gathering.
(b) Each direct observation record will capture information that is asked for in DMS
with the managing specialist or PTM determining the results of the activity. Each direct
observation will be treated as an oversight activity that is tied to the DER’s record and available
in DMS.
(2) Review of Documentation. The managing specialist or PTM has the responsibility to
review a sample of the work that has been submitted by the DER in connection with a project,
major repair, or major alteration. Although DMS will store FAA Form 8110-3s submitted by the
DER, it will not store the documentation that supports the compliance finding. The managing
specialist or PTM may request that the DER submit any supporting documentation they deem
necessary to facilitate their review.
(a) Review Documentation for a Project. When a DER submits an FAA Form 8110-3
for a project, DMS stores and associates it with that project. This allows for the easy
identification of FAA Form 8110-3s that are associated with the project and available to review.
An oversight activity may be initiated and the outcomes documented in DMS. All oversight
activities become part of the DER’s activity history and any required corrective or follow up
actions are the responsibility of the managing specialist.
(b) Review Documentation for a Major Repair or Major Alteration. When a DER
submits FAA Form 8110-3 for a major repair or major alteration, DMS stores and associates it
with the DER’s major repair or major alteration authority as appropriate. If an FAA Form 8110-3
is selected for review and an oversight action initiated, the outcomes will be documented in DMS
and become part of the DER’s activity history. Any required corrective or followup actions are
the responsibility of the managing specialist.
c. Outcomes. For each oversight activity mentioned above, an outcome will be selected for
each of the three performance areas (technical, procedural and professional) described in
subparagraph 2d of this chapter. The three possible outcomes are satisfactory, needs
improvement, and unsatisfactory. Any outcome other than satisfactory will result in an oversight
correction task for the managing specialist, who will decide how to proceed.
d. Overall Performance Evaluation (OPE). The managing specialist is responsible for
completing an OPE for the DER and documenting the outcome in DMS. This evaluation consists
9-28
09/21/23
8000.95C
of reviewing oversight activities and any other documentation submitted during the evaluation
period. The purpose of the evaluation is to document a DER’s performance over a specific period
of time and to assign an overall outcome. Ideally, the evaluation outcome will be a reflection of
the individual oversight activities, feedback, and other documentation submitted during the
evaluation period. The managing specialist will be required to make all performance evaluation
decisions.
(1) Frequency of Evaluations.
(a) Initial performance evaluation must be within 12 months of appointment.
(b) Subsequent evaluations are based on the overall outcome of the evaluation.
1. For an overall outcome of “Satisfactory,” the due date for the next OPE is
12 months.
2. For an overall outcome of “Needs Improvement” or “Unsatisfactory,” see
Volume 1, Chapter 6.
(2) Performance Evaluation Results. The managing specialist should consider the
performance measures described in subparagraph 2d above when determining the OPE result.
Although the outcomes are somewhat subjective, the following may be considered as a general
guide:
(a) Satisfactory.
1. No performance-related issues noted throughout the period.
2. Few or minor performance-related issues noted throughout the period.
(b) Needs Improvement.
1. Some issues noted but were corrected or were of minimal impact to safety.
2. Few or minor performance-related issues noted throughout the current as well
as previous periods demonstrating a negative pattern.
(c) Unsatisfactory.
1. Some significant issues were noted and were safety related.
safety related.
2. Significant issues noted throughout the performance period and were not
Note: Performance evaluation results for DERs may require followup actions or
action against the DER’s authority (see Volume 1 for guidance).
9-29
09/21/23
8000.95C
(3) Certification Activity Level.
(a) Lack of Oversight Activities. The managing specialist should reach out to PTMs
who worked with the DER and ask them to submit an oversight activity. The managing specialist
may also need to go into the DER’s record and submit an oversight activity for major repair or
major alteration work.
(b) Lack of Certification Activity. There could be a number of reasons why there was
a lack of certification activity. In these cases, the managing specialist should consider other
information in the designee record such as feedback, non-FAA Form 8110-3 activity, ODA UM
activity, etc. The managing specialist should evaluate all activity and make a determination about
the FAA’s continued need for the delegation. If appropriate, the managing specialist should
counsel the DER about their activity level and give them an opportunity to increase the level
before initiating a termination action.
e. Correcting Performance Related Issues. It is the FAA’s desire to counsel and provide
additional training to a poorly performing DER, to enable them to return to a satisfactory
performance level. When a DER’s performance does not meet FAA expectations, the managing
specialist should consider options to aid in improving the DER’s performance to a satisfactory
level. These options are tools in DMS and include counseling the DER, requiring the DER to
complete additional formal training, closely monitoring the DER’s work activities for a
determined amount of time, and reducing the authorized areas or functions. It is imperative that
the managing specialist document all actions in the appropriate DMS tool concerning the DER’s
poor performance along with all steps taken to correct the DER’s poor performance. This
documentation must be detailed and specific to allow a thorough evaluation of the DER’s
performance with the appointing official to determine termination action when warranted.
4. Followup Actions.
a. Counseling. See Volume 1.
b. Additional Training. See Volume 1.
5. Other Oversight Activities and Considerations. The managing specialist is responsible for
continuous management and oversight of the DER. The orientation session with the DER during
the appointment process is the place to establish expectations for the DER’s performance.
Developing consistent communication with the DER is essential to managing the DER.
6. Designee Management Functions.
a. Request Additional Authorizations or Change Limitations. A DER may only request
expansion of authority within the technical disciplines (Structural, Mechanical Systems, etc.) for
which they are already delegated. Similarly, any limitation changes must be within the current
technical disciplines as well. The request should be made and justified by the designee using the
Expand Authority/Change Limitation process in DMS. The application will be evaluated similar
to the original, except an evaluation panel is not required for this type of change. However, a
panel may be held at the discretion of the managing office.
9-30
09/21/23
8000.95C
Note: DER-Ys should coordinate with the managing office before they apply for
expansion through DMS.
b. Reduce Authority. See Volume 1.
c. Investigations. See Volume 1.
d. Inquiries. See Volume 1.
e. Record Note. See Volume 1.
f. Send Message to Designee. See Volume 1.
g. Record Feedback or Interaction with a Designee. See Volume 1.
h. Certification Work.
(1) FAA Form 8110-3. All engineering data approvals on FAA Form 8110-3 will be
linked to either a project (e.g. type certificate (TC), Supplemental Type Certificate (STC), PMA
project or special project) or to a major repair or major alteration. DMS will allow the DER to
create, edit, and submit FAA Form 8110-3 without limit. Upon submittal in DMS, FAA
Form 8110-3 becomes the official FAA record and is held in DMS as part of the DER’s record.
Once an FAA Form 8110-3 has been submitted, it cannot be edited. A pdf and/or hard copy of
FAA Form 8110-3 may be generated from DMS for providing to another entity. All FAA Form
8110-3 should be initiated in DMS unless doing so is not possible. In such cases, the DER must
upload any FAA Form 8110-3 created outside of DMS at the earliest opportunity.
(a) Project FAA Form 8110-3. When the DER is notified that they have been
approved to work on an FAA project, the DER must log into DMS and create a project in their
record. The DER will enter project information and the PTM they will be working with using the
approved certification plan. The DER can only submit FAA Form 8110-3 for projects they have
been approved to work and that they have created in their DMS record.
(b) Major Repair FAA Form 8110-3. The DER may only issue FAA Form 8110-3 for
major repairs if they have major repair authority in DMS. The DER must remain within the
scope of that authority as specified by the managing specialist and documented in DMS.
(c) Major Alteration FAA Form 8110-3. The DER may only issue FAA Form 8110-3
for major alterations if they have major alteration authority in DMS. The DER must remain
within the scope of that authority as specified by the managing specialist and documented in
DMS.
(2) Non-FAA Form 8110-3 Activity. While the majority of a DER’s activity involves the
submitting of FAA Form 8110-3, the FAA acknowledges that there are other activities that a
DER may be involved in that provide value. Witnessing testing, developing and/or reviewing
certification plans and compliance checklists, identifying/resolving certification issues, and
approving repair specification cover sheets are examples of these activities and DERs are
9-31
09/21/23
8000.95C
encouraged to document these activities in DMS. Repair specification cover sheets must be
documented in DMS.
i. Activity Level. A DER must utilize their delegated authority to maintain an activity level
that validates the continued need for the designation.
9-32
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 7. Training
1. Purpose. Designees and FAA personnel must enhance and maintain the technical skills,
knowledge, ability, and proficiency to effectively perform their duties and roles. This chapter
describes the policy associated with the training requirements for managing specialists,
designees, and designee applicants. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1
constitute the policy for training managing specialists, DER applicants, and DERs.
2. General. This chapter prescribes the initial and recurrent training requirements for DER
applicants, DERs, and managing specialists. This training will normally be conducted online and
successful completion of the training is documented in DMS. DERs must also successfully
complete any other training as tasked by the managing office. Successful completion is defined
as taking the training and passing the test.
3. Training Requirements. Each DER applicant seeking a delegation or DER authorized to
perform certain functions must attend training. Refer to the training section on the Information
for DERs website.
a. Initial Training.
(1) A DER applicant must successfully complete initial training prior to submitting their
application. The DER initial training is not required for applicants who are former FAA advisors
or FAA managing specialists that met the training requirements.
(2) The DER Initial Training is an indoctrination course tailored for DER applicants. It
consists of an overview of the FAA, DER responsibilities, and certification activities a DER may
encounter. This training provides familiarization with FAA administrative procedures, DER roles
and responsibilities, and an overview of the type certification process.
(3) Initial Training is offered online. Course information and registration is available at
the Designee Registration System (DRS) web page.
b. Recurrent Training.
(1) DERs must successfully complete annual recurrent training by September 30,
beginning the first calendar year after appointment. Online recurrent training content will be
deactivated on November 15 of each year and new content made available in January of the
following year.
(2) For a DER who holds a single authorization in one or more engineering-delegated
areas and who holds no other authorizations in those delegated areas, technical topics may be
identified by Policy & Standards Division (AIR-600) to be appropriate to the authorization.
Software-only DERs are an example of DERs with this type of authorization. Otherwise, a DER
holding a single delegated function may complete technical topics deemed by the managing
specialist to be the most appropriate to the work performed.
(3) Recurrent training is offered online. Course information and registration is available
at the DRS web page.
9-33
09/21/23
8000.95C
c. Specialized Training. Some authorizations may require specialized training. The special
delegations of major repairs and major alterations are examples. Specialized training information
may be found at the Information for DERs website.
d. Reporting and Documenting Training.
(1) Upon successful completion of required training, the DER must report the training
and provide the completion certificate via email to their managing specialist.
(2) The managing specialist must document the successful completion of required
training in the DER’s training record in DMS. Uploading the completion certificate is not
required. Managing specialists should not enter training not applicable to the designee’s
authorization, such as ODA training, 14 CFR part 21, etc.
e. Failure to Complete Training.
(1) A designee who fails to attend and successfully complete recurrent training by the
specified due date must be suspended by the MS. See Volume 1, Chapter 10.
(2) When training requirements have been met, the suspended DER must use DMS and
submit a suspension release request. Once a suspension release request is submitted, the assigned
MS must review it and determine if the training requirement has been met. Once the managing
specialist approves the suspension release request, the DER will be returned to active status.
4. Managing Specialist Training Requirements. Refer to the AIR Duty Specific Training
Curricula located on the AIR Training page.
9-34
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 8. Annual Request for Extension of a Designee’s Designation
See Volume 1, Chapter 8.
9-35
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 9. Termination of a Designation
1. Purpose. This chapter describes the policy associated with the termination of a DER. This
designation type-specific policy and Volume 1 constitute the policy for the termination of a
DER.
2. General. Volume 1 contains common policy related to the termination of a designation. The
termination of a DER follows Volume 1 with the exception of required members for the
termination for cause review panel when the DER holds a single designation.
3. Termination for Cause Review Panel.
a. Panel Members for a single designation. For a DER that holds no other designations,
the appointing official associated with the designation will establish a review panel consisting of
the following members:
(1) The appointing official associated with the designation. This individual will be the
point of contact (POC).
(2) A selecting official from the managing office not involved in the termination
decision. A selecting official from another managing office may be selected.
(3) An ASE/MS not involved in the termination decision.
Panel Members for Multiple Designations being Terminated. See Volume 1.
9-36
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 10. Suspension of a Designation
See Volume 1, Chapter 10.
9-37
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 11. Other Designee Management Functions
1. Purpose. This chapter describes the policy associated with other designee management
functions in DMS. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1 constitute the policy for
other designee management functions.
2. Proxy. The proxy function allows an office to assign a surrogate or backup in DMS to a
person holding a primary DMS role for offices with a large number of designees or for when the
person holding the primary role will be unavailable.
(1) Proxies should meet the same qualifications required to hold the primary role.
(2) Proxies may be assigned for a defined amount of time or indefinitely.
(3) Only the appointing official, selecting official, and MS roles may be proxied.
(4) An appointing official or selecting official may have only one proxy. Only an
appointing official may assign an appointing official proxy. Only an appointing official or
selecting official may assign a selecting official proxy.
(5) Each designee may have only one MS and up to three MS proxies. An appointing
official, selecting official, and the MS who will be proxied may assign an MS proxy.
proxy.
(6) Proxy candidates must accept the proxy request in DMS in order to be assigned as a
(7) Primary role holders and proxies should coordinate designee-related activities outside
of DMS to prevent duplicate efforts or entries in DMS.
9-38
09/21/23
8000.95C
VOLUME 10. DCTO-E DESIGNEE POLICY
Chapter 1. General Information
Section 1. Introduction
1. Purpose. This volume supplements the common designee policy by providing specific
guidance for the administration of the Designated Control Tower Operator Examiner (DCTO-E)
designee management program not otherwise provided in detail in Volume 1, Common Designee
Policy.
2. Audience. The primary audience for this volume is DCTO-Es and FAA personnel with
oversight responsibilities of designee programs, including FAA management, operational, and
administrative employees, as appropriate.
Section 2. Designee Program Roles
1. DCTO-E. A DCTO-E is an air traffic control (ATC) tower operator employed by a
nongovernmental agency who is authorized by the Administrator to accept applications for and
conduct written and practical tests necessary for issuing Control Tower Operator (CTO)
certificates for that employer under 14 CFR part 183.
2. Appointing Official (AO). The AO is the AOV division director with responsibility of the
credentialing and CTO certificate programs.
3. Selecting Official (SO). The SO is the AOV manager with overall responsibility of the
credentialing and CTO certificate programs.
4. Managing Specialist. The managing specialist is appointed by the SO to function as the
administrator of the DCTO-E program.
Section 3. Minimum Qualifications Overview
1. Minimum Qualification of Managing Specialists. Personnel meet the minimum
qualification requirements to be the managing specialist of a DCTO-E if:
•
•
They have been selected by the SO.
They have completed DCTO-E managing specialist training.
10-1
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 2. Application Process
1. Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to an individual applying to be a DCTO-E.
This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1 constitute the overall policy for the
application process for a DCTO-E applicant.
2. General—Application Information. Candidates for initial designation as a DCTO-E must
be nominated by their employer for a specific location(s) and submit an application through the
DMS.
3. Reinstatement. A former designee whose privileges were terminated “not for cause” may be
reinstated only at the managing office where last assigned. This provision may only be exercised
at the discretion of the previous managing office, and only when the following provisions are
met:
•
•
•
•
The former designee meets the requirements and procedures for an original issuance of
designation and was previously authorized in DMS.
The designation was terminated not more than 12 calendar-months prior to application
for reinstatement.
The applicant meets the recurrent training requirement for the designee type.
The managing office determines that the former designee is still competent to perform
the authorized activities.
Note: If the provisions are met, the Certificate Letter of Authority (CLOA) is
reissued with the original designation number used for reinstatement.
4. Former Designee Appointment. Except as stated in paragraph 3 above, former designees
who wish to reapply for previously held authorizations that have been terminated “not for cause”
must reapply through DMS as an initial applicant.
5. Relocation. Designees that relocate to a different control facility will have their designee
authorization terminated. They may reapply in accordance with paragraphs 3 and 4 of this
chapter.
6. Minimum Qualifications.
a. General Criteria. The applicant must be in possession of a CTO certificate with a
facility rating for the location they are applying and meet the following criteria:
(1) Have at least 5 years of experience as a certificated or credentialed air traffic
controller in a control tower.
(2) Demonstrate past professional performance and personal conduct suitable for a
position of responsibility and trust.
(3) Be qualified and current with all training and proficiency requirements in the facility
in which applying.
10-2
09/21/23
8000.95C
(4) Abide by the policies rules and regulations of the FAA.
(5) Possess current medical qualifications.
b. Multi-Facility Examiner Criteria. Personnel meeting the following criteria may be
authorized to conduct CTO examinations at multiple locations:
(1) Hold a DCTO-E authorization at their primary facility in accordance with
paragraph 6.
(2) Complete multi-facility DCTO-E training.
(3) Apply for the authorization using the “request additional authorizations” link in DMS.
7. Disqualifiers. An applicant that has lost their eligibility to hold a certificate or rating, in
accordance with 14 CFR Part 3 Subpart B, Security Disqualification, is disqualified from serving
as a DCTO-E.
8. Privilege, Not a Right. Designation is a privilege, not a right. A designation may be
removed at any time, for any reason the Administrator considers appropriate.
9. Post-Application. See Volume 1.
10-3
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 3. Selection and Evaluation of a Designee Applicant
1. Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the selection and evaluation of DCTO-E
applicants. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1 constitute the overall policy for
the selection and evaluation of DCTO-E applicants.
2. General.
a. Selection Process Flow. The general process of selection consists of three steps: DMS
determines if system-defined minimum qualifications are met; the SO determines if need and
ability requirements are met; and a managing specialist is then assigned to further review the
applicant’s qualifications and abilities.
Figure 10-1. High-Level Selection Process Flow
determines
if minimum
qualifications
are met
Selecting official
completes need
and ability
Evaluation panel completes
applicant evaluation
and makes recommendation
to appointing official
b. Selection Considerations.
(1) DMS is the sole source from which to obtain a list of qualified applicants.
(2) An evaluation panel, determined by the SO, will then be established to review and
evaluate the list of viable applicants identified through DMS. The evaluation panel assesses each
designee candidate through:
(a) A thorough review of the application; and
(b) Consultation with others who are familiar with the applicant.
3. Need and Ability to Manage. See Volume 1.
4. Requesting Qualified Applicants. If no qualified DCTO-Es are available within DMS and
the FAA demonstrates a significant need for the appointment, the SO may request a deviation
from the AO as follows:
a. Documentation. The SO will document and communicate the circumstances and
justification for the deviation in a memo to the appointing authority outside of DMS.
b. Coordination. The appointing authority must route the request to the executive director
of AOV for approval external to DMS. If in agreement with the recommendation, the SO will
document the circumstances and justification in DMS and complete the required DMS process.
10-4
09/21/23
8000.95C
5. Evaluation.
a. Evaluation of a Designee Applicant. The FAA is required to determine if an applicant is
the best qualified for appointment as a DCTO-E. An FAA goal is to establish a uniform designee
candidate assessment process (as much as practicable).
b. Evaluation Panel. The SO will assign an evaluation panel to further evaluate the
applicant(s) that DMS identifies. At such time that one or more viable applicants or current
designees have been identified through DMS, an evaluation panel is convened to consider the
merits of each person. The evaluation panel as determined by the SO will then be established to
review and evaluate the list of viable applicants.
c. Evaluation Panel Checklist Criteria. For each prospective DCTO-E candidate, the
evaluation panel must complete the following checklist:
(1) Review of the applicant’s qualifications and supporting documentation.
(2) Verify the applicant was not previously terminated for cause. The FAA will not
consider for designation an applicant that has been previously terminated for cause.
(3) Determine if there is a need for a member of the evaluation panel to contact the
applicant for more information regarding the application.
d. Evaluation Panel Outcomes. The evaluation panel will make a recommendation in
DMS to the SO whether to appoint the applicant or not, and make one of the following
recommendations:
(1) Approve. The evaluation panel recommends appointment and prepares the
recommendation for review by the SO and AO.
(2) Disapprove. If the evaluation panel recommends disapproval, justification must be
provided in DMS.
e. SO Actions. The SO may accept or reject the evaluation panel recommendation.
10-5
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 4. Designee Appointment
1. Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the appointment of DCTO-E designees.
This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1 constitute the overall policy for the
appointment of a DCTO-E.
2. General.
a. Appointment Process. Below is a high-level representation of the designee appointment
process.
Figure 10-2. High-Level Appointment Process Flow
panel and
selecting official make
recommendation
regarding appointment
Appointing official
accepts or rejects
recommendations
in OMS
1) DMS notifies applicant and
company of appointment or denial
2) If appointment is recommended,
OMS generates CLOA
b. AO Actions. The AO may accept or reject the evaluation panel and SO
recommendations. Provide justification in DMS if the appointment is denied.
c. Training Requirements Prior to Appointment. Once the AO has approved the
evaluation panel recommendation, the SO will appoint a managing specialist. The managing
specialist will be responsible for assisting with the completion of the following training
requirements:
(1) Schedule the orientation and document the appointment in DMS.
(2) Conduct the orientation briefing and document completion in DMS.
(3) All initial training specified in Chapter 7.
d. Initial Designation Statement. Prior to designation, each DCTO-E applicant will
provide their managing specialist a signed statement confirming that:
(1) Designation is a privilege, not a right.
(2) Designations may be removed at any time for any reason the Administrator considers
appropriate.
(3) There are no known investigations, charged indictments, or pending actions in any
local, state, or Federal court.
3. Designee Number. See Volume 1.
4. CLOA. See Volume 1.
5. Appointment Duration. See Volume 1.
10-6
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 5. Responsibilities and Obligations of a Designee
1. Purpose. This chapter describes the common policy associated with the responsibilities and
obligations of a DCTO-E. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1 constitute the
overall policy for the responsibilities and obligations of a DCTO-E.
2. DCTO-E Responsibilities and Requirements. In addition to the responsibilities listed in
Volume 1 of this order, DCTO-Es must:
a. Privilege, Not a Right. Understand that an appointment as a designee is a privilege and
not a right and can be removed at any time for any reason the Administrator considers
appropriate.
b. Authorized Functions. Designees will only perform functions within the limits of
designated authority in part 183.
c. Complete Administrative Functions. DCTO-Es must complete the airman certification
forms or entries in accordance with FAA policy and regulatory requirements. The paperwork
must be accurate, complete, and timely. All certification packages must be sent to the Civil
Aviation Registry Division, Airmen Certification Branch (AFB-720) within 7 calendar-days of
completion.
d. Assure Confidentiality. Designees must ensure that information regarding tests or
checks remains private and confidential.
e. Update Profile. The FAA requires designees to update their DMS profile when changes
occur and to validate their profile at least annually. DCTO-E profiles contains the email address
used for notifications from DMS and the managing office. See Volume 1, Chapter 8, Annual
Request for Extension of a Designee’s Designation, for additional information.
f. Guidance Material. Designees are responsible for obtaining and maintaining all
guidance material, including FAA forms, necessary to perform their authorized functions. All
designees are encouraged to obtain guidance material through the reference library located on the
designee website. The reference library is intended to be the primary source of electronic
designee guidance material. If designees are unable to obtain guidance material through the
internet, they may contact their managing specialist offices for assistance.
g. Maintain Security of Controlled Material. Each DCTO-E is responsible for
maintaining the security of controlled material pertaining to the issuance of the CTO certificate.
The DCTO-E must use appropriate security procedures as identified by the managing specialist.
At a minimum, DCTO-Es shall ensure adequate security of:
(1) Knowledge element questions developed for the tests.
(2) Skill element plans of action developed for the tests.
10-7
09/21/23
8000.95C
(3) Airman certificate and/or rating applications and Temporary Airman Certificates.
(4) Applicant Personally Identifiable Information (PII).
h. Conflicts. Designees must maintain a cooperative attitude. If an issue occurs while acting
in an official capacity as a designee, contact your managing specialist. Designees are responsible
for following FAA guidance and the proper chain of command. Questions must be directed to the
assigned managing specialists.
3. DCTO-E Limitations. DCTO-Es must adhere to the following limitations:
a. Proof of Eligibility. A DCTO-E may not conduct tests unless an applicant presents proof
of eligibility as prescribed in 14 CFR part 65, § 65.33 and other FAA directives.
b. Multi-Facility Examiners. Only DCTO-Es with a multi-facility authorization may
conduct certification skill checks for award of the facility rating and CTO certificate at locations
not listed as their primary facility.
c. Functioning as a CTO. A DCTO-E is not authorized to work any positions in the tower
while conducting evaluations.
d. Teaching During Testing or Checking. A DCTO-E may not combine teaching with
testing or checking during the evaluation of an applicant.
e. Expired DCTO-E Authority. A DCTO-E must not conduct any evaluation after the
expiration date listed on their CLOA.
f. Use of the English Language. All tests and checks must be conducted using the English
language.
g. Exemptions from Testing or Checking Requirements. A DCTO-E may not exempt
any applicant from the testing or checking requirements of the CTO.
h. Suspension of a Test or Check. A DCTO-E may not temporarily suspend a test or check
to allow the applicant further study, and then continue the same test later.
i. Not FAA Employees. Designees, while acting pursuant to their appointment, are
representatives of the Administrator for specified functions and are not considered employees of
the FAA. Designees are authorized to use their DCTO-E title only when performing those
functions specifically delegated by the FAA managing office.
j. Functions Not Authorized. Designees are not authorized to approve departures from
specific policy and guidance, new/unproven technologies, equivalent level of safety findings,
special conditions, or exemptions. These are outside of the scope of the delegation statute (refer
to 49 U.S.C. § 44702(d)) and therefore cannot be delegated to a designee.
10-8
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 6. Oversight and Management of a Designee
1. Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the oversight and management of
DCTO-Es. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1 constitute the overall policy for
the oversight and management of a DCTO-E.
2. General.
a. DCTO-E Oversight. DCTO-E oversight includes the comprehensive evaluation,
management, and monitoring of a DCTO-E’s activities. Complete surveillance of a DCTO-E
involves a group of activities designed to evaluate a DCTO-E’s overall performance.
b. CLOA Expiration. Oversight in DMS is not tied to the CLOA expiration date. Designee
oversight is most effective when it occurs throughout the year rather than with an all-at-once,
infrequent approach.
3. Oversight Roles. DCTO-Es will have a managing office and managing specialist to oversee
the performance of their examiner functions.
a. Managing Office. The FAA must allocate sufficient resources, including manpower and
funds, to ensure effective management and efficient oversight of any designee. Office managers
continually evaluate the effectiveness of the respective designee processes, and are responsible
for prompt response and feedback to designees.
b. Managing Specialist. Managing specialists are responsible for ensuring designees
maintain airman certification and checking standards as prescribed by regulation, FAA orders,
and approved training programs. Managing specialists must conduct an active program of
meetings and oversight to achieve this objective.
4. Oversight and DMS.
a. Designee Oversight. Designee oversight includes the managing, monitoring, and
tracking of a designee’s activities and performance. Oversight activities include those generated
in DMS and any additional oversight deemed appropriate by the managing specialist.
b. Oversight Record. Maintaining an accurate oversight record in DMS is crucial not only
to managing individual designees, but it allows for the identification of strengths and weaknesses
in the entire system as well. The managing specialist must conduct designee performance
evaluations on an on-going basis predicated on the outcome of oversight activities. A formal
performance evaluation must also be recorded in DMS at least once every 12 calendar-months.
5. Oversight Actions.
a. Planning an Oversight Activity. In addition to guidance provided in Volume 1, the
managing specialists should use a risk-based analysis to determine when an oversight activity is
necessary. Circumstances that warrant an oversight activity include, but are not limited to:
10-9
09/21/23
8000.95C
(1) DMS generates an oversight activity and additional oversight is deemed necessary.
(2) Complaints received about a designee’s conduct during certifications.
(3) Persons newly designated (evaluation can occur at a higher level of frequency to
ensure compliance).
(4) The managing specialist identifies a deficiency during an oversight activity or
performance evaluation and determines the need for additional oversight.
b. Preparing for the Inspection. Review the following documents prior to the evaluation:
(1) The designee’s file.
(2) Previous evaluation reports, historic data, and DMS entries.
(3) Any correspondence between the managing office and the designee since the last
evaluation.
(4) The oversight activity preapproval in DMS.
c. Unscheduled Evaluations. Although unscheduled evaluations may be appropriate under
some conditions, managing specialists should consider conducting DCTO-E evaluations at a time
coordinated with the DCTO-E.
d. Job Aids. Managing specialists should use job aids when available to assist with and
standardize evaluation processes. When a job aid is not available, evaluators should use the
detailed guidance found in this order.
6. Oversight Activities. In DMS, the following oversight activities are available:
a. Direct Observation.
(1) Responsibility. The DCTO-E is observed conducting a complete test or check to
ensure the designee performs in accordance with regulatory requirements, FAA policy,
applicable standards, and approved curriculums.
(2) Evaluation. Managing specialists must ensure that each DCTO-E observation is
completed by an FAA Air Traffic Safety Inspector with prior air traffic ratings.
b. Special Emphasis Oversight. Certain DCTO-E performance factors prompt at least one
additional required observation other than those that are normally required. The following factors
may be indicative of underlying safety risks that require timely FAA attention. Special emphasis
evaluations are prompted in the following situations:
(1) Unapproved Examinations. The DCTO-E conducts an examination without prior
approval from the managing specialist.
10-10
09/21/23
8000.95C
(2) Certification File Error Rate. The DCTO-E has a certification file error rate exceeding
10 percent.
(3) Valid Public Complaint, Accident, Incident, or Violation. The DCTO-E is the subject
of a valid public complaint, or has been involved in an accident, incident, or violation.
c. FAA DCTO-E Training. The managing specialist or other authorized evaluator
conducts FAA DCTO-E training (see Chapter 7, Training).
d. Annual Meeting. The managing specialist conducts an annual meeting with the
DCTO-E.
e. Provide Technical Assistance. The managing specialist will document in DMS when
technical assistance is provided to a designee. Technical assistance does not include answering a
quick question via phone or email, but consists of more indepth assistance involving research
and/or training.
f. Paperwork Review. The managing specialist reviews the quality of the paperwork
submitted by the DCTO-E. DCTO-Es must accurately complete and issue certification
paperwork and ensure prompt submission of all required DMS data.
g. Review of Proper Guidance Materials. The managing specialist reviews the applicable
guidance and reference materials the designee used to conduct a test or check. The managing
specialist will ensure the most current documents are used, to include:
•
•
•
•
•
The approved training curriculum.
FAA Order 8000.95, Designee Management Policy.
FAA Handbooks.
Advisory Circulars (AC).
Certification Checklists.
h. Designee Interaction. The managing specialist may add any interaction with the
DCTO-E that they deem relevant and appropriate in the DCTO-E’s DMS record.
i. Interviews of Recently-Tested Airmen. The managing specialist records the results of a
formal interview of a recently-tested airman.
7. Performance Measures. For many of the oversight activities, the managing specialist should
use the following performance measures to determine designee performance:
a. Technical. The designee demonstrates sufficient knowledge, skill, and ability to conduct
authorized tasks within established guidance and standards. The designee possesses an expert
level of knowledge and skill, understands and uses appropriate terminology, uses the correct
equipment, applies appropriate standards, and accurately interprets results.
(1) Knowledge and Understanding. The DCTO-E must understand the terminology
contained in FAA orders and other reference material used in planning, describing, or conducting
airman testing.
10-11
09/21/23
8000.95C
(2) Equipment and Materials. The DCTO-E must select or use the appropriate equipment,
tools, and reference material, etc., when planning or conducting tests.
(3) Interpret and Apply. Does the DCTO-E correctly interpret and apply performance
standards as required by the authorization?
b. Procedural. The designee demonstrates the ability to complete administrative functions
correctly. The designee accurately completes and issues appropriate documentation, submits
required data, follows established procedures, and complies with all regulations, orders, and
directives.
(1) Confirm Applicant Eligibility. The DCTO-E must follow the correct procedures when
determining applicant eligibility.
(2) Submittal of Information and Data to the FAA. The DCTO-E must properly submit
information, documents, or data to the FAA when it is required by FAA orders or by specific
instructions provided by the FAA managing office.
(3) Conducting Evaluations and Tests. The DCTO-E must follow the correct procedure
when conducting, grading, and providing feedback to applicants during testing.
(4) Issuing Certificates, Approvals, Authorizations, or Results to the Applicant. The
DCTO-E must follow the correct procedure when completing and issuing certificates, approvals,
test results, or other findings to the applicant upon completion of the testing activity.
c. Professional. The designee conducts activities in an ethical, courteous, and conscientious
manner reflecting highly on the Administrator. The designee presents a cooperative attitude, and
demonstrates integrity, tact, and diplomacy when dealing with industry and the FAA. The
designee communicates effectively in a manner that reflects positively on the FAA, both orally
and written.
(1) Ethics and Judgment. The DCTO-E must maintain high ethical standards and
demonstrate good judgment in the conduct of authorized activities.
(2) Cooperative Attitude with the FAA. The DCTO-E must be easy to work with and
present a positive attitude when interacting with the FAA. Additionally, the designee must be
responsive and accessible to the FAA when required.
(3) Professional Representation of the FAA to the Public and Stakeholders. The DCTO-E
must demonstrate a positive reflection on the FAA and a willingness to comply with FAA policy
and managing office instruction.
(4) Oral and Written Communication. The DCTO-E must effectively communicate either
in writing or in conversation with the FAA or general public. The DCTO-E must provide
feedback to the FAA with ways to improve the designee system.
8. Performance Measures and Oversight Activity Results. For many of the oversight
activities, the managing specialists will summarize the performance measures and determine a
10-12
09/21/23
8000.95C
final oversight activity result. See Figure 10-3, Performance Measures and Oversight Activity
Results, for the general process flow. The managing specialist can select from:
•
•
•
•
Satisfactory.
Needs Improvement—Suspend.
Unsatisfactory—Suspend.
Unsatisfactory—Terminate.
Figure 10-3. Performance Measures and Oversight Activity Results
Perf0tmartee
Criteria
Resu1t of oversight event
recorded in OMS
Procedural
Performance
Criteria
) - - - - - - - -~
i. Satisfactory
ii. Needs Improvement• Suspend
iii, Unsatisfac-tory• Suspend
tv. Unsatisfactory• Terminate
Profes.slonal
Perfonnance
Criteria
9. Performance Evaluation. See Volume 1.
10. Followup Actions. If the designee’s oversight outcome results in “Needs Improvement” or
“Unsatisfactory,” then appropriate followup action(s) must be determined and recorded in DMS.
These actions may include any of the following:
a. Counseling. As conditions warrant, the FAA will provide direct guidance and counseling
to designees.
b. Additional Training. Managing specialists may prescribe additional training to correct a
deficiency related to a specific event, an oversight activity, or to address specific performance
issues.
c. Suspension. The most common reason for a suspension is when the designee has not
been following certification standards as described in FAA policy.
d. Termination. If counseling or suspension does not correct a deficiency in designee
performance, termination of the designation must be initiated. Immediate termination may also
be appropriate when a designee knowingly acts contrary to and/or deliberately disregards FAA
policy.
e. Enforcement Action. If enforcement action is required, the managing specialist should
refer to FAA Order 2150.3, FAA Compliance and Enforcement Program, for correct procedures.
10-13
09/21/23
8000.95C
11. Designee Management Functions.
a. Record Note. Record note allows the managing specialist to make a personal note in the
DCTO-E’s file that only the managing specialist can view. This note does not remain a
permanent part of the DCTO-E’s file.
b. Send Message to Designee. The managing specialist is able to transmit messages and
notifications through DMS, such as changes in the practical test standards (PTS)/Airman
Certification Standards (ACS), regulations, upcoming meetings, and other communications, as
may be necessary.
c. Record Feedback. Record feedback allows any FAA employee with access to DMS to
provide feedback regarding a DCTO-E.
d. Preapproval. DCTO-Es must obtain preapproval to perform functions on behalf of the
FAA. The managing specialist will issue any special instructions to the designee during the
preapproval process. Preapprovals may be authorized through two methods, manual or
automatic:
(1) Manual Preapproval. Manual preapproval requires the managing specialist to review
each request for activity and approve it in DMS. This allows the managing specialist to stay
informed of the DCTO-E’s activities and plan appropriate oversight. It provides a means for the
managing office to ensure the DCTO-E is performing only those functions authorized in the
DCTO-E’s CLOA.
(2) Automatic Preapproval. Automatic preapproval allows the managing specialist to set
DMS to automatically approve an activity request by a specific DCTO-E. This feature provides
the managing specialist with a flexible option to provide preapproval while continuing to manage
the DCTO-E’s activity. Automatic preapproval will only be used when the designee’s
performance remains acceptable and analysis indicates that the type of activity requested
presents an acceptable risk.
(3) Preapproval Timeframe. Preapprovals shall be completed at least 24 hours prior to the
requested event. If, due to unforeseen circumstances, a preapproval must be completed within
24 hours of the requested event, preapproval will be manual in nature and coordinated with the
managing specialist.
(4) Change or Cancel Request. DMS allows the designee to change or cancel a
preapproval request.
e. Post-Activity. DCTO-Es are required to complete post-activity reports in DMS after
performing each activity. Post-activity reports provide the managing specialist with a record of
activity for each DCTO-E. These reports can aid in planning an appropriate level of oversight.
(1) Post-activity reports shall be completed within 7 calendar-days of the approved
activity.
10-14
09/21/23
8000.95C
(2) If a DCTO-E does not complete a post-activity report within the requisite
7 calendar-day submission deadline, DMS will not grant another preapproval until all
outstanding post-activity reports have been completed.
(3) Access to post-activity reports will remain available to a DCTO-E for up to
7 calendar-days after a termination, suspension, or expiration for the DCTO-E to record any
results.
10-15
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 7. Training
1. Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the training of DCTO-Es, and FAA
personnel. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1 constitute the overall policy for
the training of DCTO-Es and FAA personnel.
2. General.
a. Managing Specialist Actions.
(1) The managing specialist will validate in DMS that the DCTO-E completed all
required training before initial appointment, during each performance evaluation, and prior to the
next training due date.
(2) Managing specialists must suspend DCTO-Es who fail to complete training
requirements. DMS will automatically suspend DCTO-Es who fail to meet recurrent training
requirement due dates (see Volume 1, Chapter 10, Suspension of a Designation).
(3) Managing specialists may suspend or terminate DCTO-Es that fail to attend safety
standardization meetings or other meetings as directed by the managing specialist.
(4) The managing specialist must conduct oversight of DCTO-E initial and recurrent
training curriculums.
b. DCTO-E Training Considerations.
(1) DCTO-Es must verify they meet all regulatory requirements as defined by § 65.31
through § 65.50 prior to training.
(2) DCTO-Es must not exercise their authority as designees unless they satisfactorily
meet all training requirements.
3. DCTO-E Training Requirements. All DCTO-E training must be conducted by the FAA.
Managing specialists must ensure DCTO-Es are trained in the elements listed in Table 10-1,
FAA-Conducted Training and Meeting Requirements. DCTO-Es should be encouraged to
contact the managing specialist to resolve questions or difficulties. Sufficient contact is essential
and will include training, regular meetings, and special meetings. All training conducted by the
FAA must be recorded in DMS.
a. Initial DCTO-E Training. The FAA must train DCTO-E candidates in the specific areas
identified below in Table 10-1.
b. Recurrent FAA-Conducted DCTO-E Training. The FAA must conduct recurrent
DCTO-E training every 12 calendar-months. DCTO-Es must attend recurrent training. The
managing specialists must ensure training is provided for those elements listed in Table 10-1. A
DCTO-E who completes this training in the calendar month before or after the month in which it
is due is considered to have taken it in the month in which it was due.
10-16
09/21/23
8000.95C
c. Regular Safety Standardization Meetings. At least annually, the managing specialists
must conduct regularly scheduled meetings with DCTO-Es for the purpose of maintaining
desirable standards and effective working relationships. This meeting may be combined with
recurrent FAA-conducted training. Managing specialists should use professional judgment when
choosing areas of discussion. Examples of meeting topics include:
(1) Updates on administrative procedures and personnel.
(2) Updates in approved programs.
(3) New testing standards or training techniques.
d. Special Safety Standardization Meetings. Managing specialists will call special
meetings whenever a significant change affects the process of FAA airman certification or other
DCTO-E functions deemed necessary by the managing specialist.
Table 10-1. FAA-Conducted Training and Meeting Requirements
FAA-Conducted Training and Meeting Elements
Initial
Regular Safety Special Safety Training and
Standardization Standardization 12 Month
Meetings
Meetings
Recurrent
Training
Administrative procedures and relationships with
FAA inspectors
X
X
Designee’s roles and responsibilities, sources of
authority, limitations, representation of the FAA
FAA support to the DCTO-E
Administrative discrepancies
Applicable changes to 14 CFR
New FAA policy and procedures
The procedures, methods, and techniques
associated with the required certification tests
Conduct of the practical test and checks
Feedback on approved training courses
Regional and National issues (trends,
considerations, etc.)
Job Aids
DMS interface and requirements
Written test
X
At least annually, managing specialists will conduct
regularly scheduled meetings with DCTO-Es for the
purpose of maintaining desirable standards and
effective working relationships
Managing specialists will call special meetings
whenever a significant change affects the process of
FAA airman certification in respect to examiners
10-17
X
X
09/21/23
8000.95C
4. FAA Personnel Initial Training Requirements. DCTO-E managing specialists must
complete the DCTO-E managing specialist training program for initial training and then review
the program annually for recurrent training.
10-18
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 8. Renewal of Designee Appointment
1. Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the renewal of DCTO-E designees,
referred to collectively in this chapter as designees. This designation type-specific policy and
Volume 1 constitute the overall policy for the renewal of a DCTO-E appointment.
2. General.
a. DCTO-E Renewal Considerations. The renewal process is automatically handled
electronically unless the designation has lapsed or a DCTO-E’s designation has been terminated.
Lapses in designation of more than 1 year will require reapplication.
b. Requirements. The DCTO-E must satisfactorily respond to statements required for
electronic renewal when prompted to do so by DMS, and electronically affirm answers before
designation can be renewed. Failure to complete this task prior to expiration of the current
designation will result in an automatic suspension of DCTO-E privileges. The DCTO-E must
maintain all requirements in part 65 subpart B they use to award CTO certificates.
10-19
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 9. Termination of a Designation
See Volume 1.
10-20
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 10. Suspension of a Designation
See Volume 1.
10-21
09/21/23
8000.95C
Chapter 11. Other Designee Management Functions
See Volume 1.
10-22
09/21/23
8000.95C
Appendix A
APPENDIX A. DEFINITIONS
Section 1. Common Definitions
Table A-1. Designee Management Definitions—Common
Name
Active
Appeal
Appeal Panel
Applicant
Appointing Office
Appointing Official
Aviation Medical
Examiner (AME)
Certificate Letter of
Authority (CLOA)
Delegation
Designation
Designee
Designee Record
Evaluating Office
Evaluation Panel
Evaluation Panel Lead
Expired
Definition—Common
The appointed designee currently exercises the delegated authority.
An applicant or designee initiated process that requires a review by the FAA to
determine if proper procedures were followed for a termination for cause.
FAA employees that serve on an Appeal Panel. The Appeal Panel members
are responsible for upholding or overturning the original decision.
The individual who has applied to be a designee.
The FAA office having selection, appointment, and management orientation
responsibilities for designees.
Any FAA employee with the authority to approve a designee candidate’s
appointment.
A civilian or military physician designated by the FAA (a designee), who has
been delegated the authority by the Federal Air Surgeon (FAS) to accept
applications and perform physical examinations necessary to determine
qualifications for the issuance of second- and third-class FAA airman medical
certificates under 14 CFR part 67. The AME conducts these physical
examinations; issues, defers, or denies airman medical certificates in
accordance with part 67 and the Guide for Aviation Medical Examiners.
The Certificate of Authority, Certificate of Designation, and the Identification
card (ID card issued to AMEs only) as required by 14 CFR part 183 are
combined within, and represented by the CLOA. The CLOA provides a
detailed description of the designee’s authorities, limitations, and associated
expiration as contained within the DMS. A CLOA is available to the designee
for each type of designation held.
The process by which the FAA organization or individual is authorized to act
on behalf of the FAA Administrator, but does not imply employment or other
rights unrelated to FAA needs.
Designation is a privilege that conveys responsibilities to perform specific
activities on behalf of the FAA Administrator.
Private person (i.e., individual) or organization delegated to act as a
representative of the Administrator.
A record maintained at the branch or office level that contains all information
to support the delegation.
The office that has the technical expertise necessary to determine the
technical qualifications of an applicant. The evaluating office becomes the
managing office upon appointment.
One or more technical specialists assigned to evaluate an applicant’s
qualifications for appointment.
Any FAA employee who is assigned responsibility to evaluate a designee
applicant.
The appointment was not renewed placing the designee in an expired status.
In this status, the designee cannot perform any functions on behalf of the FAA.
The designee will be suspended until the managing office renews or
terminates the appointment.
A-1
09/21/23
Name
Guidance Material
Managing Office
Managing Specialist
Need and Ability to
Manage
Oversight
Performance
Preapproval
Risk
Risk-Based
Risk Management
Role Assigner
Selecting Official (SO)
Suspension
Termination
Voluntary Surrender
8000.95C
Appendix A
Definition—Common
The direction provided by a guide; these are FAA policy and advisory material.
The FAA office with the responsibility of oversight and management of a
designee.
Managing specialist is any FAA employee who is assigned responsibility to
manage a designee.
Term used to describe a determination made by the FAA that there is a need
for the designee and that the managing office has the ability to manage that
designee.
The act of managing, monitoring, and tracking a designee’s activities to
ensure that the designee performs to the standards and expectations set forth
by the FAA in its policies and regulations.
Tracking and determining how well the designee is meeting desired outcomes
in three areas: Technical, Professional, and Procedural.
A request by the designee to perform a certification function on behalf of the
FAA.
An expression of the impact of an undesired event in terms of severity and
likelihood.
A term used to imply the use of risk management techniques and tools.
Any activity designed to ensure that risk is identified, mitigated, eliminated, or
controlled within established risk parameters.
An individual that assigns various roles in DMS to employees.
The individual with authority to determine the eligibility of a designee for
consideration of appointment. This individual may or may not be the
Appointing Official (AO).
Suspension is a management process that allows the FAA to temporarily
remove a designee’s privileges without terminating the delegation.
The FAA action as a result of a decision to not renew or to rescind a designee
at any time and for any reason the Administrator considers appropriate.
When a designee voluntarily gives up a designation.
A-2
09/21/23
8000.95C
Appendix A
Section 2. AME Definitions
Table A-2. Designee Management Definitions—AME
Name
Aviation Medical
Examiner (AME)
Federal AME
Managing Specialist
Medical Assessors
Military Flight Surgeon
Official Aviation Medical
Examiner (AME)
Physician
Reinstatement
Renewal
Selecting/Appointing
Official
Definition—AME
A civilian or military physician designated by the FAA (a designee), who has
been delegated the authority by the FAS to accept applications and perform
physical examinations necessary to determine qualifications for the issuance
of second- and third-class FAA airman medical certificates under part 67. The
AME conducts these physical examinations; issues, defers, or denies airman
medical certificates in accordance with part 67 and the Guide for Aviation
Medical Examiners.
A physician designated as an AME to support special Federal activities unique
to the National Airspace System (NAS) and to the FAA and its mission. These
physicians are not required to perform examinations to demonstrate
proficiency, but are expected to train at the same intervals as all other AMEs.
FAA employee with the primary interface and oversight responsibility for
designees and who makes selection, redesignation, and termination
recommendations to the Selecting/Appointing Official. Normally this will be an
AME Program Analyst.
Medical Assessors including Regional Flight Surgeons (RFS) (AOs/SOs) and
AAM Medical Officers are technically not AMEs because they are not
designees; they are, however, still expected to attend AME training at the
same frequency as AMEs. Medical Assessors have been delegated the
authority to manage aviation medical certificates in part 67.
A physician who is a commissioned officer in the U.S. Armed Forces
(Air Force, Navy, Army, Coast Guard, and commissioned officers of the Public
Health Service) who has completed the appropriate military aviation medicine
training and has been awarded the title of Flight Surgeon.
A physician, not otherwise categorized as a Federal AME or a military flight
surgeon, whose duties support the NAS and the FAA mission. Examples
include Airline Medical Directors or Aerospace Medicine Residency faculty.
The official category is to be reserved for those AMEs whose value to the FAA
is determined to supersede a need to demonstrate proficiency by the number
of examinations performed.
A physician is a doctor of medicine (M.D.) or doctor of osteopathy (D.O.). An
AME is defined by part 183, § 183.11 as a physician, and therefore, precludes
other medical disciplines from performing AME functions. Duties and
responsibilities of the AME are further defined in § 183.21.
The process of designating former AMEs.
The process of renewing the designation of AMEs at specified intervals before
expiration of the prior period of validity.
RFSs, Deputy Regional Flight Surgeons (DRFS), and the Manager,
Aerospace Medical Education Division (AMED), are responsible for selecting
and appointing AMEs within the geographic location in which the AME will
practice. While acting for the respective RFS, DRFSs can perform AO duties.
However, any RFS may choose to delegate SO responsibilities to a managing
specialist. The AO has the authority to issue the Certificate Letter of
Designation to designees; this responsibility may not be delegated and must
always be a medical assessor, such as the RFS, DRFS, or Manager, AMED.
A-3
09/21/23
8000.95C
Appendix A
Name
Senior Aviation Medical
Examiner (AME)
Surveillance Program
Analyst (SPA)
Termination of
Designation
Definition—AME
An AME delegated the additional authority to accept applications and perform
physical examinations necessary to determine qualifications for the issuance
of first-class FAA airman medical certificates under part 67.
These analysts perform duties necessary to accomplish quality assurance
monitoring of AMEs designated by the FAA. This is accomplished by the
review of specific areas of a nonpriority-issued airman’s medical examination
to determine whether or not the issuance was appropriate. These analysts
also conduct an adequate number of site visits in the geographic area of
responsibility of the RFS to meet national goals.
Termination is the action taken by the FAA as a result of a decision to not
renew or to rescind a designation at any time and for any reason the
Administrator considers appropriate.
Section 3. DPE, Admin PE, and SAE Definitions
Table A-3. Designee Management Definitions—DPE, Admin PE, and SAE
Name
Administrative Pilot
Examiner (Admin PE)
Definition—DPE, Admin PE, and SAE
An Admin PE is an individual, appointed in accordance with § 183.23, who
meets the general qualification requirements, and the specific eligibility
requirements for each authorization held. An Admin PE has administrative
privileges only and may not administer practical tests for pilot certification
under their authority. For the purposes of this order, Admin PE includes the
following types: Airman Certification Representative (ACR) for a Part 141 Pilot
School with Examining Authority (ACR-141) or ACR for a Flight Instructor
Refresher Course (ACR-FIRC).
Airman Medical
An airman medical certificate is a valid certificate issued under Part 67,
Certificate
Medical Standards and Certification.
Airmen Certification
AFB-720 is part of the FAA Civil Aviation Registry Division (AFB-700) and has
Branch (AFB-720)
final authority for the issuance of permanent airman certificates and
maintenance of certification records. AFB-720 is located at the Mike Monroney
Aeronautical Center (MMAC) in Oklahoma City, OK.
Training and Certification AFS-810, which is part of the General Aviation and Commercial Division
Group (AFS-810)
(AFS-800), is the principal office concerned with the certification and training
of airmen (pilots, ground, and flight instructors).
Aviation Safety Inspector An FAA employee with the necessary technical qualifications who is
(ASI)
responsible for developing, administering, investigating, and enforcing safety
regulations for airmen, aircraft, and aircraft operations.
Aviation Safety
An FAA employee who provides technical support and assistance to ASIs.
Technician (AST)
Certificate Letter of
The CLOA provides a detailed description of the designee’s authorities,
Authority (CLOA)
limitations, and associated expiration as contained within DMS.
Designated Pilot
A DPE is an individual, appointed in accordance with § 183.23, who meets the
Examiner (DPE)
general qualification requirements, and the specific eligibility requirements for
each authorization held. For the purposes of this order, DPE includes the
following types: Private Pilot Examiner (PE), Commercial and Instrument
Rating Examiner (CIRE), Commercial Pilot Examiner (CE), Airline Transport
Pilot Examiner (ATPE), Flight Instructor Examiner (FIE), or Pilot Proficiency
Examiner (PPE).
A-4
09/21/23
Name
Designee
Standardization Branch
(AFS-640)
FAA Form 8060-4,
Temporary Airman
Certificate
FAA Form 8060-5, Notice
of Disapproval of
Application
FAA Form 8710-1,
Airman Certificate and/or
Rating Application
Integrated Airman
Certification and Rating
Application (IACRA)
Pilot Proficiency
Examiner (PPE)
Specialty Aircraft
Examiner (SAE)
8000.95C
Appendix A
Definition—DPE, Admin PE, and SAE
AFS-640, which is part of the Regulatory Support Division (AFS-600),
develops and conducts a variety of standardization seminars both
domestically and internationally that are used by designees, designee
applicants, representatives of delegations, and FAA personnel for initial
training.
FAA Form 8060-4 is a Temporary Airman Certificate issued to a successful
airman applicant.
FAA Form 8060-5 is issued by a DPE to an unsuccessful airman applicant.
FAA Form 8710-1 is used by pilot applicants (not applicable to sport pilot
applicants) when applying for an airman certificate and/or rating.
The IACRA system is an internet-based (paperless) method of processing
airman applications.
A PPE conducts the pilot-in-command (PIC) proficiency checks required by
14 CFR part 61, § 61.58 for airmen who act as PIC of an aircraft that is type
certificated (TC) for more than one required pilot flightcrew member or is
turbojet-powered, and operated under regulations other than 14 CFR part 121,
125, 129, or 135.
An SAE is an individual, appointed in accordance with § 183.23, who meets
the general qualification requirements, and the specific eligibility requirements
for each authorization held. SAEs are authorized to conduct tests and checks
in aircraft, or for operating privileges, that require specialized experience. SAE
includes the following types: Vintage Aircraft Examiner (VAE), Vintage Flight
Engineer Examiner (VFEE), Experimental Aircraft Examiner (EAE), Sport Pilot
Examiner (SPE), or Sport Pilot Flight Instructor Examiner (SPFIE).
A-5
09/21/23
8000.95C
Appendix A
Section 4. DADE Definitions
Table A-4. Designee Management Definitions—DADE
Name
Responsible Flight
Standards Office
Designated Aircraft
Dispatcher Examiner
(DADE)
Letter of Aeronautical
Competency
Definition—DADE
Either a Flight Standards District Office (FSDO) or a Certificate Management
Office (CMO).
A private individual who is authorized by the Administrator to perform
evaluations and certification functions for Aircraft Dispatchers in accordance
with 14 CFR part 65.
Letters of aeronautical competency are issued to individuals who pass the
Aircraft Dispatcher practical exam and meet the requirements of part 65
subpart C, with the exception that they have not reached their 23rd birthday.
Part 65 Course
A part 65 subpart C Aircraft Dispatcher certification course approved through
an FAA Letter of Approval, issued biannually.
Plan of Action
A plan of action is a written plan, describing how an examination will be
conducted, which of the six areas of operation (see “Practical Test” definition)
will be included in the oral portion, which areas will be included in the skill
portion, which areas will overlap, and in what order the examination will be
conducted.
Practical Test
A practical test examines the areas of operations for an Aircraft Dispatcher
Certificate that is conducted by having the applicant demonstrate an
acceptable level of knowledge and skill as defined by the practical test
standards (PTS).
Practical Test Standards The PTS (FAA-S-8081-10, Aircraft Dispatcher Practical Test Standards)
(PTS)
details specific areas of operations, tasks, and objectives and defines
expected standards for a certificate or rating.
Section 5. DME, DPRE, and DAR-T Definitions
Table A-5. Designee Management Definitions—DME, DPRE, and DAR-T
Name
Airmen Certification Branch
(AFB-720)
Definition—DME, DPRE, and DAR-T
AFB-720 is part of AFB-700 and has final authority for the issuance of
permanent airman certificates and maintenance of certification records.
AFB-720 is located at the MMAC in Oklahoma City, OK.
Aviation Maintenance
An FAA-approved school for aviation mechanics. Graduation from the
Technician School (AMTS)
appropriate course of a certificated AMTS is one way for mechanic
applicants to meet the experience requirement of part 65, § 65.77.
Aviation Safety Inspector (ASI) An FAA employee with the necessary technical qualifications who is
responsible for developing, administering, investigating, and enforcing
safety regulations for airmen, aircraft, and aircraft operations. In most
cases, ASIs are also responsible for the oversight of designees.
Certificate Letter of Authority The CLOA provides a detailed description of the designee’s authorities,
(CLOA)
limitations, and associated expiration as contained within DMS.
Designated Airworthiness
A DAR-T is an individual, appointed in accordance with § 183.33, who
Representative—Maintenance has a high level of knowledge in the subject areas required for
(DAR-T)
certificating aircraft and related parts, and meets the general qualification
requirements set forth in Volume 5, Chapter 2.
A-6
09/21/23
8000.95C
Appendix A
Name
Designated Mechanic
Examiner (DME)
Definition—DME, DPRE, and DAR-T
A DME is an individual, appointed in accordance with § 183.25, who
holds a valid aviation Mechanic Certificate, possesses technical
knowledge and experience required for aviation mechanic certification,
and meets the general qualification requirements set forth in Volume 5,
Chapter 2 and the TPE-specific qualifications set forth in Volume 5,
Chapter 6.
Designated Parachute Rigger A DPRE is an individual, appointed in accordance with § 183.25, who
Examiner (DPRE)
has a high level of knowledge in the subject areas required for parachute
rigger certification, holds a master Parachute Rigger Certificate for the
particular designation, and meets the general qualification requirements
set forth in Volume 5, Chapter 2.
Designee Standardization
AFS-640, which is part of AFS-600, develops and conducts a variety of
Branch (AFS-640)
standardization seminars, both domestically and internationally, that are
used by designees, designee applicants, representatives of delegations,
and FAA personnel for initial training and renewal purposes. AFS-640 is
responsible for TPE policy.
FAA Form 8060-4, Temporary FAA Form 8060-4 is a Temporary Airman Certificate issued to a
Airman Certificate
successful airman applicant.
FAA Form 8610-2, Airman
FAA Form 8610-2 is used by mechanic and parachute rigger applicants
Certificate and/or Rating
when applying for an airman certificate and/or rating.
Application
International Field Office (IFO) The IFO, as used in this order, is the office that has jurisdiction over the
international geographic area in which the designee is located.
Regulatory Support Division
AFS-600 promotes safety by educating and advising users through the
(AFS-600)
development, implementation, analysis, and distribution of technical
information including airmen testing, designee standardization, and
management of aviation data systems.
Technical Personnel Examiner For the purposes of this order, TPE will refer to only DMEs and DPREs.
(TPE)
A-7
09/21/23
8000.95C
Appendix A
Section 6. APD Definitions
Table A-6. Designee Management Definitions—APD
Name
Definition—APD
Aircrew Designated Examiner APDs are trained in an ADE program. An ADE program is associated
(ADE)
with an operator which conducts its own program of airman qualification.
It is the preferred program for conducting the certification of flightcrew
members for complex part 121, 125, and 135 operators.
Aircrew Program Designee
An individual who is authorized by the Administrator to perform
(APD)
evaluations and certification functions in one type of aircraft within an
approved air carrier training program.
Aircrew Program Manager
An APM is an appropriately trained operations inspector, who is also
(APM)
specifically trained by an operator, to oversee the certification activity and
to manage the oversight of that operator’s training program in a specific
airplane type. An APM reports to the Principal Operations Inspectors
(POI).
Airman Certification Standards The ACS is an enhanced version of the PTS. The ACS will eventually
(ACS)
replace the PTS for all categories and classes.
Line-Oriented Flight Training A LOFT is designed to provide training and to transition the pilot from
(LOFT)
maneuver-oriented flight training (in which systems knowledge and
operating skills are initially learned and practiced) to operational flying,
which involves the application of skills and knowledge, crew coordination,
and all other aspects of operating the aircraft in typical service.
Partial Program Manager
One or more PPMs may be assigned to complement the APM in
(PPM)
oversight and management activities related to an ADE program. A PPM
is specifically trained in the same manner as the APM, and reports to the
APM.
Practical Test Standards
PTS details specific objectives, tasks, operations, and expected results
(PTS)
for a certificate or rating.
Section 7. TCE Definitions
Table A-7. Designee Management Definitions—TCE
Name
Airman
Certification
Standards (ACS)
Line-Oriented
Flight Training
(LOFT)
Practical Test
Standards (PTS)
Satellite
Definition—TCE
The ACS is an enhanced version of the PTS. The ACS will eventually replace the
PTS for all categories and classes.
The LOFT is designed to provide training and to transition the pilot from
maneuver-oriented flight training (in which systems knowledge and operating skills
are initially learned and practiced) to operational flying, which involves the
application of skills and knowledge, crew coordination, and all other aspects of
operating the aircraft in typical service.
The PTS details specific objectives, tasks, operations, and expected results for a
certificate or rating.
Satellite training centers are considered to be permanent in nature and function
under the operational and management control of the principal training center.
Although physically separated from the principal training center, responsibility for
regulatory compliance of the satellite rests with the principal training center.
A-8
09/21/23
8000.95C
Appendix A
Training Center
Evaluator
(TCE)
An individual employed by a training center certificate holder who is authorized by
the Administrator to perform tests for certification, added ratings, authorizations, and
proficiency checks that are authorized by the certificate holder's training
specifications (TSpecs).
Training Center
TCPMs have regulatory oversight responsibility for training centers and are
Program Manager responsible for overall FAA technical administration, certification, surveillance, and
(TCPM)
investigation. TCPMs are the primary FAA focal point for relations with training
centers and are responsible for coordinating FAA activity at training centers,
satellites, and remote training sites. Their role is to verify that the training, testing,
and checking conducted by the center continually meets regulatory standards; the
terms and conditions of the center’s TSpecs; and complies with established FAA
policy and guidance.
Section 8. DMIR and DAR-F Definitions
Table A-8. Designee Management Definitions—DMIR and DAR-F
Name
Definition—DMIR and DAR-F
Active
The appointed designee currently exercises the delegated authority.
Applicant
The individual who submitted an application is being evaluated prior to making
a decision to deny, identify as a candidate, or appoint them as an active
designee.
Appointing Office
The CMB, CMS, or CMO having selection, appointment, and management
orientation responsibilities.
Article
A material, part, component, process, or appliance.
Certificate Letter of
An electronic FAA document identifying the kinds of designation for which the
Authority (CLOA)
individual concerned is qualified. The electronic CLOA also indicates the
expiration date and is updated upon issuance of any subsequent renewals.
DMS will provide this electronic document. The FAA may revoke the designee
CLOA at any time, for any reason the Administrator considers appropriate.
Conformity Inspection of An inspection to determine the applicant’s compliance to 14 CFR part 21,
Prototype Products and Certification Procedures for Products and Parts, § 21.33(b) and any other
Related Parts
inspections necessary to determine that the prototype products and related
articles conform to the proposed design drawings and specifications.
Denied
It is determined that the applicant fails to meet the minimum qualifications of
the delegation(s), and the delegation of designee-requested authority cannot
be made.
Designated
An individual appointed in accordance with § 183.33 who possesses
Airworthiness
aeronautical knowledge and experience, and meets the qualification
Representative (DAR)— requirements of this order.
Manufacturing (DAR-F)
Designated
An individual appointed in accordance with § 183.31 who possesses
Manufacturing Inspection aeronautical knowledge and experience, is employed by a PAH or a PAH’s
Representative (DMIR) approved supplier, and meets the qualification requirements of this order.
Designee File
An electronic file, maintained in DMS, that contains all information on an
individual, beginning with the application process through the life of the
delegation.
A-9
09/21/23
Name
Dual Appointment
Evaluating Office
Evaluation Panel
Guidance Material
Individual
Low-Risk Unmanned
Aircraft System (UAS)
Managing Office
Managing Specialist
Manufacturer
Monitoring
Multiple Appointment
Oversight
Production Approval
Holder (PAH)
Production Conformity
Recurrent Seminars
Renewal
8000.95C
Appendix A
Definition—DMIR and DAR-F
An individual may be appointed, for example, as a DAR or a company DER as
well as a DAR or consultant DER, in situations where the DAR or DER is
performing functions for more than one applicant.
The office that has the technical expertise necessary to determine the
technical qualifications of an applicant. The evaluating office becomes the
managing office upon appointment.
Two or more technical specialists assigned to evaluate an applicant’s
qualifications to the appointment criteria to determine denial, or appointment
and delegated authority, as appropriate.
The direction provided by a guide; these are FAA policy and advisory material.
A person, firm, partnership, corporation, company, association, joint-stock
association, or government entity. It includes a trustee, receiver, assignee, or
similar representative of any of them.
An unmanned aircraft produced under a type certificate (TC), production
certificate (PC), and certificate management of a PAH, as applicable, for
low-risk unmanned aircraft (UA).
The FAA office assigned the responsibility by the appointing office for
supervising, monitoring, training, tracking, and recommending renewal of a
designee.
An ASI with a similar discipline as the applicant, who is assigned as the
primary individual with the responsibilities of performing initial evaluation and
continuous oversight after the appointment.
See PAH. For the purpose of this order, “manufacturer” and “PAH” are used
interchangeably. A manufacturer is a PAH.
That portion of oversight responsibilities of assigned designees that includes
the reviewing of type, production, and airworthiness certification
documentation and reports for accuracy, and observing that satisfactory
procedures, inspection techniques, and methods are used.
An individual may be appointed as more than one type of designee. For
example, DAR and DMIR; or DAR, DMIR, and DER, as long as all
appointment criteria are met. The regulatory authority for the individual’s
appointments will be in more than one of the following sections: §§ 183.29,
183.31, and 183.33.
See Supervision. For the purpose of this order, “oversight” and “supervision”
are used interchangeably.
The holder of a PC, a Parts Manufacturer Approval (PMA), or a Technical
Standard Order Authorization (TSOA), issued under the provisions of 14 CFR
part 21, who controls the design and quality of the product.
Production conformity is an activity the FAA performs to validate if the TC
holder’s (production under TC) or PAHr’s (or their approved supplier) products,
articles, and/or manufacturing processes conform to the FAA-approved type
design and are in a condition for safe operation. Production conformity is not
used for the purposes of FAA oversight or certificate management.
The FAA conducts DMIR/DAR-F recurrent seminars providing instruction
concerning designee authority and responsibility, and current rules,
regulations, and policy.
The act of authorizing a designee to continue performing delegated functions.
A-10
4/12/2
Name
Standardization
Seminars
Supervision
Suspended
Suspension
Suspension
Reinstatement
Terminated
Terminated Any Other
Reason
Terminated by Request
Terminated Certificate
Suspension,
Cancellation, or
Revocation
Terminated Change of
Employment
Terminated Insufficient
Activity
Terminated Lack of
Care, Judgment, or
Integrity
Terminated Lack of FAA
Need and Ability to
Manage
Terminated Lapse of
Qualification
Terminated Misconduct
Terminated Retired
Terminated Transferred
Terminated Withdrawn
Tracking
8000.95C
Appendix A
Definition—DMIR and DAR-F
The FAA conducts standardization seminars. The DMIR/DAR standardization
seminar provides a familiarization of FAA administrative procedures, methods,
and practices used by individuals involved in the civil certification process.
That portion of oversight responsibilities for assigned designees that includes
the following:
a. Documenting and maintaining current and accurate records.
b. Informing designees of their duties and responsibilities.
c. Authorizing activities outside the managing office’s geographic area.
d. Providing guidance and direction in the implementation of all assigned
duties.
e. Providing designee training.
f. Notifying designees of their performance.
g. Initiating corrective action, as required.
The designee’s authorization to act on behalf of the FAA has been rescinded.
The FAA action that removes some or all authority for a designee to act on
behalf of the FAA.
The FAA action taken to authorize a designee to act on behalf of the FAA
when that authorization was previously suspended.
The FAA action that removes delegated authority for a specific reason.
For any other reason deemed necessary by the Administrator.
At the request of a designee or designee’s employer or by the supplier to a
PAH.
The certificate that is required by a designee or the designee’s employer is
suspended, canceled, or revoked.
The designee leaves the employment of the company that requested the
delegation.
The designee has not had sufficient activity to warrant continuance of the
delegation.
The designee has not demonstrated the care, judgment, or integrity required to
exercise the delegation properly.
The managing office no longer needs the services of the designee, or no
longer has the resources to manage the designee.
The designee’s qualifications for a specific activity have lapsed.
The designee has not properly exercised or performed the duties of the
delegation.
In a typical case, a designee had worked for an established company and
ceased to function as a designee upon retirement from the company.
The designee has transferred from one appointment office jurisdiction to
another.
The individual has voluntarily withdrawn an application in DMS.
The portion of oversight responsibilities conducted by a managing specialist for
assigned designees that includes documenting the designee’s activities.
A-11
09/21/23
8000.95C
Appendix A
Section 9. DER Definitions
Table A-9. Designee Management Definitions—DER
Name
Definition—DER
Article
A material, part, component, process, or appliance.
Authorized Area
An authorized area applies to the specific portion or system of the aircraft, or the
type of engine or propeller, or specialized area to which a delegated function
applies.
Compliance
A physical inspection performed by the Certification Branch (CB) engineer or the
Inspection
Designated Engineering Representative (DER) when authorized. This inspection
provides an opportunity to review an installation and its relationship to other
installations on a product to determine compliance with 14 CFR/Civil Air Regulation
(CAR) requirements, which cannot be adequately determined from an evaluation of
the technical data.
Delegated Function A delegated function applies to the technical areas involved in determining
compliance with applicable airworthiness regulations.
Designated
An individual appointed in accordance with § 183.29 who holds an engineering
Engineering
degree or equivalent, possesses technical knowledge and experience, and meets
Representative
the qualification requirements of this order.
a. Company. An individual appointed to act as a company DER for the employer
(DER)
to approve or recommend approval of technical data to the FAA.
b. Consultant. An individual appointed to act as an independent (self-employed)
consultant DER to approve or recommend approval of technical data to the
FAA.
Dual Appointment
An individual may be appointed, for example, as a DAR or a company DER as well
as a DAR or consultant DER, in situations where the DAR or DER is performing
functions for more than one applicant.
Evaluation Panel
Two or more technical specialists assigned to evaluate an applicant’s qualifications
to the appointment criteria to determine denial, candidacy, or appointment and
delegated authority, as appropriate.
Executive Level
An individual who holds the company position of president, vice president, chief
engineer, chief inspector, owner, part owner, director of engineering or quality
assurance, etc.
Guidance Material
The direction provided by a guide; these are FAA policy and advisory material.
Monitoring
The portion of oversight responsibilities of the assigned designees that includes the
reviewing of type, production, and airworthiness certification documentation and
reports for accuracy, and observing that satisfactory procedures, inspection
techniques, and methods are used.
Multiple
An individual may be appointed as more than one type of designee. For example,
Appointment
DAR and DMIR; or DAR, DMIR, and DER, as long as all appointment criteria are
met. The regulatory authority for the individual’s appointments will be in more than
one of the following sections: §§ 183.29, 183.31, and 183.33.
Product
An aircraft, aircraft engine, or propeller.
Production Approval The holder of a production certificate (PC), a Parts Manufacturer Approval (PMA),
Holder (PAH)
or a Technical Standard Order Authorization, issued under the provisions of
part 21, who controls the design and quality of the product/article.
Supervision
That portion of oversight responsibilities for assigned designees that includes the
following:
a. Document and maintain current and accurate records.
b. Inform designees of their duties and responsibilities.
A-12
09/21/23
Name
Tracking
8000.95C
Appendix A
Definition—DER
c. Authorize activities outside the managing office’s geographic area.
d. Provide guidance and direction in the implementation of all assigned duties.
e. Provide designee training.
f. Notify designees of their performance.
g. Initiate corrective action, as required.
The portion of oversight responsibilities for assigned designees that includes
documenting the designee’s activities.
A-13
09/21/23
8000.95C
Appendix B
APPENDIX B. ACRONYM LIST
ACRONYM
14 CFR
40 CFR
18 U.S.C.
49 U.S.C.
A
A&P
AAI
AAM
AAPM
AC
AC
AC
ACCME
ACO
ACR
ACR-141
ACR-FIRC
ACS
AD
ADE
Admin PE
AGC
AIDS
AIM
AIR
AMCD
AMCS
AME
AME ID
Card
AME PA/MS
AMED
AMEL
AMES
AMOC
AMTS
AOPA
AOV
APD
APM
APOI
DEFINITION
Title 14 of the Code of Federal Regulations
Title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations
Title 18 of the United States Code
Title 49 of the United States Code
Airframe
Airframe and Powerplant
Authorized Aircraft Instructor
Office of Aerospace Medicine
Assistant Aircrew Program Manager
Advisory Circular
Aeronautical Center
Air Carrier
Accreditation Council for Continuing Medical Education
Aircraft Certification Office
Airman Certification Representative
Airman Certification Representative for a 14 CFR Part 141 Pilot School with Examining
Authority
Airman Certification Representative for a Flight Instructor Refresher Course
Airman Certification Standards
Airworthiness Directive
Aircrew Designated Examiner
Administrative Pilot Examiner
Office of the Chief Counsel
Accident Incident Data System
Aeronautical Information Manual
Aircraft Certification Service
Aerospace Medical Certification Division
Aerospace Medical Certification Subsystem
Aviation Medical Examiner
Aviation Medical Examiner Identification Card
AME Program Analysts/Managing Specialists
Aerospace Medical Education Division
Airplane Multiengine Land
Airplane Multiengine Sea
Alternative Method of Compliance
Aviation Maintenance Technician School
Aircraft Owners and Pilots Association
Air Traffic Safety Oversight Service
Aircrew Program Designee
Aircrew Program Manager
Assistant Principal Operations Inspector
B-1
09/21/23
ACRONYM
AQP
AS
ASA
ASE
ASEL
ASES
ASI
ASI-AD
ASIC
AST
ATC
ATCPM
ATP
ATPE
ATS
AVS
AWC
BAA
BAE
BASA
CA
CAA
CAMI
CAPAME
CAR
CAT
CBO
CE
CFEE
CFI
CFR
CIRE
CLOA
CMB
CME
CMO
CMS
COA
CPE
CS
CTO
CQLOE
DADE
DAR
8000.95C
Appendix B
DEFINITION
Advanced Qualification Program
Aerospace Standard
Aviation Safety Assistant
Aviation Safety Engineer
Airplane Single-Engine Land
Airplane Single-Engine Sea
Aviation Safety Inspector
Aviation Safety Inspector—Aircraft Dispatch
Application Specific Integrated Circuits
Aviation Safety Technician
Air Traffic Control
Assistant Training Center Program Manager
Airline Transport Pilot
Airline Transport Pilot Examiner
Air Transportation Supervisor
Aviation Safety
Airworthiness Certification
Bilateral Airworthiness Agreement
Basic Administrative Examiner
Bilateral Aviation Safety Agreement
Company Administrator
Civil Aviation Authority
Civil Aerospace Medical Institute
Clinical Aerospace Physiology Review for Aviation Medical Examiners
Civil Air Regulations
Category
Community-Based Organization
Commercial Pilot Examiner
Check Flight Engineer Examiner
Certificated Flight Instructor
Code of Federal Regulations
Commercial and Instrument Rating Examiner
Certificate Letter of Authority
Certificate Management Branch
Continuing Medical Education
Certificate Management Office
Certificate Management Section
Certificate of Authority
Check Pilot Examiner
Chart Supplement (U.S.)
Control Tower Operator
Continuing Qualification Line Operational Evaluation
Designated Aircraft Dispatcher Examiner
Designated Airworthiness Representative
B-2
09/21/23
ACRONYM
DAR-F
DAR-T
DCPM
DCTO-E
DEA
DER
DER-T
DER-Y
DFAS
DIWS
DME
DMIR
DMS
DOB
DOD
DOT
DPE
DPRE
DRFS
DRS
EAA
EAE
EASA
ECG
EDRS
EFB
EIS
eLMS
ELSA
EPA
ETOPS
EU Part FCL
EVS
EWIS
FAA
FAASTeam
FAS
FE
FEE
FIE
FIRC
FIRE
FLM
FPE
8000.95C
Appendix B
DEFINITION
Designated Airworthiness Representative—Manufacturing
Designated Airworthiness Representative—Maintenance
Dispatch Course Program Manager
Designated Control Tower Operator Examiner
Drug Enforcement Administration
Designated Engineering Representative
Designated Engineering Representative—Consultant
Designated Engineering Representatives—Company
Deputy Federal Air Surgeon
Document and Imaging Workflow System
Designated Mechanic Examiner
Designated Manufacturing Inspection Representative
Designee Management System
Date of Birth
Department of Defense
Department of Transportation
Designated Pilot Examiner
Designated Parachute Rigger Examiner
Deputy Regional Flight Surgeon
Designee Registration System
Experimental Aircraft Association
Experimental Aircraft Examiner
European Union Aviation Safety Agency
Electrocardiogram
Electronic Document Retrieval System
Electronic Flight Bag
Enforcement Information System
Electronic Learning Management System
Experimental Light-Sport Aircraft
Environmental Protection Agency
Extended Operations
European Union Part-Flight Crew Licensing
Enhanced Vision System
Electrical Wiring Interconnection System
Federal Aviation Administration
FAA Safety Team
Federal Air Surgeon
Flight Engineer
Flight Engineer Examiner
Flight Instructor Examiner
Flight Instructor Refresher Course
Flight Instructor Renewal Examiner
Front Line Manager
Foreign Pilot Examiner
B-3
09/21/23
ACRONYM
FPGA
FS
FSB
FSDO
FSIMS
FSIRP
FSTD
FTD
FTN
FTP
FTPM
GA
GEC
GIE
GPO
GTOW
HQ
HRPM
HUD
IA
IACRA
ICAO
IFO
IOS
IPA
IPC
IPL
IT
LAE
LOB
LOE
LOFT
LSA
LTA
MAMERC
MCE
MCSPT
MEL
MFI
MGR/AO
M/M
M/M/S
MMAC
MOU
8000.95C
Appendix B
DEFINITION
Field Programmable Gate Arrays
Flight Standards
Flight Standardization Board
Flight Standards District Office
Flight Standards Information Management System
Flight Standards Inspector Resource Program
Flight Simulation Training Device
Flight Training Device
FAA Tracking Number
Flight Test Pilot
Fleet Training Program Manager
General Aviation
Geographic Expansion Coordinator
Ground Instructor Examiner
Government Publishing Office
Gross Takeoff Weight
Headquarters
Human Resources Policy Manual
Head-Up Display
Inspection Authorization
Integrated Airman Certification and Rating Application
International Civil Aviation Organization
International Field Office
Instructor Operating Station
Implementation Procedures for Airworthiness
Instrument Proficiency Check
Implementation Procedures for Licensing
Information Technology
Limited Aircraft Examiner
Line of Business
Line Operational Evaluation
Line-Oriented Flight Training
Light-Sport Aircraft
Lighter than Air
Multimedia Aviation Medical Examiner Refresher Course
Military Competency Examiner
Medical Certification Standards and Procedures Training
Minimum Equipment List
Military Flight Instructor
Manager/Appointing Official
Make and Model
Make, Model, and Series
Mike Monroney Aeronautical Center
Memorandum of Understanding
B-4
09/21/23
ACRONYM
MRA
MS
MTEL
MTG
NAS
NAS
NPO
NTSB
NVG
O&P
OA
OCC
ODA
OJT
OPE
OPM
OSHA
P
PA
PAH
Part 91K
PAW
PC
PD
PE
PIA
PIC
PII
PLD
PLFT
PMA
POC
POI
PPC
PPCL
PPE
PPM
PTM
PTRS
PTS
QC
QLOE
QMS
R&D
8000.95C
Appendix B
DEFINITION
Master Role Assigner
Managing Specialist
Minimum Tools and Equipment List
Mechanic Test Generator
National Aerospace Standard
National Airspace System
National Policy Office
National Transportation Safety Board
Night Vision Goggles
Oral and Practical
Office Administrator
Operations Control Center
Organization Designation Authorization
On-The-Job Training
Overall Performance Evaluation
Office of Personnel Management
Occupational Safety and Health Administration
Powerplant
Program Analyst
Production Approval Holder
Part 91 Subpart K
Practical Application Workshop
Production Certificate
Position Description
Private Pilot Examiner
Parachute Industry Association
Pilot In Command
Personally Identifiable Information
Programmable Logic Device
Powered Lift
Parts Manufacturer Approval
Point of Contact
Principal Operations Inspector
Powered Parachute
Powered Parachute Land
Pilot Proficiency Examiner
Partial Program Manager
Project Team Member
Program Tracking And Reporting Subsystem
Practical Test Standards
Quality Control
Qualification Line Operational Evaluation
Quality Management System
Research and Development
B-5
09/21/23
ACRONYM
RECP
RH
RFS
RFS/AO
RFSWG
RG
RMS
RNP
RPE
RS
SAE
SAS
SCCP
SDR
SEED
SFAR
SFP
SIC
SIS
SME
SMFT
SO
SOE
SODA
SPA
SPAS
SPE
SPFIE
STC
TC
TCE
TCO
TCPM
TIP-L
TJET
TNA
TPE
TPRP
TS
TSO
TSOA
TSpec
TYPE
UAS
8000.95C
Appendix B
DEFINITION
Reciprocating
Rotorcraft Helicopter
Regional Flight Surgeon
Regional Flight Surgeons/Appointing Officials
Regional Flight Surgeon Working Group
Rotorcraft Gyroplane
Risk Management Strategy
Required Navigation Performance
Remote Pilot Examiner
Repair Specifications
Specialty Aircraft Examiner
Safety Assurance System
Standardized Curriculum Check Pilot
Service Difficulty Report
Special Emphasis Evaluation of Designees
Special Federal Aviation Regulation
Special Flight Permit
Second in Command
Supplemental Information Sheet
Subject Matter Expert
Special Medical Flight Test
Selecting Official
Supervised Operating Experience
Statement of Demonstrated Ability
Surveillance Program Analyst
Safety Performance Analysis System
Sport Pilot Examiner
Sport Pilot Flight Instructor Examiner
Supplemental Type Certificate
Type Certificate
Training Center Evaluator
Training Course Outline
Training Center Program Manager
Technical Implementation Procedures—Licensing
Turbojet
Training Needs Assessment
Technical Personnel Examiner
Turboprop
Technical Standard
Technical Standard Order
Technical Standard Order Authorization
Training Specification
Type Rating Examiner
Unmanned Aircraft System
B-6
09/21/23
ACRONYM
UM
USAF
VAE
VCT
VFEE
VFR
VLA
VSV
W&B
WSC
WSCL
WSCS
8000.95C
Appendix B
DEFINITION
Unit Member
United States Air Force
Vintage Aircraft Examiner
Video and Communication Technology
Vintage Flight Engineer Examiner
Visual Flight Rules
Very Light Aircraft
Virtual Site Visit
Weight and Balance
Weight Shift Control
Weight-Shift Control Land
Weight-Shift Control Sea
B-7
Directive Feedback Information
Please submit any written comments or recommendation for improving this directive, or
suggest new items or subjects to be added to it. Also, if you find an error, please tell us
about it.
Subject: FAA Order 8000.95C, Designee Management Policy
To: Flight Standards Directive Management Officer, AFB-120 Directives Mailbox
([email protected])
(Please check all appropriate line items)
□ An error (procedural or typographical) has been noted in paragraph __________ on
page____________ .
□ Recommend paragraph ____________ on page _________ be changed as follows:
(attach separate sheet if necessary)
□ In a future change to this order, please cover the following subject:
(briefly describe what you want added)
□ Other comments:
□ I would like to discuss the above. Please contact me.
Submitted by: _________________________________ Date: _____________
Telephone Number: ___________________ Routing Symbol: _______________
FAA Form 1320-19 (10-98)
| File Type | application/pdf |
| File Title | Order 8000.95C |
| Subject | DMS, ODA |
| Author | FAA/AVS_60 |
| File Modified | 2023-10-06 |
| File Created | 2023-09-18 |